Parts Index - Nostalgic British Cars

Transcription

78
Parts Index
These pages list only the major items in each
area, such as body work, electrical and brake
components. In many cases minor fittings, clamps
and linkages etc, are not shown.
Note: Page numbers followed by a star (e.g. 163*)
relate specifically to TR5/250 models only.
A
A Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277
Accelerator Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Accelerator Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Aerials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 199
Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . .49, 50, 143
Air Cleaner, K&N . . . . . . . . . . .49, 95, 143
Air Duct, radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Air Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Air Vents, fascia . . . . . . . . . . . . .229, 233
Alternator Mountings . . . . . . . . . .193, 195
Alternator Pulley, lightened . . . . . . . . . .34
Alternators . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 193, 195
Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04, 221
Anti Roll Bar, front . . . . . . . . .40, 169, 179
Anti Roll Bar, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . .44, 169
Ash Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Axle Cover, lightened . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Axle Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . .175, 185, 187
Axle Shafts, roller type . . . . . . . . .175, 187
B
B Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277, 279
B Post Finishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
Backlight, glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Backlight, perspex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Badges, body .09, 287, 289, 291, 295, 297
Badges, grille . . . . . . .287, 289, 295, 297
Ball Joint Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Ball Joint, steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Battery & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Battery Accessories . . . . . . . . .34, 63, 197
Battery Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Battery, “Gel Cell” . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 197
Bearing Set, camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Bearing Set, con rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Bearing Set, main bearings . . . . . . . . . .85
Body Mounting Kits . . . . . . .259, 261, 271
Body No. Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Body shells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261, 271
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 293
Bonnet Badges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287, 289
Bonnet Cables . . . . . . .263, 273, 287, 293
Bonnet Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Bonnet Hook Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08
Bonnet Pin Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08
Bonnet Strap Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08
Bonnet, fibreglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Boot Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277
Boot Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Boot Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 291
Boot Lid Fittings . . . . . . . . .267, 291, 293
Boot Lid, alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 291
Boot Lid, fibre-glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Boot Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Boot Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291, 293
Boot Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Boot, handbrake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Brake Adjusting Spanner . . . . . . . . . . .151
Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Brake Caliper Components . . . . . .155, 161
Brake Caliper Kit, 4 pot .05, 38, 39, 155, 161
Brake Caliper Repair Kits . . . . . . .155, 161
Brake Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 161
Brake Disc Set, cross drilled . . .38, 155, 161
Brake Disc, vented . . . . . . . . . . .155, 161
Brake Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 159
Brake Drum Set, Alfin . . . . . . . . .155, 161
Brake Drum Set, lightened . . . . . . . . . . .39
Brake Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153, 159
Brake Hose Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Brake Hoses, stainless steel . . . . .159, 161
Brake Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Brake Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Brake Master Cylinder Repair Kits . . . .153
Brake Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 155, 161
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Brake Pipe Fittings . . . . . . . . . . .157, 159
Brake Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39, 157, 159
Brake Rubber Grease . .107, 153, 155, 159
Brake Servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Brake Servo Hoses . . . .153, 157, 159, 189
Brake Servo Repair Kits . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Brake Shoe Set . . . . . . . . . . .39, 155, 161
Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Brakes, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 157
Breather, closed circuit . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Bulb Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 217
Bulbs, see appropriate lamps . . . . . . . .N/A
Bulkhead, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 275
Bullet Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Bumper Fittings, front . . . . .289, 299, 301
Bumper, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289, 299
Bumper, rear . . . . . . . . . . . .291, 303, 305
Bush, crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
C
Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Cable, accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Cable, bonnet . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 293
Cable, choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 223
Cable, handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Cable, heater control . . . . . . . . . .223, 229
Cable, speedometer . . . . . . . . . .221, 225
Cable, tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . .221, 225
Cable, water valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56, 57, 85
Camshaft Bearing Set . . . . . . . . . . .85, 97
Camshaft Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 91
Carburettor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Carburettor Set . . . . . . . . . . . . .50, 51, 95
Carburettors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50, 51
Carburettor Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Carpet Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Carpets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Choke Cable . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 223, 227
Close Ratio Gear Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Closed Circuit Breather . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Clutch Alignment Tool . . . . . . . . . .64, 105
Clutch Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Clutch Hose, stainless steel .107, 159, 161
Clutch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Clutch Master Cylinder . . . . . . . .107, 153
Clutch Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107, 153
Clutch Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . .107, 157, 159
Clutch Slave Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Coil Spring Compressor . . . . . . . .177, 181
Colortune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63, 151
Column Switches . . . . . . . . .189, 223, 227
Combination Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Commission Plates . . . . . . .289, 297, 307
Con Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Con Rod Bearing Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Con Rod, lightened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Connector Block, wiring loom . . . . . . .219
Consumables, air cleaners . . . . . . . . . .143
Consumables, brakes . . . . .107, 153, 159
Consumables, cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Consumables, drive shafts . . . . . . . . . .187
Consumables, engine . . . . . . . . . . .83, 99
Consumables, exhaust systems . . . . . .147
Consumables, front suspension . . . . . .179
Consumables, gearbox . . . . . . . . .99, 111
Consumables, hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Consumables, overdrive . . . . . . . .123, 127
Consumables, petrol system . . . . . . . .131
Consumables, rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Consumables, rear suspension . . . . . .181
Consumables, road wheels . . . . . . . . .149
Consumables, steering . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Contact Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .203, 205
Conversions, LHD & RHD . . . . . . .189, 209
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Cooling Fan, electric . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 97
Core Plugs, cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . .91
Core Plugs, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .81, 91
Courtesy Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Courtesy Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Cover, gearbox . . . . . .109, 125, 269, 279
Cover, propshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . .269, 279
Cover, rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 85, 97
Crankshaft Pulley . . . . . . . . . . .34, 87, 97
Crash Pads, fascia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Crimp Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Crown Wheel & Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Cubby Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 233
Cubby Box Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Cubby Box Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Cubby Box Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Cylinder Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Cylinder Head Assembly . . . . . . . . .53, 91
Cylinder Head Identification . . . . . . . . . .93
Cylinder Head Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .81, 93
Cylinder Head Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Cylinder Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
D
Dash Panel Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Dash Panel, veneer . . . . . . . . . . . .05, 231
Dashboard Knob Sets . . . . . . . . .203, 227
Dashboard Switches . . . . . . . . . .223, 225
Decals, rear wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
Demisters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Differential Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Differential, limited slip . . . . .47, 175, 185
Dip Switch, headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Dipstick, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Dis-Car-Nect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Distributor . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 97, 203, 205
Distributor Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Distributor Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Dog Clutch Gear Set . . . . . . . . . . .45, 115
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 283
Door Fittings . . . . . . . .235, 237, 238, 283
Door Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Door Skins . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 283
Door Skins, alloy . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 283
Door Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Drain Plug, petrol tank . . . . . . . . .129, 131
Drain Plug, rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Drain Tap, water . . . . . . . . . . .81, 83, 101
Draught Excluder . . . . . . . . .235, 237, 238
Drive Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87, 187
Drive Shafts, roller type . . . . . . . . .87, 187
Driver’s Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Driving Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Durable Dot Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
E
‘E’ Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
Emission Control Labels . . . . . . . . . . .307
Engine Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Engine Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Engine Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Engine, exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Exhaust Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95, 143
Exhaust Manifold, sports .29, 30, 31, 95, 147
Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Exhaust Systems, sports . .29, 30, 31, 147
Exhaust Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
F
Factory Publications . . . . . . . .60, 61, 151
Fan Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87, 101
Fan Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Fan, cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Fan, electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Fan, heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Fascia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Fascia Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230, 233
Feeler Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Fibreglass Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Flame Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Flasher Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 215
Flasher Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03, 255
Flywheel, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Flywheel, lightened . . . . . . . . . . . . .45, 87
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Front Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Front Suspension Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Fuel Cut-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129, 133
Fulcrum Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Fuse Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Fuse, in-line holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
G
Gasket Set, conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Gasket Set, cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . .93
Gasket Set, decoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Gasket, exhaust manifold . . .142, 320, 321
Gasket, rocker cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Gauge, ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04, 221
Gauge, oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . .04, 221
Gauge, petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Gauge, temperature . . . . . . . .04, 221, 225
Gauge, voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Gear Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02, 03, 109
Gear Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Gearbox Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .95, 109
Gearbox Cover . . . . . . .109, 125, 269, 279
Gearbox Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Gearbox Repair Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Gearbox to Engine Mountings . . . . . . .111
Gearbox, external . . . . . . . . . . . .109, 111
Gearbox, internal . . . . . . . . . . . . .113, 115
Grease Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219, 261, 271
H
Hammer, wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 151
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Handbrake Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Handle, hood opening . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Hard Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Hardtop Fitting Instructions . . . . . . . . .319
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324, 325, 326
Headlamp Dip Switch . . . . . . . . .201, 223
Headlamp Rim Removal Tool . . . . . . . .151
Headlamp Stone guards . . . . . . . .13, 211
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 13, 211
Headlamps, halogen . . . . . . . .12, 13, 211
Headlamps, Lucas Tripod . . . . .12, 13, 211
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223, 229
Heater Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Heater Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Heater Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223, 227
Heater Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Heelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 15, 309
Hood Button Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 311
Hood Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 309
Hood Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
Hood Frame Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Hood Opening Handles . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Hood Stowage Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Hood Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Horn Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 199
Horn Push Assemblies . . . . . . . . .163, 199
Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15, 199
Hoses, oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Hoses, radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Hoses, water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Hub Bearings, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Hub Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Hub Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Hub, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 40, 177
I
Ignition Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 203, 205
Ignition Leads . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 203, 205
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223, 227
Ignition, electronic kits . . . . . . .32, 33, 205
Injector Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135, 137
Injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Inlet Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Inlet Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
J
Jack Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .62, 63, 151
BRADFORD 01274 735 537 . BRISTOL 0117 923 2523 . DARLINGTON 01325 281 343
Parts Index
K
K&N Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . .49, 95, 143
Key Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Knock-Off’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 149
L
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05, 307
Lamp, boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Lamp, brake PDWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Lamp, courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Lamp, cubby box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Lamp, flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 215
Lamp, hazard warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Lamp, key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Lamp, number plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Lamp, reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Lamp, tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Lamp, warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Lamps, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217, 227
Lamps, side markers . . . . . . . . . .213, 215
Lamps, side/flasher . . . . . . . . . . .213, 215
Lamps, stop/tail/flasher . . . . . . . .213, 215
LHD Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Lifting Eye, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Limited Slip Differential . . . . . . . .175, 185
Louvre Assemblies, fresh air . . . .229, 233
Low Tension Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
M
Main Bearing Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Manifold, air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Manifold, exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Manifold, exhaust, sports . . . . . . . .29, 147
Manifold, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Marker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 215
Master Cylinder, clutch . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Metering Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 95, 135
Mightyvac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 153
Mirror, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Mirrors, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09, 295
Mouldings, body . . . . . . . . .263, 267, 269
Mouldings, hardtop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
Mountings, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Mountings, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Mountings, gearbox to engine . . . . . . .111
N
Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Number Plate Mountings . . . . . . .213, 301
Nut, cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81, 93
O
Oil Can . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Oil Cap Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93, 307
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37, 89
Oil Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Oil Filter, spin on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . .04, 221, 225
Oil Pressure Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Oil Pressure Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Oil Pressure Switch . . . . . . . .36, 221, 225
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 87
Oil Seals . .81, 85, 87, 111, 119, 123, 177,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183, 185, 187, 320
Oil Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Overdrive Assemblies . . . . . . . . . .46, 117
Overdrive Consumables . . . . . . . .123, 127
Overdrive Conversion Bracket Kits . . .99, 127
Overdrive Conversions . . . . . . . . .125, 127
Overdrive Electrics . . . . . . . . . . .125, 127
Overdrive Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . .117, 307
Overdrive Repair Kit, A Type . . . . . . . .119
Overdrive Repair Kit, J Type . . . . . . . . .123
Overdrive, A Type . . . . . . . . . . . . .46, 117
Overdrive, J Type . . . . . . . . . . . . .46, 121
Overflow Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
P
Paints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 83, 149
Panels, alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Panels, fibreglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Patent Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289, 307
Pedal, accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Pedal, brake & clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Petrol Cap . . . . . . . . . . .08, 129, 133, 321
Petrol Cut Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Petrol Filter . . . . . . . . .129, 133, 139, 321
Petrol Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Petrol Pipe Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .50, 131, 133
Petrol Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 129, 133
Petrol Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 129, 133
Petrol Pump, Bosch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Petrol Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129, 133
Petrol Tank, alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 129
Pinion Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Piston Ring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Piston Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 85
Plenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 275
Plugs & Grommets . . . . . . . . . . .261, 271
Pressure Relief Valve, petrol . . . . .129, 137
Production Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Propeller Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Propshaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269, 279
Propshaft Tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . .269, 279
Pulley, crankshaft, lightened . . . . . . . . .35
Pulley, fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87, 97
Pushrod . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 91, 97, 107
Q
Quick Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167, 171
R
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Radiator Air Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Radiator Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287, 295
Radiator Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 103
Radiator, alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Radio Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04, 199
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183, 185
Rear Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277
Rear Wheel Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 201
Repeater Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Reverse Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
RHD Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Road Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Rocker Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Rocker Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 93
Rocker Feed Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Rocker Feed Pipe Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Rocker Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 91
Rocker Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Rocker Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 91, 95
Rotor Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
S
Safety Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Safety Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Sail Eyelet Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 215
Scuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 295
Scuttle Vent Lid . . . . . .263, 273, 287, 295
Seals, hood frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Seals, Oil . .81, 85, 87, 111, 119, 123, 177,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183, 187, 320
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27, 253
Seat Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277
Seats . . .06, 241, 243, 245, 247, 249, 251
Sender Unit, petrol tank . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Shock Absorber Conversions, rear . .173, 181
Shock Absorbers, front . . . . . .42, 43, 177
Shock Absorbers, rear . . . . . . .42, 43, 181
Shock Absorbers, uprated . .171, 173, 181
Side/Flasher Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Sill Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Sills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277, 279
Slave Cylinder, clutch . . . . . . . . .105, 107
Spanners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Spare Parts Catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Spark Plug Spanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 203, 205
Spark Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19, 63
Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221, 225
Speedometer Cable . . . . . . .111, 221, 225
Speedometer Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Spinners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 149
Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Spokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Spring (Road) and Damper Kits . . . . . .173
Spring Compressor . . . . . . . . . . .177, 181
Spring, front road . . . . . . . . .41, 173, 177
Spring, rear road . . . . . . . . . . . . .173, 181
Springs, road, uprated . .41, 42, 173, 177, 181
Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 191
Stay Rods, engine bay . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 167
Steering Column Cowl & Fittings . . . . .163
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Steering Gaiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Steering Improvements . . . .169, 171, 173
Steering Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Steering Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Steering Rack Mountings . . . . . . . . . . .167
Steering Rack Mountings, poly. . .05, 167, 169
Steering Rack, Quick Racks . .40, 167, 171, 189
Steering Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Steering Wheels, accessory . . . . . . . . . .02
Stowage Cover, hood . . . . . . .15, 313, 315
Strong Arm Safety Lock . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Stub Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Sump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 83
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Suppressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Surrey Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15, 317
Suspension Bush Kits, uprated . . .171, 179
Suspension Components, front .171, 173, 177, 179
Suspension Components, rear . . .171, 173
Suspension Improvements .169, 171, 173, 175
Suspension Pluspacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Switch, boot light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Switch, courtesy light . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Switch, cubby box light . . . . . . . .201, 233
Switch, fuel cut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Switch, hazard warning . . . . . . . .223, 225
Switch, headlamp dip . . . . . . . . .201, 233
Switch, heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223, 227
Switch, ignition . . . . . . . . . .165, 223, 227
Switch, lighting . . . . . . . . . .163, 201, 227
Switch, oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . .201, 221
Switch, overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 201
Switch, reverse light . . . . . . . . . .201, 221
Switch, rheostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Switch, thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . .97, 103
Switch, windscreen wipers . . . . .207, 225
Switches, column . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 223
Switches, dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04, 221, 225
Tachometer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . .221, 225
Tachometer Drive Unit . . . . .111, 117, 121
Tail Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Taper Joint Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Tappet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 91
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . .04, 221, 225
Temperature Sender Unit . .101, 201, 221, 225
Temperature Transmitter . .101, 201, 221, 225
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 321
Thermostat Cover . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 321
Thermostat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .97, 103
Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Thrust Washer Set, engine . . . . . . . . . .85
Timing Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Timing Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Timing Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 15, 313
Tonneau Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Tool Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62, 151
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62, 63, 151
Track Rod Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Trailing Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Trim Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 237
Trim Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 237, 238
Triplex Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Tyre Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Tyre Pressure Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Tyre Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Tyre Valve Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
79
U
Underfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Universal Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167, 187
V
Valance, fibre-glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Valance, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273
Valance, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
Valve Grinding Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Valve Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 91
Valve Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 91
Valve Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 91
Valve Spring Specification . . . . . . . . . . .93
Valve, exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Valve, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Vent Lid . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273, 287, 295
Vented Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 161
Voltage Stabiliser . . . . . . . . . . . .201, 225
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
W
Warning Lamp . . . . . . .221, 223, 225, 227
Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Washer Bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
Washer Jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207, 209
Washer Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 209
Washer Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
Water Curtains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Water Drain Tap, radiator . . . . . . . . . .101
Water Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 321
Water Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 103, 229
Water Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 103
Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Water Valve, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Weather-strips, door . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Wheel Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Wheel Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Wheel Chock Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Wheel Cylinder Repair Kits . . . . . . . . . .155
Wheel Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 151
Wheel Medallion Label . . . . . . . . .149, 307
Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . .12, 149, 177, 187
Wheel Spinners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 149
Wheel, alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11, 149
Wheel, conversion kits . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Wheels, disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Wheels, wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 149
Windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Windscreen Capping . . . . . .281, 287, 295
Windscreen Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Windscreen Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . .207
Windscreen Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Wing Beading, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
Wing Beading, rear . . . . . . . . . . .291, 297
Wings, alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Wings, fibreglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Wings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 273
Wings, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267, 277
Wiper Arms & Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Wiper Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Wire Wheel Conversion Kits . . . . . . . . .149
Wire Wheel Spanner . . . . . . . . . . .10, 151
Wiring Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 219
Wiring Loom Connector Block . . . . . . .201
Wiring Loom Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Wiring Loom Tags . . . . . . . .219, 265, 275
Wishbone Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Wishbone Arms, strengthened . . . . . . .175
Workshop Manuals . . . . . . . . .60, 61, 151
DERBY 01332 756 056 . LONDON 020 8867 2020 . MANCHESTER 0161 480 6402
80 External Engine
External Engine 81
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Reconditioned Exchange Engines
If you opt for an exchange. engine in preference to a home rebuild, you must establish which exact type of
engine (and at what state of assembly) you will have to order. Your own engine can be recon by arrangement.
A recon exchange. TR6 engine is supplied as either a ‘full engine assembly’ or ‘short engine’ (i.e. minus cylinder head), to one of four specifications, depending on the crankshaft, cylinder block and camshaft combination
in your old unit. Genuine TR6 Pi engines were numbered with CP or CR prefixes and a suffix of HE. The prefix is
the same as the chassis (commission) number, whereas the suffix ‘H’ is for high compression and ‘E’ is for
engine number (as opposed to a chassis number). An explanation of the cylinder block descriptions follows item
6 on this page.
Old units returned under the exchange. scheme should be drained of oil and externally clean with no irreparable damage (like a hole in the block). If you are unsure please call to determine exactly what should be returned
as an old unit. For example, you will have to remove the water pump, inlet and exhaust manifolds, distributor,
starter motor, sparking plugs, oil filter, flywheel, rear engine mounting plate, front crankshaft pulley, harmonic
damper, thermostat and housing from your old engine.
Moss Reconditioned Engine Assemblies include a fully built ‘lead free’ cylinder head, re-bored engine block, pistons, connecting rods, re-ground crankshaft and camshaft, new bearings, front engine plate, timing chain and
gears, timing cover, cam followers, rear seal housing, oil pump, sump, and gaskets. They do not include the oil
filter, oil filter housing, back plate, engine or alternator mounting brackets, dipstick, front pulley, flywheel and
rocker cover.
Moss Reconditioned Short Engine Assemblies are supplied as above less the cylinder head and cylinder head
studs. Please enquire for North American application exch.. engines.
Engines with ‘long backed’ crankshaft,
‘flat topped’ cylinder block & 150 bhp camshaft:
1 516795R
FULL ENGINE, recon, exch.
2 517611R
SHORT ENGINE, recon, exch.
Engines with ‘Short backed’ crankshaft,
‘flat topped’ cylinder block & 150 bhp camshaft:
520880LF
520880R
‘recessed top’ cylinder block & 150 bhp camshaft:
UKC902LF
UKC902R
‘recessed top’ cylinder block & 125 bhp camshaft:
520854LF
UKC560R
3
4
AJM214
AJM214Z
GEG179
GEG179Z
GAC6201X
517611R*
520880R*
SUMP GASKET SET
SUMPGASKET SET, alternative
HEAD GASKET SET, ‘flat top’ block
(GEG179Z ,alternative spec)
HEAD GASKET SET, ‘recessed’ block
HEAD GASKET SET, ‘recessed’ block
(AJM1193Z, alternative spec)
CORE PLUG SET
CYL BLOCK, un-reinforced ‘flat top’
CYL BLOCK, reinforced ‘flat top’
UKC902R*
CYL BLOCK, reinforced ‘recessed top’
AJM1193
AJM1193Z
5
6
8
9
145021
158942
HB1024*
BH607241X*
WL210*
HB1022*
CYLINDER LINER
CYLINDER LINER
BOLT, main bearing cap (3” long)
BOLT, main bearing cap (3” long)
WASHER, locking
BOLT, main bearing cap (2 3/4” long)
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
*Note; A factory modification in 1971 deleted the use of locking washers on main bearing cap bolts, shorter bolts
being introduced at this time. Bolts measuring 3” from under the head to the end should be used with locking
washers, whereas the less desirable shorter bolts should not.
10 148353
PLUG, core, rear of camshaft
1
2” (bucket type).
11 144686
PLUG, core, rear & LH side of block
3
1 1/4” (bucket type)
12 144687
PLUG, core, front of block
1
1” (bucket type)
13 144688
PLUG, core, front & RH side
5
1 1/2” (bucket type)
14 PS1103
PLUG, alloy, oil gallery, front
1
sold as a stick of 9
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
118632
118686
PU1404
116511
DP514
DP612
149776
143943
101962
TE605201
WL208
HN2008
128773
PLUG, oil gallery, rear
PLUG, oil gallery, LH side
PLUG, alloy, oil gallery
PLUG, oil gallery, above relief valve
DOWEL PIN, timing cover locating
DOWEL PIN, rear plate locating
BUSH, oil pump drive
ADAPTOR, oil pressure gauge pipe
STUD, distributor pedestal (short)
STUD, distributor pedestal (long)
WASHER, locking
NUT
STUD, RH
28
29
30
31
32
WL209
HN2009
HU906
WL209
146200*
157231*
156274X*
508289
508289X
103810
103810X
WASHER, locking
NUT, bracket & stay attaching
SCREW,
WASHER, locking
STUD, cylinder head
STUD, cylinder head
STUD, cylinder head
WASHER, under cylinder head nut
WASHER, under cylinder head nut
NUT, cylinder head
NUT, cylinder head
TT1264
HEAD STUD KIT (competition)
1
5
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
sold as a stick of 9
original on all Pi. Engines
1 1/4”
2 1/2”
(engine mounting bracket & air manifold to block)
1 {
1 } to (e) CP50000
1 { (e) CP50001 to
1 } CP75000
33
34
2
2
6
6
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
engine bracket to block
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP75000
TR6 from (e) CP75001
uprated
uprated
uprated
*Note;157231 & 156274X are marginally longer than 146200, so they can be used for both applications
1 {
1 } (e) CP75001 on
35
1 {
1 } all (e) CR
Our competition head stud kits are manufactured with high grade materials for greater control
of clamping pressure
36 061478
TAP, water drain, brass
1
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000
37 146326
TAP, water drain
1
1
1
1
1
{
}
{
|
}
1 {
1 |
}
1
1
1 {
}
1
also known as
conversion set
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP75000
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000
to CP75000.
Cylinder blocks are supplied complete with main bearing caps fitted, as they are individually matched during
production machining. The three types of cylinder block are identified by the lack of, or presence of, a groove
machined into the top surface around each cylinder bore (hence ‘flat top’ or ‘recessed top’ blocks), this change
took place at (e) CP75001. During 1970, the 2.5 litre cylinder block was strengthened by the addition of a
lengthways rib on each side. This is the visible difference between cylinder blocks 520880, UKC902 and the
early block 517611 which has no such ribs. The ribbed blocks were fitted to all engine units after (e) CP50001.
A change of cylinder head gasket design coincided with the ‘recessed top’ modification. The correct head gasket to match the cylinder block must be used, or premature gasket failure may be encountered. The later head
gasket has raised metal circular rings around each cylinder bore, designed to locate in the recesses cut into the
top surface of the cylinder block. This gasket can also be identified by a tag that protrudes beyond the back of
the block and has the word ‘TOP’ printed into it.
The TR and 2.5 saloons use common blocks, cranks, connecting rods, oil pumps etc. The significant differences
are camshafts used prior to 1973 and the front engine plate. A saloon engine plate can be trimmed to produce
a TR one. After 1973 all the 2.5 litre 6 cylinder engines used the same camshaft, part no. 311399. So what we’re
saying is that in the event of a major engine failure the source of a replacement could be saloon based. TR
engine numbers are prefixed ‘CP/CD/CC/CR/CF’ and Triumph 2.5 litre saloons ‘MG/MM/MD’. For exch.. purposes saloon short engines may be acceptable but only by PRIOR ARRANGEMENT.
7
ill. Part Number
No
6
6
8
8
8
8
TR5; TR6 to (e) CR5000
TR6 from (e) CR5001
uprated.
use with BH607241
alternative to 8 & 9
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
WF525
129077
WF511A
147876
138791
100433
WL208
HN2008
214678
217790
211126
125631
UKC1110
104863
151134
150022
100501
PT805
WL208
036234
212622
156530
WASHER, fibre, drain tap
PLUG, water drain
WASHER, fibre, drain plug
BLANKING PLATE, fuel pump
GASKET, blanking plate
STUD, blanking plate to block
WASHER, locking
NUT
TIMING COVER, single timing mark
TIMING COVER, multiple timing mark
GASKET, timing cover
OIL SEAL, timing cover, single lip
OIL SEAL, timing cover, twin lip
SEALING BLOCK, front
SEALING BLOCK, front
GASKET, sealing block to cylinder block
SCREW, sealing block to cylinder block
SCREW, engine plate to sealing block
WASHER, locking
FILLING PIECE, wood
HOUSING & SEAL*, rear
HOUSING & SEAL*, rear
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
alternative to tap
original
alternative
TR6 from (e) CR2666
early TR5
{ late TR5; TR6
}
{ late TR5; TR6
}
TR5; early TR6
late TR6
*(Both types of housing & seal assemblies are interchangeable)
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
143456
105321
HB809
WL208
500469
211505
HU807
WL208
139836
WL208
HN2008
213777
215349
213658
215350
OIL SEAL, crankshaft rear
GASKET, housing to cylinder block
SCREW, housing to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
WASHER, copper (top centre bolt only)
BACK PLATE, engine
SCREW, back plate to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
STUD, gearbox & back plate to block
WASHER, locking
NUT
FRONT PLATE, engine
FRONT PLATE, engine
GASKET, front plate to cylinder block
GASKET, front plate to cylinder block
1
1
7
6
1
1
7
7
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
to avoid oil leaks
early TR5
late TR5; TR6
early TR5
late TR5; TR6
82 External Engine
External Engine 83
ill. Part Number
No
Description
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
SCREW, front plate to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
STUD, timing cover & front plate
WASHER, locking
NUT
PLATE, camshaft locating
SCREW, locating plate to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
SCREW, engine plate & timing cover
WASHER, locking
LIFTING EYE, front
LIFTING EYE, front
SCREW, lifting eye to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
LIFTING EYE, rear
SCREW, lifting eye to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
SWITCH, oil pressure
SWITCH, oil pressure (uprated to 20 PSI)
SWITCH, oil pressure
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
HU806
WL208
100433
WL208
HN2008
105114
HU807
WL208
HU807
WL208
123716
UKC1190
HU805
WL208
145987
HU805
WL208
121398
TT2998
159784
Qty.
Req.
Details
3
3
2
2
2
1
2
2
5
5
1
TR5; TR6
1
late TR6
2
2
1
2
2
1 { TR5; TR6 all CP, CR,
1 } & CC models
1
TR6 from (c) CF1
Testing the Oil Pressure Warning Light
Wire the low-tension coil lead via the oil pressure-warning switch, but make sure it is working correctly and
accurately first. This could be further wired via a ‘telltale’ warning light to give early warning of impending disaster. This light should be placed somewhere prominent - a five-second delay in cutting the engine may be a
couple too long.
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
107246
501258
131535
TT1229
132107
127652
147712
032307
307836
307834
PLUG, oil pressure relief valve
WASHER, copper, sealing plug
SPRING, oil pressure relief valve
SPRING, oil pressure relief valve
PISTON, oil pressure relief valve
DIPSTICK TUBE
DIPSTICK
WASHER, felt, sealing dipstick in tube
OIL SUMP (standard)*
OIL SUMP (standard)*
1
1
1
1
uprated
1
1
1
1
1 { alternatives
1 }
*Standard oil sumps are interchangeable, the difference being the location of the drain plug. Early 6 cylinder
sumps feature a front centre drain plug. At an unspecified chassis no. this was moved to the left rear of the
sump.
95
307834ALI
307834MAG
OIL SUMP, Aluminium
OIL SUMP, Magnesium
1
1
In the event of a disaster causing you to replace the steel sump we can offer Aluminium or Magnesium as uprated options. Most 6 cylinder engines were 2 litre, and yes, you’ve guessed it, the sumps are different. Inspecting
the front edge of a pan (the shallow bit) can identify a 2.5 litre type. It should hang about 2cm. and gently tapers
upward towards the opposite side. A 2-litre set up has a pan that runs parallel to the bolt-up flange. The difference is to permit adequate clearance for the connecting rods in the longer throw 2.5-litre engine. The taper promotes oil drainage to the main sump pan.
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
AJM515
HU805
WL208
114774
155660
129917
510107
510108
510109
510110
510111
509883
GFE131
272539
TT1286
TT1286A
111 GFE227
112 AG009
GASKET, oil sump to block
1
SCREW, oil sump to block
23
WASHER, locking
23
PLUG, tapered, oil drain
1
PLUG, tapered, magnetic, oil drain
1
OIL FILTER CANISTER
1
CANISTER
1
BOLT, canister to cylinder block
1
SEAL, rubber, under head of bolt
1
SPRING, retaining element
1
VALVE ASSEMBLY
1
CENTRALISER, element
1
OIL FILTER ELEMENT (with sealing ring) 1
SEALING RING
1
ADAPTOR, spin-on oil filter
1
1
OIL FILTER, spin on type
1
ENGINE CLEANER, Autoglym
a/r
square headed
alternative
non oil cooler
with oil cooler
1 litre spray bottle
Autoglym Engine Cleaner is a powerful, non-corrosive cleaner for engines, components, wheels and machinery.
Simply spray on, brush and hose off to rapidly dissolve oil, grease, grime and traffic film from all surfaces. It
works as a combined detergent and degreaser. Harmless in contact with plastics, rubber, paint work and metal,
it cleans the complete engine bay quickly and safely. Autoglym Engine Cleaner is solvent free, water based and
biodegradable.
113 GEM317
GASKET REMOVER
a/r
400ml
114 GAC110
WD-40, SMALL CAN
a/r
200ml
GAC111
WD-40, LARGE CAN
a/r
400ml
With literally thousands of uses, WD-40 is the no. 1 multipurpose problem solver. It cleans, protects, penetrates,
lubricates and displaces moisture like no other product on earth. Oily cure-all recommended in hundreds of pubs
and DIY centres around the UK. Oils and protects, frees rusted components, displaces water and stops squeaks.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
115 GT85
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
400ml
Loosens rusted parts and contains teflon forming a long lasting protective and lubricating film which displaces
water.
116 600569A
JOINTING COMPOUND, ‘Wellseal’
a/r
100ml
The original Standard Triumph recommended jointing compound for major unit assembly. Can be used on just
about anything except the cylinder head gasket.
117 GAC100
STUDLOC, ‘Loctite’
a/r
10ml
GAC100/3
a/r
3ml
Specially formulated adhesive used widely in the aviation and automotive industry during assembly to lock
studs, bolts, screws, nuts and bearings into position. Loctite is designed to fill the airspace between threads
forcing out the air, bond to all metals and cure creating a secure assembly that will not loosen. It also seals the
assembly from moisture, preventing rust and corrosion.
118 153317
GREASE, copper, anti-seize
a/r
10 fl. Oz
119 LKLPK104
a/r
25ml. Sachet
Copper based for anything which should turn with a spanner but might not. This grease may be used on bumper
fixings, suspension bolts etc.- in fact just about any threaded object on the car which is likely to corrode or seize.
Penrite Oils
120 GGL9044X
ENGINE OIL, ‘Penrite’, HPR 20W/50
a/r
5 litre
Designed specifically for vehicles from the 1960’s & 70’s, this 20W/50 multi-grade meets the highest API SH/CD
standards. Like the original 20W/50’s of the 1960’s, Classic 20W/50 is a full-bodied, hard-wearing oil giving
excellent film strength under the heaviest loads. Classic 20w/50 gives you exactly what was recommended but
now incorporates modern technology.
121 GGL9005X
a/r
1 litre
GGL9004X
a/r
5 litres
Giving you the same cold start ability of Classic 20w/50 but providing added protection when the engine is hot
or if the age of the engine is beginning to show and problems of oil consumption or low hot oil pressure are present. Ideal for use in historic rally driving or use in high temperatures.
122 GUL7005
ENGINE OIL, ‘Unipart’, HPR 20W/50
a/r
5 gal
Specially developed & prepared for Unipart, this premium oil is for use in older engines.
GUL2005
ENGINE OIL, ‘Unipart’, Semi-Synthetic
a/r
5 litre
This new oil incorporates synthetic additives which reduce friction, thereby increasing the longevity and improving the performance of your engine.
123 GGL9043X
STORAGE PROTECTION, ‘Penrite’
a/r
500ml
Its advanced formulation, containing an anti-corrosion additive, coats all exposed surfaces within the engine,
sealing and protecting. The formulation permits the vehicle to be driven for short runs without changing the oil
but, of course, a complete oil and filter change is required when the car goes ‘back on the road’. Storage
Protection Supplement is also suitable for gearboxes and axles.
124 GGL9015X
RUNNING IN OIL, ‘Penrite’
a/r
1 litre
GGL9014X
RUNNING IN OIL, ‘Penrite’
a/r
5 litre
Modern engine oils may contain additives which, in older and modern engines, can hinder the running-in
process, and even cause bores to ‘glaze up’, necessitating a further strip down. Running-In Oil is designed to
promote and control the bedding in process of newly rebuilt engines. It should be used for the first 300 miles
and then replaced with the appropriate grade of HPR oil.
125 GGL9041X
CORROSION INHIBITOR, ‘Penrite’
a/r
1 litre
Water is a most efficient liquid for cooling engines, but it has two distinct drawbacks. Firstly it freezes in winter, and secondly it does nothing to stop corrosion. With classic cars featuring large amounts of aluminium, copper, brass and bronze, it is imperative that a corrosion inhibitor be used to protect the engine’s cooling system.
126 GGL9031X
ENGINE ASSEMBLY LUBE, ‘Penrite’
a/r
40gm
For lubricating engine components during assembly. Ideal on camshafts, crankshafts, connecting rods and
bearings. Not for use on pistons or in ring area.
127 GGL9122X
ENGINE ASSEMBLY LUBE, ‘Graphogen’ a/r
125gm
A powerful assembly lubricant with graphite providing an additional anti-friction facility. Especially useful when
the assembled unit may not be run for sometime, as it simply does not drain off, as oil would. Do not use when
‘test’ building.
128 KEN2
CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY LUBE, ‘Kent’
a/r
250ml
Kent Cams have added Zinc Dithiophosphate to this assembly lubricant to make it specially effective during the
first five minutes of running-in after a new camshaft and followers have been installed. Its use dramatically
improves the life of these components. Don’t fit your new cam assembly without it!
129 GEC2001
ANTI FREEZE, ‘Unipart’
a/r
1 litre
GEC1002
a/r
2 litre
GEC2005
a/r
5 litre
It’s not just during the winter that you need protection for your engine and radiator. The inclusion of the glycol
based Anti Freeze does not only stop the water from freezing up during the winter (at least blowing a hose or
radiator core). During the summer the liquid acts as an extra coolant by removing the heat more efficiently from
the block and dispersing it even in the worst traffic jam. It also protects from corrosion damage.
130 CCEP4
PAINT, engine (Black)
a/r { Aerosol
CCBU126
131 CCEP4BR
CCBU126TU
PAINT, oil filter canister (French blue)
PAINT, engine (Black)
PAINT, oil filter canister (French blue)
a/r }
a/r { Brush-on
a/r }
Keep your TR looking original by spraying your engine black after your rebuild and the oil filter canister blue. The
French blue listed above is our closest available colour to the original.
132 GAC9130X
TILT & LIFT HOIST, ‘Oberg’
a/r
Tilting an engine, to clear obstructions such as the bulkhead, when removing can be difficult. This handy device
allows the engine to tilt and clear obstacles. Heavy duty construction will hold up to 2000 pounds and tilt 900.
84 Internal Engine
Internal Engine 85
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Internal Engine
1
307546
307546R
307546TR
CRANKSHAFT, new
CRANKSHAFT, recon, exch.
(includes appropriate bearing sets)
CRANKSHAFT, Tuftrided, recon, exch.
1 {
1 | ‘long backed crank’*
| TR5; TR6 to
1 | (e) CP50000
}
*Note : ‘Long backed’ & ‘Short backed’ refer to the depth of the rear oil seal surface. Having removed the flywheel and any spacers, if the end of the crank is flush with the engine back plate, it is a ‘short backed’ crank.
If almost an inch of crankshaft stands proud, a ‘long backed’ crank is fitted. The appropriate flywheel must be
used with each type, i.e. long back cranks use a recessed flywheel, short backs a non recessed flywheel.
311322
311322K
311322R
311322TR
2
3
118632
149748
4
AEM4229STD
RTC1752STD
149082
CRANKSHAFT, new
CRANKSHAFT, new with bearings
CRANKSHAFT, recon exch.
(includes appropriate bearing sets)
CRANKSHAFT, Tuftrided, recon, exch.
PLUG, screwed, crankshaft oilways
PLUG, brass, oilway jet
BEARING SET, main (standard)
1 {
1 | ‘short backed crank’*
1 | TR6 from (e) CP50001
|
1 }
6 { ensure replacements are
6 } obtained before removal.
1
1
1
Glacier
Vandervell
Replacement
Glacier Main bearings are currently obtainable in the following oversizes: +.010”: +.020”: +030”: +040”: +.060”.
Vandervell Main bearings are currently obtainable in the following oversizes: +.010”: +.020”: +030”.
Replacement Main bearings are currently obtainable in the following oversizes: +.010”: +.020”: +030”: +040”.
When ordering please quote part number and size required as (i.e. AEM4229010 for .010” oversize in Glacier,
RTC1752010 for .010” oversize in Vandervell, and 149082/10 for .010” oversize replacements).
5
BHM1366
AEW2171STD
THRUST WASHER SET (standard)
THRUST WASHER SET (standard)
1
1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
21
SHIM, 0.004”
SHIM, 0.006”
KEY, timing gear & pulley locating
OIL THROWER
SLEEVE, timing cover oil seal
*CAMSHAFT, new
*CAMSHAFT, recon exch.
*CAMSHAFT, new
*CAMSHAFT, recon exch.
a/r
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
22
23
24
25
145275
145276
133234
119390
133235
307689
307689R
311399
311399R
25
26
TT10404N
TT10404
TT10405N
TT10405
143552
TT1209
CAMSHAFT, new
CAMSHAFT, recon exch.
CAMSHAFT, new
CAMSHAFT, recon exch.
CAM FOLLOWER (‘tappet’)
1
1
1
1
12
12
105114
PLATE, locating camshaft
1
HU807
WL208
142647K
SCREW, locating plate to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
CAM BEARING SET, (set of 5)
31
145865
145865X
TT1225
100500
036411
145870
214678
217790
043752
SP91B3
125631
UKC1110
211126
145866
033214
WP18
PC7
MBK113
HU807
WL208
PT803
WL208
100433
WL208
HN2008
DP514
TIMING GEAR, camshaft, duplex
TIMING GEAR, camshaft, duplex
TIMING GEAR, camshaft, vernier
BOLT, timing gear to camshaft
LOCK TAB, timing gear bolt
TIMING CHAIN, duplex type
TIMING COVER, single timing mark
TIMING COVER, multiple timing mark
ANCHOR PLATE, tensioner
RIVET, anchor plate to timing cover
OIL SEAL, timing cover
OIL SEAL, timing cover
GASKET, timing cover to front plate
TENSIONER, timing chain, duplex
PIN, tensioner pivot
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN, tensioner pivot pin retaining
FITTING KIT, timing cover
SCREW, hex head
WASHER, locking
SCREW, pan head (5/16 x 3/8”)
WASHER, locking
STUD, timing cover to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
NUT
DOWEL PIN, timing cover locating
7
8
9
10
146454
146454R
119813
107401
138529
TT1280
TT1280K
CON ROD, new
CON ROD, recon., exch.
BUSH, small end
DOWEL, hollow, cap locating
BOLT, connecting rod
BOLT, connecting rod
BOLT KIT (for Competition con rod)
146454X
CON ROD, lightweight, forged steel,
6
6
6
12
12
12
1
uprated
11
see con rod 146454X
Our Competition rod bolt kits are manufactured with higher grade material for greater control of clamping pressure. Specially engineered and produced for the most demanding competition use. Always use Loctite when fitting any connecting rod bolts.
12
includes special bolts
ready to fit
13 AE17753STD
PISTON SET, standard size
Hepolite
148118
PISTON SET, standard size
Replacement
Piston Sets are obtainable in the following oversizes: +.020”: +030”: +040”: +.060”.
When ordering please quote part number & size required (i.e. AE17753/020 for .020” oversize in Hepolite and
148118/20 for .020” oversize replacements). Each piston includes rings, gudgeon pin and circlips.
14
15
16
149215
508978
RA22626STD
GUDGEON PIN
CIRCLIP, gudgeon pin retaining
PISTON RING SET, standard
6 {
}
1
1
6
12
1
Piston Ring Sets are obtainable in the following oversizes:- +.020”: +030”: +040”: +.060”.
When ordering please quote part number & size required (i.e. RA22626.020 for .020” for oversize).
17
18
148118X
RTC2430X
PISTON ASSEMBLY, forged aluminium
PISTON RING SET, competition
6 { standard size
1 }
Forged pistons & competition ring sets are obtainable in the following oversizes: +1mm; +2mm.
When ordering please quote part number & size required (i.e. 148118X1 for +1mm oversize pistons and
RTC2430X1 for +1mm ring sets). Each piston includes rings and gudgeon pin.
19
20
TT1428
145864
TIMING GEAR KIT
TIMING GEAR, crankshaft, duplex
1
1
{
}
{
}
Road 83, for mainly
town use.
Fast Road 83, mainly
for out of town use.
lightened & tuftrided
Never reuse old cam followers in the engine (even if they appear sound) as they are considered a likely weak
link in the drive chain. It is vital that a camshaft and its followers are properly lubricated when installed and run
in an engine for the first time. A suitable ‘Cam Lube’ must be used.
28
29
30
Glacier
Vandervell
Replacement
Glacier Con Rod Bearings are currently obtainable in the following oversizes: +.010”: +.020”: +030”: +040”.
Vandervell Con Rod bearings are currently only obtainable in Standard size.
Replacement Con Rod bearings are currently obtainable in the following oversizes: +.010”: +.020”: +030”: +040”.
When ordering please quote part number and size required as (i.e. AEB6433010 for .010” oversize in Glacier,
and 149081010Z for .010” oversize replacements).
all (e) CP (‘150 bhp’,
2 rings on front journal).
all (e) CR (‘125 bhp’,
3 rings on front journal).
Please refer to ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories for our full range of Sports & Competition camshafts &
power band tables.
Also available are performance profiled camshafts to produce good power improvements with a wide torque
band. If the emission control is left intact on North American cars there is little/no point changing the camshaft.
For ‘road’ cars, whether fitted with fuel injection or HS6 carburettors the recommendation is as follows;
6
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
Sports Camshafts (Road)
27
BEARING SET, con rod (standard)
{ timing gear alignment
}
*Important Note: The installation of a ‘150 bhp’ camshaft in place of a ‘125
bhp’ item does not give an instant performance increase. Other items such
as the cylinder head, metering unit and the distributor must be replaced
and/or adjusted. Ensure that the cylinder head specification is matched to the
camshaft fitted, see Engine Improvements.
Vandervell
Replacement
Thrust Washers are obtainable in the following oversizes: +.0025”: +.005”: +015”: 025”: +.030”.
When ordering please quote part number & size required (i.e. BHM1366/2 for .0025” oversize in Vandervell &
AEW2171002 for .0025” oversize replacements).
AEB6433STD
RTC1751STD
149081STDZ
Details
Check for excess wear to cam groove when doing a rebuild. This should be a clean fit with no more than .010”
total end float.
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
2
2
1 {
}
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
see also
Engine Improvements
lightened/uprated
adjustable gear
original
alternative
part of cover
TR6 from (e) CR2666
timing cover to block
timing cover to block
‘Lightened’ engines are often talked of. In reality there is very little that can be lightened. A few ounces may be
polished off a crankshaft and de-burring and polishing the con-rods may be worthwhile for competition purposes. Tappets may be lightened for the same reason, though some of the modern camshafts use such a fierce
valve-opening ramp, all the strength possible in a tappet may be a more sensible option. What can be usefully
reduced in weight is the flywheel. Only machinists who understand fully what they’re doing should do this. Metal
removed farthest from the centre is the most effective and strength is paramount towards the centre. The final
cuts should leave nicely radiused corners. Due to strength limitation (as cast iron gets thinner), for competition
use only steel faced light alloy or billet flywheels can realistically be recommended.
*Note: The flywheel changes to suit the design of crankshaft fitted. See the note (under item no. 3) at the beginning of this section about ‘long’ and ‘short’ backed cranks. Alloy & Steel Flywheels only weigh approx. 4Kg,
whereas cast Iron Flywheels weigh approx. 10Kgs
86 Internal Engine
Internal Engine 87
ill. Part Number
No
54
Description
148041*
148041R*
FLYWHEEL, Iron, with ring gear, new
FLYWHEEL, Iron, with ring gear
(recon/exch.)
TT2239S
FLYWHEEL, steel, Less ring gear
(use with 8.5” standard or uprated clutch cover)
151214*
151214R*
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
FLYWHEEL, Iron, with ring gear, new
FLYWHEEL, Iron, with ring gear
(recon/exch.)
TT2214
FLYWHEEL, Alloy, includes ring gear
TT2241
(use with 7.25” race clutch cover)
TT2214S
FLYWHEEL, Steel, Less ring gear
TT2241S
FLYWHEEL, Steel, Less ring gear
(use with 7.25” race clutch cover)
201350
RING GEAR
DP411
DOWEL PIN, locating clutch cover
127883
DOWEL PIN, locating flywheel
147299
BOLT, flywheel to crank (standard)
TT2223
BOLT, flywheel to crank (Uprated)
047246
SPIGOT BUSH, 1” x 1”, in crankshaft
151213
SPIGOT BUSH, 1” x 1/2”, in flywheel
143456
OIL SEAL, rear housing
214479
FRONT PULLEY & DAMPER (3/8”)
148831
EXTENSION, fan
DP508
DOWEL PIN, locating extension
148832
BOLT, extension & pulley to crankshaft
214239
FAN BELT (3/8” wide)
GFB142
FAN BELT (3/8” wide)
Qty.
Req.
Details
1 { Recessed – fits
1 | ‘long backed’ crank for
} TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000.
1 { Recessed – fits
1 | ‘long backed’ crank for
} TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000.
1 {
1 |
| Non Recessed - fits
1 | ‘short backed’ crank for
| TR6 from (e) CP50001.
1 |
}
1 { Non Recessed - fits
| ‘short backed’ crank for
1 | TR6 from (e) CP50001.
}
all models
1
3
1
4 { Fit with ‘Loctite’
4 }
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000
1
1
TR6 from e) CP50001
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
TR6 from e) CR5001.
Note: Ensure both pulley groove & fan belt are the correct 3/8” width (a wider, 1/2” belt and pulley system was
used on carburettor fitted TR6’s for the North American market places).
ill. Part Number
No
Description
98
149098
99
100
101
102
103
104
500975
149776
308396
149100
145720
145720
GEAR, driving distributor and
metering unit
PIN, mills, securing gear to shaft
BUSH, supporting drive shaft assembly
DISTRIBUTOR PEDESTAL
GEAR, driving metering unit
SEAL, fuel
SEAL, oil
Qty.
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
If your TR is being meticulously rebuilt from end to end the distributor pedestal will come in for its moment of
glory so why else would you want to ruin a good shirt on a Sunday afternoon to change the seals in the pedestal?
One good reason (well three actually) could be rising oil level in the sump. The usual give away for petrol contamination is that after months of stable oil consumption, you take the TR out, get it nice and hot, check the oil
level and find it has dropped noticeably, and you’ve ‘boiled’ the petrol off. Reason two could be the noticeable
stink of petrol when you know you haven’t got any apparent leaks. Finally, after a modest drive you check the
oil and the level has risen. The reason could be that one or more of the injectors are dribbling so it is worth
checking these first. If, however you’ve read your workshop manual, you’ll have read that there’s a drain hole
in the distributor pedestal between the two seals to allow the leak from one of the seals to be noticed before
the other fails which would allow fuel from the metering unit access to the sump.
Replacement of the seals goes something like this:
1) Disconnect the metering unit from the distributor pedestal (3 x 7/16” AF screws) and leave it suspended by
wire from a suitable point. Remove the red plastic drive. Replace all O-rings on re-assembly as a matter of
course.
2) It is a lot easier to change the pedestal seals if the whole thing is removed and attended to ‘on the bench’,
but either way, the same process takes place. Remove the thrust plug after first removing its retaining bolt and
ease out the pinion which would take the drive off the distributor gear (149099). If the pedestal were off the car,
you’d no doubt have a look at this exposed gear and be horrified at the play between the short shaft and 2
pinned-on gears, itself the source of erratic running and low speed misfire. An excellent opportunity to change
it.
3) Remove both pedestal seals with a hook or screwdriver taking care not to score the housing. Ensure the drain
hole is clear.
4) Coat both seals with grease and fit the two new seals ensuring they are nice and square to the housing and
each other. Ideally a 0.9Ó flat punch should be used but no doubt there is a nice clean socket with the right sort
of O/D in the toolbox. Grease should be packed between the seals and the seals should be back to back, lips
facing away from each other and ensure the inner seal is properly seated before inserting the outer. Don’t forget to check that the drain hole is unobstructed.
5) To ensure the seals don’t get damaged wrap a layer of masking or similar tape around the end of the pinion
before insertion. Lightly grease it and slide it gently into the pedestal and through the seals. As the gear engages
you need to align it with the drive for the metering unit, as removed. A couple of tries should be all that is necessary. If you want to avoid this hit and miss method, the engine should be set to no. 1 + 6 at TDC, no. 1 firing
and the pinion will be observed to be vertical when the metering unit is removed.
6) Tease off and remove the protective tape. Replace the O-ring and pinion end plug and its retaining screw.
7) Use a little grease to locate the plastic drive dog onto the pinion and replace the metering unit (with its new
O-ring). You may wish to check the ‘tuning’ of the metering unit before doing this and this is dealt with in detail
in the workshop manual according to the spec of the engine, CP or CR.
154380
GCB11088
308353
311868
FRONT PULLEY & DAMPER (3/8”)
FAN BELT (3/8”)
FAN, 8 blade, plastic (yellow)
1 { see also
1 } Engine Improvements
1
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000
1 { TR6 from
} (e) CP50001 to CR1
71
72
108496
108496P
108499
BUSH, fan to extension (standard)
BUSH, fan to extension (Polyurethane)
SLEEVE, fan to extension
8 {
8 |
4 | all (e) CP models
73
74
75
108495
107857
HB810
WASHER, plain
TAB WASHER
BOLT, fan to extension
4 |
2 |
4 }
76
77
78
79
80
81
312301
157876
HB813
WP34
HB810
WP34
FAN, 13 blade, plastic (red)
ADAPTOR, fan extension
BOLT, adaptor to extension
WASHER, plain
BOLT, fan to adaptor
WASHER, plain
1
1
4
4
4
4
{
|
| All (e) CR models
|
|
}
106
107
108
109
82
83
84
85
86
87
149634*
508975
149621
HB724
HB727
WL207
OIL PUMP (cast iron body)
ROTOR & SPINDLE
FILTER, oil pump
BOLT, oil pump, (3” long)
BOLT, oil pump, (3 3/8” long)
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
2
1
3
{
|
| TR5; TR6 to
| (e) CP53747
|
}
110 101962
STUD, distributor pedestal (short)
111 TE605201
STUD, distributor pedestal (long)
(Note; Carburettor models use 2 short studs)
1
1
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
105 149226
88
89
90
91
92
93
217488*
217486
519569
TKC2006
HB726
WL207
OIL PUMP (aluminium body)
BODY, oil pump
ROTOR & SPINDLE
STRAINER ASSEMBLY
BOLT, oil pump to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1
3
3
94
149099
149099X
149097
126785
500974
DRIVE SHAFT & GEAR
DRIVE SHAFT & GEAR, solid construction
SHAFT, driving oil pump & gear
GEAR, driving shaft
PIN, mills, securing driven gear
1
1
1
1
1
95
96
97
{
|
| TR6 from (e) CP53748
|
|
}
press fit in block
Replacing Distributor Pedestal Oil Seals
67
68
69
70
*Note: This later, higher capacity aluminium bodied oil pump can be used to replace the earlier cast iron version. Both types are interchangeable as assemblies.
Details
145724
WU3704
WP7
104939*
PLUG, driving gear end thrust and
pedestal sealing
O’ RING, on plug
SCREW, thrust plug retaining
WASHER, plain
GASKET, pedestal to cylinder block
1
1
1
1
a/r
fit with ‘Loctite’
*Note: Refer to the factory workshop manual for details regarding using these gaskets as shims to set gear end
float.
WL208
HN2008
HU805
WL208
149486
149595
HU707
WL207
WP7
TT2929
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, distributor to pedestal
WASHER, locking
O’ RING, metering unit to pedestal
DRIVE, plastic, metering unit
SCREW, metering unit to pedestal
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
TIMING DISC
1 1/4”
2 1/2”
TriumphTune
Use this timing degree disc for accurate installation of any camshaft where the performance setting is required.
replacement
88 Oil Coolers & Filters
Oil Coolers & Filters 89
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Oil Cooler - Original
Surprisingly, although Triumph offered oil cooler conversions for both the TR5 & TR6, not many cars were originally fitted with this kit. For those that were and for customers wishing to keep their car as original, the original kit & components are listed here.
(Note: TR5s were originally fitted with a slightly different kit but continued ‘improvements’ listed in three different service amendments in 1968 and 1969 eventually gave us the specification listed here)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
309052
214372
HU705
GWL207
HN2007
155672
GFE138
151870
149695
149713
272539
148781
148782
HU808
148783
146285
17
18
19
20
21
148513
PT355
WP4
WL203
HN2053
OIL COOLER KIT
OIL COOLER
SCREW, oil cooler to skid-plate
WASHER, locking
NUT
OIL FILTER SUB ASSEMBLY
ELEMENT, oil filter
ADAPTOR, filter, bowl to block
ADAPTOR, filter, centre bolt
GASKET, adaptor to block
RING, sealing
HOSE, engine to cooler
HOSE, cooler to filter
SCREW
‘P’ CLIP
ADAPTOR, hose to cylinder block
(replaces plug 116511)
RETAINING CLIP, hoses to LH
SCREW, pan head
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
1
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1 { hoses to
1 } LH radiator stay
1 { see item 18
} External Engine
1
1
1
1
1
(See also Accessory section)
24
25
26
27
TT12861
BH507301
GFE227
GFE166
ADAPTOR*, spin-on oil filter
(*with oil cooler hose tapping’s)
SEAL SET, filter adaptor
BOLT, adaptor to block
OIL FILTER, spin-on type, long
OIL FILTER, spin-on type, short
28
OIL COOLER INSTALLATION KIT (std)
TT1268
TT1268S
TT12681
TT12681S
Qty.
Req.
1
1
1
1
Details
1 2
/ ” rubber hoses
/ ” braided hoses
5/8” rubber hoses
5/8” braided hoses
1 2
‘Thermostatic’ Oil Cooler Installation Kit
To take developments one stage further, it would be advantageous to control the oil temperature, by means of
a thermostat (in the same way that the cooling water system uses a thermostat).
Maintaining the oil at or around its optimum working temperature means that it should retain its intended viscosity and thus provide its best lubrication and protection performance. A thermostatic conversion assists in
warming the engine from cold starts on vehicles fitted with an oil cooler, since it by-passes the cooler when it
is not required.
Conversion kits listed below utilise screw-on unions for easy installation and include adaptor, thermostat &
mountings.
Note: The oil cooler radiator and oil filter are not included in the kits, they are supplied separately.
DAVE – The oil cooler radiator shown under this ID number needs to be a ‘knocked back’ illustration as
per the oil filter
29 TT1278
OIL COOLER INSTALLATION KIT*
1 {
TT1278S
OIL COOLER INSTALLATION KIT*
1 | thermostatic
(*1/2” rubber hoses)
|
TT12781
OIL COOLER INSTALLATION KIT**
1 |
TT12781S
OIL COOLER INSTALLATION KIT**
1 }
(**5/8” rubber hoses)
30 TT29602
THERMOSTAT, 1/2” hoses (screw-on)
1
TT29603
THERMOSTAT, 5/8” hoses (screw-on)
1
31
The design of the standard TR6 oil filtration system (see External Engine) is fundamentally flawed in that when
the engine is not running, oil will drain out of the oil filter back to the sump. Thus, every time the engine is
restarted, the oil pump must refill the filter bowl before any lubricant can be pressure fed to any part of the
engine. It doesn’t take much to realise that this delay in oil pressure build up when the engine is started will
result in premature wear to the moving components within the engine, most notably the main and big end bearings (you must have noticed the brief rattling noise when you start the engine from cold – that’s your big ends
saying good morning).
To overcome this problem, a special filter head adaptor has been developed that relocates the filter so that it
hangs from its mounting and therefore cannot drain its contents back to the sump. As a bonus, the original fiddly filter element and bowl is replaced by a modern ‘spin on’ disposable canister filter, greatly easing the task
of oil filter changing. The sealing ring groove depth is not a specified depth so in some cases extra sealing rings
may be required. This simple spin-on conversion is all that most TR’s, or their owners, want.
One of Triumph’s optional extras, originally offered, was an oil cooler kit. The spin on adaptor with fittings for
oil cooler take-off is therefore a natural development. The Adaptor body for both types might appear identical,
but they are in fact produced from entirely different castings, with totally different internal oilways, so neither
can be converted into the other form. When a TR is being built there is often the need to avoid fitment of the oil
cooler, but the benefit of the spin-on system should be enjoyed. So, to avoid having to buy both types of adaptor, fit the oil-cooler type and simply join the two adaptor unions together with a suitable length of high-pressure oil hose. If a kit is purchased, therein is the required hose. Quite a range of such hoses is available independently, so please telephone with your precise need.
TT1286
TT1286A
Description
If your TR is already fitted with a non-thermostatic oil cooler kit, and you would like the benefit of temperature
control, then this thermostatic unit is ideal. It is easily installed by cutting the hoses and placing in the circuit,
ensuring flow direction is matched. Care must be taken when cutting hoses especially braided versions.
Spin On Filter Adaptor
22
23
ill. Part Number
No
THERMOSTAT, 1/2” hoses (push-on)
THERMOSTAT, 5/8” hoses (push-on)
1
1
Oil Cooler Radiators
The essential part of the cooling process is the radiator. Available in a range of sizes to suit your application.
1
32 ARA221
OIL RADIATOR, 13 row 1/2”
Road.
1
TT29631
Competition
1
33 ARO9875
Road, hot climates
1
TT29641
Competition
1
TT29651
Competition, hot climates
34
35
36
37
HU705
WL207
HN2007
C-AHT181
SCREW, oil radiator to skid shield
WASHER, locking
NUT
SHROUD, oil radiator
4
4
4
1
38
39
40
41
42
AHH6866K
148513
PT355
WL203
HN2005
STRAP KIT, hoses to LH radiator stay
CLIP (hoses to LH engine mtg. bracket)
SCREW, pan head, (for clip 148513)
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
1
1
1
2
ROCKER FEED KIT
WASHER, copper crush
BOLT, banjo
1
2
1
Rocker Feed Pipe
1
1
1
1
1
1
TT2960
TT29604
use if adaptor removed
RHD
LHD, limited access
Oil Cooler Installation Kit (Non Thermostatic)
As a natural progression from the ‘spin-on’ conversion, the special oil filter adaptor casting has been modified,
tapped and threaded to create an oil cooler system connection point. This allows not only the previously mentioned benefits of improved lubrication supply and an easy to fit ‘spin-on’ filter canister, but also cools oil.
TT1286 cannot retrospectively be converted to TT1286A as the oilways in the two castings are different.
Triumph originally specified, as a high speed use optional accessory, an oil cooler kit for TR6 models. Thankfully
they also pierced the water radiator skid shield of all cars to accept an oil cooler radiator … just in case. This
makes the installation of the oil radiator particularly easy.
We recommend that 1/2” hoses be used for road applications and 5/8” for competition applications. Both sizes
are available with either plain rubber or Stainless Steel braided hoses.
Note: The oil cooler radiator and oil filter are not included in the kits, they are supplied separately.
43
44
45
TT1226
TT1226B
TT1226D
The Rocker Feed Kit & Oil Consumption
When the supplementary oil feed to the rocker gear is fitted on the Triumph TR6 engine an increase in oil consumption is often encountered. This is attributed to oil being drawn down worn valve guides. The extra amount
of lubricating oil flowing through the valve and rocker chamber, as supplied by the feed kit, exaggerates any
tendency for oil to be sucked down worn valve guides past worn valve stems. The best solution is to fit new
valves and guides, but this is not always on the top of the repair priority list. To assist in the reduction of oil being
sucked down the guides a method of valve stem oil seal is required. We offer the simple do-nut rubber ring that
is used so successfully on MG sports cars. Its part number is AEK113 (see Cylinder Head, item. 19), 12 of which
are required, one per valve stem, to service an engine.
46
47
48
49
50
GAC110
GAC111
GT85
GAC100
GAC100/3
153317
LKLPK104
SMALL CAN, WD-40
LARGE CAN, WD-40
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. Oz
25gm. Sachet
90 Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head 91
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Cylinder Head Assemblies
Cylinder head assemblies are fitted with valves, guides and springs, but less studs.
All recon cylinder heads are now built to a lead-free condition. Should a leaded fuel version be required, this
would now be a ‘special’: please telephone. All cylinder heads listed have a compression ratio of approx. 9.5:1.
Please telephone for special requirements.
1 516798
CYLINDER HEAD ASS’Y, new
1 { TR5; TR6
516798R
CYLINDER HEAD ASS’Y, recon, exch.
1 } to (e) CP75000.
520869
1 { TR6 from (e) CP75001
520869R
1 } to (e) CR5000.
UKC1420
1 { TR6 from
UKC1420R
1 } (e) CR5001.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
15
16
149633
102564
VALVE SPRING, outer
VALVE SPRING, inner
17
157229
VALVE SPRING
18
157229
157476
TT1207
VALVE SPRING, outer
VALVE SPRING, inner
VALVE SPRING SET, uprated
12 { (twin fitment)
12 | TR5; TR6
} to (e) CP75000.
12 { (single fitment)
} to (e) CR1.
12 { (twin fitment)
12 } All (e) CR models.
1
twin fitment.
Our uprated valve spring set to replaces all standard combinations. They must be installed without the use of
any lower spacer collars between the base of the springs and the cylinder head top face.
19
Performance Cylinder Heads
Also available are exch. cylinder heads uprated and ready to fit either in a ‘Stage II’ or ‘Stage III’ specification.
Stage II condition is supplied with gas flowed ports, reshaped chambers, reshaped valves, new springs and
guides. Stage III condition is supplied fully gas flowed for right up to competition use specification as Stage II
but with new larger stainless valves, bronze guides and alloy valve caps.
All Stage III cylinder heads are supplied with bronze valve guides. If a Stage II cylinder head with bronze valve
guides is required, please add a ‘B’ in front of the ‘UL’ suffix when ordering.
TT1202UL
CYLINDER HEAD ASS’Y, Stage II
1 { TR5; TR6
TT1203BUL
CYLINDER HEAD ASS’Y, Stage III
1 } to (e) CP75000.
TT1212UL
1 { TR6 from (e) CP75001
TT1213BUL
1 } to (e) CR5000.
TT1222UL
1 { TR6 from
TT1213BUL
1 } (e) CR5001.
2 516799
CYLINDER HEAD, bare
1
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP75000
520871
CYLINDER HEAD, bare
1
(Note: bare cylinder heads do not includes valve guides)
GAC6201X
144648
144686
101022
500469
CORE PLUG SET
CORE PLUG, large, (1 5/8” dia.)
CORE PLUG, small (1 1/4” dia.)
SCREW, plugging rocker oil feed
WASHER, copper, sealing screw
1
cylinder head & block
1 { rear face of head
1 }
1
1
Valves, Guides & Springs
8
9
058923
111869
GUIDE, inlet valve (2.0625”)
GUIDE, exhaust valve (2.25”)
6
6
Valve Guides
Triumph valves are designed to run with a stem to guide clearance of 0002”. Silicon bronze guides should certainly never be run with less than this. Remember different metals expand at different rates. Aluminium and
brass alloys expand more than ferrous alloys. Both valves and guides are designed to have the correct fit at
working temperature, say 80°C (160°F). For those who like to check such things out, why not immerse a cylinder head in water at temperature and, after lubricating the valve stems and guides, measure or try the fit. Don’t
forget to clean the sink afterwards.
10 TT1219
GUIDE SET, silicone/bronze, (set of 12)
1 { High performance
TT1319A
GUIDE, inlet valve, silicone/bronze
6 | alternative to 8 & 9
11
12
TT1219A
146496
146497
159903
159904
GUIDE, exhaust valve, silicone/bronze
INSERT, valve seat, Inlet
INSERT, valve seat, Exhaust
6
6
6
6
6
}
{ All (e) CP models.
}
{ All (e) CR models.
}
Important: If one valve seat becomes damaged it may be replaced individually. Ensure its finished form produces
matching valve heights. Triumph heads are not normally fitted with valve seats. All exhaust seats are now to
unleaded specification.
Valves & Seats
Due to the possibility of cylinder heads not being exactly to original specification; (a problem you may not discover until the head is off the engine), it isn’t really practical to match valves and seats to engine commission
numbers. Any ‘late’ head with small exhaust valve throats can be converted to ‘early’ specification by fitment of
larger valves (part no. 149763) and enlargement of the valve throat. An ideal time is when converting to leadfree condition. After fitting the larger valve seats required it is a simple matter to blend the port to match the
valve seat before shaping the seat for the valve. Most genuine engineering shops can willingly perform this
work. Ask to see an example of a finished seat which should show roughly 1.5 - 2mm of cut face for the valve
to sit and seal onto. The best results will come from double or treble angled chamfers to the valve seat.
Exhaust valve seat 146497 to be used with valve 149658 or TT1715.
Exhaust valve seat 159904 to be used with valve 159873.
(All our exhaust valves are lead-free compatible)
13
14
146128
TT1714
TT1234
149658
159873
TT1715
VALVE, inlet, 1.44”
VALVE, inlet, stainless, 1.44”
VALVE, inlet, stainless, 1.475”
VALVE, exhaust, 1.25”
VALVE, exhaust, stainless, 1.28”
6
6 { reshaped & gas-flowed
6 }
6
All (e) CP models
6
All (e) CR models
6
reshaped & gas-flowed
AEK113
VALVE STEM OIL SEAL
12
supplementary fitment
Valve stem oil seals were not originally specified for use on the Triumph TR6 engine. To help in the battle against
engine emissions caused by oil being sucked down the valve guide bores past the valve stems, a simple oil seal
is available.
20 149717
SPACER, valve spring, lower inner
12 { TR5; TR6
} to (e) CP75000.
105118
COLLAR, valve spring, lower inner,
12 { TR6 from (e) CP75001
single spring only
} to (e) CR1.
157509
SPACER, valve spring, lower
12
all (e) CR models
21 111870
COLLAR, spring, upper
6
inlet
TT1216
COLLAR, spring, upper, alloy
12
inlet & exhaust
22 128335
COLLAR, upper outer
6 { exhaust
23
24
128334
106663
COLLAR, upper inner
COLLET, split cone type, sold each
6 }
24
Rocker Gear
25
26
Core Plugs
3
4
5
6
7
Details
214559K
214559
214559Z
TT1217
ROCKER GEAR ASSEMBLY
ROCKER SHAFT
ROCKER SHAFT, replacement
ROCKER SHAFT, tuftrided
1
1
1
1
recon/exch.
ready plugged
Rocker shafts are tubular in construction. The ends of the shaft must be plugged to form an oil gallery inside
the shaft. Oil is fed via the rear rocker pedestal into the shaft; drillings in the shaft allow lubrication of the rockers.
27 137811
PLUG, rocker shaft ends
2
original rocker shafts only
28
29
38
39
40
145867
144974
145868
145869
TT1910
104859
132495
WP184
HN2009
109024
109024Z
109023
109023Z
109495
057110
105322
41
42
43
44
119313
WP8013
PC10
TT1218
SPRING, rocker shaft, intermediate
WASHER, rocker shaft spacing
SPLIT PIN, rocker shaft end
ROCKER SPACER SET
5
4
1
1
45
TT1248
ROLLER ROCKER CONVERSION
1
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
PEDESTAL, no. 1
PEDESTAL, intermediate
PEDESTAL, intermediate
PEDESTAL, no. 6 (drilled for oil feed)
SHIM, pedestal
SCREW, shaft to drilled pedestal
STUD, rocker pedestal to cyl head
WASHER, plain
NUT
ROCKER ARM, odd
ROCKER ARM, odd, replacement
ROCKER ARM, even
ROCKER ARM, even, replacement
SCREW, rocker clearance adjusting
NUT, half, adjusting screw
SPRING, rocker shaft, outer
1
4
4
1
6
1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
12
12
2
{ alternatives
}
{ 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
}
{ 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
}
replaces items 41 to 43
A set of solid spacers to replace the coil spring spacers on the standard rocker shaft assembly. These allow the
rockers to rotate easier, prolong shaft life by retaining the oil. Set of five spacers and one adjusting washer.
The complete rocker assembly is replaced with this kit. The new rocker arms use roller tips and internal rollers
on an all new steel shaft. The rocker ratio is increased from 1.5 to 1.65:1 giving greater valve lift without changing the camshaft. The increased valve opening (or lift) produced by the roller-rocker gear will require attention
to the valve springs as these could become coil-bound. You could check what you’ve got with feeler gauges .030” between coils is safe. Anything less will require different springs. TT1708 are correct and perfect for the
job. All of this will depend on any extra work that may have been done to the cylinder head which can alter the
relationship of the valve to the head. What we are saying is that TT1248 plus TT1708 are bombproof, anything
else requires careful measurement. Uprated push rods must also be fitted.
46
47
149513
TT1233
148916
TT10433
143552
TT1209
PUSH ROD (8.11”), forged
PUSH ROD (8.11”), tubular
PUSH ROD (8.30”), forged
PUSH ROD (8.25”), tubular
12
12
12
12
12
12
{ All (e) CP models
}
{ All (e) CR models
}
standard
Uprated
Never re-use your old cam followers in this engine as they are considered a likely weak link in the drive train.
It is vital that a camshaft and its followers are properly lubricated when installed and run in an engine for the
first time. A suitable ‘Cam Lube’ must be used.
92 Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head 93
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Rocker Cover
Valve Spring Specifications
48
The specification of valve springs is critical to the correct functioning of any engine. The spring rate is the
amount of load the spring applies to close the valve. It has to cope with the weight of the valve and cap, and,
significantly, in a very brief space of time. At 6000rpm, each valve opens and closes 50 times per second. It also
has to do so for the correct period of time as per camshaft requirements. Lastly, sufficient clamping pressure
must be available to seal the combustion chamber while combustion takes place at between 8 and to 11:1.
The rates have to be kept as low as possible to reduce camshaft and follower (tappet) wear. The spring height
and wire thickness enables a variety of camshaft profiles to coped with. As you may notice from the chart below
an uprated spring doesn’t necessarily mean increased rate. A modern method in use to control valve closing is
‘interference’ valve springs, i.e., where there is friction between the inner and outer spring. This damps the valve
movement without resorting to heavier springs (TT1208 and TT1708).
The springs and ratios listed below are based on original specifications (including uprated springs) in use during production (1967 to 1976). TT1208 & TT1708 are also Moss unique. The critical areas are installed height
(A) to give ‘closed’ load and full lift load with adequate clearance to allow working clearance (B). Coil binding is
to be avoided at all costs, so allow a working clearance between coils, fully compressed of at least .030”. Check
when installed. Failure to check this at each valve could result in smashed springs, damaged rocker gear, damage to camshaft/followers damage to rocker shaft and locating studs.
210908
ROCKER COVER, silver
1 { All (e) CP models
210908R
ROCKER COVER, silver, recon.
1 }
TKC378
ROCKER COVER, silver
1 { All (e) CR models
TKC378R
ROCKER COVER, silver, recon.
1 }
213496
ROCKER COVER, chromed
1
alternative
49 138176
CAP, oil filler, zinc plated, with decal
1
original
GZC1400
CAP, oil filler, chrome
1
alternative
50 CRST262
LABEL, oil cap
1
Note: These oil caps are only suitable for the original steel rocker covers.
51
52
53
GAC6004X
GAC6005X
TT1627
TT1220
8G612CP
TT9920
ROCKER COVER, alloy, polished
ROCKER COVER, black, polished
ROCKER COVER, alloy, polished
ROCKER COVER, black, polished
CAP, oil filler, alloy rocker covers
CAP, oil filler, alloy rocker covers
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ ribbed
}
{ TriumphTune Logo
}
ribbed cover
TriumphTune cover
All rocker covers listed are completely interchangeable - standard fasteners and gasket are used to attach both
steel and alloy rocker covers. The alloy rocker covers are precision, high pressure die cast items and include a
unique bright chrome filler cap.
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
AJM413
GHF272
GHF301
WF508
105123
HN2008
AJM682
DS3113
105124
105125
101962
GASKET, rocker cover
NUT, nyloc, rocker cover
WASHER, plain
WASHER, fibre
STUD, rocker cover to cylinder head
NUT, locking, stud to cylinder head
GASKET, manifold
DOWEL, locating (inlet manifolds)
STUD, exhaust manifold mounting
STUD, inlet & exhaust manifolds
STUD, inlet manifold mounting
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
4
6
3
do not over-tighten
For manifolds, fixing details & fittings, please refer to Fuel System, Manifolds & Air Cleaners
Part
Number
Installed
Rate
Solid
Coils
Free
149633
102564
150 lbs.
28.5 lbs.
23.32
18.54
4
6
39.87
39.62
157229
157476
240 lbs.
85 lbs.
22.2
14.02
3.75
4
38.6
28.9
TT1207
206 lbs.
35 lbs.
21.67
15.87
5.75
7.75
39.37
46.48
TT1208
TT1708
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Cylinder Head Identification
To help identify the correct head for your TR5; TR250 or TR6 we have created this chart below;
Casting
Number
Cylinder Head Gaskets
65
GEG179
GEG179Z
AJM1193
AJM1193Z
66
AJM346
TT1236
AJM387
DECOKE GASKET SET, ‘flat top’ block
DECOKE GASKET SET, ‘flat top’ block,
(GEG179Z, alternative spec)
DECOKE GASKET SET, ‘recessed’ block
DECOKE GASKET SET, ‘recessed’ block
(AJM1193Z, alternative spec)
GASKET, cylinder head, flat
GASKET, cyl head, copper, flat (0.032”)
GASKET, cylinder head, recessed
1 {
1 | TR5; TR6 to (e) CP75000
}
1 {
1 | TR6 from (e) CP75001
}
1 { TR5; TR6 to (e) CP75000
1 }
1
As a guide to deciding which head gasket or head gasket set that you need, they are identifiable by the presence or the lack of presence of a tag. All later head gaskets for recessed blocks included a tag on the rear of
the gasket.
Head
Number
Machined head Service head ass’y Service head ass’y
assembly
(less valves)
(including valves)
308351
312388
313248
516816
218225
219015
516799
520871
520871
516798
520869
UKC1420
307837
312388
TKC999
516323
218227
219019
516797
520870
RTC1860
516796
520868
UKC1421
151003
519788
519792
519790
No. stamped
on head
Overall
Thickness
Chamber
Depth (A)
comments
516816
218225
219015
516323
218227
219019
519788
3.75
3.75
3.4375
3.4375
3.562
3.50
3.3125
0.525
0.525
0.525
0.688
0.688
0.625
0.375
Pi. models
308351
312388
V3298
Carb. models
307837
312388
V3298
2 litre models
308351
Cylinder Head Attachment
(Note: For cylinder head studs, please refer to External Engine)
67
68
103810
103810X
508289
508289X
NUT, cylinder head
NUT, cylinder head
WASHER (under cylinder head nut)
WASHER (under cylinder head nut)
14 {
14 | uprated
14 }
14
uprated
Heater Fittings
(Note: For other heater details, please refer to Heating & Ventilation.)
69
70
71
565755
565755Z
148435
114774
WATER VALVE, heater
WATER VALVE, heater, replacement
ADAPTOR, water valve to head
PLUG, replaces water adaptor
1 { vehicles fitted
1 } with heater
1
2
vehicles without heater
Rocker Feed Kit
Excessive rocker shaft wear is a classic complaint about the Triumph push rod engines. The external
rocker feed kit is an effective and easy to fit solution to the problem. It works by piping oil from a plug
hole in the cylinder block main oil gallery up to the cylinder head, thereby maintaining a higher oil flow
than standard. No drilling or tapping is required for installation. The kit is so good, it looks as though it
should always have been there!
72 TT1226
ROCKER FEED KIT
1
external
73 TT1226D
BOLT, banjo
1
74 TT1226B
WASHER, copper crush
2
TR5; Early TR6
Intermediate TR6
Late TR6
TR250; Early TR6
Intermediate TR6
Late TR6
2 litre
Pi. models
Pi models
Pi models
Carb. models
Carb. models
Carb. models
If your cylinder head varies from these thickness dimensions it
is an indication that it has been skimmed at some time, usually to ensure flatness.
Other cylinder heads do surface and with the exception of the
USA spec. carburettor head used from 1967 to 1971 (chassis no. CC75000) all 2.5 litre heads may be
interchangeable, with modifications. The later heads used smaller valves but it is quite easy to enlarge
the valve throat to fit larger valves, particularly when converting to lead free condition.
USA specification heads run a lower compression (LC) ratio than European ones. It is pretty important
therefore to simply measure the total thickness of the head prior to any machining or serious modification and use the reference chart above. The same casting is used for 2 litre engines and these are
thinned even more. At a glance inspecting the combustion chamber may differentiate a low compression head.
Remember to use the correct valves, springs and collars (see Cylinder Head). Also, changing the thickness of the head may well require different length push rods.
94 Performance Improvements
Performance Improvements 95
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Performance Improvements
Like many car makers, Triumph always seemed to run out of money before new model development was
completed, however, the conversion of the 2 litre ‘six’ into 2.5 litre form didn’t pose any real problems. Rather
a pity the engine/s Achilles heels (the poor crankshaft and flywheel location) were not engineered out, but at
least it left a few jobs for future developers to tackle.
In 2 litre form the engine revs freely and sweetly with a ceiling around 7000rpm. Enlarging the engine to 2.5
litre (by increasing the stroke) seems to take the edge off the sweetness but then fewer revs are needed: you
could be a gear higher and still maintain the same performance. In early Pi form the performance is excellent
up to 6000 rpm. Later Pi’s ‘die’ about 1000 rpm lower and Stromberg cars are gasping by 4500 rpm, though
both are still very pleasant to drive.
So, why do you need to improve the engine? Is it a need for more performance or simply bombproof reliability? As long as there is an overdrive fitted (to give the TR ‘long legs’) a quick and easy suggestion is to fit a
higher differential ratio. Pi TR’s used 3.45:1 with 165 section tyres and carb. TR’s 3.7:1 with 185 section tyres
so a Pi with a 3.7:1 ratio would gain about 10% acceleration improvement: about 20 bhp’s worth of tuning!
Carb. cars can reduce the tyre section (say to 185/70) or even consider a 4.1:1 axle (which is the usual
choice of competition TR’s). Either of these will achieve the same net result.
1
GEARBOX & OVERDRIVE ASS’Y,
reconditioned exchange
CROWN WHEEL & PINION ASS’Y
2
1 { see Gearbox
}
1 { see Rear Axle
} & Propshaft.
Next question is, do you want to remove the engine as little can be done to improve reliability without removing it. Let’s assume the engine is fit and healthy but you’d like some more ‘oomph’. A very good time to tackle
this is during a ‘lead free’ conversion. This requires removal of the head to fit hard exhaust valve seats. All
exhaust valves Moss sell are lead-free compatible and have been since 1998. The machine shop fitting the
seats could easily bore out the valve throats to take early Pi valves if not already fitted, which are larger, (part
no. 149658, size 1.25”), than the later valves (part no. 159873, size 1.192”) or, better still, use stainless
valves (TT1715) which are a better shape in addition to being 1.25” diameter. The head could be polished and
ported, but unless the camshaft is being changed, little, if any, difference will be measurable from this. Early
Pi heads benefit from TT1715, in place of 149658, thanks to the standard camshaft (307689) profile being
quite radical.
3
4
5
149658
TT1715
146497
TT1207
VALVE SPRING SET, double
6
6
6
1
all (e) CP models.
reshaped and gas-flowed.
The specification of these (TT1207) valve springs is unique to Moss. The primary spring is uprated and does
most of the work and a look at the specifications of various springs in use (see page ??) will show TT1207
load up the camshaft and rocker gear little different to standard springs. They work in a different way, producing an uprated spring which is compatible with all performance camshafts using standard rocker ratio and
valve caps, and are extremely versatile.
Before refitting the cylinder head, it is well worth raising the compression ratio to the European 9.5:1. USA
specification heads will require .100” approx. removed from the head, which wants to end up 3.375” thick.
There is no point in exceeding this compression figure unless a different camshaft is to be used.
An easy ‘mod’ having refitted the cylinder head is to fit a tuftrided rocker shaft and solid spacers, to give a
longer and more accurate life. If funds will stretch, a roller rocker shaft represents the ultimate in this area.
The shaft is thicker and therefore stronger, and the rollers work wonders for valve stem life. If the standard
cam is to be retained the roller rocker assembly (part no. TT1248) will give more valve lift, as its ratio is
1.65:1 instead of the standard rocker gearing of 1.5:1 (see also note on page 11).
6
7
8
9
TT1217
TT1218
TT1248
10
308292
ROCKER SHAFT, tuftrided
ROCKER SPACER SET
ROLLER ROCKER CONVERSION
ROCKER COVER, alloy, polished finish
1
1
1
1
MANIFOLD, exhaust
1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Users of carburettors have five options. You could persevere with Strombergs. You could source a pair of SU’s
(TR7’s are handy for this) and with a good rebuild, a change of needle (see chart below) and a pair of decent
air filters achieve both performance and economy improvements. You could fit a pair of new SU’ (TT1256) and
filters and get the same improvements with no extra work. You could fit a set of twin choke carburettors and
air filter to suit (see Accessories). Whatever carburettor system you choose try and supply it cold air. Lastly
you could convert to Pi, either Lucas or one of the EFI alternatives now being offered. It is worth sorting out all
the costs and compare, and also to shop around and see what is on offer.
15
16
17
18
19
NI
TT1256
TT1261
148496
TT9941
TT9941Z
218410
148490
CARBURETTOR SET, SU HS6, pair
LINKAGE KIT, HS6 conversion
THROTTLE ROD
BALL JOINT, throttle rod end
BALL JOINT, throttle rod end
BRACKET, throttle support
BELLCRANK
1
1
1
2
2
new
original type
alternative
1
During the 1980s, particularly, due in no small part to the rising cost of petrol, but mostly to the challenges
the Lucas Pi system constantly threw at TR5s and TR6s, (whose owners always seemed to be putting their
hands in pockets to bale out yet another breakdown), many turned to carburettor conversions. Some fearful of
losing performance opted for twin choke set-ups. A small number toyed with Strombergs and probably regretted the choice. Most chose SU conversions; so popular did this choice become that SU themselves produced
a very comprehensive kit, but unfortunately it utilised only 1 1/2” carburettors rather than the 1 3/4” the
2500cc engines needed. This mis-judgement was rapidly cashed in on by TR specialists. All the Pi cars use
cable operation, and the official SU linkage finishes at the throttle lever (see illustration no 16). To connect the
cable to the lever is very simple. Also illustrated is bracket 218410 (item no. 19), which fits between the lower
inner left and right carb’. fixings. Before fitting this bracket, place it in a vice and make two hacksaw cuts
about 1/2” deep, approx. 3/4” apart. Bend this section at 90 degrees to the rest of the bracket. Now drill a 1/4”
hole in the bent part and de-burr it. Make one more saw cut to enable the cable to pass through, and you now
have your lower cable location. This should be directly underneath the throttle lever, which itself may be
adjusted left, or right, as necessary. Remember to leave a little slack in the cable, which may be fixed using
the Pi clevis and split pin. Correctly fitted and adjusted, a std. Set-up should return the kind of fuel economy
for which earlier 4cylinder TR’s were famous; 30+ mpg, which definitely makes very happy motoring, and
over 300 miles on a TR tank full !
20
21
TKC1338
TT12561
MOUNTING FLANGE, carburettor
ADAPTOR PLATE KIT
2
1
This adaptor plate kit allows 1 1/2”, 1 3/4” and 2” SU carburettors to be ‘rubber’ mounted to the manifold. Why
bother you may ask? Engine vibration - especially under hard acceleration, will normally be transmitted to the
float chambers, severely reducing the ability of the float needle to seat properly and so causing flooding, possibly even blowing fuel backwards into the cockpit. Rubber insulating the carburettors will stop this.
Our kit contains 2 mounting plates, 2 insulator rubbers (part No TKC1338, which are also available separately)
, mounting bolts, gaskets & Loctite ‘studloc’.
22
23
KN56-9098
AIR FILTER ASSEMBLY, ‘K & N”
METERING NEEDLE
2
2
see chart
We list below a range of suggested needles which should cover most requirements.
HS6
FIXED
STANDARD
+ EXHAUST
+ K+N FILTER
+ CYLINDER HEAD
+ CAMSHAFT
RICH
HS6
BIASED
175CD
FIXED
BDB (NZX8002)
2E (ZEB16625)
2D (ZEB16304)
TW (AUD1362)
SM (AUD1328)
BDQ (NZX8015)
BDM (NZX8012)
BAE (CUD1104)
6AM (CUD1111)
lAS (ZEB20353)
See Cylinder Head
There are several rocker cover alternatives to choose from. One extra advantage of these is that no one else
knows what is underneath!
The standard Pi exhaust manifold is very good. Owners of a single downpipe system should change to a twin:
either standard cast iron or tubular alternatives of which there are several options. A free-flow twin outlet system gives an ‘instant’ power increase but don’t be tempted by the big-bore single systems unless the engine
is seriously ‘breathed on’.
11
12
TT1200
FSTR56S
FS5204
EXHAUST MANIFOLD, tubular, mild steel
EXHAUST SYS, s/steel, complete
EXHAUST SYS, s/steel, less downpipe
1
1
1
7 piece
6 piece
See Exhaust System section for full listings & details.
The burnt air/fuel mixture now passes through the head and exhaust much more freely, so how about getting
it in more efficiently? This is easy, whatever the starting point. Users of Pi TR’s merely have to fit a modified
metering unit, ideally changed when converting to lead-free specification. If a big valve head is opted for see
listing below. It is worth changing the air filter to a modern free flow type as shown (or refer to Fuel System)
but make sure you keep the air pick-up as original, where the cold air is not high up in the engine bay.
13
14
METERING UNIT, with push on petrol
KNE9108
AIR FILTER ELEMENT, ‘K & N”
1 { see Fuel & System and
} Injection System.
1
96 Performance Improvements
Performance Improvements 97
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Whatever carburettor combination is chosen from the previous page, the electrics need attention, from a rebuild
of the original distributor, to electronic ignition systems (see page 125) and possibly even engine management.
A common problem with uprated engines and even standard ones is ‘pinking’, or pre-ignition. The usual cure
for this is to retard the ignition which causes reduction in performance, economy and overheating! The true remedy is to firstly make sure the distributor is working freely and correctly and then ‘tune’ the base springs to suit
the fuel now available (spring pack TT1903). Set the timing as per workshop manual for your TR. Don’t forget
the coil and plug leads. Modern plug leads are silicone rubber sheathed and sealed and virtually never give trouble for the life of the car. A far cry from the old carbon-string days (Saturday night wreckers). A change of induction may well require a change of fuel pump, which again, is a good time to check the fuel supply systems and
tank. Be prepared to discuss all your requirements in some detail with your supplier.
24
25
26
27
28
TT1903
TT2981
TT1272
TGK125
DISTRIBUTOR, recon’ exchange
SPRING SET, distributor advance
IGNITION COIL, sports, 12 volt
SILICONE HIGH TENSION LEAD SET
BOSCH PETROL PUMP KIT
1
1
1
1
1
See Electrical System
CRANKSHAFT, Tuftrided, new
FLYWHEEL, Steel, without ring gear
1 { See
1 | Internal Engine
1 }
(Tuftriding service for crankshafts available)
32
33
CLUTCH COVER ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH DRIVEN PLATE
1 { See Clutch System
1 }
The above clutch covers are pre-balanced and ready to fit.
Pinning the Thrust Washer
The cure for the problems of ‘ejection’ or ‘dropping’ of thrust
washers, (and most good shops can routinely perform these
tasks) is to either pin the rearmost washer, using a couple roll
pins or dowels ( 1/16” - 3/32”), one each side on to the block or
machine the rear of the block and rear bearing cap to take a full
thrust ring (like the 4 cylinder TR’s use). Some fit bearings for
the camshaft to run in, but this is really not worth it unless the
block is very worn or extra special as it will require line boring.
If the cam is to be changed, keep the specification fairly mild if it is for a road car. More radical camshafts can
produce serious performance increases but can cause the car to be a nightmare to drive ‘round town’. A change
of cam must be accompanied by a change of follower (or tappet). Lightweight cam followers can be specified
if desired (TT1209). These become more significant as the useable rev band gets higher. A cam change usually requires a compression increase and head modification and this level of change must be discussed carefully with your supplier. You may require extra bolts to hold the flywheel to the crankshaft (i.e. 6 or 8 instead of 4),
as this is another weak engine design feature.
34
35
36
37
142647K
TT1209
TT1233
TT10433
CAM BEARING SET
CAMSHAFT, new or reconditioned
PUSHROD, 8.11”, tubular
1
1
12
12
12
For those who are experimenting the following may also be of help:
TT1234
12
148916
PUSHROD, 8.3”, solid
12
149513
12
148916
12
38
39
TT2223
BOLT, flywheel to crankshaft
CYLINDER HEAD
4
1
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
It is always a good idea to lose the crankshaft mounted fan. Kenlowe electric fans are very reliable, particularly if switched by a water pipe mounted sensor.
40
41
42
TT29421
145398SST
158417SST
IM50250
KENLOWE FAN KIT (12”)
PIPE, stainless steel with adaptor
PIPE, stainless steel with adaptor
THERMOSTAT SWITCH, 86-760
1
1
1
1
(see also Accessories)
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP75000
TR6 from (c) CP75001
(see also Accessories)
Lastly, if the engine is to be taken to 6500 rpm, a good idea is to change the (damped) front crankshaft pulley
for a 2 litre version (part no. 154380), but don’t forget the fan belt. The grooved portion of the pulley has a slightly smaller diameter which reduces belt speed and the likelihood of the belt throwing or turning inside out.
43
44
154380
GCB11088
FRONT PULLEY & DAMPER, 3/8”
FAN BELT, 3/8”
1
1
The Rocker Feed Kit & Oil Consumption
These changes may seem extensive, but many of them will arise at routine servicing or during ‘unleading’. They
may cost quite a lot but you should still check the end result on a rolling road, preferably one operated by someone used to TR’s. From the above, Pi cars can expect maybe 30bhp more at the wheels - carburettor cars, rather
more as they start with much less.
Lets take things a stage further and assume the full engine is to be rebuilt. It will be assumed that all the usual
components are to be reground, new bearings fitted, new oil pump, timing chain and tensioner, seals etc. In
addition, it is well worth balancing all the moving parts: rods, pistons, crank, flywheel and clutch cover. The only
item lighten-able is the flywheel, which will improve pickup (or acceleration) or you could fit a lightweight flywheel (see below and Engine Components, Internal Engine.
29
30
31
ill. Part Number
No
When the supplementary oil feed to the rocker gear is fitted on the Triumph TR6 engine an increase in oil consumption is often encountered. This is attributed to oil being drawn down worn valve guides. The extra amount
of lubricating oil flowing through the valve and rocker chamber, as supplied by the feed kit, exaggerates any
tendency for oil to be sucked down worn valve guides past worn valve stems. The best solution is to fit new
valves and guides, but this is not always on the top of the repair priority list. To assist in the reduction of oil being
sucked down the guides a method of valve stem oil seal is required. We offer the simple do-nut rubber ring that
is used so successfully on MG sports cars. Its part number is AEK113 (12 of which are required), one per valve
stem, to service an engine.
Now the clever bit... How to fit them without removing the cylinder head from the car.
Each seal needs to be fitted to the valve stem above the valve guide but below the valve spring upper retaining
cap(s).
Remove the rocker cover, rocker gear and the spark plugs. Cover the holes that the push rods come up through
so nothing can be dropped down into the engine. Turn the crankshaft so that number one piston is at Bottom
Dead Centre (BDC). Feed a length of clean, pliable rope down the spark plug hole of number one cylinder, leaving a bit hanging out so you can retrieve it. Now, slowly and carefully turn the crankshaft clockwise by hand, a
resistance will be felt as the rising piston in that bore compresses the rope against the combustion faces of the
two valves in that cylinder, holding them against their seats. The valve collets and spring caps of that cylinder
can now be removed without the fear of losing the valves down the bore. The valve stem oil seals can be fitted
to these two valve stems and perhaps a new set of valve springs. Be honest, this tip has saved the cost of a
decoke set! Once the valve stem oil seals and other parts have been refitted to this first pair of valves satisfactorily, simply turn the crank anti-clockwise to BDC, withdraw the rope and repeat the process on the remaining five cylinders and five pairs of valves.
To be sure that the rope has compressed sufficiently against the faces of the valves, attempt to push the valves
by hand, as if being acted on by the rockers before removing the spring caps or collets, this is the fail safe check.
This method can be adopted anywhere as it does not require the use of compressed air, special tools or luck.
See Internal Engine
lightened & tuftrided
All (e) CP models
All (e) CR models
{
| alternatives
|
}
uprated
see Cylinder Head
98 Engine & Gearbox Mountings
Engine & Gearbox Mountings 99
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Engine Mountings
1
2
3
4
145385
HU906
WL209
128773
5
6
7
WL209
HN2009
132669
132669Z
UKC8330
WP9
TN3209
HB909
WP9
YN2909
8
9
10
11
12
BRACKET, engine mounting
SCREW, bracket to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
STUD, bracket & air manifold stay
to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
NUT
MOUNTING, engine
MOUNTING, engine
MOUNTING, engine
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, mounting to bracket
SCREW, mounting to chassis frame
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
2
6 { Carb. models use 8
6 }
2 { Upper positions of RH
| engine mounting bracket,
2 | Pi models only.
2 }
standard
2
2
replacement
2
uprated
4
4
4
4
4
Gearbox Mountings
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
211361
HU906
WP9
WP9
WL209
HN2009
104086
104086Z
WP10
WL210
HN2010
HB1112
WL211
HN2011
149450
27
148875
CROSSMEMBER, gearbox mounting
SCREW, crossmember to chassis frame
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
MOUNTING, gearbox, flexible
MOUNTING, gearbox, flexible
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, mounting to crossmember
BOLT, gearbox to mounting
WASHER, locking
NUT, gearbox to mounting
NUT & BRACKET ASSEMBLY,
gearbox mounting to exhaust
NUT & BRACKET ASSEMBLY,
gearbox mounting to exhaust
1
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
replacement
TR250; TR6 (c) CC
models to CC75000
TR5; TR6 all (c) CP models,
CC models from CC75001.
‘A’ Type Overdrive TR5; TR250; all TR6 (c) CP/CC models.
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
211361
HU906
WP9
WP9
WL209
HN2009
104086
104086Z
WP10
WL210
HN2010
HB1112
WL211
HN2011
149450
42
148875
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
MOUNTING, gearbox
MOUNTING, gearbox
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, mounting to crossmember
BOLT, gearbox to mounting
WASHER, locking
NUT, gearbox to mounting
NUT & BRACKET ASSEMBLY
(gearbox mounting to exhaust)
NUT & BRACKET ASSEMBLY
(gearbox mounting to exhaust)
Description
56
57
58
59
WL209
HN2009
UKC878
157644
60
61
62
63
160190
WP21
WL208
JN2108
64
HB1114
65
66
67
68
69
70
131690
WE611
JN2111
HB1112
WL211
HN2011
WASHER, locking
NUT
STRAP, exhaust
STRAP, anti-rattle
(remote housing to mounting bolt)
STUD, shouldered
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
(anti-rattle strap to gearbox remote)
BOLT
(anti-rattle strap & gearbox to bracket, RH)
SPACER (anti-rattle strap to gearbox)
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT, half, locking
BOLT, gearbox to bracket, LH
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
218275
HU910
WP9
160120
WP9
WL209
HN2009
160118
150403
WL208
HN2008
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
160219
WL209
HN2009
HU907
WL209
HN2009
UKC878
160189
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
160190
WP21
WL208
JN2108
NKC89
NKC88
NKC90
51
52
53
150403
WL208
HN2008
54
55
160117
HU907
WASHER, plain
SPACER, crossmember to chassis frame
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
BRACKET, mounting to
gearbox bracket
MOUNTING, gearbox
WASHER, locking
NUT
(mounting to bracket & crossmember)
BRACKET, gearbox to mounting bracket
SCREW, bracket
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
2
4
4
4
1
2
4
4
1
2
WASHER, plain
SPACER, crossmember to chassis frame
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
BRACKET, flexible mounting to gearbox
MOUNTING, gearbox
WASHER, locking
NUT, mounting to bracket
and crossmember
STUD, overdrive to bracket
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, bracket
WASHER, locking
NUT
STRAP, exhaust
STRAP, anti-rattle,
remote housing to overdrive
STUD, shouldered
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, anti-rattle strap to gearbox remote
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, anti-rattle strap to overdrive
1
4
4
2
4
4
4
1
2
4
4
If fitted
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Overdrive Conversion Bracket Kits
If the overdrive gearbox that you have purchased doesn’t match your chassis, all is not lost. These conversion
bracket kits will solve your problem.
97
211361X
BRACKET & FITTING KIT
1
Allows J type overdrive to fit to A type chassis (TR2 to TR6) without modification. Comes complete with mounting.
TR250; TR6 (c) CC models to
CC75000.
TR5; TR6 all (c) CP models,
CC models from CC75001.
98
218275X
BRACKET
1
Allows an A type TR overdrive to fit to J type chassis. Will require additional purchase of 104086 mounting item 19).
99
218275
HU910
WP9
160120
WP9
WL209
HN2009
160118
Details
replacement
218275XS
BRACKET & FITTING KIT
1
This kit is required if an A-type 2000/2.5 saloon overdrive is being fitted to a J type TR6 chassis. The kit comprises the converter bracket, a rubber mounting and fitting hardware.
Non-Overdrive TR6 (c) CR/CF models.
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Qty.
Req.
‘J’ Type Overdrive TR6 all (c) CR/CF models.
Non-Overdrive TR5; TR250; all TR6 (c) CP/CC models.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
ill. Part Number
No
100 104086ADP
If fitted
BRACKET
1
Allows a saloon A type overdrive casing to fit the TR mounting, 104086 (minor rear casing alterations are
required).
Consumables
101 GEM317
102 GAC110
GAC111
103 GT85
104 GAC100
GAC100/3
105 153317
106 LKLPK104
GASKET REMOVER
SMALL CAN, WD-40
LARGE CAN, WD-40
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
400ml
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. Oz
25gm. Sachet
100 Cooling System
Cooling System 101
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Fan Blades
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
308353
311868
148832
148831
DP508
108496
108496P
108499
108495
107857
HB810
312301
148832
148831
DP508
157876
HB813
WP34
HB810
WP34
214479
217371
EXTENSION, fan
DOWEL PIN, extension on pulley
BUSH, fan to extension
BUSH, fan to extension, polyurethane
SLEEVE, fan to extension
WASHER, plain
WASHER, tab, locking fan bolt
BOLT, fan to extension
EXTENSION, fan
DOWEL PIN, extension on pulley
ADAPTOR, fan extension
BOLT, adaptor to extension
WASHER, plain
BOLT, fan to adaptor
WASHER, plain
PULLEY & DAMPER ASSEMBLY
PULLEY & DAMPER ASSEMBLY
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
4
4
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
1
1
TR5; TR6 to (e) CP50000
{
|
|
|
| all (e) CP models
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
| All (e) CR models
|
|
|
}
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
307095
101962
WL208
HN2008
138792
HB825
HB818
WL208
101343
101343SS
214404
214404SS
214405
214405SS
101302
101302SS
TL11
114774
122132
WF513
GTR108
GTS104
GTS102
GTS106
134681
115467
HU808
HB814
WL208
156333
115467
HU808
HB810
WL208
HOUSING, water pump
STUD, water pump to housing
WASHER, locking
NUT
GASKET, housing to cylinder head
BOLT (3 1/8” long)
BOLT (2 1/4” long)
WASHER, locking
ADAPTOR
ADAPTOR, stainless steel
PIPE, heater return (standard)
PIPE, heater return (Stainless Steel)
PIPE, heater return (standard)
PIPE, heater return (Stainless Steel)
NUT, tube (standard)
NUT, tube (Stainless Steel)
OLIVE, sealing
PLUG, blanking lower return
PLUG, blanking
WASHER, fibre, sealing plug
TEMPERATURE SENDER UNIT
THERMOSTAT, 180°F (82°C)
ELBOW, water outlet (thermostat cover)
GASKET, water outlet
SCREW, elbow to housing
BOLT, elbow to housing
WASHER, locking
GASKET, water outlet
WASHER, locking
1
3
3
3
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
Description
Qty.
Req.
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
SEAL, impeller to bearing housing
SEAL, on spindle
CIRCLIP, bearing locating on shaft
WASHER, abutment circlip to bearing
BEARING
SPACER, between bearings
CIRCLIP, bearing locating in housing
KEY, woodruff, spindle to pulley
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, pulley to spindle
PULLEY, water pump (standard)
PULLEY, water pump, Alloy
PLUG, lubrication hole
LUBRICATOR, grease nipple
WATER PUMP & PULLEY
WATER PUMP & PULLEY
WATER PUMP & PULLEY
GASKET, pump to housing
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
58
59
60
61
62
148322
060313
500047
101092
100764
104841
100851
WKN405
WP181
TN3208
133239
133239A
122115
125361
GWP201
GWP203
TKC2106
138701
/ ” wide belt groove
/ ” wide belt groove
1 2
45
46
104839
104840
105981A
WATER PUMP & PULLEY
(with detachable 3/8” pulley)
SPINDLE
IMPELLER (standard)
IMPELLER, multi-vane, Alloy
(high output alternative)
Fit only when servicing
(with fixed 3/8” pulley)
(with fixed 1/2” single pulley)
(with fixed 1/2” dual pulley)
Fan Belt
Certain North American market carburettor-engined TR6’s had a fan belt that was 1/2” wide in place of the 3/8”
wide belt fitted to all TR6 Pi models. The associated pulleys that the 1/2” fan belt ran with were also wider
(which in turn means that the fixed pulley water pumps were also different). To this end, an owner must
check the width of the belt and pulley system on his or her car prior to ordering replacement parts, if there is
any doubt regarding the originality of the specification of the engine.
1
63 214239
FAN BELT, 3/8” pulley
1
GFB142
FAN BELT, 3/8” pulley
TR6 from (e) CR5001
217391
TKC2165
{ housing to cylinder head
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
heater return pipe
to housing
European models:
TR5; TR6.
North American models:
TR250; TR6.
{
|
| TR5; TR6 to (e) CP53031
|
}
{
|
|
}
1 {
|
1 |
1 | with detachable pulley
1 |
|
a/r
a/r
Two radiator designs were used during the production life of the TR5 & TR6 Pi. The design changed when the
bottom outlet tube to the radiator was repositioned. This in turn caused the reshaping of the steel tube
between the two lower radiator hoses (see ‘Radiator Identification’ illustration on next page).
64 308850
RADIATOR, new
1 { TR5; TR6 to (c) CP75000
65
Standard
Hot climates/summer
Cold climates/winter
FAN BELT, 1/2” single pulley
FAN BELT, 1/2” dual pulley
Radiator and Hoses
when heater not fitted
TR5’s and the earliest TR6’s were fitted with a water pump that had a detachable pulley. This type of pump is
easily identified by the self locking nut that retains the pulley on the pump spindle; as a bonus, this design of
water pump is repairable. It was replaced on later cars by a water pump and pulley assembly; this time the
pulley was pressed on to the shaft. This unfortunately means that the pulley cannot easily be removed and
therefore the pump is not easily repaired. The pump and pulley assembly, GWP201, will substitute for any previous TR6 water pump application. All Pi model water pumps were fitted with a 3/8” pulley.
517257
|
}
{
|
|
|
{
| with detachable pulley
|
|
|
|
}
Note: Please refer to text concerning pulley groove widths in ‘Fan Belt’ subsection before ordering a water
pump & pulley assembly.
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
308850R
312347
312347R
GRC112
GRC114
132565
HU909
WP9
048101
143712
WP9
HN2009
048101
147574
HU806
WL208
HN2008
WL208
HN2008
145640
148996
RADIATOR, reconditioned, exchange
RADIATOR, new
CAP, radiator, 7 psi
DRAIN TAP
SCREW, radiator to chassis frame
WASHER, plain
PACKING, radiator mounting
STUD, radiator mounting to chassis
WASHER, plain
NUT, plain, radiator mounting
PACKING, radiator mounting
STAY, radiator to chassis cross tube
SCREW, stay to cross tube
WASHER, locking
NUT
WASHER, locking
NUT, stay to radiator frame
TOP HOSE, Black
TOP HOSE, Black & Gold
154148
TOP HOSE, Green
GZA971
GZA971X
GZA971Z
145397
148993
TOP HOSE, Green, original
TOP HOSE, Green, silicone
TOP HOSE, Black, replacement
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Black
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Black & Gold
154145
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Green
GRH393
GRH393BLK
GRH393Z
GRH393X
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Green, original
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Black, reinforced
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Black, repro
BOTTOM HOSE curved, Green, silicone
Water Pump
44
Details
3 8
Water Pump Housing & Thermostat
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
ill. Part Number
No
81
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
a/r
2
2
2
a/r
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
}
{ TR6 from (c) CP75001
}
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP75000
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP75000
{
| Alternative to items 65-67
|
}
{
}
1 {
}
1
1 {
1 }
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1 {
1 |
1 }
early TR5
late TR5; TR6 to
(e) CP50000.
to CR12500.
TR6 from (e) CR12501
all models
early TR5
late TR5; TR6 to
(e) CP50000.
to CR5000.
TR6 from (e) CR5001
all models
102 Cooling System
Cooling System 103
ill. Part Number
No
Description
82
PIPE, water return, mild steel
PIPE, water return, mild steel
PIPE, water return, Stainless steel
PIPE, water return, Stainless steel
83
84
85
145398
158417
158417SS
158417SST
IM50250
IM50090
IM50100
IM50120
IM50200
133309
148995
154147
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
GRH392
GRH392BLK
GRH392Z
GRH392X
CS4024
GHC1217
GHC1217SS
137632
137743
616925
137742
713544
HU504
WP5
WL205
HN2005
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP75000.
1 { TR6 from (c) CP75001.
1 }
1 { with adaptor for
} thermostat switch
THERMO’ SWITCH, 86°C on -76°C off
1 {
THERMO’ SWITCH, 86°C on - 81°C off
1 |
1 | electric fan control
1 |
1 }
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Black
1
early TR5
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Black & Gold
1 { late TR5; TR6 to
} (e)CP50000.
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Green
1 { TR6 from (e) CP50001
} to CR12500.
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Green, original
1
TR6 from (e) CR12501.
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Black, reinforced 1 {
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Black, repro
1 | all models
BOTTOM HOSE straight, Green, silicone
1 }
CLIP, hose clamping
6
‘Supergrip’ type
CLIP, hose clamping
6
‘Jubilee’ type (alternative)
CLIP, hose clamping, Stainless steel
6
BOTTLE, overflow
1
CAP, overflow bottle
1
GROMMET, protecting pipe in cap
1
PIPE, overflow
1
BRACKET, overflow bottle
1
SCREW, bracket to wheel arch
2
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
2
Valance, Air Duct & Stay Rods
96
97
714536
613600
VALANCE, wheel arch to radiator
CLIP, valance
2 { TR250
8 }
Although the parts book does list a valance fitted between the wheel arch and radiator on TR5s, it was only
ever fitted to TR250s.
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
714768
714769
502450
510506
510795
910442
910442ABS
910441
910441ABS
910442FK
910441FK
YH6505
510806
FU2585/4
517385
109 510506
110 501795
111 FJ2407/9
112
113
114
115
502450
510506
510795
153282
STAY ROD, valance to wheel arch, LH
STAY ROD, valance to wheel arch, RH
NUT, plain, stay rod to wheel arch
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
AIR DUCT, radiator, Original
AIR DUCT, radiator, ABS plastic
AIR DUCT, radiator, Original
AIR DUCT, radiator, ABS plastic
FITTING KIT, air duct
SCREW
WASHER, plain
NUT, fix
SCREW
(stay rod & air duct to front valance)
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT
(attached to front valance top flange)
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
STRAP ASSEMBLY (air cleaner support)
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
{
|
| TR6
|
}
{ TR6 Pi models
}
{ TR6 Carb. Models
}
TR6 Pi models
TR6 Carb. Models
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Fan Duct
It is vital to control cooling air on its way to and through the radiator. It is very noticeable if any modern car is
inspected that the manufacturers also control the air exiting the radiator core, as this further aids cooling and
assists rapid warm-up. The fan duct achieves this and also protects hands and pinkies from the moving fan.
117 GAC2055
FAN DUCT, ABS plastic
1
Kenlowe Cooling Fan
Electric cooling fans definitely improve engine efficiency when used in place of standard fixed fans, though the difference would have to be measured over a long period. Firstly the engine warm-up time is reduced and then
engine temperature can be maintained at it’s optimum more accurately. Removal of the fixed fan produces the second advantage: a quieter running engine. The third reason for fitting an electric fan is a combination of the first two
which will reduce fuel consumption and free off 2 or 3 BHP. The Kenlowe is the best known of the electric fan kits.
118 TT29422
COOLING FAN KIT, ‘Kenlowe’ (12”)
1
See also Accessories
119 TT2952
THERMO’ SWITCH KIT
1
included with kit
120 TT2948
NI TT2947
MANUAL OVER-RIDE SWITCH KIT
HOSE SEAL (for thermostatic switch)
1
a/r
(This seal tends to degrade if used more than twice)
Consumables
121 GEM317
GASKET REMOVER
a/r
400ml
Gasket remover is a spray-on solvent foam which will soften most jointing compounds without the need to resort to
scraping, simply wipe off the results. This removes the likelihood of scratching surfaces which really need to be as
flat and scratch free as possible to ensure perfect sealing. More than one application may be needed for heavy
residue.
122 GAC110
SMALL CAN, WD-40
a/r
200ml
GAC111
LARGE CAN, WD-40
a/r
400ml
123 GT85
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
400ml
124 600569A
JOINTING COMPOUND, ‘Wellseal’
a/r
100ml
125 GAC100
a/r
10ml
GAC100/3
a/r
3ml
126 153317
a/r
10 fl. oz
127 LKLPK104
a/r
25ml. sachet
128 GGL9041X
CORROSION INHIBITOR, ‘Penrite’
a/r
1 litre
With classic cars featuring large amounts of aluminium, copper, brass and bronze, it is imperative that a corrosion
inhibitor be used to protect the engine’s cooling system.
Water is a most efficient liquid for cooling engines, but it has two distinctive drawbacks. Firstly it freezes in winter,
and secondly it does nothing to stop corrosion.
There are four types of corrosion;
• Deposits;
calcium carbonates that form hard deposits and adhere to radiator tubes etc.
• Oxidation;
the combining of oxygen and iron to form rust.
• Electrolysis;
a chemical reaction between dissimilar metals which react with one another via
water thus conducting electricity and deposits on the negative (cathode to anode)
area.
• Erosion;
a mechanical problem caused by water turbulence and flow.
{
| TR6
}
{
|
2 | TR6, Quantity increases
2 | for Carb. models
2 }
129 GEC2001
GEC1002
GEC2005
a/r
a/r
a/r
130 MM220-115
WATER WETTER
a/r
335ml
1
1
1
1
132
133
134
135
136
BARS’ SEAL
BARS’ LEAK
BARS’ FLUSH
PAINT, black satin
PAINT, black satin
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/
pellet 1” x 3”
135ml
100gm
Aerosol
Brush-on
{
| TR6, Pi models
|
}
1 litre
2 litre
5 litre
It’s not just during the winter that you need protection for your engine and radiator. The inclusion of the glycol
based Anti Freeze does not only stop the water from freezing up during the winter (at least blowing a hose or radiator core). During the summer the liquid acts as an extra coolant by removing the heat more efficiently from the
block and dispersing it even in the worst traffic jam. It also protects from corrosion damage.
GAC6073
MRD1031
MRD1032
CCEP2
CCEP2BR
Hose Kits
Kits include all hoses for cooling and heating and corresponding hose clips. Available in black, green or green
silicone.
116 GZA971K
GZA971BLKK
GZA971ZK
GZA971XK
HOSE KIT, Green, original
HOSE KIT, Black, reinforced
HOSE KIT, Black, replacement
HOSE KIT, Green silicone
1
1
1
1
{
| all Pi models.
|
}
104 Clutch System
Clutch System 105
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Clutch Assembly
Two different manufacturers supplied clutch assemblies for production line fitment to TR5s, TR250s and TR6s.
Debate still rages on the pros and cons to be had from using either a Borg & Beck or a Laycock clutch; the only
indisputable fact is that they are completely interchangeable if fitted as sets of cover and plate.
One limiting factor must be considered when changing allegiances from one manufacturer to the other: the Borg
& Beck cover assembly requires longer screws to attach it to the flywheel than those used to fit the Laycock
cover (this is because the mounting flange on the Laycock cover is thinner than that on the Borg & Beck item).
On the other hand, the length of the screw thread must not exceed 3/4” (for the Borg & Beck clutch) or 5/8” (for
the Laycock clutch), otherwise the screws may bottom in the tapped hole in the flywheel, leaving the clutch
cover loose.
ill. Part Number
No
GCK6003X
GCK6003XZ
CLUTCH KIT, Borg & Beck, 3 piece
CLUTCH KIT, aftermarket, 3 piece
1 { standard
1 }
GCK6004X
*CLUTCH KIT, Borg & Beck, 3 piece
(B&B no HK9649 clamping load 400dn)
*CLUTCH KIT, Borg & Beck, 3 piece
(B&B no. HK966S clamping load 535dn)
1 {
}
1 {
}
TR4A; TR250; TR6 Carb
standard.
TR5 and TR6 Pi models
GCK6003X
standard.
*The clutch kit currently supplied by Borg & Beck covers TR4A, TR250, TR5 & TR6 models. During 1999 Borg &
Beck re-introduced a clutch kit as originally specified for the TR4A. In both kits, the release bearing and friction
plate are both the same. The ‘4A’ clutch cover gives a much lower clamping pressure than that specified for Pi
cars, resulting in a much lighter clutch pedal.
This now offers you the choice: should you go for a lighter clutch and risk slipping due to the lower clamping
pressure (usually only a high mileage problem), or should you opt for a heavier kit which definitely will not slip
but has been known to cause problems with both hydraulics and the operating mechanism? The choice of risks
is yours. The technical details are, as related by Borg &Beck:
Note: (400)DN is an abbreviation for ‘DECANEUTRONS’ which is a measure of clamping pressure. DN very
approximately translates in layman’s language to ‘pounds per square inch’ averaged over the whole pressure
disk.
Standard Clutch
2
3
4
5
GCC228
GCP143
GCC139LAY
GCP214
GCC228Z
GCP143Z
GCC228
GCP253*
CLUTCH COVER (8.5”)
CLUTCH PLATE (8.5”) 10 x 1.25” spline
CLUTCH PLATE (8.5”) 23 x 1” spline
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
Borg & Beck
Laycock
aftermarket alternative
use with TT2210
close ratio gear set
Uprated Clutch
See also Performance & Tuning in Accessories
TT2201
TT2202
TT2503X
TT2202
TT2201
TT2502
TT2503X
TT2504**
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
uprated road
uprated
road/competition
uprated road; use with
TT2210 close ratio gears
full race; use with
TT2210 close ratio gears
Qty.
Req.
Details
the crankshaft, and then press the plate up flat against the flywheel. Locate the new clutch cover on the three
dowel pins, install the six bolts and your new release bearing, being sure to clean the transmission ‘nose’ on
which the release bearing sleeve slide.
11
153317
GREASE, copper (anti-seize)
a/r
10 oz. tin
Having secured a new clutch to the flywheel, and before refitting the gearbox to the engine, a very light coating
of copper grease should be applied to the splines (having wire brushed and cleaned them first) and spigot end
of the gearbox input shaft.
Operating Mechanism
12
1
Description
13
14
15
147858
147858X
DS811
106022
100164
SLEEVE, release bearing carrier
SLEEVE, release bearing carrier
ROLL PIN, release fork on sleeve
RELEASE FORK ASSEMBLY
PIN, pivot, release fork to sleeve
1
1
1
1
2
Original type
Bronze alternative
Although these are cheap and easy to replace, sometimes this cannot be done (maybe you forgot to order them
and it’s bank holiday). A perfectly adequate solution is to rotate them 90∞ and peen the outer end to ensure they
don’t rotate anymore. The 2000/2.5 saloons use a smaller pin on which a bearing rotates (these bearings can
be round or square) which is a far superior system to the TR arrangement. To fit these, you’d need to adjust the
width of the groove in the clutch release-bearing carrier in a lathe. A very worth while modification.
16 158777
PIN, tapered
1 { release fork to
158777X
PIN, tapered (uprated)
1 } cross shaft
17
030047
LOCKING WIRE (tapered pin)
1
The tapered pin holding the release fork to the cross shaft often cracks or breaks causing gradual deterioration
in clutch performance. Some of the bodges encountered to compensate for this have to be seen. The most common is to lengthen the push rod (item 21). If a TR is purchased always inspect the push rod for modifications.
Its length should be 6” from ball end to clevis pin centre.
When carrying out any work involving the removal of the engine, gearbox or both from the car, the opportunity
should be taken to replace the pin while access to it is easy, whether it appears to need replacing or not.
Correct seating of the pin in the cross shaft is important. The taper angle of the pin should correspond to that
in the hole in the cross shaft. Trial fitment of the pin in the hole in the cross shaft without the presence of the
release fork will bring to light any irregularities in the two components: if the pin wobbles in the hole, it may be
‘lapped’ into a better fit. If the amount of lapping required is excessive, replacement of the clutch cross shaft or
the tapered pin may be necessary.
18
19
20
136354
144578
137651
CROSS SHAFT & LEVER
SPRING, alignment, cross shaft
BUSH, cross shaft
1
1
2
21
138572
PUSH ROD
1
(in gearbox casing)
The bearings supplied by MOSS are wider than the originals, which does increase life expectancy. Wear grooves
on the cross shaft (no. 18) may be avoided by careful placement of the bearings.
(slave cylinder to cross shaft lever)
All TR5; TR250 and TR6s should connect to the centre hole on the lever assembly. The bottom one is used by
2000 & 2.5 saloons. The top hole could be used to obtain extra clutch release bearing movement at the expense
of a heavier clutch.
22
23
24
PJ8808
WP8
PC9
CLEVIS PIN (securing push rod on lever)
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN
1
1
1
**(Cerrametallic clutch plate, use only with TT2503X, call for details)
Slave Cylinder
6
GRB211
RELEASE BEARING
1
At an undefined time in the past, the design of some of the internal components of the clutch slave cylinder was
changed. While the cylinder bore size remained unaltered, the seal and piston changed in assembly method. As
stated above the change point was not documented, so the repair kit that is now supplied includes not only the
parts to reseal a later cylinder, but also those required to update an earlier version.
7
HU856
HU855
SCREW, clutch cover, 3/4” (fit in sets)
SCREW, clutch cover, 5/8” (fit in sets)
6
6
WL208
DP411
WASHER, locking
DOWEL PIN, cover on flywheel
6
3 {
}
3 {
}
1
1
all applications.
*Note: Earlier version close ratio gear sets (purchased before 1999) used a 10 spline input shaft and should use
clutch plates TT2702 for uprated use, or TT2704 for sprint or race use.
25
Borg & Beck clutch
Laycock clutch
We recommend loctiting these screws. Adhere to the recommended fixing torque of 20 ft/lbs.
8
9
always replace these
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR5000/
CF12500.
UKC1937
DOWEL, clutch cover to flywheel
TR6 from (c) CR5001/
CF12501.
10 MM387-220
CLUTCH ALIGNMENT TOOL
10 x 1.25” spline
GAC5064X
CLUTCH ALIGNMENT TOOL
23 x1 “ spline
Probably the trickiest aspect of clutch replacement is the fact that the clutch driven plate must be exactly centred on the flywheel when the clutch cover is fastened over it. This must be done to ensure that the gearbox
input shaft mates correctly with both the driven plate and the spigot bush in the tail of the crankshaft or flywheel (late cars). The result of clutch plate misalignment is the gearbox’s stubborn inability to clamp up flush to
the back of the engine when re-assembly is attempted.
A clutch alignment tool will take the guesswork out of trying to centre the clutch driven plate. Most alignment
tools are of a universal type; the item listed here is manufactured as a plastic replica of a TR6 gearbox input
shaft - there is no more accurate way of aligning your clutch (other than using a real, ‘spare’, input shaft!). Insert
the clutch alignment tool (MM387-220) through the new clutch plate, and into the tool into the spigot bush in
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
UKC8677
UKC8677Z
513390
501207
513954
136353
HB809
WL208
HN2008
HB813
WL208
HN2008
SLAVE CYLINDER, clutch
SLAVE CYLINDER, clutch
REPAIR KIT, slave cylinder
NIPPLE, bleed
SPRING
BRACKET, slave cylinder to gearbox
BOLT, slave cylinder to bracket
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, bracket to gearbox casing
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
replacement
Inc. seals & piston
106 Clutch System
Clutch System 107
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Clutch Mounting, Pedal & Fittings
46
47
48
49
50
Slave Cylinder (alternative)
The 6 cylinder TR’s used a Lockheed self-adjusting clutch slave cylinder. It would not be untrue to say these do
give trouble which only total replacement seems to cure. If you can stand the effort of adjusting the push rod to
the gearbox every 12,000 miles or so, there’s nothing to stop a Girling cylinder being supplanted instead. They
seem to have an almost perfect track record. You will need to fit the adjustable push rod and its fork as well:
516788
505704
504852
NT605041
057194
216421A
GHF502
143033
SLAVE CYLINDER
REPAIR KIT, slave cylinder
PUSHROD
NUT, locking on push rod
FORK END
SCREW PIN
SPLIT PIN
ADAPTOR, clutch flexible hose to cyl
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
‘Girling’
Master Cylinder
The bore of the TR6 clutch master cylinder assembly changed, at body number (b) 50910CP, from 3/4” (0.75”)
to 7/10” (0.70”). This change very effectively lightened the clutch pedal load; the downside was that It aggravated the problem of insufficient clutch clearance on a mechanism that was worn or had a broken tapered pin
in the cross shaft. The later, smaller bore diameter, master cylinders may be used to replace earlier types or visa
versa.
If a repair kit is required, before placing an order the cylinder bore diameter must obviously be identified. This
is simply achieved by reading the size off the exterior of the cylinder.
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
148531
122296
106094
510815
505702
106095
106092
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY
FILLER CAP
SPRING, piston return
REPAIR KIT, master cylinder
SEAL, filler cap
CIRCLIP, push rod retaining
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| RHD models:
| to (b) 50910CP
| (0.75” bore)
|
}
148530
148607
106094
510815
505702
106095
106092
PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY
FILLER CAP
SEAL, filler cap
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| LHD models:
| to (b) 50910CP/52951CC
| (0.75” bore)
|
}
154932
122296
106094
510815
GRSP2102
106095
106092
PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY
FILLER CAP
SEAL, filler cap
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| RHD models:
| (b) 50911CP on
| (0.70” bore)
|
}
154933
148607
106094
510815
GRSP2102
106095
106092
PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY
FILLER CAP
SEAL, filler cap
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| LHD models:
| (b) 50911CP/52952CC on
| (0.70” bore)
|
}
PJ8808
WP8
PC9
CLEVIS PIN, securing push rod to pedal
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN
1
1
1
51
52
53
BRACKET, clutch mounting
DUST COVER, clutch pedal & push rod
SCREW, master cylinder to bracket
WASHER, locking
SCREW, master cylinder to pedal box
WASHER, locking
PEDAL ASSEMBLY, clutch
PEDAL ASSEMBLY, clutch
PAD, pedal, rubber
BUSH, clutch pedal to pedal shaft
RETURN SPRING, pedal
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
{
| RHD
|
}
{ LHD
}
{ RHD
}
{ LHD
}
RHD
LHD
Please see page 105 for the brake pedal and other pedal box details.
Clutch Pipework
54
55
56
57
58
59
308362
308362C
148816
148816C
BHA4706
AEHU7
119147
618303
YZ3303
PIPE, master cylinder to hose, steel
PIPE, master cylinder to hose, copper
PIPE, master cylinder to hose, steel
PIPE, master cylinder to hose, copper
TUBE NUT, male, steel, 7/16” UNF
TUBE NUT, male, brass, 7/16” UNF
CLIP, pipe to bulkhead
CLIP, pipe to bulkhead
SCREW, pipe clip to bulkhead
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
4/1
60
61
62
598693
140420
TT3241
CONNECTOR, pipe to hose
HOSE, flexible, connector to slave cyl
HOSE, flexible, connector to slave cyl
1
1
1
RHD
LHD
{ quantity increased on
} RHD models
original
stainless steel braided
Clutch/Brake Fluids
See also Performance & Tuning in Accessories
63
64
NI
GBF4102
GBF4103
GBF4104
ABF3
ABF4
GBF5102
GBF5103
BRAKE FLUID (Unipart DOT 4)
SILICONE BRAKE FLUID (DOT5)
SILICONE BRAKE FLUID (DOT5)
BRAKE FLUID (Castrol racing DOT 5)
BRAKE FLUID (Castrol racing DOT 5)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
0.5 litre
1 litre
5 litre
500ml
1000ml
0.5 litre
1 litre
BRAKE RUBBER GREASE
BRAKE CLEANER
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
GREASE, copper (anti-seize)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
25gm
400ml
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
25gm. sachet
Consumables
65
66
67
68
69
70
43
44
45
146313
125217
HU807
WL208
HU808
WL208
148021
148023
122289
136611
057950
514578A
MRD1090
GAC110
GAC111
GT85
GAC100
GAC100/3
LKLPK104
Any wear or looseness of the clevis pin (item 43), either in the pedal or in the master cylinder push rod, must
be rectified. The wear will restrict the total amount of clutch pedal movement being transmitted to the master
cylinder. This in turn brings on the age old problem of clutch drag that Triumph TR6’s seem to be dogged with
as they get older. If you suffer clutch drag (symptoms: ‘rattling’ engagement into reverse gear; engagement/disengagement stiffness in other gears), fit new clevis pins as they may just fix your problem - at minimal expense!
If the holes in the fork look elongated these should either be repaired accurately or completely replaced.
108 External Gearbox
External Gearbox 109
ill. Part Number
No
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Gearbox Units & External Components
24
HU858
SCREW, 1”, rear extension
5 Speed Gearbox Conversion
25
155541
HB866
SCREW, 1”, overdrive adaptor plate
BOLT, 2”, rear extension
Our precision engineered 5 speed gearbox conversion kits include everything you need (including a gearbox unit)
to convert your classic to 5 speed.
Designed to replace existing units without any body work modifications.
5th gear is an overdrive gear similar to the original A-type ratio. Required lubricants are described in the fitting
instructions.
For full specifications please contact your local Moss branch
NI TGK120A
5 SPEED GEARBOX CONVERSION
1
‘A’ type chassis
NI TGK120J
5 SPEED GEARBOX CONVERSION
1
‘J’ type chassis
26
27
28
29
30
33
34
35
36
37
WL208
131246
156138
148870
508422
506157
GAC6042X
GAC6043X
GAC6050X
GAC6051X
148095
112424
137988
140816*
156460*
WASHER, locking
KNOB, gear lever, spherical
KNOB, gear lever, teardrop, plastic
KNOB, gear lever, nice and thick, leather
NUT, half, locking gear lever knob
NUT, half, locking gear lever knob
KNOB, gear lever, wood, ‘TR’ shield
KNOB, gear lever, leather ‘TR’ shield
KNOB, gear lever, wood ‘TR’ shield
KNOB, gear lever, leather ‘TR’ shield
GEAR LEVER ASSEMBLY
PLUNGER, anti-rattle, in ball end of lever
SPRING, anti-rattle plunger
CAP, lever retaining (3 holes)
CAP, gear lever retaining (bayonet type)
5 {
}
6
1 {
|
}
6
1
1
1
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 }
1
1
1
1
1
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
112442
145796
141984
158984
156408
JN2108
160190
RETAINER, spring (fitted under cap)
SPRING (fitted under cap)
PIN, threaded, locating gear lever
SPRING (fitted under cap)
SCREW, shouldered-hex head
NUT, half, locking cap to pin
STUD, shouldered
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
45
46
47
HU703
WL207
622381
631881
709328
709329
SCREW, locating cap
WASHER, locking
GAUNTLET/GROMMET
GAUNTLET/GROMMET
GROMMET, gear-lever(upper)
GROMMET, gear lever (lower)
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
32
Reconditioned Exchange Gearboxes
Reconditioned exchange gearboxes have different specifications to match your vehicle. Whether you exchange
your old gearbox for a reconditioned item, or attempt a rebuild or repair yourself, you must first establish the
exact type of gearbox which you currently possess in your TR5 or TR6. The gearbox number is always stamped
on one of the lower corners of the bell housing: usually the lower left hand corner, adjacent to where the clutch
operating cross shaft protrudes. Genuine Triumph TR6 gearboxes were numbered with CD, CC, or CF prefixes;
these prefixes and the subsequent serial numbers bore little relationship to the commission (chassis) number
of the car. To further compound the lottery of what might be fitted in your car, gearboxes from other Triumph
sports and saloon models could be fitted directly or adapted to fit - and frequently were. The most commonly
discovered anomaly on TR6’s is fitment of the overdrive gearbox from the Triumph ‘Large Car’ 2000/2.5 saloon
range. Such fitment does however involve an amount of adaptation on the gearbox, chassis, and clutch. Original
factory exchange reconditioned units were numbered with the prefix ‘GR’ and a suffix of ‘/7’, and can be identified by these markings.
Units returned for the exchange reconditioning scheme should as a matter of course be completely assembled,
drained of oil and externally clean, with no obvious visual damage. Customers should contact their proposed unit
supplier to determine exactly what is required in return as an exchange old unit (i.e. whether the top cover
should be left in place, etc.; as a rule, the overdrive must be removed from the old unit, along with the adaptor
plate, unless prior arrangement has been made to recondition it along with the gearbox).
Although its unlikely, if the commission number is located on an oval boss in the centre of this LH side of the
casing and starts TS..., you’ve got a TR2 - 3A crash first box, obviously a less desirable unit. This was a more
common find in the past as the owners were prepared to go to any length to get an overdrive fitted gearbox.
Sometimes the swap took place (for economical reasons) just to keep the TR mobile.
1
2
UKC5196R
UKC816R
UKC5230R
GEARBOX ASS’Y, recon, exchange
1
1
1
3
TGK110
4
TGK111
(Reconditioned, exchange)
(Reconditioned, exchange)
1 { with ‘A’ Type overdrive
}
1 { with ‘J’ Type overdrive
}
non-overdrive
for ‘A’ Type overdrive
for ‘J’ Type overdrive
Overdrives are sold separately, for full details see ‘A’ & ‘J’ type Overdrives in this section.
External Gearbox Components & Gear Lever
5
6
7
8
210622
137651
114774
155660
GEAR CASE & BELL HOUSING
BUSH, clutch operating shaft
PLUG, drain, (standard)
PLUG, drain, (Magnetic type)
1
2
1 { alternatives
1 }
The two types of drain plug are interchangeable. It is advisable to use the magnetic type for safety’s sake, to
attract and collect any unwanted ferrous particles in the gearbox lubricant.
9
10
114774
100157
PLUG, oil filler & level
COVER, front
1
1
The length of the tube on the cover must not exceed 2 inches, or it will foul on the clutch cover release fingers.
In other words, the front cover from a Stag or early TR, even though it may have 100157 stamped on it, is not
appropriate for TR6, unless it is shortened.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
155541
114034
141756
515121
59537
55774
132465
105758
55773
155542
114034
305048
146129
SCREW, ‘Locwel’
WASHER, copper
OIL SEAL, input (first motion) shaft
GASKET SET, gearbox
GASKET, front cover
GASKET, layshaft end cover
GASKET, rear extension
GASKET, top cover
COVER, layshaft end
SCREW, ‘Locwel’, layshaft cover
WASHER, copper
REAR EXTENSION, gearbox
OIL SEAL, output (third motion)
NKC39A
OIL SEAL, output (third motion)
31
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1 {
}
1
front cover to gear case
Qty.
Req.
Details
used on non-overdrive
models only
use with WP107 washer
Non-overdrive only,
(use in position by
speedo drive)
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP53853
North American models
alternatives.
5 16
/ ” thread
self threading
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR/CF1
TR6 from (c) CR/CF1
*Gear lever retaining cap 156460 and spring 158984 can be used as a pair to replace the earlier 140816 cap
and 145796 spring. Use with correct pins and shouldered fittings.
48
49
{ use with cap no. 140816
}
{ use with cap no. 156460
}
{ use with overdrive steady
} bracket
smooth grain
coarse grain
Top Covers
There are at least 10 TR6 gearbox top cover assemblies, for overdrive/non-overdrive and the electrical interlock
requirements of various marketplaces. The TR6 Pi, however, uses only 3 basically different types:- non-overdrive, ‘A’ type overdrive and ‘J’ type overdrive.
These types are identified by the quantity and positioning of electrical switches. They all have a reversing light
switch, which is either screwed into a boss on the left side of the top cover surface, or in the left side of the
case. The ‘A’ type overdrive cover will have a switch screwed into each of the three bosses on the top of the
cover: these are for reversing lights, second gear inhibitor and third/fourth gear inhibitor. The ‘J’ type overdrive
top cover has only two switches: one to operate the reversing lights, the other screwed into the middle boss on
the top surface of the cover to inhibit the third and fourth gear overdrive engagement.
Conversion of non-overdrive top covers to overdrive type is a matter of drilling and tapping to accept the
switch(es) in the correct position(s). This can be done by the owner, or by a machine shop; thread size is M16.
50
51
516259
520319
UKC5112
TOP COVER ASS’Y, non overdrive
52
516260
TOP COVER ASS’Y, ‘A’ type overdrive
53
520331
TOP COVER ASS’Y, ‘J’ type overdrive
54
UKC5113
TOP COVER ASS’Y, ‘J’ type overdrive
55
518362
307109
TKC1000
104449
054505
104449
108114
501258
127380
502146
TOP COVER CASING, bare
PLUG, ‘welch’, selector shafts ends
PLUG, ‘welch’, left & right sides
PLUG, ‘welch’, interlock plunger, side
PLUG, screwed (blanks unused holes)
WASHER, sealing, blanking plug
SWITCH, overdrive and/or reverse light
WASHER, sealing/adjusting, switch
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
1
1
1
3
2
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
with top-fitted reverse
light switch
with side fitted reverse
light switch
with 3 top-fitted
switches
with 2 top-fitted
switches
with 1 top-fitted and
side fitted switch
TR5; TR6 to (g) CD48491
TR6 from (g) CD48492
universal replacement
as fitted
See Overdrive Units in this section for electrical details.
Non overdrive and
‘A’ type overdrive
‘J’ type overdrive
110 External Gearbox
External Gearbox 111
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Selector (inhibitor) switches are best adjusted with the lid off the gearbox. Ideally use a test meter or an illuminated circuit tester (power source, bulb and wires as shown in various workshop manuals) to test for makes or
breaks. The further ‘in’ the switch is screwed the more resistance to ease of gear change will be felt when the
gear-lever is moved from gear to gear. The idea therefore is to screw the switch into the lid the least possible
amount to get positive circuit makes and breaks. As the packing washers are thin card, which changes its thickness as it compresses, this can only be achieved by trial and error, and 1-3 is the normal range of requirement.
Each switch must be adjusted individually.
Don’t take chances with broken insulation on the switches and/or very loose terminals. There’s a lot of ‘stripping out’ involved to get at a rogue switch which will far outweigh replacement cost (ditto: dodgy wiring).
The presence of switches with screw terminals only indicates that an earlier variety has been substituted at
some time in the past to keep the TR mobile and functioning safely.
These may require adjustment during the life of the gearbox as the selector forks wear at the top where the
switch makes contact. Wear in the gearbox bushes may cause selector fork face wear, which may also cause
intermittent overdrive operation. These faulty switch operations will in turn cause the solenoid to chatter and
that will certainly cause premature solenoid failure as the (platinum!) points burn out. Before you know it, it’s
time to reach for the (gold?) credit card again.
Reference was made to the switches providing a safety circuit to protect the overdrive. The simple fact is that
the unidirectional clutch is exactly that: a unit that works in one direction. It fails very expensively when driven
the wrong way, usually destroying the gearbox 3rd motion shaft (or mainshaft) in addition to the whole overdrive. The inhibitor switches are really there to prevent overdrive engagement in reverse.
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
HB873
HB871
56370
WL208
127386
122653
128066
158464
128067
128063
BLS112
101236
155632
108166
156665
BLS112
105788
129986
156373
106481
106489
109401
108166
156665
BLS112
155632
108166
156665
127387
117811
127385
UKC5098
132389
209902
136990
106489*
109401*
BOLT, top cover, rear (2 7/8”)
BOLT, top cover, front (2 3/4”)
SCREW, top cover, middle
WASHER, locking
SELECTOR, 1st and 2nd speeds
SCREW, selectors and forks to shafts
SHAFT, 1st & 2nd speed selector
SHAFT, 1st & 2nd speed selector
FORK, 1st & 2nd speed selector
SLEEVE, 1st & 2nd speed selector
BALL, 1st & 2nd speed selector
SPRING, 1st & 2nd speed selector
SPRING, 1st & 2nd speed selector
PLUG, screwed
PLUG, cup type
BALL, interlock
ROLLER, interlock
SHAFT, 3rd & 4th speed selector
SHAFT, 3rd & 4th speed selector
PLUNGER, 3rd & 4th speed selector
SPRING, 3rd & 4th speed selector
DISTANCE PIECE, reverse plunger
PLUG, screwed
PLUG, cup type (as fitted)
BALL, 3rd & 4th speed selector
SPRING, 3rd & 4th speed selector
PLUG, screwed
FORK, 3rd & 4th selector
SLEEVE, 3rd & 4th selector
SELECTOR, reverse
SELECTOR, reverse
SHAFT, reverse selector
SHAFT, reverse selector
PLUNGER, reverse selector
SPRING, reverse plunger
DISTANCE PIECE, reverse plunger
2
2
4
8
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ alternatives
}
TR5; TR6 to (g) CD23951
as fitted
alternative
{
| TR5; TR6 to
| (g) CD22093
|
}
{
| TR6 from (g) CD22094
|
}
TR5; TR6 to (g) CC10960
TR6 from (g) CC10961
TR5; TR6 to (g) CC75000
TR6 from (g) CC75001
*The spring & plunger combination 106489 and 109401 may be found fitted in other selector shaft positions
(depending on the machining specification of the top cover casting).
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
108166
156665
129780
129779
106051
106050
HU704
WL207
147965
146542
108757
147751
107746
WL208
146541
GSD109
GSD114
GSD169
PLUG, screwed
FORK, reverse selector
SLEEVE, reverse selector
PLATE, retaining
RING, sealing, selector shafts
SCREW, plate to casing
WASHER, locking
PINION ASSEMBLY, speedometer
BEARING HOUSING, speedo’ pinion
OIL SEAL, pinion to bearing housing
O’ RING, housing to gearbox extension
SCREW, special, bearing housing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SPEEDO’ CABLE, 63”
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
non-overdrive only
RHD with overdrive
RHD without overdrive
LHD
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
The 69” long speedometer cable is the one preferred for RHD cars as it allows that little extra length when routing. Remember all cables must be securely clipped to prevent chaffing or snagging.
111 120694
DRIVE, angled
1
RHD & overdrive
Gearbox to Engine Mounting Hardware
(See Engine & Gearbox Mountings for gearbox steady brackets & mountings)
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
139836
HB811
HB813
WL208
HN2008
132872
WL209
HN2009
HB915
WE609
WL209
HN2009
STUD, bell housing to engine
SCREW, gearbox to cylinder block
BOLT, slave cyl
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, dowel
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, starter motor
WASHER, shakeproof
WASHER, locking
NUT, starter bolt
3
8
2
13
13
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
top 3 positions
SMALL CAN, WD-40
LARGE CAN, WD-40
PENETRATING OIL
GASKET REMOVER
WELLSEAL JOINTING COMPOUND
ASSEMBLY LUBE, ‘Graphogen’
LITHIUM GREASE
GRAPHITE GREASE
GEAR OIL, ‘Penrite’, 40
GEAR OIL, ‘Penrite’, HPR 20W/60
GEAR OIL, ‘Penrite’, HPR 20W/60
GEAR OIL, EP90
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
400ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
100ml
10ml
3ml
125gm
400gm
500gm
1 litre
5 litres
1 litre
5 litres
1 litre
5 litres
0.5 litre
bracket to gearbox flange
bolt head to starter
Consumables
124 AG009
125 GAC110
GAC111
126 GT85
127 GEM317
128 153317
129 LKLPK104
130 600569
131 GAC100
GAC100/3
132 GGL9122X
133 GGL111
134 GGL9030X
135 GGL9021X
GGL9022X
136 GGL9019X
GGL9018X
137 GGL9005X
GGL9004X
138 GGL190
Gearbox Oil Capacities
Gearbox-non overdrive
Gearbox-with A-type overdrive
Gearbox-with J-type overdrive
1.13 Litres
2 Litres
1.5 Litres
Gearbox Hints
Certain simple inspection routines can be carried out to ascertain what type of (or level) of repair may be required
to your gearbox. The primary requirement of anything mechanical is of course the correct amount of a suitable
lubricant. TR gearboxes are less robust in certain bearing areas which means lubrication is all important.
1) New or unusual noises from the gearbox may mean the failure of an internal component has occurred. The
favourite is a knock or rattle in first, second and third gears; this usually indicates the failure of the countershaft
(layshaft) bearings.
2) Drain the gearbox oil into a clean container and look at the oil and what may have come out with it.
2a) If oil has moderate brassy look this is normal.
2b) Pieces of brass denote broken synchro rings or bushes.
2c) If the oil contains grey coloured lumps, remove the gearbox top cover and look for obvious damage to gears.
The grey sludge invariably indicates the countershaft (layshaft); countershaft gear and bearings have collapsed.
The fitment of a magnetic drain plug will guarantee a heart attack every time you remove it! It will also enable
you to assess the amount of ferrous sludge in your gearbox. The overdrive unit should have a magnetic washer inside the large brass drain plug.
3) While inspecting inside the gearbox with the top cover removed, check the end float of 2nd. gear; If 2nd gear
play exceeds 0.020”, suspect its thrust washer has broken. This can eventually destroy the gear and mainshaft
if not attended to.
4) After reinstalling a gearbox and refilling it with the correct quantity and grade of oil, test-drive the car before
refitting tunnel or trim. There is nothing more depressing than having to disassemble the interior of the car to
re-attach the reversing lights wiring that you forgot and now the reversing lights do not work.
5) A useful tip to aid with installing a gearbox is with the gearbox flush with the engine back plate, and hanging off the 3 5/16” studs at the top, to ensure the 2 dowel (or place) bolts are fitted prior to fitting or tightening
any of the others. These are 2 bolts (3/8” UNF) which fit opposite each other at approx. 2 o’clock and 7 o’clock.
Their purpose is to align the engine to the gearbox on 6 cyl. Cars and such is their fit, they may require driving
into place.Misalignment of the gearbox and engine may produce any one of a number of clutch problems which
are dealt with in some detail on pages 49 to 51, so careful installation of these bolts is paramount; before going
on to look for other “erratic” clutch cures.
6) If you’ve got a pre-73 car and would like a higher 1st gear (giving a closer-ratio gearbox), the time to change
is when rectifying the failed layshaft, which will probably have damaged the existing laygear in addition. Simply
substitute UKC662 laygear and 152803 1st gear for the existing pair. You could even go the whole way and fit
that close ratio gear set you always dreamed of but never had an excuse for before. (TT2210 fits all TR5, TR250
and TR6 gearboxes.)
112 Internal Gearbox
Internal Gearbox 113
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Interchanging Gearbox Components
The internal components changed in design several times during the production of the Triumph TR6. Changes
that are crucial are things that mean whole running assemblies must be replaced rather than individual components. Following is a table showing the gearboxes by serial number and the changes to internal components
The four basic sets of gears are interchangeable as sets, the mainshaft will of course govern their use ultimately
if overdrive is used. The most significant and frequent changes were to the helix or tooth angle of the gears - 3
in the life of the TR6! The spigot size on the mainshaft changed from imperial to metric, which required matching constant pinion gears.
Item Part
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Type 4
No.
Description
to (g)CD20281 (g)CD20282
(g)CD21769
from
to CD21768
to (c)CR5000
(c)CR5001
7
Constant Pinion Shaft
*
216044
8
Bearing, Constant Pinion Shaft 145008 (see note on item 9)
10
Bearing, Constant Pinion Shaft
150989
11
Mainshaft (non overdrive)
208051
TKC824
12
Mainshaft (A type overdrive) 208052
UKC1933
13
Mainshaft (J type overdrive)
27
Synchro Hub Ass’y 3/4th
509649
153844
34
Third Gear Bush
129940
129940
35
Third Gear 105630
152772
152772
36
Second Gear Bush
129939
129939
38
Second Gear 105629
152771
216802
42
Synchro Hub Ass’y 1/2nd
515650
153843
48
First Gear Bush
129940
129940
49
First Gear 128100
152770
152803
56
Constant Gear, countershaft *
142434
59
Countershaft Gear, second
140508
140508
60
Countershaft 128107
128107
UKC662
*Part of kit 148949.
219126
219126
150989
TKC824
UKC1933
150989
TKC824
153844
129940
152772
129939
TKC454
153843
129940
152803
159621
155047
UKC662
TKC832
153844
153238
UKC956
153843
153238
159621
155047
Constant Pinion & Mainshafts
Gearbox numbers prefixed ‘CC’ are later than ‘CD’ prefixed numbers. ‘CF’ gearbox numbers have no relation to
similar commission numbers. Individual gears may have been changed. ‘CD’ was the original prefix for TR5 and
TR6 Pi model gearboxes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
058956
060078
058391
058955
060658
148949
CIRCLIP, retaining
WASHER
BEARING, constant pinion shaft
CIRCLIP, locating
OIL THROWER
GEAR SET, constant mesh
1
1
1
1
1
1
to (g) CD20281
The gear set 148949 contains three matched items, an constant pinion shaft, constant gear and shell bearing,
145008. It should be used as a complete set to service gearboxes up to (g) CD20281 and runs with mainshafts
208051 & 208052.
7 See note above (Use gear set 148949)
1
to (g) CD20281
216044
CONSTANT PINION SHAFT
1
(g) CD20282 to CD21768
216871
CONSTANT PINION SHAFT
1
from (g) CD21769
219126
*CONSTANT PINION SHAFT
1 { later fitted alternative to
*use with 159621
} 216871
Care must be taken to ensure the angular cut of the teeth match between the constant gear and constant pinion shaft, by building them together prior to installation in the gearbox. This angle is called the ‘helix’.
8 145008
BEARING, mainshaft spigot
1
to (g) CD20281
9
145008X
*SLEEVE, spigot bearing
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
UKC1933
TKC832
058391
058955
059443
058956
058949
SP75G
058948
21
518109
22
160292
WP24
Description
23
24
25
NUT, slotted
NUT, nyloc
SPLIT PIN
(also known as ‘big nose’ mainshaft)
MAINSHAFT, non-overdrive, ‘metric’
1
1
1
MAINSHAFT, overdrive, ‘A’ type, ‘imperial’ 1
(also known as ‘big nose’ mainshaft)
MAINSHAFT, overdrive, ‘A’ type, ‘metric’ 1
MAINSHAFT, overdrive, ‘J’ type, ‘metric’ 1
BEARING, mainshaft centre
1
CIRCLIP, locating
1
WASHER, plain, bearing supporting
1
CIRCLIP, bearing retaining
1/2
WASHER, plain, bearing supporting
1
BEARING, mainshaft rear
1
FLANGE, mainshaft, square,
1
(interchangeable with 518109)
FLANGE, mainshaft, round
1
(interchangeable with 058948)
1
WASHER
1
}
(g) CD20282 to CD21768
CD21768 to CR5000/12500
from (c) CR5001/12501
{ to (g) CD20281
}
26
fitted to
non overdrive
gearboxes only.
non overdrive & A type
to (g) CD15651.
non overdrive & A type
from (g) CD15652.
J type
Details
1 { alternatives
1 }
1
use with slotted nut
113431
SYNCHRO CUP, 3/4 synchro hub
2
Early TR boxes used rings made of ‘Iron Bronze’ a sintered metal containing copper and
iron predominately. This provided synchronising (of sorts) and long life. The brass compounds used these days offer more synchronising though no-where near that of modern
gearboxes. In reality the actual ring size and friction area are inadequate. The working
life of the ring is indicated externally by the gap between the dog teeth on the ring and the gear, from the 0.045”
(new) down to 0.025” (worn) range. It is not unknown for less than scrupulous re-builders to skim off the back
face to give the appearance of a new ring. The problem here is that this ignores the relationship between the
areas shown, A and B, to give the internals of the box their correct clearance.
27 509649
SYNCHRO HUB, 3rd & 4th
1
to (g) CD19740
153844
SYNCHRO HUB, 3rd & 4th
1
from (g) CD19741
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
153844X
BLS108
122075
153318
037948
055707
156136
157054
129940
153238
153238X
OUTER SLEEVE, 3rd-4th synchro hub
BALL
SPRING
SPRING
SHIM, spring tension adjusting
CIRCLIP, retaining third gear
WASHER, 3 lugs, (shields circlip)
WASHER, 6 lugs
BUSH, third gear (brass)
BUSH, third gear (steel)
*BUSH, third gear (steel), uprated
1
3
3
3
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
to (g) CD19740
from (g) CD19741
always replace - they stretch!
{ alternatives
}
to (c) CR1/CF1
{ from (c) CR1/CF1
}
*Bush, part no. 153238, may be considered uprated and can be used to replace 129940.
35 105630
GEAR, third
1
to (g) CD20281
152772
GEAR, third
1
from (g) CD20282
36 129939
BUSH, second gear (brass)
1
to (c) CR5000/CF12500
UKC956
*BUSH, second gear (steel)
1
from (c) CR5001/CF12501
*Bush (part no. UKC956), may only be fitted with 2nd gear TKC454 and the appropriate thrust washers (UKC956
to UKC961).
37 129939X
BUSH, second gear, uprated
1
to (c) CR5000/CF12500
The brass second gear bush used up to 1973 often breaks where its flange joins the cylindrical body. This leads
to excessive end float in the second and third gears, causing severe and rapid mechanical failure. This uprated
bush may be supplied as a one or two piece item and should not be used with the later 2nd gear, part no. TKC454.
38 105629
GEAR, second
1
to (g) CD20281
152771
GEAR, second
1
(g) CD20282 to CD21768
216802
GEAR, second
1 { from (g) CD21769 to
} (c) CR5000/CF12500.
TKC454
GEAR, second
1
from (c) CR5001/CF12501
39
40
152771X
129941
129942
129943
129944
155951
134670
UKC958
UKC959
UKC960
UKC961
GEAR KIT, second, uprated
WASHER, spacer 0.118”, silver
WASHER, spacer 0.121”, green
WASHER, spacer 0.124”, blue
WASHER, spacer 0.127”, orange
WASHER, spacer 0.131”, uncoloured
WASHER, spacer 0.132”
WASHER, spacer 0.197/0.199”
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
{
|
| to (c) CR5000/CF12500
|
|
}
{
| from (c) CR5001/CF12501
|
}
The steel ball (BLS106) locates the above four thrust washers.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
from (g) CD20282
from (c) CR1/CF1
{
|
}
{
}
{
}
057868
157642
PC12
Qty.
Req.
Mainshaft ‘Cluster’
1
*This is a precision ground steel sleeve which should be pressed into the constant pinion gear to enable the
proper fitment of bearing 145008 and therefore allowing ‘imperial’ nosed mainshafts to be compatible with the
later metric bore constant pinion gear (part no. 219126).
10 158368
BEARING, mainshaft spigot, ‘metric’
1
from (g) CD20282
Use with mainshafts 216393, 216866, TKC824, UKC1933 and TKC832.
11 208051
MAINSHAFT, non-overdrive, ‘imperial’
1 { to (g) CD20281
216393
216866
TKC824
208052
ill. Part Number
No
48
113431
515650
153843
152773
BLS108
122075
153318
037948
129941
129942
129943
129944
155951
134670
129940
153238
153238X
SYNCHRO HUB, 1st, 2nd, reverse
SYNCHRO HUB, 1st, 2nd, reverse
GEAR, 1st, 2nd, reverse synchro hub
BALL
SPRING
SPRING
SHIM, spring tension adjusting
WASHER, spacer 0.118”, silver
WASHER, spacer 0.121”, green
WASHER, spacer 0.127”, orange
WASHER, spacer 0.131”, uncoloured
WASHER, spacer 0.132”, yellow
BUSH, first gear (brass)
BUSH, first gear (steel)
*BUSH, first gear (steel), uprated
2
1
to (g) CD19740
1
from (g) CD19741
1
3
3
to (g) CD19740
3
from (g) CD19741
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1 { to (c) CR1/CF1
1 } from (c) CR1/CF1
1
*Bush (part no. 153238)may be considered uprated and can be used to replace 129940.
49 128100
GEAR, first, 33 teeth (use with 128107)
1
to (g) CD20281
152770
GEAR, first, 33 teeth (use with 128107)
1 { from (g) CD20282
} to (c) CR5000/CF12500
152803
GEAR, first, 32 teeth, use with UKC662
1
from (c) CR5001/CF12501
50
116496
WASHER, between 1st gear & bearing
1
114 Internal Gearbox
Internal Gearbox 115
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Countershaft Gears
51
52
53
54
55
129955
150339
147749
154396
126862
THRUST WASHER, countershaft, front
BEARING, countershaft ‘open cage’
CIRCLIP, countershaft bearing retaining
SPACER, supporting bearing
BEARING, countershaft, shell type
1
2
2 { use with bearing 150339
2 }
2
alternative
Note; Part no. 126862 (introduced on TR3Bs & TR4s) was never actually fitted to production TR5s or TR6s. By
this time the factory, to improve the durability of the countershaft bearings, had changed production gearboxes
to use the ‘open cage’ type bearing, this type being a more efficient high speed bearing arrangement. The earlier shell type bearings do however appear in the later gearboxes as they proved to be a good alternative to salvage countershaft gears with slightly pitted bearing surfaces. When fitting new countershafts and gears the
‘open cage’ bearings should always be used. The 126862 shell type bearing is identifiable by an external solid
steel shell or case. It is a press fit in the countershaft gear. The 150339 ‘open cage’ bearing is loose fitted in the
counter gear and is retained by a spacer & circlip except on ‘early’ installations. If the countershaft gear has a
circlip groove, it must be fitted with a circlip to retain the bearing.
56 See note below CONSTANT GEAR, countershaft
1
to (g) CD20281.
This item should be fitted with its matched parts in kit number 148949.
142434
CONSTANT GEAR, countershaft
1
(g) CD20282 to CD21768
159621
1
from (g) CD21769
57
059456
DISTANCE PIECE
1
Currently supplied 0.10” longer than originally specified to allow adjustment of countershaft gear end float.
58
59
60
140509
140508
155047
128107
UKC662
GEAR, countershaft, third
GEAR, countershaft, second
GEAR, countershaft, second
LAY GEAR, 1st & reverse
with 16 tooth first gear, use with
128100 and 152770
LAY GEAR, 1st & reverse
with 17 tooth first gear use with 152803
1
1
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
to (g) CD30646
from (g) CD30647
to (c) CR5000/CF12500
from (c) CR5001/CF12501
It is strongly recommended that UKC662 (with its matching 1st speed gear 152803) be used for all
uprated/modified engine/competition boxes.
ill. Part Number
No
52
53
61
62
63
64
BEARING, countershaft
THRUST WASHER, countershaft, rear
COUNTERSHAFT
PLATE, locking countershaft
SCREW, countersunk, lock plate
73
74
75
1
3
8
10
14
17
26
32
40
41
47
51
52
53
61
62
63
64
TGK113
515121
502556
141756
146129
058956
58391
145008
158368
058391
058956
113431
055707
129943
113431
129943
129955
150339
147749
129956
128105
129938
129954
GEARBOX REPAIR KIT
GASKET SET, gearbox
GASKET, overdrive adaptor
OIL SEAL, constant pinion
OIL SEAL, rear
CIRCLIP, retaining
CIRCLIP, third gear on mainshaft
WASHER, spacer 0.124, blue
COUNTERSHAFT
SCREW, countersunk
73
TGK114
515121
159369
141756
NKC39A
058956
058391
158368
058391
058956
113431
055707
129943
113431
129943
129955
150339
147749
129956
128105
129938
129954
GEARBOX REPAIR KIT
GASKET SET, gearbox
GASKET, overdrive adaptor
OIL SEAL, rear
CIRCLIP, retaining
COUNTERSHAFT
SCREW, countersunk
65 128110
GEAR, reverse
1
66 129862
BUSH, reverse gear
1
67 129937
SPINDLE, reverse gear
1
68 129894
LEVER, reverse operating
1
69 106448
PIN, fulcrum, reverse operating lever
1
(This pin is especially prone to bending. Always check and adjust before refitting as whole gearbox has to be
stripped to rectify)
Close Ratio Gear Set
63
129956
128105
128105Z
129938
64
129954
COUNTERSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
PLATE, locking
(countershaft & reverse gear spindle)
SCREW, countersunk, lock plate
1
1
1
1
replacement
1
Reverse Gear
70
71
GHF273
WP36
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
1
1
Gearbox Repair Kit: Non-Overdrive Gearbox
Gearbox repair kits contain the following selection of parts. Everything that you will want to service during any
overhaul.
72
73
74
75
1
3
8
10
14
17
19
26
32
40
41
47
51
TGK112
515121
141756
146129
058956
058391
145008
158368
058391
058956
SP75G
113431
055707
129943
113431
129943
129955
GEARBOX REPAIR KIT
GASKET SET, gearbox
OIL SEAL, rear
CIRCLIP, retaining
BEARING, mainshaft rear
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
to (g) CD20281
from (g) CD20282
Details
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
not illustrated
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
not illustrated
to (g) CD20281
from (g) CD20282
Gearboxes fitted with J’ type overdrive
74
75
1
3
10
14
17
26
32
40
41
47
51
52
53
61
62
63
64
61
62
Qty.
Req.
Gearboxes fitted with ‘A’ type overdrive
Uprated Laygears
Most TR owners know that the Stag and Police spec saloon gearboxes were uprated by the modifications to the
weak zones of the laygear and shaft, and the replacement of the bimetal thrust washers with needle bearing
thrusts. The rear end of the shaft and gearbox became ‘metric’, so this conversion would be quite difficult.
Uprated laygears come complete with 3 bearings and fittings. The twin bearings fitted to the rear end each have
twice the load capacity of the original (150339). They fit the standard gearbox and layshaft, so no modifications
are required. If your gearbox has suffered such a failure, you will appreciate this is a ‘fit and forget’ solution.
128107UR
LAY GEAR KIT, uprated
1 { includes bearings
UKC662UR
LAY GEAR KIT, uprated
1 } circlips & thrust washers
150339
147749
129956
128105
129938
129954
Description
Suitable for all Triumph gearboxes with needle roller constant pinion bearings, including 2000 (but not Stag or
Sprint). Now uses a 1” x 23 spline input shaft to allow use of a wider range of clutches. It includes 3rd and 4th
gear pairs and an adaptor enabling fitment to the ‘big nose’ or imperial ‘spigoted’ mainshaft. Suits lower axle
ratio e.g. 4.1:1. The extra high 1st gear (part no. STR550) is eliminated in this kit as it needs at least a 4.3:1 rear
axle ratio to make it usable. (Cannot be used in Stags or Sprints).
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
TT2210
TT2210A
145008X
STR548
STR549
STR552
STR550
CLOSE RATIO GEAR SET
CONSTANT PINION GEAR
SLEEVE, spigot bearing
GEAR, countershaft, third, 28 teeth
GEAR, third, 29 teeth
GEAR, first, 31 teeth
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
‘Dog’ Clutch Gear Kit - Quaife
Set of gears and hubs convert your TR4-6 gearbox to ‘dog’ engagement. Choice of 1st gear ratios. These are
straight cut gears and are not suitable (for noise reasons) for road use. Permits ‘clutchless’ fast gear changes.
TT2215
TT2216
TGK115
Kit: ratios; 2.013, 1.515, 1.205, 1:1
Kit: ratios; 2.223, 1.515, 1.205, 1:1
Fitting service to your gearbox.
1
1
1
Should you require outright purchase of a gearbox fitted with either of the above, please telephone your requirement. This kit cannot be fitted to crash 1st gearboxes, but then who would want to? If you have to ask what a
dog clutch gearbox is, you probably don’t need one.
116 ‘A’ Type Overdrive
‘A’ Type Overdrive 117
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
‘A’ Type Overdrive
Note: Overdrive units are Exchange items, subject to a Refundable Surcharge
For uprated ‘A’ type overdrive kits, please refer to Overdrive Conversions.
TR5; TR250; TR6 to (c) CR/CF1;
1967 to 1972
The ‘A’ Type overdrive unit that was fitted as an option operates in 2nd 3rd & 4th gears. It provides a 22% reduction ratio to the engine speed for a given road speed when engaged. The reduction ratio is signified by the serial number prefix of the Laycock unit, In the case of the ‘A’ Type this is 22/, other cars used a different ratio unit,
notably the Standard Vanguard at 28%, whose serial number begins 28/...... Overdrive gives three useful additional gear ratios, for use under all driving conditions. Creeping about in town, the use of 2nd overdrive and 2nd
gear saves on the continual 2nd to 3rd to 2nd gear changes. It nicely bridges that 2nd to 3rd speed ratio gap.
The 4th gear overdrive provides effortless high speed long distance touring economy. The 3rd gear gives that
little extra help for high speed overtaking when an upward gear change could best be ignored.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
307603
307603R
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘A’ type, new
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘A’ type, reconditioned
1 {
1 } TR5; TR250
309159
309159R
1 { TR6 up to (g) CD15651;
1 } serial No. 22/61753.
312373
312373R
1 { TR6 from (g) CD15652;
1 } serial No. 22/61985.
307603RX
1 { 28% ratio, offers a
} high cruising gear.
132465
208052
GASKET, adaptor plate to gearbox
MAINSHAFT, overdrive
UKC1933
1
1 { TR5; TR250;
} TR6 to (g)CD20281
1
from (g) CD20282.
112946
109521
105921
513201
513226
513903
147965
147751
146542
NKC105A
506071
506108
120694
500463
GSD109
GSD169
SOLENOID, overdrive operating
COVER, rubber, solenoid wiring
BOOT, solenoid plunger
GASKET, solenoid to bracket
SCREW, solenoid to bracket
WASHER, locking
GEAR & SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
O’ RING, housing to extension
BEARING HOUSING, speedo gear
OIL SEAL, spindle to bearing housing
SCREW, special,
ANGLE DRIVE
WASHER, sealing
SPEEDO’ CABLE (63”)
SPEEDO’ CABLE (69”)
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
bearing housing
RHD
LHD
The 69” long speedometer cable is the one preferred for RH steering cars as it allows that little extra length
when routing. Remember all cables must be securely clipped to prevent chaffing or snagging.
Adaptor Plate & Casings
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
208098
ADAPTOR PLATE, overdrive to gearbox
500654
WX4857
HU857
WP107
WL208
502556
503159
SCREW, ‘Locwel’
SCREW, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
GASKET, adaptor plate to overdrive
CASING ASSEMBLY, front
520679
CASING ASSEMBLY, front
CRST264
CRST265
CRST266
FAS2
500570
500576
500666
500578
HN2008
WL208
513908
NAMEPLATE, Black
NAMEPLATE, Black
NAMEPLATE, Blue
SCREW, drive, securing nameplate
PLUG, welch
STUD, 2 5/8” long
STUD, 1” long
STUD, 1 1/4” long
NUT
WASHER, locking
SHAFT, operating
1 {
}
1
6 {
6 }
6
6
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
3
6
6
1
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (g) CD15651.
TR6 from (g) CD15652.
alternatives
ill. Part Number
No
Description
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
LEVER, adjustment setting
MILLS PIN, adjustment lever
CAM, on shaft
PIN, cam to shaft
GASKET, solenoid bracket to casing
BRACKET, solenoid mounting
DOWEL PIN
STUD, bracket assembly
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, bracket to body
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
STONE SHIELD
O’ RING, operating shaft
COLLAR, for shaft
LEVER, actuating
BOLT, clamping, lever to shaft
WASHER, plain
NUT
SCREW, adjusting, solenoid stop
NUT, locking
REAR CASING ASSEMBLY
STUD, rear casing, upper
STUD, rear casing, lower
NUT
WASHER, locking
513909
513888
513910
500593
500645
502566
DP408
500577
WL208
HN2008
103268
WL208
WP8
502569
500594
502567
502568
503163
505550
503164
513918
513919
500655
500756
500579
HN2008
WL208
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
6
6
Operating Valve, Oil Pump & Filter
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
500658
BLS110
500591
506070
500568
506117
500627
513891
500633
500581
505507
513903
513225
513902
509884
VALVE, operating
BALL, operating valve
PLUNGER, operating valve
SPRING, operating valve
WASHER, sealing
PLUG, operating valve
CAM, overdrive oil pump driving
PLUNGER ASSEMBLY, oil pump
SPRING, pump plunger
GUIDE, peg
BODY, oil pump
WASHER, locking
SCREW, oil pump to body
PLUG, in pump body
FILTER
516010
FILTER
513205
500641
513904
TMG4901
BLS108
500591
506070
500568
506117
MAGNET
WASHER, fibre
CAP, oil drain
SPANNER, oil drain cap
BALL, pump valve
PLUNGER, pump valve
SPRING, pump valve
WASHER, sealing
PLUG, pump valve
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (g) CD15651;
serial No. 22/61753.
TR6 from (g) CD15652;
use with ‘Locwel’ screw
use with plain screw
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (g) CD15651;
brass
aluminium
118 ‘A’ Type Overdrive
‘A’ Type Overdrive 119
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Accumulator & Operating Pistons
The difference between the early (solid axle) to late (IRS) A Type overdrives is in the accumulator piston. The
early one is cast iron one piece; the later is a two piece iron piston in an alloy body. As accumulator pressure
builds up, the spring in either type is compressed until a relief valve opens when exposed by the accumulator
piston to control pressure.
Simple school room maths tells you that the volume of oil expressed by the single 2” (approx.) piston will be
(pr2) about 4 times that of the concentric later 1” type, causing the overdrive to engage with quite a thump,
which would be absorbed through the rear axle by the leaf springs. The force would be ultimately sufficient to
rip the (IRS) differential pins out of the chassis. The pistons are interchangeable. It is quite common to shim the
later smaller accumulator spring, but remember, too much shimming will cause the accumulator spring to
become coil bound without exposing the blow off ports in the alloy piston body, so the pressure would rise until
something breaks or bends. So the theory is that although the pressure remains the same the oil volume reduction cushions the engagement of the overdrive.
The early unit could be preferable for competition use where long life is not so important. The chassis will probably have been rebuilt and reinforced, and hopefully the overdrive will have been properly calibrated. Any
increase in accumulator pressure should be balanced by uprating the bridge springs an equivalent amount to
avoid sluggish disengagement.
Many early overdrives have been rebuilt using a later accumulator piston as the solid piston, rings and spring
were not available as a set for several years. In the interests of extending the working life of these 25 to 45 year
old cars, the cushioned type does make sense.
87
88
89
90
91
92
501908
501910
501909
505555
502563
515131
HOUSING, accumulator
O’ RING
ACCUMULATOR PISTON, with rings
PISTON RING SET
SPACING TUBE
SPRING, accumulator
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (g) CD15651;
518601
*SPRING, accumulator
*The renewal of the overdrive accumulator spring often revitalises the sluggish operation of a previously condemned overdrive unit as the original spring having lost some of its strength and tension after years of operating in temperature extremes.
93
94
513900
502560
WASHER, packing
BREATHER
a/r
1
This breather is always fitted to TR overdrives. Triumph saloon models 2000 and 2.5 always had a an 3/8” AF
squared headed plug. This is another clue to the origin of your overdrive.
95
96
513890
513912
OPERATING PISTON, including O’ ring
O’ RING
2
2
ill. Part Number
No
Description
113
114
115
116
500587
500642
HN2007
JS616A
BRIDGE PIECE
WASHER, tab, locking nut
NUT
NUT, locking
117
118
119
120
500636
500640
500637
500661
500661R
CIRCLIP, ball bearing retaining
BEARING ASS’Y, clutch thrust ring
CLUTCH ASS’Y, sliding member, new
CLUTCH ASS’Y, sliding member,
518107
518107R
520975
520975R
Qty.
Req.
2
4
4
4 {
}
1
1
1
1 {
1 |
}
1 {
1 }
Details
alternative to plain
nut & tab washer
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (g) CD15651;
1 {
1 | alternatives
}
Annulus & Rear Flange
121
122
123
124
500602
500602X
SP74G
500623E
500623F
500623G
500623H
500623J
125 513897
126 513898
127 58948
ANNULUS ASSEMBLY
RING, outer (uni-directional clutch)
BEARING ASSEMBLY, annulus front
WASHER, adjusting (0.146”)
BEARING ASSEMBLY, annulus rear
OIL SEAL
FLANGE, mainshaft, square
128 518109
129
130
131
132
WASHER, plain
NUT, slotted
NUT, nyloc
SPLIT PIN
WP24
57868
157642
PC12
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
1
1 {
1 }
1
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (g) CD15651;
alternatives
use with slotted nut
Overdrive Repair Kits
Sun-Wheel & Planet Carrier
97
98
99
505549
500610
500588A
500588B
500588C
500588D
500588E
500588F
500588G
100 505545
518600
101 518106
102 513224
103 513914
104 500611
SUN-WHEEL ASSEMBLY
1
WASHER, thrust
1
WASHER, adjusting (0.113/0.114”)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
CARRIER ASSEMBLY, planet gears
1
(Serial No. 22/61753)
CARRIER ASSEMBLY, planet gears
1
(Serial No. 22/61985)
BEARING, SHAFT & THRUST
1
WASHER KIT, planet gears
BEARING SET
THRUST WASHER
THRUST WASHER
Overdrive repair kits contain the following selection of parts. Everything you need to service your overdrive during an overhaul.
{ TR5; TR250;
} TR6 To (g) CD15651;
{ TR6 From (g) CD15652.
}
1
3
1
Uni-Directional Clutch
105 502558
106 502559
518110
107 500630
108 502550
109 500613
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, uni-directional
CAGE, roller retaining
(serial No. 22/61753)
(serial No. 22/61985)
SPRING, cage locating
ROLLER SET, (set of 12)
THRUST WASHER, 0.125”
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
1 {
}
TR5; TR250;
TR6 To (g) CD15651;
TR6 from (g) CD15652.
minimal acceptable
thickness is 0.122”.
Brake Ring & Clutch Sliding Member
110 502555
111 500660
BRAKE RING
RING ASSEMBLY
1
1
clutch thrust with pins
Always inspect the thrust ring (item 111) assembly for loose pins. If the pins are found to be loose they can be
tightened in their location by peening the swaged area on the back of the ring where the pin protrudes through.
112 502554
SPRING SET, clutch operating
1
(set of 8)
133
2
11
13
23
40
79
88
90
92
94
96
109
112
117
119
123
124
125
126
135
TGK116
132465
147751
NKC105A
502556
500645
500641
501910
505555
515131
502560
513912
500613
502554
500636
500637
SP74G
500623J
513897
513898
600569A
OVERDRIVE REPAIR KIT
WASHER, fibre
O’ RING
PISTON RING SET
SPRING, accumulator
BREATHER
O’ RING
THRUST WASHER
SPRING SET, clutch operating
BEARING ASSEMBLY, annulus front
WASHER, adjusting, 0.166”
BEARING ASSEMBLY, annulus rear
OIL SEAL
JOINT COMPOUND, ‘Wellseal’
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
a/r
100ml
134
2
11
13
23
40
79
88
90
96
126
135
TGK117
132465
147751
NKC105A
502556
500645
500641
501910
505555
513912
513898
600569A
OVERDRIVE SEAL & GASKET KIT
‘O’ RING, housing to extension
WASHER, fibre
O’ RING
PISTON RING SET
O’ RING
OIL SEAL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
a/r
100ml
(set of 8)
120 ‘J’ Type Overdrive
‘J’ Type Overdrive 121
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
‘J’ Type Overdrive
Note: Overdrive units are Exchange items, subject to a Refundable Surcharge
For uprated ‘J’ type overdrive kits, please refer to Overdrive Conversions.
J Type Overdrive and Fittings
The ‘J’ Type overdrive made by Laycock was fitted from 1973 model year on as an option and was originally
operable in 3rd and 4th gears only. Most J type overdrives are interchangeable (except Ford sourced varieties)
To make one function correctly in your TR will require the correct speedo drive gears, item 35 & 100 plus associated fixings (item 36 to 41). The right angle drive (120694) is required. The correct flange (item 104) must be
used and relief valve (item 61 & 62). Change all O’ rings. Adapter plate (item 3) is required. Never seal with
Hylomar blue or silicon rubber type sealants.
1 313242
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘J’ Type, new
1 { TR6 (c) CR1 to CR6701;
313242R
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘J’ Type, recon
1 | TR6 (c) CF1 to CF35000;
} Serial No. 25/115838.
RKC1971
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘J’ Type, new
1 { TR6 from (c) CF35001;
RKC1971R
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘J’ Type, recon
1 } Serial No. 25/115876.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
159369
312305
132465
HU858
WL208
NKC69
NKC70
160219
WL209
HN2009
TKC832
159505
KW316
137308
159503
120694
500463
GSD109
GSD169
GASKET, adaptor to overdrive
ADAPTOR, gearbox to overdrive
GASKET, adaptor to gearbox
SCREW, plain, adaptor to gearbox
WASHER, locking
NUT, overdrive to adaptor
WASHER, locking
STUD, overdrive to chassis mounting
WASHER, locking
NUT
MAINSHAFT
CAM, pump driving
KEY, woodruff, cam driving
CIRCLIP, cam retaining
SPRING RING
ANGLE DRIVE
WASHER, sealing
1
1
1
6
6
8
8
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
NKC18
NKC56
MAIN CASING ASSEMBLY
STUD, front, 1 1/4” long
RTC553
STUD, front, 1 3/8” long
NKC57
STUD, front, 1” long
37H1897
STUD, front, 1” long
NKC58
NKC59
NKC74
NKC98
STUD, rear, 2 3/4” long
STUD, rear, 3 1/8” long
NAMEPLATE, blue
SCREW, drive, securing nameplate
1
6 {
|
}
6 {
}
2 {
|
}
2 {
}
4
2
1
2
23
24
25
26
TR6 (c) CR1 to CR6701,
TR6 (c) CF1 to CF35000,
Serial No. 25/115838.
TR6 from (c) CF35001,
Serial No. 25/115876.
TR6 (c) CF1 to CF35000,
Serial No. 25/115838.
TR6 from (c) CF35001,
Serial No. 25/115876.
Solenoid Assembly
27
28
29
30
NKC41
NKC108
NKC108X
NKC107
NKC67
SOLENOID & VALVE ASSEMBLY
WASHER, copper
WASHER, ‘dowty’
O’ RING
WIRE, solenoid earthing
1
1 { alternatives
1 }
2
1
The overdrive solenoid earth wire NKC67 is an often ignored but very important part of the overdrive operating
electrical system. Without it the solenoid will not work. Good electrical contact and continuity must be maintained through this somewhat insignificant wire, or an inoperative ‘J’ type overdrive will be encountered.
Rear Casing
31
NKC38
RTC1951
32
33
34
35
36
NKC90
NKC88
NKC89
NKC48
NKC42
REAR CASING, annulus housing
(serial No. 25/115838)
REAR CASING, annulus housing
(serial No. 25/115876)
NUT, rear casing to main
WASHER, locking
WASHER, (Copper)
PINION & GEAR ASS’Y, speedo drive
SPEEDO’ DRIVE HOUSING ASS’Y
37
38
39
40
41
O’ RING
OIL SEAL
RETAINER ASSEMBLY
SCREW, attaching retainer
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1
1
OPERATING PISTON
O’ RING
PLUG, lubrication
SPRING
BALL
2
2
1
1
1
NKC106
NKC105
NKC43
NKC80
NKC70
Qty.
Req.
Details
Operating Piston
42
43
44
45
46
NKC21
NKC99
NKC93
NKC94
NKC95
Sump Cover & Filters
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
NKC54
37H1943
NKC76
NKC64
NKC110
NKC24
NKC11
NKC53
NKC53X
NKC23
NKC97
NKC96
COVER, sump
MAGNET SET
GASKET, sump
SCREW, plain, sump cover to casing
WASHER, locking
PLUG, filter retaining
WASHER
FILTER, suction
FILTER, suction
FILTER, pressure
PLUG
WASHER, sealing plug
1
2
1
6
6
1
1
1 { alternative
1 }
1
1
1
Dash-pot, Relief Valve & Pump
Main Casing
22
Description
55
56
57
RHD
LHD
The 69” long speedometer cable is the one preferred for RHD cars as it allows that little extra length when routing. Remember all cables must be securely clipped to prevent chaffing or snagging.
20
21
ill. Part Number
No
1 { TR6 (c) CR1 To CR6701,
} TR6 (c) CF1 To CF35000.
1 { TR6 From (c) CF35001.
}
6
4
2
1
1
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
NKC13
NKC91
NKC15
NKC36
NKC104
NKC14
NKC92
NKC30
NKC92
NKC102
NKC29
NKC26
NKC101
NKC25
NKC100
NKC28
DASHPOT PLUG KIT
O’ RING
DASHPOT PISTON ASSEMBLY
RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
SPRING, relief valve
DASHPOT SLEEVE
O’ RING
BODY, relief valve
O’ RING, large
O’ RING, small
NON-RETURN VALVE KIT
PUMP PLUG
O’ RING
PUMP BODY
O’ RING
PUMP PLUNGER ASSEMBLY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Sun-wheel & Planet Carrier
74
75
76
NKC55
NKC22
37H1949
SUN-WHEEL
PLANET GEAR & CARRIER ASS’Y
BEARING AND SPINDLE KIT
1
1
1
Uni-Directional Clutch
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
NKC17
NKC16
518110
513208
506063A
NKC20
NKC77
NKC79
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, uni-directional
INNER MEMBER, uni-directional clutch
SPRING, cage locating
ROLLER SET
OIL THROWER
CIRCLIP
THRUST WASHER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Brake Ring & Sliding Members
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
NKC10
NKC86
NKC87
500587
520977
NKC40
NKC40E
NKC62
NKC109
NKC63
NKC12
NKC84
NKC85
NKC83
BRAKE RING
GASKET, brake ring to housing
GASKET, annulus housing
BRIDGE PIECE
NUT, self-locking
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, sliding member
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, sliding member
BEARING HOUSING ASSEMBLY
BOLT
BEARING, clutch
OPERATING SPRING, set of 4
CIRCLIP, bearing
CIRCLIP, clutch
CIRCLIP, sun gear
1
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
recon/exchange
122 ‘J’ Type Overdrive
‘J’ Type Overdrive 123
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Annulus & Rear Flange
98 NKC9
99 SP74G
100 NKC47
AAU1096
101
102
103
104
105
106
NKC78
513897
NKC39
160292
NKC82
NKC81
ANNULUS ASSEMBLY
BEARING, annulus head
GEAR, speedometer drive
(Serial No. 25/115838) (‘8 thread start’)
GEAR, speedometer drive
(Serial No. 25/115876)
SPACER, annulus shaft
BEARING, annulus tail
OIL SEAL, rear casing to flange
WASHER
NUT, nyloc
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
SMALL CAN, WD-40
LARGE CAN, WD-40
PENETRATING OIL
GEAR OIL, ‘Penrite’ 40
GEAR OIL, ‘Penrite’ 40
GASKET REMOVER
GEAR OIL, EP90
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
100ml
10ml
3ml
200ml
400ml
400ml
1 litre
Consumables
1
1
1 { TR6 (c) CR1 to CR6701,
} TR6 (c) CF1 to CF35000.
1 { TR6 From (c) CF35001.
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
109 600569A
110 GAC100
GAC100/3
111 GAC110
GAC111
112 GT85
113 GGL9021X
GGL9020X
114 GEM317
115 GGL190
5 litre
400ml
0.5 litre
Hints-‘A’ Type Overdrives
Overdrive Repair Kits
(Pete, Should these items be indented ?????????)
Overdrive repair kits contain the following selection of parts. Everything that you will want to service during any
overhaul.
107
2
4
28
29
37
38
43
49
59
61
64
66
67
70
72
83
86
87
94
95
96
97
99
102
103
109
TGK118
159369
132465
NKC108
NKC107
NKC106
NKC105
NKC99A
NKC76
NKC91
NKC36
NKC92
NKC92
NKC102
NKC101
NKC100
NKC77
NKC86
NKC87
NKC12
NKC84
NKC85
NKC83
SP74G
513897
NKC39
600569A
OVERDRIVE REPAIR KIT
WASHER, copper
O’ RING
O’ RING
OIL SEAL
O’ RING
GASKET, sump
O’ RING
RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
O’ RING
O’ RING, large
O’ RING, small
O’ RING
O’ RING
CIRCLIP
OPERATING SPRING, set of 4
CIRCLIP, bearing
CIRCLIP, clutch
CIRCLIP, sun gear
BEARING, annulus head
BEARING, annulus tail
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
100ml
108
2
4
28
29
37
38
43
49
59
64
66
67
70
72
86
87
103
109
TGK119
159369
132465
NKC108
NKC107
NKC106
NKC105
NKC99
NKC76
NKC91
NKC92
NKC92
NKC102
NKC101
NKC100
NKC86
NKC87
NKC39
600569A
OVERDRIVE SEAL & GASKET KIT
WASHER, copper
O’ RING
O’ RING
OIL SEAL
O’ RING
GASKET, sump
O’ RING
O’ RING
O’ RING, large
O’ RING, small
O’ RING
O’ RING
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
100ml
The correct operating pressure (op) range is 380 - 400 Psi. On an otherwise good overdrive our new springs,
part no. 515131 should increase this by 20 PSI (i.e. 400 ? 420 PSI). The overdrive ceases to be of any use below
360 Psi. Padding the spring will increase the operating pressure. Never add more than .040” which may produce an extra 20-40 PSI, though the engagement will be fiercer. Packing a worn spring will make no difference.
The pressure should be measured using a suitable gauge reading up to at least 500-Psi, screwed in place of
item 68 on page 65 in the operating valve port. All illustration nos. refer to pages 64 to 67.
Fault Diagnosis;
1) Most work requires removal of the gearbox from the car and the overdrive from the gearbox.
2) Jumping out of overdrive when warm/under load is usually due to worn accumulator piston rings, and often
the bore.
3) A stuck pump piston may be accessed from the underneath by removing item 80, then item 76 and pushing
upwards on the revealed base of the plunger (item 70). If it sticks again, you’re wasting you’re time; go back to
‘1’.
4) A sudden cessation is often caused by circlip (item 117) breaking - go back to ‘1’.
5) Intermittent working may be cured by dumping gearbox and overdrive oil and cleaning the filter (item 77) and
the magnetic collectors (item 78). Refill with 20- 50 multi-grade, run for an hour or so (up to 50 miles) and dump
the oil again. Refill this time with S.A.E. 40 oil GGL9020X, though some prefer Hypoid oil for J-type overdrives.
6) Air trapped in the system can often be bled out by removal of plug item 68. Place a catch tank under the car
below the valve. With the back wheels jacked off the ground, start the engine, engage 4th gear and allow air to
pump out of the port, for 1 to 2 minutes. Replace plug, and top up to correct the oil level.
7) If the overdrive does not disengage, don’t even think about using reverse gear. Again, remove plug item 68,
then items 67 to 63. Inspect valve ill. no. 63 and you’ll see a tiny hole about midway from either end.
Scrupulously clean the whole valve and check this hole by sucking or blowing through it then carefully replace
items 63 to 68. Don’t forget to re-seat ball item 64 in to the casing. Check the engagement again. Sometimes
the clutch linings (item 120) stick to the brake ring. A sharp tap or two with an iron hammer often releases the
bond. Failure of these two suggestions to cure the lack of disengagement usually requires a return to no. 1
above.
8) That clutch slip feeling under load or wheel engaging overdrive is probably due to a worn’ item 120’, especially if the overdrive feels hot and the oil smells. Replacement of no. 120 is the only answer (via no. 1).
9) If you know that the clutch assembly (item 120) is good, the pressure is good, i.e. 380 to 420, but the unit
still slips under load or gear changes, the uni-directional clutch is the rogue - replace it (item 102).
124 Overdrive Conversions & Electrics
Overdrive Conversions & Electrics 125
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Overdrive Conversions & Overdrive Electrics
An overdrive conversion is among the most useful modifications that can be carried out on your TR. Overdrive
provides useful additional gear ratios, for use under all driving conditions. Creeping about in town, the use of
2nd overdrive and 2nd gear, (on A type units only), saves on the continual 2nd to 3rd to 2nd gear changes. It
nicely bridges that 2nd to 3rd speed ratio gap.
The 3rd gear gives that little extra help for high speed overtaking when an upward gear change could best be
ignored. The 4th gear overdrive provides effortless high-speed cruising improving long distance touring fuel
economy.
The A type overdrive unit was fitted as an option to the TR5, TR250 and TR6 (CC/CP series pre 1973) and operates in 2nd, 3rd, & 4th gears. It provides a 22% reduction to the engine speed for a given road speed when
engaged. The J type overdrive unit was fitted to TR6 (CR/CF series from 1973), operating on 3rd, and 4th gears
only. It provides a 25% reduction to the engine speed for a given road speed when engaged.
Overdrive can be fitted retrospectively and kits were listed accordingly by application; RHD & LHD drive, and
early and late mainshaft. These kits were beautifully presented in wooden boxes of generous proportions
because they contained a fibreboard replacement gearbox cover. The cover had removable aperture cover plates
each side which the standard cover lacked. The right hand one allowed access to the speedometer right angle
drive and the left hand one allowed the overdrive solenoid to be viewed. The fact that the right hand seat was
in the way of the former and that the latter failed to actually permit adjustment or removal of the solenoid seems
strange to current thinking, but that is the way it was. The wooden box would have contained an overdrive unit
complete (with solenoid attached), to which was bolted the adaptor plate entrapping the eight disengagement
springs, a replacement top cover drilled for two extra selector switches, the relevant mainshaft (pre or post
CD20281), speedo cable, the column operating switch and its bezel. There was also a sealed cardboard box
containing the small parts such as the right angle drive, two selector switches and adjustment washers, two
looms, top cover welch plugs, adaptor plate bolts and washers, the relay, the rear gasket, speedometer drive
gear plus screws and fittings. From the introduction of the CR/CF series TR6s, J type overdrive became standard fitment on non-USA vehicles. The presentation was much the same for the J type kits with one less selector switch and no relay, of course.
Many years after the last of the TR’s rolled off the production line we can still supply everything that you need
to convert your TR to overdrive. The kits and their contents are listed below, gearbox covers must be purchased
separately.
‘A’ Type Overdrive Conversion Kits
(All synchromesh gearboxes)
1
517198
517197
OVERDRIVE CONV’ KIT, RHD
OVERDRIVE CONV’ KIT, LHD
2
518873
518874
208052
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
UKC1933
500627
309159R
132465
208098
502556
HU857
WL208
WL208
HN2008
502554
516260
147965
147751
146542
NKC105A
506071
506108
120694
500463
516545
CAM, overdrive oil pump driving
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘A’ type,
SCREW, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, locking
NUT
SPRING SET, clutch operating, (set of 8)
TOP COVER ASSEMBLY
GEAR & SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
BEARING HOUSING, speedo gear
SCREW, special, locating housing
ANGLE DRIVE
WASHER, sealing
SPEEDOMETER CABLE
1
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
‘A’ Type Overdrive Electrics
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
112946
513201
513226
513903
131339
104618
148696
612715
100148
127380
502146
147280
147281
SOLENOID, overdrive operating
GASKET, solenoid to bracket
SCREW, solenoid to bracket
WASHER, locking
LOOM, overdrive, on gearbox
CONNECTOR, loom, single line
LOOM, overdrive, on body
GROMMET, loom to switches
‘P’ CLIP, loom to gearbox top cover
SWITCH, isolator, overdrive operation
WASHER, sealing/adjusting, switch
SWITCH, overdrive, RHD
SWITCH, overdrive, LHD
1
1
2
2
1
4
1
1
1
3
a/r
1
1
TR5; TR6 to (g) 20281.
TR5; TR250;
TR6 To (g) 20281.
TR6 From (g) 20282.
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(g) CD20281.
TR6 From (g) CD20282
reconditioned, exchange
ill. Part Number
No
Description
35
36
37
38
39
40
ESCUTCHEON, overdrive switch
RELAY
SCREW, relay attachment
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
611974
126792
PX505
WP5
WL205
HN2005
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
2
2
2
2
‘J’ Type Overdrive Conversion Kits
(All synchromesh gearboxes)
41
42
43
44
45
521158
521159
TKC832
159505
KW316
313242R
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
132465
312305
159369
HU858
WL208
NKC69
NKC70
520331
160219
GHF333
GHF202
NKC48
NKC42
NKC43
NKC80
NKC70
120694
500463
516545
MAINSHAFT
CAM, pump driving
KEY, woodruff, cam driving
OVERDRIVE UNIT, ‘J’ Type,
ADAPTOR, gearbox to overdrive
SCREW, plain, adaptor to gearbox
WASHER, locking
NUT, overdrive to adaptor
WASHER, locking
TOP COVER ASSEMBLY
STUD, overdrive to chassis mounting
WASHER, locking
NUT
PINION & GEAR ASSEMBLY
SPEEDO DRIVE HOUSING ASS’Y
RETAINER ASSEMBLY
SCREW, attaching retainer
WASHER, locking
ANGLED SPEEDO’ DRIVE
WASHER, sealing
SPEEDO’ CABLE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
8
8
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
speedo’ drive
‘J’ Type Overdrive Electrics
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
NKC41
NKC108
NKC107
NKC67
UKC344
104618
UKC345
612715
100148
UKC930
502146
147280
147281
611974
SOLENOID & VALVE ASSEMBLY
WASHER, copper
O’ RING
WIRE, solenoid earthing
CONNECTOR, loom, single line
GROMMET, loom to switches
SWITCH, o/drive isolator & reverse light
WASHER, switch adjusting
SWITCH, overdrive , RHD
SWITCH, overdrive, LHD
1
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
a/r
1
1
1
Overdrive & Gearbox Cover
78
713569FG
713569SAP
GEARBOX COVER, fibreglass
GEARBOX COVER, plastic
1
1
Overdrive & Gearbox Donor Combinations
There are sources of donor units that are adaptable to fit TR’s. The hazard is that there is no certainty of the
internal integrity of the units without stripping, rebuilding and testing them or trying them in a car first. Finally,
be aware of the differences between the donor vehicle and your TR.
If a donor unit is obtained, even though it is non-TR, this conversion may well provide the least costly option, so
consider the unit as a whole. If your TR is a CC/CP series (pre 1973) you should look for an A type donor unit,
and for CR/CF models (from 1973 onwards) a J type unit is recommended. If using an overdrive from a non-TR
source it is worth checking the reduction ratio. The reduction ratio is signified by the serial number prefix of the
Laycock unit, In the case of the TR A type this is 22/. Other cars used a different ratio unit, the best known being
the Standard Vanguard at 28%, so its serial number begins 28/... Cunning eh?
How can you tell A type from J type? The simple way is to upturn the unit. If the drain plug is a large brass nut,
it is A type. If it has a ribbed alloy sump held on by 6 7/16” AF screws, it is a J type. The rear mountings for the
gearbox are in different places for the two types of overdrive on a TR6 chassis, so selecting the ‘correct’ overdrive conversion makes life considerably easier. The J type locates about 1” lower and 3” further back than the
A type. Generally, J type donors are less expensive than A type. If you’ve already bought an overdrive gearbox
and it’s the wrong one for your chassis, don’t despair; ‘Converter’ bracket kits are also available: see page 63.
176 Front Suspension
Front Suspension 177
ill. Part Number
No
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Front Suspension
44
It is a fair bet that if there is any knocking noise from the front suspension or tendency for your car to wander
at speed, it will be traceable to worn front suspension components. The suspension is not delicate; it is just fitted with bushes that wear rapidly when they become impregnated with dirt.
45
154470K
154470KSS
154470
154470SS
154466
114283
114281
110366
NUT & WASHER KIT, chrome, car set
NUT & WASHER KIT, stainless, car set
WHEEL NUT, chrome
WHEEL NUT, stainless
WASHER, plastic
HUB, wire wheel (includes studs)
STUD, hub to wire wheel adaptor
NUT, special, extension to hub
1
1
8
8
8
2
8
8
217603
217602
102690
LN2211
102689
TN3211
WP11
SPLINED EXTENSION, wire wheel, LH
SPLINED EXTENSION, wire wheel, RH
WASHER, ‘D’ special
NUT, slotted, hub attachment
CAP, grease retaining
NUT, stub axle retaining
WASHER, stub axle
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Fulcrum Pin & Ball Joint
46
47
48
49
Fulcrum Pin Fitting; Before fitting the fulcrum pins to the turrets, you’ll probably
notice that they can be fitted in two ways giving different positioning of the top
wishbones. Illustrated is the fitment for IRS cars which gives the correct geometry for the front suspensions designed, for TR4A to TR6. Turning the fulcrums the
alternative way gives correct geometry for TR2 to TR4s, which use a mostly different suspension and, of course, a completely different chassis.
50
1
2
3
4
5
6
51
52
53
54
55
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
200659
HU908
WL209
133504
133507
102228
TT3062
WM69
LN2210
PC10
TN3210
GSJ131
QHQSJ100
GSJ131Z
138509
138869
WP11
LN2211
PC10
YN2911
501024
112347
WP45
YN2909
FULCRUM PIN, upper
SCREW, fulcrum pin
WASHER, locking
ARM, wishbone upper front
ARM, wishbone upper rear
BUSH, rubber
BUSH, polyurethane (uprated)
WASHER, fulcrum pin
NUT, slotted, fulcrum pin
SPLIT PIN, fulcrum nut
NUT, nyloc
BALL JOINT, top, O.E
BALL JOINT SET, top, replacement
BALL JOINT, top, replacement
GAITER, ball joint
CLIP, ball joint gaiter
WASHER, plain
NUT, slotted, ball joint to vertical link
SPLIT PIN, ball joint nut
NUT, nyloc
GREASE NIPPLE
BOLT, ball joint to wishbone
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, ball joint bolt
2
8
8
2
2
8
4
4
4
4
4
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
{ upper inner
} wishbone
28
29
30
31
307216
307215
56934
307212
307211
133500
133499
118324
113144
SH606065
113143
112032
106641
107106
32
33
34
YN2909
TN3209
WP45
23
24
25
26
27
VERTICAL LINK, LH
1
VERTICAL LINK, RH
1
GREASE NIPPLE, vertical post
2
TIE ROD LEVER, steering, LH
1
TIE ROD LEVER, steering, RH
1
PLATE, mounting brake caliper, LH
1
PLATE, mounting brake caliper, RH
1
BOLT, mounting plate, lower rear
2
BOLT, mounting plate, lower front
2
SCREW, mounting plate, lower front
2
BOLT, plate & tie rod lever, upper rear
2
BOLT, plate & tie rod lever, upper front
2
WASHER, tab, locking bolt heads
4
DISTANCE PIECE
4
(mounting plate & tie rod lever to vertical link)
NUT, nyloc
4
NUT, nyloc, brake shield attachment
2
WASHER, plain, nut to disc shield
2
115763
GHK1021
107194
100573
100536
PC20
STUB AXLE
WHEEL BEARING KIT
SEAL ASSEMBLY, felt in steel retainer
BEARING, inner
BEARING, outer
SPLIT PIN
2
2
2
2
2
2
114284
114284A
114284X
42
114282
114282XL
43
109586
HUB, disc wheel, (includes studs)
HUB, disc wheel, alloy
(studs not included)
HUB, disc wheel (with thicker flange)
(allows adjustment) (studs not included)
STUD, front wheel, standard length
STUD, front wheel, extra long
(may need shortening to suit application)
WHEEL NUT, disc wheels
Coil Springs & Shock Absorbers
alternative
56
{ aftermarket
}
57
original ball joints only
58
59
60
61
alternative
as fitted
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
GAC5076
TOOL (Churchill)
a/r
213165
TT4006
100751
100751P
100751PX
107682
GSA272
TT3101
TT3102
TT3203
21A860
142444P
140479
140416
HN2009
JN2109
YN2909
119450
119450Z
TT3364
FRONT COIL SPRING
FRONT COIL SPRING, uprated
INSULATOR, coil spring (standard)
INSULATOR, coil spring (Uprated)
INSULATOR, coil spring (Uprated) (Thick)
SPACER, aluminium
SHOCK ABSORBER (standard)
SHOCK ABSORBER, Spax
SHOCK ABSORBER, Koni
SHOCK ABSORBER, Gaz
MOUNTING, upper, rubber
MOUNTING, upper, polyurethane
WASHER, plain, upper
WASHER, plain, lower
NUT, plain
NUT, half
NUT, nyloc
MOUNTING, lower, rubber
MOUNTING, lower, rubber, replacement
MOUNTING, lower, polyurethane
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
slightly raised
Rubber
{ Polyurethane
}
see improvements, pg. 99
{
| adjustable
}
alternative
alternative
{ alternatives
}
Please enquire for replacement mountings for Spax, Koni or Gaz shock absorbers.
alternative
69
70
71
72
73
106843
HB1020
TN3210
WL209
HN2009
BRACKET, shock absorber, lower
BOLT, shock absorber to bracket
NUT, nyloc, shock absorber to bracket
WASHER, plain
NUT, bracket to spring pan studs
4
2
2
8
8
Trunnions & Lower Wishbones
(When the trunnion is installed on the vertical link it should be lubricated with Hypoid gear oil (EP90) not grease.
The trunnion and vertical link assembly should be lubricated regularly to preserve long service life.)
74
2 per car
There is a tendency to remove all free play when adjusting the front wheel bearings. Remember that when the
brake disc warms up, it will conduct heat to the hub and bearings and soon take up the play. This play is most
important on competition cars. The scrutineers know enough to like to feel a couple of ‘thou’ of play for this reason and may ‘fail’ the TR if there is no play. So the moral of the story is follow the workshop manual, leave the
play there and argue it out with the MOT tester.
41
{
|
| TR6 From (c) CP/CC50001
|
|
}
We have remanufactured the special Churchill Spring Compressor tool (GAC5076), but, it can also be used for
fitting new camshaft bearings on some early TR models.
Front Hubs
35
36
37
38
39
40
Details
cars with wire wheel
It is recommended that these high tensile nuts are both correctly torqued (65 ft/lbs.) and Loctite used when fitted or refitted.
NI
Vertical Link & Tie Rod Lever
22
Qty.
Req.
2 {
2 |
|
2 | cars with steel wheels
|
8 |
8 |
}
8 { TR5; TR250;
} TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
142378
142377
142378CB
142377CB
142402
HU811
WL222
156111
307209
307210
139835
139832
139833
142388
142387
139834
LN2212
PC12
HB1121
141481
TT3263
YN2911
148691
139727
WM59
YN2909
140951
BOTTOM TRUNNION ASS’Y, LH
1
BOTTOM TRUNNION ASS’Y, RH
1
BOTTOM TRUNNION ASS’Y, LH
1 { replacement
BOTTOM TRUNNION ASS’Y, RH
1 }
SEAL, trunnion to vertical link
2
SCREW, lock stop attaching
2
WASHER, locking
2
STOP, steering lock
2
WISHBONE, lower, LH front & RH rear
2
WISHBONE, lower, RH front & LH rear
2
BOLT, pivot, trunnion to lower wishbone 2
DISTANCE PIECE
4
BEARING, nylon, top hat shaped
8
WASHER, plain steel, thrust
8
RING, rubber, sealing
8
SHIELD, water
8
NUT, slotted
2
SPLIT PIN
2
BOLT, wishbone to bracket
4
BUSH, inner wishbone, rubber
4
BUSH, inner wishbone, polyurethane
4
alternative
NUT, nyloc
4
BRACKET, lower fulcrum
4
SHIM, adjusting, bracket to chassis
a/r
WASHER, plain
8
NUT, nyloc
8
LOWER SPRING PAN ASSEMBLY
2
178 Front Suspension
Front Suspension 179
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
97
HB916
BOLT, spring pan to wishbone
8/6 { Quantity decreases
} when anti-roll bar fitted
HB921
BOLT, spring pan and roll bar bracket
to wishbone
98 143712
99 YN2909
100 WP20
STUD, spring pan to wishbone
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
Details
2 { TR6 only with anti roll bar
}
ill. Part Number
No
86
87
88
90
139834
LN2212
PC12
141481
130 QHQSK199S
4
12
12
Description
Qty.
Req.
SHIELD, water
NUT, slotted
SPLIT PIN
BUSH, inner wishbone
SUSPENSION KIT, upper wishbone
Details
8
2
2
4
2
with rubber bushes
The following parts are included in the kit;
6
7
8
9
Anti-Roll Bar
102228
WM69
LN2210
PC10
BUSH, rubber, upper inner wishbone
WASHER, fulcrum pin
NUT, slotted, fulcrum pin
4
2
2
2
TR6 only, can be fitted to TR5 or TR250 as a kit.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
215647
215647K
152143
517984
517983
517985
517985P
517986
YN2909
WP46
YN2910
152144
152145
123998
123998P
123502
123694
139126
WP107
YN2908
ANTI-ROLL BAR
FITTING KIT, anti-roll bar
LINK ASSEMBLY
WASHER (outer)
WASHER (inner).
MOUNTING BUSH, rubber
MOUNTING BUSH, Polyurethane
TUBE, distance
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BRACKET, mounting, link to wishbone
PACKING PIECE, bracket to wishbone
BUSH, rubber, locating anti-roll bar
BUSH, Polyurethane, locating anti-roll bar
BRACKET, clamp, securing anti-roll bar
‘U’ BOLT, plain, anti-roll bar bracket
‘U’ BOLT, with towing eyes
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
1
1
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
anti-roll bar to wishbones
(13/*32” internal Dia.)
(9/16” internal Dia.)
standard
uprated
standard
uprated
alternative
131 QHQSK200S
TT3264
SUSPENSION KIT, lower wishbone
SUSPENSION KIT, lower wishbone
2
2
with rubber bushes
with Nylatron bushes
The following parts are included in the kits;
76
77
78
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
HU811
WL222
156111
139835
139832
139833
142388
142387
139834
LN2212
PC12
HB1121
141481
YN2911
132 139835K
SCREW, lock stop attaching
WASHER, locking
STOP, steering lock
BOLT, pivot, trunnion to wishbone
DISTANCE PIECE, steel
SHIELD, water
NUT, slotted
SPLIT PIN
BOLT, wishbone to bracket
BUSH, inner wishbone
NUT, nyloc
SUSPENSION KIT, trunnion
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
The following parts are included in the kit;
Miscellaneous
119 HU508
120 GAC5076
SCREW, front hub grease cap removal
COIL SPRING COMPRESSOR
1
1
Consumables
121 GAC110
GAC111
122 153317
123 GT85
124 GGL9040X
125 GGL111
126 GAC100
GAC100/3
127 LKLPK104
128 MGC1003
MQC1002
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
GREASE, high melt/bearing, 500 gm
LITHIUM GREASE
RUST REMOVER, ‘Hammerite’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
10 fl. oz
400ml
500g
400gm
10ml
3ml
25ml. sachet
1 litre
.5 litre
To be used as a total rust killer and remover for immersing parts. Ideal for rust treatment on gears, shafts,
special nuts and bolts - anything mechanical in fact. Parts must be degreased first to ensure long life.
Front Suspension Overhaul Kits
Quantities listed for kits are per vehicle, quantities listed for components are per kit. For suspension improvements and packs, refer to page 99.
129 GAC6067X
GAC6067P
MAJOR SUSP’ OVERHAUL KIT
MAJOR SUSP’ OVERHAUL KIT
1
1
rubber bushes
Polyurethane bushes
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
139835
139832
139833
142388
142387
139834
LN2212
PC12
BOLT, pivot, trunnion to lower wishbone
DISTANCE PIECE
SHIELD, water
NUT, slotted
SPLIT PIN
1
2
4
4
4
4
1
1
Front Suspension;
A Personal View by Peter Cox
Many miles of testing on various types of road and road surface, in lots of different cars and for many TR owners, have produced a personal preference which overall, seems to produce the most smiles on the most faces
i.e. the happiest friends and customers. This is a personal view as it is appreciated that comfort at one end of
the spectrum and precise, razor sharp handling and steering at the other will appeal to different types of TR driver. The original suspension was right for its day, which we should remember was 1965, with roots back in
1953. The ‘modern’ equivalent of this would have to be the major suspension kit with polyurethane bushes,
GAC6067P, but it still leaves that hint of vagueness unacceptable to some of us, so, what about rebuilding the
suspension, using polyurethane bushes at the lower inner ends of the wishbones, nylatron bushes at the lower
outer swivel (TT3264), and a nylatron/steel kit (TT3160) for the top wishbones? The top fulcrum pins were only
designed to work with squeezed-tight rubber bushes (which didn’t even have to undergo an annual MOT through
the 50’s and 60’s!), so the tolerance was extremely vague. For this reason the steel bushes will be a sloppy fit
so, simply Araldite them into place and follow the rest of the instructions in the kit. The wishbones should move
stiffly but very accurately up and down, which is precisely what you want them to do. All in, a very cheap way
of fine-tuning the suspension, without overloading it for long-term road use.
The following parts are included in the kits;
6
102228
TT3062
9
75
81
82
83
84
85
PC10
142402
139835
139832
139833
142388
142387
BUSH, rubber
BUSH, Polyurethane
(included in GAC6067P)
SEAL, trunnion to vertical link
BOLT, pivot, trunnion to wishbone
DISTANCE PIECE, steel
8 { upper inner
4 } wishbone
4
2
2
4
8
8
8
180 Rear Suspension
Rear Suspension 181
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Trailing Arm
1
2
3
4
308268
308267
138801
138532
137599
137599Z
TT3265
TT3266
TRAILING ARM ASSEMBLY, RH
TRAILING ARM ASSEMBLY, LH
PLUG, blanking, 7/8”
PLUG, blanking, 1 1/8”
BUSH, trailing arm, rubber
BUSH, trailing arm, rubber
BUSH, trailing arm, Nylatron
BUSH, trailing arm, Polyurethane
1
1
4
4
4
4
replacement
4 { uprated
4 } alternatives
27
28
29
30
31
32
The replacement of the trailing arm mounting bushes with uprated items can prove beneficial to those owners
requiring a better located rear suspension. By using the uprated bushes improved control of the rear suspension during acceleration and braking can be obtained. The ‘poly’ bush is softer than the nylatron.
516038P
140416
140479
HN2009
JN2109
136758
136758Z
136758
136758Z
155719
Description
MOUNTING, uprated, polyurethane
WASHER, plain, upper
WASHER, lower, link to arm
NUT, plain
NUT, half, locking plain nut
BUMP STOP, on trailing arm
BUMP STOP, on trailing arm, repro’
REBOUND STOP, on chassis
REBOUND STOP, on chassis, repro’
REBOUND STOP, on chassis
Qty.
Req.
Details
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to
2 } (c) CP52867/CC61570.
2 { TR6 from
} (c) CP52868/CC61571.
Telescopic Shock Absorber Conversions
5
6
7
8
TD812
WP8
YN2908
141399
STUD, rear hub unit to trailing arm
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BRACKET, support, inner, 1 notch
12
12
12
2 {
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
See Also; Uprated Suspension & Steering.
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
155502
BRACKET, support, inner, 3 notch
TR6 from
(c) CP52868/CC61571.
9 141398
BRACKET, support, outer, 2 notch
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
141399
BRACKET, support, outer, 1 notch
TR6 from
(c) CP52868/CC61571.
The support bracket fitment changes with the type of rear coil springs fitted. The brackets must be fitted in
sets, in the positions specified, to ensure the correct rear suspension geometry is maintained.
The later type of rear spring (216275) is supplied as a replacement for all TR6 installations as it is slightly
stronger than those originally specified.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
HB926
BOLT, support bracket to chassis
143677
BOLT, support bracket to chassis
WP9
YN2909
HB1029
WM803
TN3210
139363
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BOLT, trailing arm to support bracket
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SHIM, adjusting, bracket to chassis
4 {
}
4 {
}
8
8
4
4
4
a/r
TOOL (Churchill)
a/r
when up to 3 shims
are fitted
when 3 to 8 shims
are fitted
GAC5076
19
138823
138823P
MM695-065
SPRING COLLAR, rubber
SPRING COLLAR, polyurethane
SPACER, 0.625” deep, alloy
4
4
a/r
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, RH, new
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, LH, new
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, RH
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, LH
1
1
1 { reconditioned
1 } exchange
TT3214R
TT3214L
TT3214RR
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, RH, uprated
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, LH, uprated
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, RH, uprated,
Reconditioned. exchange
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, LH, uprated,
1 {
1 |
1 | setting uprated 25%;
| road and competition
1 |
}
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, RH, uprated,
SHOCK ABSORBER, rear, LH, uprated,
SCREW, shock absorber to chassis
WASHER, special
LINK ASSEMBLY, shock absorber
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
MOUNTING, rubber, link to trailing arm
1 {
| setting uprated 50%;
1 | racing use only
}
4
4
2
2
2
4
TT3215R
TT3215L
21
22
23
24
25
26
HU1010
508289
141464
WL210
HN2010
516038
REAR TELESCOPIC CONVERSION KIT
1
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER, ‘Koni’
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER, ‘Spax’
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER, ‘Gaz’
2
2
2
Or Build Your Own
Shock Absorbers
34
35
TT3212
TT3211
TT3213
Rear Telescopic Shock Absorber Brackets
Type 1
TT3218
TELESCOPIC SHOCK CONVERSION
BRACKET SET
1
(all fitting hardware included)
These one piece brackets mount to the lever arm chassis point and outside inner wheel arch. They are easy
to install, but certain combinations of tyre and wheel sizes may cause problems if the body shell is not
aligned to the chassis correctly.
37
TT3225X
38
39
HU1010
508289
BRACKET SET
SCREW, bracket to chassis
WASHER, special
1
4
4
Type 3
improves ride height
GSA286
GSA287
GSA286R
GSA287R
TT3214RL
SPCK29
Type 2
Lever Arm Shock Absorbers
20
33
36
We have remanufactured the special Churchill Spring Compressor tool (GAC5076), but, it can also be used for
fitting new camshaft bearings on some early TR models.
17 214293
REAR COIL SPRING
2 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to
} (c) CP52867/CC61570.
216275
REAR COIL SPRING
2 { TR6 from
} (c) CP52868/CC61571.
TT4212
REAR COIL SPRING, uprated
2
standard ride height
18
Converting to telescopic damper units will improve the ride and suspension making the handling more stable
and predictable under pressure. Kits are supplied complete with brackets, dampers and full instructions. (Uses
Type 1 brackets)
These brackets mount to the inner wing and require minimal bodywork modification to be carried out. Ideal
for road applications.
Coil Springs
NI
Buy a
Spax Telescopic Shock Absorber Conversion Kit
A set of six stepped brackets and fittings to mount up through bodywork and out to inner wheel arch, creating
a new damper mounting point. Brackets take a little longer to install but do strengthen and stiffen the rear of
the body shell and will cope with a greater variety of wheel and tyre variables. Kit contains fittings and
instructions.
40
TT3225
BRACKET SET
1
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID, 500ml
WD40, small
WD40, large
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
(all fitting hardware included).
Consumables
41
42
AAA149M
GGL9038X
GGL9039X
GAC110
GAC111
153317
GT85
GAC100
GAC100/3
LKLPK104
MQC1003
MQC1002
‘Moss’
‘Penrite’ No 1 (Light)
‘Penrite’ No 2 (Heavy)
43
200m
400ml
44
10 fl. oz
45
400ml
46
10ml
3ml
47
25ml. sachet
48
1 litre
.5 litre
To be used as a total rust killer and remover for immersing parts. Ideal for rust treatment on gears, shafts,
special nuts and bolts - anything mechanical in fact. Parts must be degreased first to ensure long life.
182 Rear Axle
Rear Axle 183
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Rear Axle
The original ratio of the axle fitted to the Triumph TR6 Pi is 3.45:1. The simple way to check is by counting the
crown wheel and pinion teeth. The crown wheel will have 38 teeth and the pinion 11. The ratio is arrived at by
dividing the quantity of teeth on the pinion into the quantity of teeth on the crown wheel. Other ratios that may
be discovered fitted are 3. :1 and occasionally 4.1:1. Both of the last incorrect ratios are common to other models in the TR sports car range and the big saloons or estates. The petrol injected Triumph TR sports cars were
the only TR’s to have the 3.45:1 ratio axle as standard fitment.
Selected other models from the Triumph range of the same period were also fitted with the 3.45:1 ratio, i.e., the
Dolomite Sprint and 2.5 Pi (Innsbruck). As there was no ratio change during the production period of the TR6 PI
axle, they are assumed to be interchangeable between model years. This is true if entire units are replaced. If
the internals of a certain model year are used to repair another axle of a different model year problems may be
encountered with non-compatible parts. The major significant change was the replacement of the solid, shim
adjusted pinion bearing spacer for a collapsible type. The other item to change internally was the sun and planet gear sets. The early type had plain teeth, the later ones had a groove machined into their tooth edge to aid
identification and so should be fitted in sets of four when interchanged.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
25
PLUG, oil drain, tapered thread
PLUG, oil drain, straight thread
516629
516629R
516629RX
516629RLX
2
3
4
5
6
7
141360
308223
143472
WM184
WP48
YN2909
8
312061
312061R
312061RX
312061RLX
312060
312060R
312060RX
312060RLX
1 {
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
| TR250 fitted to
| axle no. CTC6241.
1 |
1 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 }
REAR AXLE ASS’Y, (3.45:1), new
REAR AXLE ASS’Y, (3.45:1), with used
crown wheel & pinion, recon/exchange
REAR AXLE ASS’Y, (3.45:1), with new
crown wheel & pinion, limited slip diff’,
1 {
1 |
|
1 | TR5; TR6 Pi models.
|
1 |
|
}
REAR AXLE ASS’Y, (3.7:1), with used
1 {
1 |
| TR250 fitted from rear
1 | axle no. CTC6242;
| TR6 carb. models.
1 |
|
}
These castings sometimes get damaged usually by fragments of wrecked crown wheel and pinion trying to
escape. They are repairable at extra cost.
Alternatively, fit one our Alloy or Magnesium covers.
9 149826
COVER & AXLE MOUNTING, rear
1 { TR250 fitted to rear
10 118826
PLUG, core, breather
1 | axle no. CTC6241;
11 510408
SPLIT PIN, in breather plug
1 } TR5; TR6.
12 149816X
COVER & AXLE MOUNTING, finned
1
‘Alloy’
149816MX
COVER & AXLE MOUNTING, finned
1
‘Magnesium’
13
14
15
16
HU808
WL208
134480
305815
SCREW, rear cover to axle casing
WASHER, locking
GASKET, rear cover to axle casing
HOUSING ASSEMBLY, rear axle,
17
18
19
20
100878
WL209
140419
114774
22G2115
211793
BOLT, bearing cap retaining
WASHER, locking
DOWEL, rear cover locating
PLATE ASSEMBLY, axle mounting
21
8
8
1
1 { Includes bearing caps
} & retaining bolts
4
4
2
1 { alternatives
1 }
1
This is one of the weakest parts of the TR. This pressed steel plate can be thin in certain areas, one of which
coincides with a very high stress area, just inboard of the RH front mounting area. It can be welded and reinforced but should only be repaired by a truly competent welder. Only sound brackets will be accepted for
exchange differentials, though it will be possible to repair a cracked bracket at extra cost.
22
23
24
140007
132856
WN710
WASHER, distance
BOLT, mounting plate to axle casing
WASHER, shakeproof
1
4
4
1
1 alternative
Crown Wheel & Pinion
26
516398
502127
CROWN WHEEL & PINION ASS’Y,
(3.45:1), solid spacer type
CROWN WHEEL & PINION ASS’Y,
1 {
}
1 {
}
TR5; TR6 to
(c) CP52867.
TR250; TR6 to
(c) CC61570.
Crown wheel & pinion sets of varying ratios were offered by the Competition Department at Triumph as follows:
505014
502523
REAR AXLE ASS’Y, (3.7:1),
COVER ASSEMBLY, rear
BRACKET, rear axle
STUD
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
Details
The axle is not provided originally with a drain plug for the lubricating oil. Many axles have been modified by
owners or restorers to incorporate an oil drain plug. From a maintenance point of view the provision of a drain
plug is desirable. Having to remove the axle rear cover to drain and change the oil periodically is inconvenient
bordering on painful.
Rear Axle Assemblies
1
114774
22G2115
Qty.
Req.
503924
515709
27
28
26
100846
100562
100563
100564
140793
140792
140791
UKC547
UKC548
29
156903
SPACER, solid
SHIM, (0.003”), front pinion bearing
(3.45:1), collapsible spacer type
(3.7:1), collapsible spacer type
SPACER, collapsible
1 {
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
}
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
{
|
|
}
{
|
}
{
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
European models:
TR5; TR6 to
(c) CP52867.
TR250; TR6 to
(c) CC61570.
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
alternatives.
TR6 from (c) CP52868.
TR6 from (c) CC61571.
TR6 from (c)
CP52868/CC61571.
The lowest practical ratio for a road car is 4.1:1 even with overdrive fitted.
At 5000 rpm (Std diameter tyre) the respective road speeds are approx.
3.45
109 mph
3.7
102 mph
4.1
92 mph
4.3
87 mph
4.55
83 mph
4.875
77 mph
It is highly recommended that if a low axle ratio is specified the close ratio gears (part no. TT2210, see page 59
for details) should be used. The lower the ratio the better they work.
30
31
32
100897A
100965/3
100966/5
100967/10
156398SHIM
BEARING ASS’Y, pinion head, rear
SHIM, (0.003”), pinion bearing
WASHER, adjusting, (.040”)
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
The shims used to correctly position and pre-load the crown wheel and pinion and bearings did not change from
TR2 to TR6 (including Stag, Sprint and Innsbruck saloons). The IRS axles require a single spacer, in addition,
between the pinion and the pinion head bearing. It is argued that this spacer could be replaced with an equivalent number of shims between the pinion and head bearing as both achieve the same net result. Rebuilding of
many hundreds of differentials has only ever revealed spacers 0.040” thick. No parts book listed this spacer,
though a Triumph service release seems to indicate a range of thickness’ (0.030” to 0.051”) was available, part
numbers 140643 to 140657.
In the absence of full engineering drawings it can only be guessed that the internal machining of the differential casings between solid axle TR’s and IRS versions is different. With the introduction of the 3.45 to 1 ratio in
1967 the pinion teeth would foul the casing in some circumstances due to the larger pinion diameter, but that
doesn’t explain the spacer’s presence from 1965 in the TR4A differential which used 3.7 and 4.1 to 1 ratios. If
the spacer is left in place and the contents of an IRS differential are fitted to a solid axle, the pinion face will
usually foul the hub (or crown wheel carrier) as it rotates.
33
34
100422
140337
140337X
BEARING ASS’Y, pinion tail, front
SEAL, oil, pinion flange, leather
SEAL, oil, pinion flange, rubber
1
1
1
alternative
Leather varies in hardness and is susceptible to leakage. A change to our alternative rubber oil seal is an excellent and economic improvement.
35
138105
FLANGE, pinion
160275
FLANGE, pinion
welded to plate (211793)
1 {
}
1 {
}
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
TR6 from (c)
CP52868/CC61571.
184 Rear Axle
Rear Axle 185
ill. Part Number
No
36
115990
Description
WASHER, pinion flange
Qty.
Req.
Details
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
142333
WASHER, pinion flange
TR6 from (c)
CP52868/CC61571.
37 112635
NUT, slotted, pinion flange
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
38 514773
WIRE, soft iron, locking slotted nut
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP52867/CC61570.
39 159394
*NUT, nyloc, pinion flange
TR6 from (c)
40 UKC725
SHIELD, cap, over pinion nut
CP52868/CC61571.
*The fitment of a slotted nut that is positively locked by wire threaded through a drilled hole in the pinion threaded shank should indicate that an axle is fitted with the earlier crown wheel and pinion set that has a solid bearing spacer adjusted by shims.
ill. Part Number
No
62
63
64
65
Description
139043
138563
21A79
PC13
WASHER
NUT, nyloc, flange to inner axle shaft
NUT, slotted, flange to inner axle shaft
SPLIT PIN, locking slotted nut
Qty.
Req.
Details
2
2
2
2
Rear Axle Repair Kit
66
15
30
33
34
44
54
56
312061K
134480
100897A
100422
140337
110515
134465
138523
REAR AXLE BEARING & SEAL KIT
GASKET, rear cover to axle casing
BEARING ASS’Y, pinion head, rear
BEARING ASS’Y, pinion tail, front
SEAL, oil, pinion flange, axle front
BEARING ASS’Y, differential carrier
BEARING ASS’Y, ball, axle shaft
SEAL, oil, inner axle shaft
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Carrier & Differential Gears
41
42
43
302155
110737
118977
CARRIER, crown wheel & differential
BOLT, crown wheel to carrier
WASHER, locking
1
10
10
Rear Axle Mountings
67
The crown wheel to carrier attachment bolts must be fitted using ‘Loctite’ or similar thread locking engineering
adhesive. (GAC100). The use of the locking washers alone is insufficient. All the bolts must be tightened to the
torque of 46 ft. lbs. as specified in the workshop manual.
44
45
46
110515
110515Z
100894/3
100895/5
100896/10
113187
153384
47
48
102801
113188
153385
49
50
51
056793
142165
139951
142166
139952
160373
139953
160374
139954
160375
139955
160376
139956
100844
111215
SHIM, 0.003”, adjusting bearing
GEAR, side differential, sun wheel;
16 teeth, plain
GEAR, side differential, sun wheel;
16 teeth, with machined groove
WASHER, thrust, differential side gear
GEAR, differential pinion, planet;
10 teeth, plain
GEAR, differential pinion, planet;
10 teeth, with machined groove
THRUST WASHER, (0.046/0.049”)
PIN, cross, differential planet gears
PIN, locating cross pin in carrier
2
2
a/r
a/r
a/r
2 {
}
2 {
}
2
2 {
}
2 {
}
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
alternative.
fit in pairs,
alternative to 153384
fit in pairs,
fit in pairs,
fit in pairs,
Limited Slip Differential
This design of torque sensing differential makes it a worthwhile addition to any competition or fast road car,
allowing maximum drive to both rear wheels giving more grip under hard acceleration. These differentials
(crown wheel carriers) are for fitting inside your own axle. Replaces ill. nos. 41 and 46 to 51.
Alternatively, purchase one of our exchange rear axles - fully reconditioned, complete with brand new limited
slip diff. and crown wheel & pinion. See start of section for details.
52
TT2220
TGK120
LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
LIMITED SLIP DIFF CONVERSION
1
1
includes fitting ‘LSD’ to customer’s own axle, new seals and any other parts fitted as required at extra cost.
Inner Axle Shaft
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
149378
149379
UKC4862
UKC4863
134465
128638
138523
HU806
WL208
149409
134450
143280
INNER AXLE SHAFT, LH
INNER AXLE SHAFT, RH
INNER AXLE SHAFT, LH
INNER AXLE SHAFT, RH
BEARING ASS’Y, ball, axle shaft
HOUSING, oil seal
SEAL, oil, inner axle shaft
SCREW, inner axle to axle casing
WASHER, locking
FLANGE ASS’Y, driving, inner
STONE GUARD, welded to flange
KEY, inner flange to inner axle shaft
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
8
8
2
2
2
{ uses nyloc nut
}
{ alternative;
} uses castle nut
312061FK
312061FKP
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
147783
HB811
WM58
TN3208
134234
TN3209
134235
134235Z
134235P
134236
76
77
134236Z
134236P
134236PX
134234
TN3209
78
140009RK
79
147671
80
147400RK
81
147400
REAR AXLE MOUNTING KIT, includes
rubber front mountings
REAR AXLE MOUNTING KIT, includes
polyurethane front mountings
MOUNTING, rubber
BOLT, mounting rubber to axle cover
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, special, axle mounting
NUT, nyloc, axle mounting to chassis
MOUNTING, rubber, axle to chassis
MOUNTING, rubber, replacement
MOUNTING, polyurethane
MOUNTING RUBBER
(axle to chassis, lower front)
MOUNTING RUBBER, replacement
MOUNTING, Polyurethane
MOUNTING, Polyurethane (Harder)
WASHER, special, axle mounting
NUT, nyloc, axle mounting to chassis
1
1
2
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
axle to chassis (rear)
upper front
uprated
2
2 { uprated
2 }
4
4
REINFORCEMENT KIT,
2
(includes reinforcements & mounting pin)
STUD, axle mounting, front
2
axle mounting, front
REINFORCEMENT KIT,
2
(includes reinforcements & mounting pin)
STUD, axle mounting, rear
2
axle mounting, rear
WD40, small
WD40, large
PENETRATING OIL
GASKET REMOVER
WELLSEAL JOINTING COMPOUND
INSTANT GASKET
ENGINE DEGREASER, ‘Gunk’
ENGINE DEGREASER, ‘Gunk’
HYPOID OIL, 80W/90, .5 litre,
HYPOID OIL, 80W/90, 1 litre,
HYPOID OIL, 85W/140, 1 litre,
LIMSLIP OIL, 85W/140, 1 litre,
200ml
400ml
400ml
400ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
100ml
10ml
3ml
Consumables
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
AG009
GAC110
GAC111
GT85
GEM317
153317
LKLPK104
600569
GAC100
GAC100/3
MRD1178
MRD1187
MRD1040
GUL855
GGL9024X
GGL9023X
GGL9025X
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r {
}
a/r
a/r
85gm
brush-on
aerosol
‘Unipart’
‘Penrite’
‘Penrite’
’Penrite’ for use with
limited slip differentials
98 MQC1003
1 litre
MQC1002
.5 litre
To be used as a total rust killer and remover for immersing parts. Ideal for rust treatment on gears, shafts, special nuts and bolts - anything mechanical in fact. Parts must be degreased first to ensure long life.
186 Propshaft & Drive Shafts
Propshaft & Drive Shafts 187
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Propshaft
The engineers at Triumph were clever enough when they designed the TR2-6 series of sports cars to produce
a gearbox that when fitted with overdrive, was virtually the same length as the non-overdrive version. This is an
absolute bonus for spares stockists of propshafts as ‘one size fits all’.
1 207391
PROPSHAFT ASS’Y
1
grease-able
208075
PROPSHAFT ASS’Y
1 { non grease-able
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
208075E
134778
GUJ102
GUJ102Z
053920
211137
501024
125362
107960
107960X
TN3209
GHF243
PROPSHAFT ASS’Y(recon exchange)
UNIVERSAL JOINT
UNIVERSAL JOINT
UNIVERSAL JOINT, replacement
NIPPLE, grease
FLANGE, yoke
NIPPLE, grease, straight
NIPPLE, grease, 450
BOLT, propshaft
BOLT, propshaft
NUT, nyloc
NUT, ‘Cleveloc’
1 }
2
grease-able
2 { non grease-able
2 }
2
2
a/r
a/r
8
8
upgraded
8
8
Drive Shafts & Hub Units
The two types of outer axle shaft and hub assembly are interchangeable as complete assemblies. The recommended replacement is the later specification shaft that incorporates an outer hub nut positively locked with a
split pin. Regrettably, there is no such thing as an exchange drive shaft. Once the sliding splines wear, the cost
of re-metalling and then precision re-grinding would exceed the cost of a new drive shaft.
9 402347
OUTER AXLE SHAFT & HUB ASS’Y
2 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to
} (c) CR5390/CF15750.
RKC454
OUTER AXLE SHAFT & HUB ASS’Y
2 { TR6 from (c)
} CR5391/CF15751.
10 212293
OUTER AXLE SHAFT ASS’Y
2 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to
} (c) CR5390/CF15750.
TKC853
OUTER AXLE SHAFT ASS’Y
2 { TR6 from (c)
} CR5391/CF15751.
11 TKC853Z
OUTER AXLE SHAFT (Standard)
2
replacement, less flange
TKC853UR*
OUTER AXLE SHAFT (Uprated)
2
with flange & UJ
(*These are Brand New uprated/performance drive shafts that can handle up to 250bhp! Need we say any more)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
145085
140749
142437
211137
213844
140753
140606
140607
144859
GUJ102
GUJ102Z
144825
SLIDING JOINT ASSEMBLY
INNER YOKE & SHAFT
OUTER YOKE & SHAFT
FLANGE, yoke, inner
BOOT, PVC, protecting inner joint
BOOT, rubber, protecting sliding joint
WIRE, binding, large end of boot
WIRE, binding, small end of boot
UNIVERSAL JOINT
UNIVERSAL JOINT
UNIVERSAL JOINT, replacement
NIPPLE, grease
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4 {
4 }
4
slip joint
sliding shaft
grease-able
non grease-able
Be aware the specification for these universal joints can vary and it is hoped that the manufacturer supplies the
correct circlip to achieve the desired tolerance. They don’t always! And ironically it is the best known, Hardy
Spicer (GKN) that seems to have the most difficulty in maintaining tolerance.
22 402347R
REAR HUB UNIT, recon/exchange
2
wheel studs not included
23 210979
FLANGE ASSEMBLY, driving
2 { disc wheel fitment
24
132317
212403
142799
STUD, steel wheels
FLANGE ASSEMBLY, driving
STUD, wire wheels
8 }
2 { wire wheel fitment
8 }
If the drive flange is buckled or has been machined too thin, please don’t expect it to be exchangeable without
extra cost. The original thickness at the rim is 0.3125”. Assuming the diameter has not been reduced, the minimum acceptable thickness is 0.25”.
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
GHK1015
138090
134589
138272
132066
138089
137496
134584
137497
138861
139057
134585
137478
BEARING KIT
SEAL, grease, outer
BEARING ASSEMBLY, outer
SPACER, collapsible
BEARING ASSEMBLY, inner
SEAL, grease, inner
HOUSING, rear hub
ADJUSTING SPACER, solid
STONE GUARD
NUT, adjusting
WASHER, tab
NUT, locking
YOKE & STUB AXLE
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 {
}
2 {
}
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CR5390/CF15750.
UKC643
YOKE & STUB AXLE
TR6 from
(c) CR5391/CF15751.
The yoke and stub axle (UKC643) is manufactured to safety critical specifications and should be used for all
replacements.
ill. Part Number
No
38
39
134591
138563
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
21A79
PC13
WM63
TD812
WP8
YN2908
107960
107960X
TN3209
GHF243
109586
Description
Qty.
Req.
51
52
154470K
154470KSS
154470
154470SS
154466
110366
2
2 {
}
NUT, slotted, driving flange to axle shaft 2 {
2 }
WASHER, nut to driving flange
2
STUD, rear hub unit to trailing arm
12
WASHER, plain
12
NUT, nyloc
12
BOLT, drive shaft inner yoke to flange 8
BOLT, drive shaft inner yoke to flange
8
NUT, nyloc
8
NUT, ‘Cleveloc’
8
WHEEL NUT, disc wheels
8 {
}
NUT & WASHER KIT, chrome, car set
1
NUT & WASHER KIT, stainless, car set
1
WHEEL NUT, chrome
8
WHEEL NUT, stainless
8
WASHER, plastic, wheel nut
8
NUT, special, extension to hub
8
53
217603
217602
SPLINED EXTENSION, wire wheel, LH
SPLINED EXTENSION, wire wheel, RH
47
48
49
50
KEY, axle shaft to driving flange
NUT, nyloc, driving flange to axle shaft
Details
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CR5390/CF15750.
TR6 from
(c) CR5391/CF15751.
upgraded
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000.
TR6 From (c) CP/CC50001.
wire wheels only
It is recommended that these high tensile nuts are both correctly torqued (65 ft/lbs.) and Loctite used when fitted or refitted.
1
1
GKN Roller Axle Shaft
Using the latest design of constant velocity joints and ball bearing sliding shafts, these units reduce the inherent problem with the original sliding spline design, i.e. spline locking. The elimination of universal joints alone
should be sufficient reason to change to these.
54
55
56
TKC853X
TKC853XR
TGK121
ROLLER DRIVE SHAFT
ROLLER DRIVE SHAFT & HUB ASS’Y
BOOT KIT, roller drive shaft
2
2
2
exchange
Drive Shaft Rebuild Kit
57 TGK122
DRIVE SHAFT REBUILD KIT
Kit includes the following items:16 213844
BOOT, PVC, protecting inner joint
17 140753
BOOT, rubber, protecting sliding joint
18 140606
WIRE, binding, large end of boot
19 140607
WIRE, binding, small end of boot
20 GUJ102
UNIVERSAL JOINT
25 GHK1015
BEARING KIT
39 138563
NUT, nyloc, driving flange to axle shaft
40 21A79
NUT, slotted, driving flange
41 PC13
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
non grease-able.
Universal Joint Kits
58
2
7
8
20
46
47
59
GUJ102K
GUJ102
107960
TN3209
GUJ102
107960
TN3209
GAC100
UNIVERSAL JOINT KIT
UNIVERSAL JOINT
BOLT, propeller shaft
NUT, nyloc
UNIVERSAL JOINT
BOLT, drive shaft inner yoke to flange
NUT, nyloc
STUDLOC, ‘Loctite’, 10 ml.
1 { non grease-able.
2 }
8
4
8
8
1
non grease-able.
Consumables
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
GAC100
GAC100/3
153317
GGL9040X
119218
GGL111
GAC110
GAC111
GT85
LKLPK104
MQC1003
MQC1002
GREASE, anti-seize
GREASE, high melt/bearing
GREASE GUN
LITHIUM GREASE
WD40, small
WD40, small
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
10 ml
3 ml
10fl. oz
500 gm
400gm
200ml
400ml
400ml
25ml. sachet
1 litre
0.5 litre
188 RHD & LHD Steering Conversions
RHD & LHD Steering Conversions 189
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
RHD & LHD Steering Conversions
Cables
As we all know most TR’s were produced in left-hand drive form (about 75%). During the 1980s many cars were
imported from the USA into the United Kingdom for conversion into right-hand drive condition. More recently
there is a trend for classic cars to go straight from the US into Europe. There now seems to be a trend towards
conversion of cars fitted with carburettors to fuel Injection in it’s various forms. We have set out what we believe
to be the significant parts involved in conversions to allow bespoke conversion to the condition required.
Listed here are the major items. For individual fixings and further fitment details refer to relevant parts manual
page.
30
149005
160308
149004
160309
214888
219258
214672
218301
ACCELERATOR CABLE, RHD
ACCELERATOR CABLE, RHD
ACCELERATOR CABLE, LHD
ACCELERATOR CABLE, LHD
CHOKE CABLE
CHOKE CABLE
CHOKE CABLE
CHOKE CABLE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1
32
33
GSD169
UKC2873
UKC2873JH
SPEEDOMETER CABLE, 69”
TACHOMETER CABLE, 48”
1
1
1
RHD
LHD
FUEL PIPE KIT, copper
1
1
1
TR5, TR6 to (c) CP50000
TR250, TR6 (c) CC/CF models
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
2
See Electrical
Fascia and Dash Panels
1
2
3
815747
815747SAP
4
5
FASCIA PANEL ASSEMBLY
WOOD DASH PANEL,
with glove box hinges and lock
CUBBY BOX ASS’Y, cardboard
CUBBY BOX ASS’Y, space age plastic
CRASH PAD, lower, LH
CRASH PAD, lower, RH
1 { see Dash & Fascia
1 |
}
1
universal fitting
1
1 { see dash & Fascia
1 }
TR5; TR6 (e) CP models
TR6 (e) CR models
TR6 (e) CR models
31
TR6 (e) CR models
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000
TR6 from (c) CC75001 to
CF12500.
UKC2121*
CHOKE CABLE
TR6 from (c) CF12501
*We recommend the stiff wire type choke cable (UKC2121) for all Stromberg applications.
Fuel Pipes
34
Steering Racks
6
7
8
306829X
306830X
705219
705218
STEERING RACK ASSEMBLY
‘QUICK’ RACK ASS’Y, with fittings
‘QUICK’ RACK ASS’Y, with fittings
BRACKET, steering column strap
1
1
1
1
1
See Steering
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
1
1
1
See Brake System
RHD
LHD
Brake Pipes & Servo Hose
9
10
149329
149330
BRAKE PIPE SET
HOSE, servo to manifold 25” long
HOSE, servo to manifold 30” long
15
146313
125217
122296
148607
308362
308362C
148816
148816C
BRACKET, clutch mounting
DUST COVER, clutch pedal & push rod
PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY
PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY
PIPE, cylinder to flexible hose
PIPE, cylinder to flexible hose, copper
PIPE, cylinder to flexible hose
PIPE, cylinder to flexible hose, copper
Headlamps
35
Miscellaneous Lamps
Clutch Master Cylinder & Pipes
11
12
13
14
HFFK6
HFFK7
HFFK037
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
See Clutch System
RHD
LHD
{ RHD
}
{ LHD
}
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
FLASHER LAMP, front
FLASHER LAMP, front
FRONT/SIDE MARKER LAMP
STOP/TAIL FLASHER LAMP
SIDE/FLASHER LAMP
SIDE & FLASHER LAMP
REPEATER LAMP
TAIL LAMP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
FULL LOOM ASSEMBLY
MAIN HARNESS ASSEMBLY
BODY HARNESS ASSEMBLY
1 {
1 | See Electrical
1 }
TR5; TR250;
see page 135 for
applications
TR6
see page 137 to 139
for applications
Wiring Looms
44
45
46
Column Mounted Switches
Pedals
16
17
18
19
47
148020
148022
148021
148023
214420
148951
BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY
BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH PEDAL ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH PEDAL ASSEMBLY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
159877
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
214444*
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
TR5; TR6 (e) CP models;
LHD.
TR6 (e) CR models,
LHD.
TR250; TR6 (e) CC/CF
models, LHD.
142579
141858
152616
148648
48
141858
158358
142579
147277
158966
SWITCH ASS’Y, lighting, RHD
SWITCH ASS’Y, lighting, LHD
SWITCH ASS’Y, lighting, headlamp
dip main beam and flash, RHD
SWITCH ASS’Y, lighting, headlamp
dip main beam and flash, LHD
SWITCH ASS’Y, indicator
SWITCH ASS’Y, indicator
1 {
1 }
1 {
|
1 |
}
1
1
1
1
1
TR5; TR6 (c) CP models
TR6 (c) CR models
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000
TR6 (c) CC75001 to CF1
TR6 from (c) CF1
RHD
LHD
Indicator & Light Switch Labels
*To convert a North American model accelerator pedal to take a cable, one of the following throttle levers can
be used:
20
21
22
23
TWM32000
TWM32002
TT9918
027645
THROTTLE LEVER, long
THROTTLE LEVER, short
CLAMP
RETURN SPRING, pedal
1 {
1 | alternatives
1 }
1
The selected lever should be slid onto the throttle pedal shaft and locked into position directly under the point
of exit under the bulkhead of the throttle cable. The cable can be attached to the lever using the following
arrangement:
24
25
26
27
28
29
ACC5062
GHF300
PWZ203
GHF200
GHF503
AUE34
LINK PIN
WASHER, plain, 1/4”
WASHER, plain, 3/16”
NUT
SPLIT PIN
TRUNNION ASSEMBLY
1
1
1
1
1
1
Alternatively the cable(s) may be fixed to the pedal shaft using clamp (TT9918) and a couple of trunnions
(AUE34). A final alternative is to modify the existing throttle lever 148500 and some of the hardware selection
above. Whichever choice is made, don’t forget to attach a pedal return spring (027645). These fittings are also
of use when fitting twin choke carburettors.
49
50
51
52
53
611012
611011
611014
611013
621967
54
621968
LABEL, indicator switch, RHD
LABEL, indicator switch, LHD
LABEL, lighting switch, RHD
LABEL, lighting switch, LHD
LABEL, main/dip beam, headlamp
and flasher switch, RHD
and flasher switch, LHD
1
1
1 { TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1
1 }
1 {
| TR6 from (c) CR1
1 |
}
WIPER ARM, straight, drivers side
WIPER ARM, cranked, passenger side
1 { See Electrical
1 }
Wiper Arms
55
56
Refer to Wiper Motor (in Electrical) for notes on how to convert your wiper motor.
Sun Visors
57
58
SUN VISOR, driver’s
SUN VISOR, passenger’s, (with mirror)
1 { See Body Panels 1 } Windscreen & Fittings
TONNEAU COVER, Black
1 { See Hood, Frame
} & Tonneau
Tonneau Cover
59
190 Starter Motor & Fittings
Starter Motor & Fittings 191
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Starter Motors
TR250’s
The Triumph TR5 & TR6 Pi cars were always fitted with a pre engaged type Lucas starter motor of either the
M418G or 2M100 model type. Due to further improvement by Lucas the later type 2M100 model starter is supplied for all replacement purposes. The M418G starter is identified by the Lucas part number 25626 stamped
on the main casing. The 2M100 model is identified by the part number 25647 or 25714 stamped on the main
casing. M418G starter motors have the electrical carbon brushes bearing on the sides of the armature’s commutator in a radial manner. The carbon brushes of the 2M100 bear against an end facing commutator in an axial
manner. The components of the two designs of starters are not interchangeable, the complete starter motor
assemblies are. If you intend to carry out repairs to your own starter motor you must establish which model
starter is fitted by obtaining the information of model type and part number from the starter motor main casing.
These models were fitted with Lucas model M35G-1 starter motors. The factory replaced the early design (which
had radial brushes contacting a ‘side’ commutator) by an all-variants-encompassing starter motor of the later
design (with axial brushes contacting a ‘face’ commutator). The net result was two starter motors of clearly different construction which were, in fact, interchangeable. They may be identified by the following:
Lucas Type M35G (original Triumph part no. 200535): Stamped with Lucas no. 25022.
or 25079, plus suffix between A and H.
Lucas Type M35J: Stamped with Lucas no. 25149.
50 GXE4405
STARTER MOTOR, recon, exchange,
1
TR250
TR5 & TR6
If you wish to repair your own starter motor, you must identify which type is fitted prior to ordering spares for it.
The following is a parts breakdown by Lucas model type.
1
Lucas no. 25149.
GXE4439
STARTER MOTOR, recon, exchange
1
TR5; TR6
This starter motor is the replacement for both types that were originally fitted. The original models and the Lucas
numbers that they were fitted are listed above.
51
52
53
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP53636/CC63895.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
214914R
517466
517467
517462
517465
517463
517464
517468
LU54245339
517469
517470
517461
517459
517460
517473
517475
517454
517455
517456
517472
517471
517457
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
GSB103
509818
517458K
517458
511596
517474
503721
STARTER MOTOR, , recon, exchange
BRACKET, drive end
BUSH, drive end bracket
DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY
BUSH, drive pinion
RING, retaining bush
PLATE, operating lever
WASHER, thrust, drive end
DRIVE RETENTION KIT
COLLAR, thrust
RING, spring, retaining drive
LEVER, pinion engaging
BOLT, lever pivot
NUT, locking pivot bolt
ARMATURE
FIELD COIL SET
COVER BAND, brush gear
SCREW, cover securing
NUT, cover securing
WASHER, thrust, commutator end
WASHER, thrust, commutator end
END PLATE, commutator, includes
1 pair of brushes & armature bush
BRUSH SET, carbon, (pair)
BUSH, commutator end plate
SPRING SET, brush tension
SPRING, brush tension
BOLT, through, fixing
SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
1
1
Lucas nos. 25626A/B
37
38
39
40
218053R
TKC3010R
520458
LU54249562
520465
520456
520455
520457
LU54262658
519558
520460
520461
520454
41
42
520453
520459
43
44
520464
520462
LU76879
520466
32
33
34
35
36
45
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
fabric
attached by studs
1
Lucas no. 25647A/E/F/J
1
Lucas no. 25714A
BRACKET, drive end
1
BRACKET, drive end
1
Lucas no. 25714A
BUSH SET, drive & commutator end
1
PINION LEVER ENGAGING KIT
1
includes pivot pin kit
PIVOT PIN KIT
1
1
1
Lucas no. 25714A
RETENTION KIT, drive end
1
ARMATURE
1
FIELD COIL SET
1
END PLATE, commutator, includes
1
1 pair of brushes & armature bush
BRUSH SET, carbon, pair
1
SEALING KIT, includes solenoid end
1
cap, bellows and brass cap and grommet
BOLT KIT, through fixing
1
SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
1 Lucas nos. 25647A/E/F/J
SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
1 Lucas no. 25714A
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
1
Starter Motor Mounting Hardware
46
47
48
49
HB915
WE609
WL209
HN2009
BOLT, starter motor attachment
WASHER, shakeproof
WASHER, locking
NUT, starter attachment bolt
2
2
2
2
CLIP, retaining mechanism on shaft
SPRING
PINION & SLEEVE, 9 tooth
BUSH SET, front and rear
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, drive end
ARMATURE ASSEMBLY
FIELD COIL SET
BAND, cover
END PLATE
BRUSH SET
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lucas nos. 25022 and 25079.
TR6 from (c) CP53637/CC63895.
31
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
519813
501710
67H5010
BAU5781
519812
37H4675
501714
37H4670
57458
37H4672
GSB105
070391
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
200535R
501709
519813
501710
500892
511290
514023
500892
501711
501712
500927
514025
501714
514026
501715
57458
509817
501706
509819
501708
GSB102
509818
500926
501704
502210
070391
STARTER MOTOR, recon, exchange,
NUT, retaining mechanism on shaft
CLIP, retaining mechanism on shaft
SPRING
PINION & BARREL, 9 tooth
SLEEVE, screwed
SPRING
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, drive end
BUSH, driving end
BUSHING & BEARING, driving end
ARMATURE ASSEMBLY
ARMATURE ASSEMBLY
FIELD COIL SET
BAND, cover
END PLATE, commutator end
END PLATE, commutator end
SPRING SET
SPRING SET
BRUSH SET
BUSH, commutator end
BUSH, commutator end
CAP, shaft
BOLT, through end brackets
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
1
Lucas nos. 25022 and 25079
1
1
alternatives; as fitted
1
25022
1
1 { 25079
1 }
1
alternative
1
1
1
25022
1
25079
1
25022
1
25079
1
1
1
Pressed
1
Die cast
1
for pressed end plate
1
for die cast end plate
1
1
for pressed end plate
1
for die cast end plate
1
25022
2
1
Starter Motor Mounting Hardware
85
86
87
88
89
90
HB917
WL209
WE609
HN2009
102014
104549
131570
BOLT, starter and gearbox to engine
WASHER, locking
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT
SHIM, starter bendix position
MOUNTING SPACER
2
2
1
2
a/r
a/r
1
Pre-Engaged (Geared) Starter Motors
These brand new (non-exchange) starters are high torque, meaning their armatures will not suffer the same
fate as the originals, especially on high compression engines. More reliable by design, they are half the weight
of the original TR6 starter. This brings TR’s (literally) into the millennium. No other parts are required (except possibly part no. 102014 spacer) and these are sold on an outright basis.
91 GXE4405X
STARTER MOTOR, replacement
1
TR250
92 GXE4439X
STARTER MOTOR, replacement
1
TR5; TR6
93 102014
a/r { may be needed to
} obtain correct spacing
Consumables
94
95
96
153317
LKLPK104
GGL111
ANTI-SEIZE GREASE
LITHIUM GREASE
a/r
a/r
a/r
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
400gm
192 Alternator & Fittings
Alternator & Fittings 193
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
217772
217772R
Alternator Mountings (All)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
147899
HU808
WL208
HB839
WP139
147472
147902
143802
147952
UKC646
HU857
WP17
JN2158
HB818
WL208
MOUNTING BLOCK, alternator
SCREW, mounting block to crankcase
WASHER, locking
BOLT, mounting alternator
WASHER, plain
SPACER, front, mounting block
SPACER, rear, mounting block
NUT, self locking, mounting bolt
LINK, alternator adjusting
LINK, alternator adjusting
SCREW, adjusting link to alternator
WASHER, plain
NUT, half, locking screw to link
BOLT, water pump housing
WASHER, locking
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
46
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1701
TR6 from (c) CR1702
213051
213051R
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
38
39
40
41
42
43
517221
515592
515593
517222
517223
509307
517224
517225
517226
517236
517231
517229
517230
517227
517233
517234
517235
GGB503
517189
517228
517237
517190
517191
147530
154334
147990
148416
GEU6609
PX505
WL205
WP5
ALTERNATOR, 15AC Type, new
ALTERNATOR, 15AC Type
BRACKET, driving end
CIRCLIP
O’ RING, oil seal
WASHER, retaining felt
FELT, oil
BEARING, front
ROTOR ASSEMBLY
SLIP RING
BEARING, rear
STATOR ASSEMBLY
RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY
BRACKET, slip ring end
O’ RING, oil seal
SLEEVE, bracket adjustment
BRUSH BOX ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR, Lucas, female
SLEEVE, Lucar, output
BRUSH SET
BOLT, through brackets
COVER
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
NUT, shaft
WASHER, shaft
PULLEY, 3/8” groove, 2 3/4” diameter
FAN
REGULATOR, external, 4 terminals
REGULATOR, external, 3 terminals
SCREW, control box to valance
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1 { 28 amp.;
1 | Lucas no. 23544A/D
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1 { alternatives
1 }
1
1 { alternatives
1 }
2
2
2
44
GEU250
PLUG KIT
1 { use to modify 15AC
} alternator installations
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Plug components and electrical terminals to be used in conjunction with diagram (opposite) and instructions.
GXE8211
GXE8206
ALTERNATOR, recon, exchange
1
1
17ACR type; 36 amp.
18ACR type; 45 amp.
The Triumph TR5 & TR250 was fitted with a Lucas alternator and charging equipment as standard. The original
specified alternator was a 15AC type with an external regulator. This was replaced on the TR6 by alternator types
with internal regulators. The low power output (28 amp) 15AC alternator can be replaced by the later higher output internally regulated type if some minor electrical wiring modifications are carried out. (see Alternator
Terminal Conversion).
Lucas 15 ACR Alternator;
TR6 to (c) CP52785 approx.
45
215346
215346R
ALTERNATOR, new
ALTERNATOR, new
517654
UKC1666
517655
517652
517653
517657
517236
517649
517656
BEARING KIT, drive end
ROTOR ASSEMBLY
SLIP RING
BEARING KIT, slip ring end
STATOR ASSEMBLY
RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY
UKC1658
2 1/4” long
Lucas 15 AC Alternator
TR5 & TR250
15
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Description
1 { 28 amp.; Lucas nos.
1 | 23562A/B, 23563D,
} 23581A/B/E.
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
517650
GGB504
517189
517648
UKC1332
517647
517237
517190
517191
147530
154334
147990
BRUSH BOX ASSEMBLY
BRUSH SET
REGULATOR
SURGE PROTECTOR
COVER
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
NUT, shaft
WASHER, shaft
FAN
Qty.
Req.
Details
1 { 28 amp.; Lucas nos.
1 } 23634A/B/D, 23636A/B/D.
1 {
}
1 {
|
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
1 }
1
Lucas nos. 23562A,
23581A, 23634A, 23636A
Lucas nos. 23562B/D,
23581B/E, 23634B/D,
23636B/D.
Lucas nos. 23562A,
23581A, 23634A,
23636A.
Lucas nos. 23562B,
23562D, 23581B/E,
23634B/D, 23636B/D.
alternatives
Alternator Terminal Conversion
Many TR6s with internally regulated alternators are wired for 5 electrical terminals. The ‘5 terminal’ alternator
design is obsolete and is now replaced by a ‘3 terminal’ type. The following wiring instructions, provided by
Lucas, outline the conversion procedure from the ‘5 terminal’ to ’3 terminal’ type.
• Disconnect battery.
• Cut off wiring terminal plugs from alternator wiring.
• Remove and discard link wire (see illus. above).
• Remove wiring harness tape approximately 1 inch.
• Slide small insulator over remaining IND wire (brown/yellow), and solder to the small terminal.
• Slide large insulator over positive lead wire (brown/white), and solder to the large terminal.
• Separately tape back onto harness, the brown and black wires not used as they are no longer required.
• Connect the small brown/yellow IND wire to the small terminal on the alternator.
• Connect the large brown/white positive lead to either of the two large terminals on the alternator.
• Re-Connect the battery.
Higher output alternators may be substituted for 15 or 16ACR originals without any other alterations being necessary.
65
GEU250
PLUG KIT
1
194 Alternator & Fittings
Alternator & Fittings 195
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Lucas 16 ACR Alternator;
If you exchange your alternator, a 16ACR (part no. GXE8211) will be supplied (34 amp minimum). Should a
higher output be required, your old unit will be accepted in exchange for an 18ACR (45 amp) so you should
specify part number GXE8206.
1
219267
219267R
ALTERNATOR, new
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
UKC1680
517655
517652
517653
517657
UKC1663
NKC486
UKC1658
517650
GGB504
517189
UKC1656
UKC1332
UKC1665
UKC1679
517237
517190
517191
147530
154334
147990
GEU250
ROTOR ASSEMBLY
SLIP RING
STATOR ASSEMBLY
RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY
BRUSH BOX ASSEMBLY
BRUSH SET
REGULATOR
SURGE PROTECTOR
SUPPRESSION CAPACITOR
COVER
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
NUT, shaft
WASHER, shaft
FAN
PLUG KIT
21
22
1 { 34 amp.
1 | Lucas nos. 23747A,
} 23750A, 23795A.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
Lucas no. 23747A only
1
1
1
1
1
1 { alternatives
1 }
1
1
Alternator Terminal Conversion
Many TR6s with internally regulated alternators are wired for 5 electrical terminals. The ‘5 terminal’ alternator
design is obsolete and is now replaced by a ‘3 terminal’ type. The following wiring instructions, provided by
Lucas, outline the conversion procedure from the ‘5 terminal’ to ’3 terminal’ type.
• Disconnect battery.
• Cut off wiring terminal plugs from alternator wiring.
• Remove and discard link wire (see illus. above).
• Remove wiring harness tape approximately 1 inch.
• Slide small insulator over remaining IND wire (brown/yellow), and solder to the small terminal.
• Slide large insulator over positive lead wire (brown/white), and solder to the large terminal.
• Separately tape back onto harness, the brown and black wires not used as they are no longer required.
• Connect the small brown/yellow IND wire to the small terminal on the alternator.
• Connect the large brown/white positive lead to either of the two large terminals on the alternator.
• Re-Connect the battery.
Higher output alternators may be substituted for 15 or 16ACR originals without any other alterations being necessary.
65
GEU250
PLUG KIT
1
Lucas 17ACR & 18 ACR Alternators;
higher output replacements.
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
GXE8211
GXE8206
UKC1666
517655
UKC1664
517653
517657
UKC1659
LU83192
LU83295
LU83166
UKC1658
517650
517651
517189
UKC1656
LU60210096
LU54048364
LU54486144
ROTOR ASSEMBLY
SLIP RING
STATOR ASSEMBLY
RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY, 17ACR
BRUSH BOX ASSEMBLY
BRUSH SET
REGULATOR
SURGE PROTECTOR, 17ACR
SURGE PROTECTOR, 17ACR
SURGE PROTECTOR, 17ACR/18ACR
UKC1665
UKC1679
517237
517190
517191
147530
154334
155948
156891
SUPPRESSION CAPACITOR
COVER
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
NUT, shaft
WASHER, shaft
FAN
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
1 }
1
1
17ACR type; 36 amp
18ACR type; 45 amp
AC Delco Alternators
This is a rare original fitment item used as an alternative to the standard Lucas alternator fitted on most TR6s
to commission number CF1 (1973).
45
23635A/B and 23642A/B
23745A and 23748
23739A/23740A/23860
23635A/B
23642A/B
23745A/23748/23739A
23740A/23860
alternatives
Carb models only
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
217456
217456R
GXE2242R
520281
520283
520282
520284
520285
520286
520287
520280
520291
520292
520293
520294
520295
520296
520297
520298
520299
520300
520301
520302
520303
520304
520305
520306
520307
520308
520288
520289
217464
156364
519667
ALTERNATOR, new
ALTERNATOR recon, exchange
PLATE, retaining bearing
SCREW, plate
COLLAR, alternator shaft, inner
COLLAR, alternator shaft, outer
SLINGER, grease
BEARING, front
ROTOR ASSEMBLY
STATOR ASSEMBLY
TERMINAL
BUSHING
BEARING, rear
SEAL ASSEMBLY
RECTIFIER BRIDGE & INSULATOR
ASSEMBLY
SCREW, bridge mounting
WASHER, plain
WASHER, insulating
DIODE, trim assembly
NUT, diode to bridge
BRUSH HOLDER & TERMINAL
BRUSH SET
SPRING, brush
SCREW, brush holder mounting
REGULATOR
SCREW, regulator mounting
NUT, shaft
WASHER, shaft
PULLEY, 3/8” groove
PULLEY, 1/2” groove
FAN, alternator cooling
1 {
1 | 35 amp
1 }
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
8
4
1
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
alternative
Customers having trouble obtaining an old unit AC Delco alternator for exchange can fit the more common
Lucas unit instead - or break up an MGB GT V8 for its AC Delco alternator.
196 Batteries & Cables
Batteries & Cables 197
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Batteries & Cables
Battery Acid Neutralising Mat
The electrical system and circuit of the Triumph TR5 and TR6 was always negative earth. The battery terminals,
when the battery is fitted in the car should be nearer the engine than the bulkhead, some earlier model TR’s
were opposite to this. The battery earth (negative) terminal is always on the left hand side with its cable connected by one tag to the bulkhead and one tag to a gearbox attachment bolt. These connections provide both
body and power plant battery earth connections from one cable.
Made from special acid absorbent material which neutralises acids as they leak from your battery. It can
be easily cut with scissors to match the shape of any battery.
30 MM241-025
BATTERY ACID NEUTRALISING MAT
1
Battery Filler
A very nice reproduction of the popular period accessory. Makes topping up your battery to the correct level easy
and neat.
1
GBY241D
MM459-400
GBY241X
GBY242X
BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, dry
BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, dry
BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, wet
BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, wet
1
1
1
1
MXV1129X
BATTERY, Non Leak
1
Positive earth
Negative earth
Positive earth
Negative earth
3
1
Classic batteries measure 12” long, 8” high & 6 /4” wide (use with 8 /4” long ‘J’ bolts, part no. 610798).
Non Leak batteries measure 8” long, 6 3/4” high & 51/2” wide
This battery is suitable for all 12 volt applications.
Because this sealed battery will not leak acid - even when split, it really is a must for all road users, especially
when the car is used at speed or for competition.
Its unique safe design also means that it can be shipped by mail-order
3
4
CRST191
AM7301
DECAL, ‘Lucas’
TRAY, battery box liner
1
1
During service different sized batteries may have been fitted to your car compared to that originally specified.
When the physical size of the battery is changed the length of the fixing ‘J’ bolts may also. Below we list the
applications as original and list the lengths, the correct length required should be established and ordered
accordingly.
5
601898K
601898K2
601898K3
6
601898
157910
157740
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
610798
618434
613051
YN2907
WM57
WP127
132068
WL207
602945
517081K
159805K
516508
BATTERY HOLD-DOWN KIT
standard bar with 8 1/4” ‘J’ bolts
BATTERY HOLD-DOWN KIT
standard bar with 7” ‘J’ bolts
BATTERY HOLD-DOWN KIT,
standard bar with 5 3/4” ‘J’ bolts
BAR, battery hold-down,
13” between hole centres.
BAR, battery hold-down,
12 3/4” between hole centres
BAR, battery hold-down, 12” between
hole centres.
‘J’ BOLT, battery hold-down, 8 1/4”
‘J’ BOLT, battery hold-down, 7”
‘J’ BOLT, battery hold-down, 5 3/4”
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain, 1/4” x 3/4” od.
WASHER, plain, 1/4” x 9/16” od.
NUT, wing
WASHER, locking
RUBBER, battery shelf
BATTERY CABLE KIT
BATTERY CABLE KIT
CABLE ASSEMBLY, battery
negative, to earth
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
|
1 |
}
2 {
2 |
2 }
2
2
2 {
2 }
2
4
1
1
TR5; TR250; TR6
to (c) CP75000/CC75000.
TR6 from
CP75001/CC75001.
Cold Climate Heavy Duty.
standard
alternatives
select according to battery
31
LU54029521
BATTERY FILLER
Battery Cut-Off Switches
Lucas Type
32
33
1B2804
MM145-780
MM145-790
BATTERY CUT-OFF SWITCH, ‘Lucas’
remote type
negative earth type
positive earth type
1
negative earth
Terminal Fitting Type
34
GAC3192X
BATTERY CUT-OFF SWITCH
Remote Fitting Type
Battery cut-off switches are not only essential on competition vehicles, they are useful on road cars too. Fitting
one to the main battery cable (between the battery and the starter solenoid) enables you to quickly immobilise
and easily isolate the battery when working on your car. The difference between the two types is that the “race
type” features extra circuitry to protect the alternator when the electrical feed to the engine is cut. It also cuts
the alternator circuit so that the electrical circuit providing power to the engine is cut out - otherwise the engine
can continue to run off the alternator even when the battery is out of the circuit.
35 TT7962
1
race type
36
37
38
39
TT79641
BCS201
TT79621
LUCWB600
KEY, replacement, race type only
CABLE, for TT7962
RING TERMINAL
1
1
1
a/r
road type
‘Dis-Car-Nect’
When leaving your car, simply remove the knob to isolate the starter circuit. The 16 amp by-pass fuse
will maintain current to all other electrical circuits (stereo memories, alarm, etc). Because the starter
draws more than 150 amps, any attempt to connect (hot wire) the starter motor will instantly cause the
fuse to blow. This immobilises the car until the knob is replaced. If this should happen, simply replace
the 16 amp fuse at a convenient time. As an added advantage, the ‘Dis-Car-Nect’ will also prevent battery drain if you intend to store your car, simply unscrew the know and remove the knob.
40 GAC9980X
‘DIS-CAR-NECT’
1
41 GAC9981
KNOB, spare
1
42 GAC9982
FUSE, 16 amp.
1
alternatives
use with wing nut
use 2 stacks of 2
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1
TR6 from (c) CR1/CF1
The fast and easy way to connect your battery cables. Quick Bolts use a clever ‘camming’ system to clamp down
on battery posts. Simply replace the bolts in your cable ends with Quick Bolts and you can connect or remove
the cables without tools.
43
900-015
QUICK BOLT SET, pair
With many cars being left for long periods of time the batteries can suffer from a lack of use. This device is connected to the battery during long periods of inactivity, monitoring the condition of the battery and charging when
necessary. This maintains the battery in tip-top condition reducing the possibility of flat batteries. An optional
connector kit is also available giving you the choice of using a ‘quick plug’ facility rather than crocodile clips.
44
15
16
17
HU805P
WL208
517081
Mini Jumper Cables
18
159805
19
516809
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
518903
518904
143181
508185
506185
145890
115706
GHF2750
GHF2755
LUCWB600
|
}
{ TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1
}
{ TR6 from (c) CR1/CF1
}
{ TR250
}
TR250.
GBY9999X
GAC9983
BATTERY CONDITIONER, battery
CONNECTOR KIT
1
1
optional
Mighty handy when the time comes, Mighty Boost jumper cables are small enough to hide in a map pocket, but
may save you money late one night. Ten foot length, ten gauge wire is more than adequate for occasional use.
Nylon carrying case with Velcro closure keeps cables neat and organised.
45
MM900-060
MINI JUMPER CABLES
1
PriorityStart
Automatic starting protection when you need it! PriorityStart automatic starting protector battery voltage. If there
is a drain taking place (headlights left on, interior light, short in system), at a predetermined level it automatically disconnects the battery leaving enough voltage to start the vehicle. When the operator inserts the ignition
key and turns it to the on position, the unit senses this and automatically reconnects the load. The vehicle starts
and you’ve not had a dead battery. There are no switches, no buttons to push, and no hard wiring. Attaches simply using a plastic strap.
46
for repair purposes
1
Battery Management Conditioner
As opposed to the early TR’s which used a cable to earth the engine to the chassis. TR5s and TR6s used battery cable, part no. 516508, to earth to the bulkhead.
28
1
1
1
Quick Bolt Set
1 {
| TR5; TR250 and TR6
SCREW, earth cable to bulkhead
1
WASHER, locking
1
CABLE ASSEMBLY, battery, positive
1
to starter solenoid
1
to starter solenoid
1
to starter solenoid
BOLT, clamp terminal
2
NUT, clamp terminal
2
CABLE ASSEMBLY, solenoid to starter 1
‘P’ CLIP, insulated, positive cable
1
SCREW, clip securing
1
CLEAT, fir tree
1
BOOT, rubber, solenoid end of cable
1
CLAMP TERMINAL, negative
a/r
CLAMP TERMINAL, positive
a/r
RING TERMINAL
a/r
1
MM459-350
PRIORITY-START
1
WHITE GREASE, aerosol
1
Consumables
47
GEM361
battery terminals
198 Horns, Relays, Radios & Fittings
Horns, Relays, Radios & Fittings 199
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Horn Push Assemblies
1
150277
HORN PUSH ASS’Y, Triumph medallion
2
3
159761
204741
HORN PUSH ASS’Y, Triumph word
CLIP, 3 pronged, horn push retaining
4
5
613766
142534
142534X
CLIP, barbed, horn push retaining
BRUSH, horn contact (2.6”)
BRUSH, horn contact (3.4”)
608462
1 {
}
1
1 {
}
1
1 {
1 }
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1.
TR6 from (c) CR1/CF1.
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1.
as fitted, check length.
SLIP RING, CABLE & INSULATOR
1
RELAY, horn
RELAY, horn
SCREW, relay securing
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1 { alternatives
1 }
2
2
2
2
Horn Relay
7
8
9
10
11
126792
141769A
PX505
WP5
WL205
HN2005
148622/1
148623/1
152763
152764
158139
158140
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
148622/1
144351
607950
148624
HU704
WL207
WP7
HN2007
GGE164K
GGE165
GGE164
607950
HU704
WL207
WP7
HN2007
RX1381
Details
28
29
30
31
32
XKC533
AJM1112Z
AJM1112X
602037
ZKC533
UKC2211
AERIAL, manual retractable
AERIAL, manual retractable
AERIAL, electric retractable
GROMMET
EXTENSION LEAD, radio to aerial cable
SUPPRESSOR, radio interference
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
33
RADIO/M
CLASSIC RADIO, ‘Motorola’,
1
LW/MW 5 button, reconditioned
CLASSIC RADIO, ‘Radiomobile’,
1
LW/MW 5 button, reconditioned
CLASSIC RADIO, ‘Motorola’,
1
AM/FM converted, 5 button, reconditioned
CLASSIC RADIO, ‘Radiomobile’,
1
AM/FM converted, 5 button, reconditioned
{
| alternatives
}
{
}
a/r {
}
Coil and/or fuel pump
fitment
579356A
SUPPRESSOR, radio interference
Alternator fitment;
alternative
Cars fitted with radios may experience interference from other electrical equipment on the car. To lessen
interference, which is heard as a buzz or crackle, suppressors may be fitted to the possible sources. If in
doubt consult your wireless equipment supplier.
RADIO/R
RADIO/MC
Original ‘Classic Radios’ fully restored/overhauled with 12 months warranty. Both Motorola or Radiomobile are
available as either LW/MW (no Radio 2, Classic FM or Jazz FM) or modified to receive FM.
Horn Assembly
148622/2
148623/2
Qty.
Req.
The installation of a radio in the TR5 or TR6 is a simple matter of removing the radio console mounting plate,
connecting the correct wires, fitting an aerial and speakers. The only problem seems to be obtaining a suitable radio that fits the pre formed piercing in the centre dash support console.
RADIO/RC
12
13
Description
Radios & Equipment
Different length brushes are fitted according to different types of steering wheels. Please measure the brush
length before ordering.
6
ill. Part Number
No
HORN, high note, Lucas
HORN, very high note, Lucas
(fitted to bumper brackets)
HORN, post, Clear Hooters
HORN, very high post, Clear-Hooters
HORN, post, Clear-Hooters, LH side
HORN, super post, Clear-Hooters, RH side
HORN, post, Clear-Hooters
HORN, very high post, Clear-Hooters
HORN, post, Clear-Hooters
HORN, high note, Clear-Hooters
BRACKET, horn attachment
SCREW, horn to bumper iron
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT
HORN KIT, replacement
HORN, low note
HORN, high note
SCREW, horn to bumper iron
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT
AIR HORN SET
1 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to
1 | (c) CP50000/CC50000;
} alternative to Clear-Hooters.
1 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to
1 | (c) CP50000/CC50000;
} alternative to Lucas.
1 { TR6 from
1 | (c) CP50001/CC50001
} to CP75001/CC75001.
1 { TR6 from
1 | (c) CP75001/CC75001.
}
1 { French markets only.
1 }
2
TR5 original horns only.
2
TR6 original horns only.
4
4
4
4
1
1 { Replacement type
1 }
2
4
4
4
4
1
34 YKC541
SPEAKER, round
2
35 ZKC412
GRILLE, speaker
2
36 514776
SCREW, speaker and grille attaching
8
37 WP124
WASHER, plain
8
38 WQ305
WASHER, locking
8
39 HN2005
NUT
8
40 ZKC401
BRACKET, cross tie, speaker mounting
1
41 616233
BUFFER, rubber
2
42 FJ2465
NUT, spire
2
43 519651
SCREW, bracket to trim panel
2
44 625529
WASHER, trim
2
45
TRIM PANEL, black, with speaker hole
1
For details of the console trim & speaker supports see Interior Trim.
46
47
48
49
50
617069
BLANKING PLATE, radio aperture
633891
BLANKING PLATE, radio aperture
512462
RMP2312
WP31
WL205
HN2005
SCREW, blanking plate, chrome
SCREW, blanking plate, black
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
{
|
| TR6
|
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
2
2
2
2
2
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CR1/CF1;
(fine grain material).
TR6 from (c) CR1/CF1;
(coarse grain material).
alternative
Headlamp Control Relay Kit
The Triumph TR5 & TR6 electrical system does not include relays in the headlamp dip or main beam circuits.
The omission of relays from these circuits means that the high electrical currents required to power the lamps
runs through the switch gear when the lamps are used. This is contributory to the burning and subsequent
failure of light and dip switch contact points. This situation is aggravated if the original equipment headlamps
are uprated to a higher wattage or supplemented with additional lights, as this increases the current load on
the existing circuit. Another benefit to the installation of operating relays is that of brighter headlamps without
uprating their wattage.
All TR’s from TR2 to TR6 easily lend themselves to the installation of relays to control headlamp operating
power without having to do any butchery to the wiring loom that is non reversible. It also pays back by not
involuntarily melting the dip, flash or main lighting switch. The additional wiring and relays can be easily
tucked out of sight so as not to inflame the wrath of the purists.
51
GAC40254
GAC40252
52
GAC40264
GAC40262
HEADLAMP RELAY KIT
includes fittings & 4 original type relays
HEADLAMP RELAY KIT
includes fittings & 2 original type relays
HEADLAMP RELAY KIT
includes fittings & 4 round type relays
HEADLAMP RELAY KIT
includes fittings & 2 round type relays
1
1
1
1
200 Switches, Relays & Fuses
Switches, Relays & Fuses 201
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Brake Switches
1
2
3
4
134529
WN711
JN2111
149971
AAU1700A
SWITCH, brake light
WASHER, locking
NUT, half, locking switch to pedal box
SWITCH, PDWA valve warning light,
(for original brass body type)
SWITCH, PDWA valve warning light,
(for cast iron body type)
1
1
1
1 {
| LHD models
1 |
}
For information on brake pressure differential actuator valves, please refer to Brake Pipes, Hose & Fittings.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
52
53
54
55
56
BRACKET, dip switch mounting
SCREW, self tapping, switch to bracket
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, switch bracket to bulkhead panel
WASHER, locking
625561
512565
YZ3304
SWITCH, boot light
BULLET CONNECTOR, male, push-on
SCREW, self tapping, switch to body
1 {
1 | TR6
2 }
Courtesy Light Switches
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
625561
512565
YZ3304
627742
YZ3304
YKC940
YKC940Z
YZ3304
SWITCH, interior light, bullet connector
BULLET CONNECTOR, male, push-on
SWITCH, interior light, Lucar connector
SWITCH, interior light, Lucar connector
SWITCH, interior light, replacement
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
TR6 to (c) CP50000/CC50000.
to CR5000.
TR6 from (c) CR5001.
Glove Box Light Switch
15
16
619071
631001
SWITCH, glove box light
BUFFER, rubber
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Flasher Units
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
148645
148621
148645Z
AEU1055
YA304
WP5
FJ2463/4
158209
AEU1055
YA305
621402
148576
FLASHER UNIT, indicators, 2 terminals
CLIP, unit retaining, rectangular
FLASHER UNIT, indicators, 2 terminals
CLIP, unit retaining, round
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT
FLASHER UNIT, indicators
SCREW, self-tapping
SPACER
FLASHER UNIT, hazard, 3 terminals
29
154577
30
31
32
33
34
35
148621
GFU2204
AEU1055
YA304
WP5
FJ2463/4
CLIP, unit retaining, rectangular
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT
{ alternative
}
{
|
|
}
{
}
1 {
}
1
1 {
1 }
1
1
1
German markets only
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1
LHD models.
LHD models.
148570
518995A
PX512
WL205
WP5
GFS3035
FUSE BOX, 4 fuse type (Lucas 7FJ)
COVER, fuse box
SCREW, fuse box attachment
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
FUSE, 35amp, pack of five
58
153052
153109
KX4504
WP5
WL205
HN2005
SWITCH, inertia cut off
CLIP, inertia switch retaining
SCREW, counter
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
WM57
HU505
WP138
WASHER, plain
SCREW, blanking centre bulkhead
WASHER, plain
2 }
2 { LHD only
2 }
REGULATOR, external, 4TR type
REGULATOR, external, 4TR type
SCREW, regulator attaching
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
2
2
2
RELAY, hazard warning
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
RELAY, ignition
SCREW, relay to w/arch closing panel
WASHER, plain
RELAY, horn
RELAY, horn
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
RELAY, overdrive
RELAY, overdrive, alternative
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
Regulators
59
60
61
62
63
148416
GEU6609
PX505
WL205
WP5
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
148643
PX505
WP5
WL205
HN2005
142169
YZ3503
WP5
126792
141769A
PX505
WP5
WL205
HN2005
126792
141769A
509141
WP5
WL205
503627
137630
C22276
GHF116
WL205
SWITCH, headlamp dipping
RUBBER CAP, non slip operation, option
SCREW, switch to bulkhead panel
WASHER, locking
{
| TR5; TR250;
| TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1;
| LHD models.
}
{ alternatives
}
{
}
{
|
|
}
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CR1/CF1.
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1
RHD only.
LHD uses
warning relay fittings.
Reverse Light & Overdrive Inhibitor Switches
82
127380
SWITCH, reverse light
83
84
UKC930
127380
UKC930
502146
516257
SWITCH, reverse light
SWITCH, overdrive inhibiting
SWITCH, overdrive inhibiting
WASHER, switch adjusting
1
1
2
2
2
1
121269
008710
HU503
WP5
WL205
HN2005
121269X
516591
516592
SOLENOID, starter, (Lucas 2ST)
CAP, rubber
SCREW, securing solenoid
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SOLENOID, starter, (Lucas 4ST)
NUT
WASHER, locking
1 {
}
1
2
1
a/r
1
TR5; TR250; TR6
to (c) CR1/CF1.
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1.
1
1
2
4
2
2
1
2
2
{
|
|
|
| TR250
|
|
|
}
Wiring Loom Connector Block
1
1
2
2
2
2
{
|
|
|
|
}
1
1
2
2
{ TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1
}
{ TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1;
} RHD models
TR6 from (b) 51399CP
RHD and,
from (b) 52328CP
LHD.
94
95
150640
554407
CONNECTOR BLOCK, loom
RIVET, ‘Pop’ type, connector block
1 { TR5; TR250; TR6.
2 } to (c) CR1/CF1
Oil Pressure & Water Temp’ Transmitters
96
97
150843
121398
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER, water
for OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
98
159784
for OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1
1 { TR5; TR250; TR6 all CP, CR
} and CC models.
1
TR6 from (c) CF1
VOLTAGE STABILISER
SCREW, voltage stabiliser
1
1
Headlamp Dip Switch
48
49
50
51
(4 terminals) TR5
(3 terminals) alternative
Relays
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
Fuel Cut-Off Switch
42
43
44
45
46
47
{
| TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1;
| LHD models
|
}
Starter Solenoid
Fuse Box
36
37
38
39
40
41
1
2
2
2
2
Details
Use the following hardware to blank the screw holes in the bulkhead for the opposite hand drive car to yours:
57 HU704
SCREW, blanking LH bulkhead end panel 2 { RHD only
Boot Light Switch
5
6
7
609384
YJ2504
FN2045/4
HU705P
WL207
Qty.
Req.
Voltage Stabiliser
99 148876
100 AB604032
202 Standard Ignition System
Standard Ignition System 203
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Distributor Assemblies; Lucas Type 22D6
1
214459
214459R
219243
219243R
TKC762
TKC762R
308460R
217521R
218100R
TKC517R
DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY, new,
Lucas no. 41219
DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY, recon
exchange, Lucas no. 41219
Lucas no. 41501
Lucas no. 41542
1 {
|
1 |
}
1 {
|
1 |
}
1 {
|
1 |
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
GDC115
GDC115Z
501718
GRA102
GCS101
GCS111
GCS1001S
GSC111
GSC1001S
511086
CAP, distributor
1
CAP, distributor, replacement
1
BRUSH AND SPRING, high tension
1
ROTOR ARM ASSEMBLY
1
CONTACT SET (‘points’)
1
1
SCREW, for points
1
CONDENSER
1
SCREW, for condenser
1
LOW TENSION LEAD & INSULATOR
1 {
BLOCK
}
RTC175
LOW TENSION LEAD,
1 {
INSULATOR BLOCK & SHROUD
}
503690
EARTH LEAD
1
GCS1001FK
SCREW KIT, base plate
1
includes screws and washers for base plate, points and condenser
503684
BASE PLATE, contact breaker
1
520152
BASE PLATE, contact breaker
1 {
|
}
RTC718
BEARING PLATE, contact breaker
1
511010
BEARING PLATE, contact breaker
1
511851
FELT PAD, cam spindle lubrication
1
517424
CAM
1
511852
CAM
1
LU54413923
CAM
1
517176
CAM
1
LU54414859
CAM
1
LU54413780
CAM
1
LU54413186
SPRING SET, automatic advance
1
LU54415920
1
LU54426278
1
513861
1
LU54423078
1
LU54424202
1
LU54426281
1
TT1903
1
LU54413922
WEIGHT, automatic advance
2
LU54426278
2
517177
2
LU54415784
PLATE, shaft and action
1
515862
PLATE, shaft and action
1
517426
ADJUSTER, micrometer
1
RTC1425
VACUUM UNIT
1
515859
VACUUM ADVANCE UNIT
1
511014
SPRING, micrometer adjustment
1
511013
NUT, knurled, micrometer adjustment 1
Description
24
VACUUM RETARD UNIT
VACUUM RETARD UNIT
VACUUM RETARD UNIT
TACHOMETER DRIVING KIT
GEAR, tachometer driving
GASKET
BUSH, tacho drive gear
O’ RING, sealing distributor to engine
DOG, driving distributor
PIN, roll, drive dog to shaft
BUSH, distributor shaft
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
CLAMPING PLATE ASSEMBLY
CLAMPING PLATE ASSEMBLY
BOLT, distributor clamping
NUT
WASHER, locking
SHIELD, suppression
SHIELD, suppression
1
Lucas no. 41202
1
Lucas no. 41352
1
Lucas nos. 41385; 41558
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
cut to fit
1
1
1
TR5; TR6 CP/CR models
1
TR250; TR6 CC/CF models
1
TR5; TR6 (e) CR1
1
TR6 from (e) CR1
1
TR250; TR6 CC/CF models
1
1 { TR5; TR6 CP/CR models
1 }
1
TR5; TR6 (e) CR2845
1
TR6 from (e) CR2846
LOW TENSION LEAD, coil to distributor,
2 female Lucar end terminals
LOW TENSION LEAD, coil to distributor,
1 female and 1 male Lucar end terminal
HIGH TENSION CABLE SET, green
with straight connectors into cap
HIGH TENSION CABLE SET, green
with 900 connectors into cap
HT LEAD SET, Black
HT LEAD SET, Black Silicone
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
TR5; TR6 (e) CR1.
TR6 from (e) CR1 to
CR2845.
TR6 from (e) CR2846.
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC58360.
35
TR6 from (e) CC58361
to CC75000.
to CC85737.
TR6 from (e) CF1.
Distributors are available on a ‘one for one’ reconditioned exchange basis. If you have any queries as to the distributor you have fitted or should have fitted please contact us for help. Carburettor specification distributors as
fitted to the Triumph TR6 are curious in the fact that they have both a vacuum retard and advance or just a retard
unit fitted. These distributors are otherwise externally similar to the TR6 Pi item. The internal mechanical
advance specification is far from similar between the PI and carb. distributors. It is not beyond specialist capabilities to convert the advance curve of the carb mechanism to match the Pi’s. All TR5; TR250 and TR6 distributors featured a tachometer drive - this is unique to the TR range.
2
ill. Part Number
No
36
37
38
39
517178
LU54423098
RTC1423
520940
515864
515866
515867
513682
513679
057992
606895
501728
508534
059766
519935
RTC289
058499
CN6
HU805
WL208
149992
RTC1424
Qty.
Req.
Details
Ignition Leads
40
125957
518688
41
GHT144
GHT156
standard
fast road/competition
HMP222001
TT1272
TR5; TR6 (e) CR1/CF1.
TR6 from (e) CR1/CF1.
TR5; TR250;
TR6 (e) CR5000/CF12500.
TR6 from
(e) CR5001/CF12501.
standard
High performance
Ignition Coil
TR5; TR6 to (e) CR1;
TR250; TR6 (e) CC/CF models.
TR6 from (e) CR1.
Lucas nos. 41219A; 41202A.
Lucas nos. 41202B;
41306A; 41352A; 41385A;
41558; 41502; 41542.
TR5; TR6 CP/CR models.
TR250; TR6 CC/CF models.
Lucas no. 41219
Lucas no. 41501
Lucas no. 41542
Lucas no. 41202
Lucas no. 41352, 41385
Lucas no. 41558
Lucas no. 41219
Lucas no. 41501
Lucas no. 41542
Lucas no. 41202
Lucas no. 41352
Lucas no. 41385
Lucas no. 41558
(set of 5 springs)
Lucas no. 41219; 41542
Lucas no. 41501
TR250, TR6 CC/CF models
TR5, TR6 CP/CR models
TR250, TR6 CC/CF models
TR5, TR6 to (e) CR1
TR6 from (e) CR1
Lucas no. 41202
A vacuum advance unit is fitted to the distributors of all (e) CR models. The unit is not connected to a vacuum
supply and therefore provides no ignition advance nor retard.
42
GCL110
GCL111
TT2981
TT29812
IGNITION COIL, 12 volt
IGNITION COIL, 6 volt (ballasted)
IGNITION COIL, sports, 6 volt (ballasted)
1
1
1
1
43
44
45
46
CRST156
HU804
WL208
WP8
DECAL, ‘Lucas’, for coil
SCREW, coil to cylinder block
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
2
2
2
N9YCC
N12YCC
BP5ES
BP6ES
BP7ES
SPARK PLUG, ‘Champion’, original
SPARK PLUG, ‘Champion’, hotter
SPARK PLUG, NGK
SPARK PLUG, NGK
SPARK PLUG, NGK
BP7ECS
SPARK PLUG, NGK
6
6
6
6
6 {
}
6
TR5; TR6 (e) CR1/CF1
TR6 from (e) CR1/CF1
TR5; TR6 (e) CR1/CF1
TR6 from (e) CR1/CF1
The 6 volt (ballasted) coil system was introduced on CR/CF models to assist with cold starting in seriously cold
winter spells and climates (as the amperage from the coil is doubled). For an even more generous spark the 6
volt sports coil can be substituted here.
For those who wish to eliminate the ballasted system and return to a 12 volt coil system, the ballast resister can
be bypassed by running a suitable grade wire from the fuse box straight to the coil, having removed the existing coil feed (from the ballast resistor). Fuse box outlet terminal number one should be used as on earlier applications.
Spark Plugs
47
lead free conversions
standard heat range
models with increased
compression ratio
competition only
Service Kits
Please enquire for North American applications.
48
TGK140
49
TGK141
SERVICE KIT, inc. contact set
1 { TR5; TR6 CP/CR models;
plugs, condenser, oil filter (canister type),
| cars with standard
air filter, fuel filter & fan belt
} oil filter.
SERVICE KIT, includes contact set,
1 { TR5; TR6 CP/CR models;
plugs, condenser, oil filter (spin-on type),
| cars with a spin-on
air filter, fuel filter and fan belt
} oil filter conversion.
Consumables
50
51
52
53
153317
LKLPK104
GAC110
GAC111
GT85
ANTI-SEIZE GREASE
WD40, small
WD40, large
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
200ml
400ml
400ml
204 Uprated Ignition System
Uprated Ignition System 205
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Uprated Distributors
Lumenition Ignition Systems
Also available is a range of re-designed advance curve units based on work carried out to your own unit only.
Supplied as renovated units with changed advance curve, contact Points based.
Lumenition Electronic Ignition Kits are well known as being among the finest after-market electronic ignition
systems available. Installation requires a distributor adaptor kit, comprising a chopper and hardware, and a
power module with optical switch: the optical switch and chopper fit into the distributor replacing points and
condenser, the power module is an electronic device which receives a pulse from the optical trigger and switches the coil. The optical trigger eliminates contact bounce, arcing, mechanical wear and spark splatter, reducing
maintenance and increasing reliability. With minimal wiring and modifications this kit is very discreet.
A performance Ignition system is also available, supplied with a power module matched to a high output coil.
The ‘Microcircuit’ control of the coil current gives optimum performance across high engine speed ensuring
maximum spark energy at the coil. An adaptor kit is also required.
1
TT1271E
DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY, UK
DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY, UK
1 {
}
1 {
|
|
|
}
1 {
|
|
|
}
1 {
|
}
modified engine using
vacuum advance unit.
TT1273E
modified engine not
having or needing
vacuum advance unit;
e.g. Webers and some
injection models.
215512R
DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY, USA
Carburettor models
standard or mild
modified with SU carbs
and with a vacuum
advance unit.
TT1771X
DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY, USA
Carburettor models
as above but vacuum
retard unit.
All TR5; TR250 and TR6s were originally fitted with 22D distributors, with a mechanical tachometer drive, which
makes them unique to the TR range. In the event of failure (due to fracture, for instance) a 45D unit may be used
but this will not have the tachometer drive, so an electronic tachometer would have to substituted.
Uprated Contact Set
2
3
GCS111
GCS1001S
7
8
9
10
PMA50
MK006
CEK150
LFK116
LFK117
1
1
1
1
1
for 22D distributors
Lumenition ‘Magnetronic’ Ignition System
Designed as a budget electronic conversion for owners requiring the original look. All parts are neatly contained
within the distributor unit. The system utilises the proven ‘Hall Effect’ magnetic pick-up and a unique triggering
device. There are not any touching or wearing components, ensuring timing will remain accurate once installed
11 MTK005
MAGNETRONIC IGNITION KIT
1
MTK006
MAGNETRONIC IGNITION KIT
1
MTK106
SCREW, for points
POWER MODULE
MOUNTING BRACKET, power module
PERFORMANCE IGNITION KIT
FITTING KIT
FITTING KIT
INSTRUCTION SHEET
1
1 { Fast road/competition
1 } 22D distributor only
Newtronic Ignition Kit
High Tension Lead Sets (Silicone)
Changing High Tension Leads is often overlooked during routine servicing. The core of an high tension lead can
break down after prolonged use, leading to less than satisfactory performance. Changing the high tension leads
will ensure the spark plugs are receiving the maximum energy possible, providing that the rest of the ignition
system is in good condition, creating the strongest spark.
We stock standard lead sets as listed in the previous section or Silicone High Performance Leads listed here.
The Silicone Leads transmit greater energy to the spark plug creating a stronger spark. Also, the silicone insulation is able to withstand higher temperatures and damp ingress, improving reliability. These leads are recommended for any modified cars.
4
TT1272
SILICONE HT LEAD SET
Newtronic (formerly Piranha) offers all the benefits of a full electronic ignition utilising an optical trigger pick-up
operated via a scanning disc mounted on the distributor shaft. Kits are complete with a switch unit and adaptor kit. For fast road/competition use a Gold Switch unit and adaptor kit with a 12V sports coil.
12 TT2970
NEWTRONIC IGNITION KIT
1
TT2971
NEWTRONIC IGNITION KIT
1
13 TT2980-01
ADAPTOR KIT
1
TT2980-09
ADAPTOR KIT
1
14 TT2977
POWER PACK, standard
1 { replacement
TT2978
POWER PACK, ‘Gold’
1 }
1
Lucas Sports Coils
If you want improved ignition performance and the originality of Lucas electrics, the sports coil is for you. 40,000
volt output gives more reliable starting power, and greater performance at high rpm.
5
TT2981
TT29812
IGNITION COIL, sports, 6 volt (ballasted)
1
1
The 6 volt (ballasted) coil system was introduced on CR/CF models to assist with cold starting in seriously cold
winter spells and climates (as the amperage from the coil is doubled). For an even more generous spark the 6
volt sports coil can be substituted here.
For those who wish to eliminate the ballasted system and return to a 12 volt coil system, the ballast resister can
be bypassed by running a suitable grade wire from the fuse box straight to the coil, having removed the existing coil feed (from the ballast resistor). Fuse box outlet terminal number one should be used as on earlier applications.
Spark Plugs
Spark Plugs should be replaced a regular service intervals. NGK spark plugs are renowned as being a high quality spark plug giving good performance over a wide operating temperature range, a strong spark and long life.
6
BP5ES
BP6ES
BP7ES
SPARK PLUG, NGK
SPARK PLUG, NGK
SPARK PLUG, NGK
BP7ECS
SPARK PLUG, NGK
6
6
6 {
|
}
6
lead free conversions
standard heat range
models with increased
compression ratio
cylinder heads
competition only
206 Windscreen Wiper System
Windscreen Wiper System 207
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Wiper Motor Assembly (TR5 & TR250)
1
12
514821
514821R
511094
511001
508169
508170
57492
511095
511003
511006
511096
511078
505869
17H5431
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
17H5431X
611169
HU707P
WL207
WM57
HU704
WL207
WM57
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
22
23
508182
RTC202
503951
131101
24
25
26
131151
108860
AAU1909
27
28
29
30
131155
LU72850
LU153511
519919
31
32
33
511071
511070
112740
CROSS HEAD & RACK
CROSS HEAD & RACK, cut to 28 13/32”
FERRULE, rack outer tube to motor
RACK TUBING & NUT
(motor to first wheelbox)
RACK TUBING, wheelbox to wheelbox
RACK TUBING, second w/box extension
RACK TUBE & NUT
(must be cut to length and flared)
GROMMET, rack tubing through bulkhead
WHEELBOX ASSEMBLY
NUT, wheelbox retaining, 6 sided
WASHER JET & BUSH KIT, includes
2 upper & lower bushes and 2 jets
UPPER BUSH & JET, LH
UPPER BUSH & JET, RH
JET ONLY
1
1
1
1
alternative
1
1
a/r { ‘bulk’ alternative to items
} 23, 24 and 25
1
2
2
1
47
37
38
39
40
131105
131106
131111
GWB219B
148574
148573
148572
131107
131108
131111
GWB219B
GWR102
WIPER BLADE, bright finish
WIPER BLADE, bright finish, replacement
WIPER BLADE, satin finish
WIPER BLADE, bright finish, replacement
WIPER BLADE REFILL, pair
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
148418
SWITCH, rocker, windscreen wiper
SWITCH, rocker, windscreen washer
55
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
{
|
|
}
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
1
1
44
45
46
517621
517621R
517643
517644
WIPER MOTOR, new
WIPER MOTOR, recon, exchange
ARMATURE
BRUSH GEAR & PLATE
58
59
60
625613
108860
AAU1909
61
62
63
64
131155
LU72841
520205
519919
65
66
67
511071
511070
112740
RTC198
BRUSH GEAR & PLATE
517645
PARKING SWITCH, screw on type
520160
PARKING SWITCH, clip on type
SHAFT, GEAR & LINK
SHAFT, GEAR & LINK
1
1
RHD
LHD
MOUNTING KIT
PAD, wiper motor mounting
STRAP & RUBBER, motor retaining
RUBBER STRIP
SCREW, wiper motor attaching
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
CROSS HEAD & RACK
CROSS HEAD & RACK, cut to 28 13/32”
FERRULE, rack outer tube to motor
RACK TUBING & NUT,
motor to first wheelbox
RACK TUBING, wheelbox to wheelbox
RACK TUBING, second w/box extension
RACK TUBE & NUT,
(must be cut to length and flared)
GROMMET, rack tubing through bulkhead
WHEELBOX ASSEMBLY
NUT, wheelbox retaining, 8 sided
2 upper and lower bushes and 2 jets
JET ONLY
1
1
1
1
alternative
1
1
a/r { ‘bulk’ alternative to items
} 57, 58 and 59
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
Wiper Arms & Blades (TR6)
68
69
70
71
72
73
TR5; TR250 LHD;
bright finish, alternative
see page 145.
1 { supplied without shaft,
1 } gear and link
1
1 { Lucas nos. 75664A and
} 75664B.
1 { Lucas nos. 75664D and
} 75664F.
1 { Lucas nos. 75664A and
} 75664B.
1 { Lucas nos. 75664D and
} 75664F.
150846K
150844
150846
150845
HU704
WL207
WP7
56
57
TR5; RHD,
bright finish
TR5; TR250 LHD,
satin finish
517622
517646
503604
RTC202
518138
625614
1
1
2
Wiper Motor Assembly (TR6)
43
Details
Wiper Wheel Boxes & Washer Jets (TR6)
Wiper/Washer Switches (TR5 & TR250)
41
42
Qty.
Req.
The shaft gear and link assemblies incorporate a plastic ramp section that activates the parking switch. The
plastic ramp is detachable from the assembly so care must be taken not to convert your RH steering shaft, gear
and link assembly into a LH steering one. The positioning of the switch ramp in relation to the link drive crank
pin determines which side of the screen the wipers are caused to park. And that’s the difference between
517622 & 517646 ....
Wiper Arms & Blades (TR5 & TR250)
34
35
36
Description
letter can be A, B, D or F. The switches are not interchangeable due to casting differences of the motor bodies.
WIPER MOTOR, new
1
WIPER MOTOR, recon, exchange
1
COVER, end
1
BOLT, fixing casing
2
BRUSH GEAR ASSEMBLY
1
BRUSH SET, carbon
1
SPRING, brush tension
1
COIL, two speed type
1
ARMATURE
1
SWITCH, self parking, cap & ring
1
ROD, connecting gear to rack
1
SHAFT & GEAR ASSEMBLY
1
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
1
MOUNTING KIT, wiper motor to bracket
3
(includes 1 stud, 2 washers, 1 nut & 1 rubber grommet)
GROMMET, wiper mounting
3
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, wiper motor
1
SCREW, bracket to bulkhead lower panel 2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
SCREW, bracket to bulkhead bracket
1
WASHER, locking
1
WASHER, plain
1
Wiper Wheel Boxes & Washer Jets (TR5 & TR250)
21
ill. Part Number
No
74
151886
151888
151883
151886B
151888B
GWB118
GWB118Z
159687
159686
159688
159687B
159686B
GWB180
151887
151885
151883
151887B
151885B
GWB118
GWB118B
159684
159685
159688
159684B
159685B
GWB180B
GWR102
1
1
2
1
1
2
WIPER BLADE, bright finish, replacement 2
1
1
WIPER BLADE, black finish
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
WIPER BLADE REFILL, pair
1pr
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
{
|
}
{
|
}
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
{
|
}
{
|
}
TR6 to (c) CR1;
RHD, satin finish.
TR6 to (c) CR1;
RHD, bright finish.
alternative
TR6 from (c) CR1;
RHD, black finish.
TR6 from (c) CR1;
RHD, black finish
alternative.
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1;
LHD, satin finish.
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1;
LHD, bright finish
alternative.
LHD, black finish
LHD, black finish,
alternative.
Wiper/Washer Switches (TR6)
75
76
77
SWITCH ASSEMBLY, wiper/ washer
1 {
1 | see pages 145 to 151
1 }
RAIN-X TREATMENT
1
Consumables
78
GAC9995X
207ml
The type of parking switch required for your wiper motor can be identified by the letter suffix used after the
Lucas part number (which is a five digit number 75664) stamped on the raised round section of gearbox lid. This
208 Windscreen Washer System
Windscreen Washer System 209
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Washer Bottles
1
211710
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
514208
514209
514210
514211
514212
514213
514214
514223
10
TKC909
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
GWW111
GWW125
GWW202M
GWW506
GWW914
GWW957
514223
18
215822
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
514208
514209
514210
514211
518263
518264
518264X
518265
27
215822X
35
566293
36
502452
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Washer Tubing (TR6)
WASHER BOTTLE, PUMP, LID &
BRACKET ASS’Y, oval bottle
MOTOR, PUMP & LID ASSEMBLY
MOTOR
BRUSH SET
ARMATURE
PUMP & LID ASSEMBLY
BOTTLE, oval
FILLER CAP
BRACKET & STRAP ASSEMBLY
1 {
|
1 |
1 |
1 | TR5; TR250; TR6 to
1 | (c) CP50000/CC50000;
1 | original.
1 |
1 |
1 }
47
48
49
50
51
625862XK
604146M
GWW202M
625862
GWW411
604132M
GWW202M
061917
‘T’ PIECE & TUBING KIT, PVC
TUBING, pump to ‘T’ piece, neoprene
TUBING, pump to ‘T’ piece, PVC
‘T’ PIECE, between pump & nozzle
TUBING, ‘T’ piece to jet, neoprene
TUBING, ‘T’ piece to jet, PVC
GROMMET, tubing into plenum
1
a/r
a/r
1
1
a/r
a/r
1
per metre
per metre, alternative
alternative
per metre
Converting Your Wiper Motor to either RHD or to LHD
BRACKET ASS’Y, oval bottle
PUMP MOTOR & LID ASSEMBLY
MOTOR
TUBING, pump delivery, per metre
NON RETURN VALVE, inlet to pump
BOTTLE, oval
FILLER CAP
BRACKET ASS’Y square bottle
MOTOR, PUMP & LID ASS’Y
MOTOR
BRUSH SET
ARMATURE
PUMP & LID ASSEMBLY
BOTTLE, BRACKET & STRAP
BOTTLE, square
1 {
|
1 |
1 | TR5; TR250; TR6 to
a/r | (c) CP50000/CC50000;
1 | replacement.
1 |
1 |
1 }
The wiper motor will need to be reset as RHD & LHD versions park on opposite sides of the car. The conversion
is simple. Remove the top cover plate on the motor and reuse the large gear. There is a peg inserted in this gear
which determines the park position. Split the halves of the gear and rotate by 180° before reconnecting them
and re-assembling into the motor. Check that the motor is correct for your TR; it should be stamped 1300 for
TR5s and TR250s and 1150 for TR6s to give the correct sweep. See page 141 if it is not.
1 {
|
1 |
1 |
1 | TR6 (c) CP50001/CC50001
1 | to CR1/CF1.
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 }
1 {
BRACKET ASS’Y square bottle
|
28 GWW111
PUMP MOTOR & LID ASSEMBLY
1 |
29 GWW125
PUMP MOTOR ONLY
1 |
30 GWW202M
TUBING, pump delivery, per metre
a/r | TR6 from (c) CR1/CF1.
31 GWW506
NON RETURN VALVE, inlet to pump
1 |
32 518264
BOTTLE, BRACKET & STRAP
1 |
33 518264X
BOTTLE, square
1 |
34 518265
1 }
All washer bottles and assemblies are interchangeable between models.
FASTENER ASS’Y, ‘Rawlnut’ & screw
(washer bottle bracket to body)
WASHER, plain
3
3
The ‘Rawlnut’ supplied today includes a screw cut with a metric thread, not the original No.10 unf with 32 tpi.
37
159370
WIRE (Electrical), washer motor
1
2 upper and lower bushes and 2 jets
JET ONLY
1
Washer Jets
38
519919
39
40
41
511071
511070
112740
1
1
2
Washer Tubing (TR5; TR250)
42
43
44
45
46
612601XK
604146M
GWW202M
612601
GWW404
604132M
GWW201M
061917
‘T’ PIECE & TUBING KIT, PVC
TUBING, pump to ‘T’ piece, neoprene
TUBING, pump to ‘T’ piece, PVC
TUBING, ‘T’ piece to jet, neoprene
TUBING, ‘T’ piece to jet, PVC
GROMMET, tubing into plenum
1
a/r
a/r
1
1
a/r
a/r
1
per metre
alternative
per metre
210 Headlamps & Driving Lamps
Headlamps & Driving Lamps 211
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Headlamps (Standard)
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
PL700 Lucas Tripod Headlamps
See also Accessories.
1
512223
BHM7199
514579
512224RH
512224
512244
BAU1177A
2
3
4
GLU101
GLU104
514578
512241RH
512241
GLU515
5
6
7
GLB410
GLB411
GLB2983
501478
BAU2111
8
27H5976
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
600226A
605953
GLB6501
GLB233
27H8263X
BHM7058
512987
507086
513265
520080
SML3Z
SML3P
512222
119072
119072Z
BAU1460TR
BAU1460
500929
RTC465
21G9057
37H7421A
YF7406
WP4
FC2804
569313
504806
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
HEADLAMP ASS’Y, sealed beam
with pilot lamp
HEADLAMP ASS’Y, P45T asymmetric
with clear bulb
with yellow bulb
with pilot lamp
LIGHT UNIT, sealed beam
with pilot window
LIGHT UNIT, P45T asymmetric
with pilot hole
BULB, P45T, clear
BULB, P45T, cadmium yellow
BULB, P45T, clear, quartz halogen
ADAPTOR, Lucar type, with cable
for sealed beam with pilot
for P45T with pilot
ADAPTOR ONLY, for Lucar terminals
CONNECTOR, bullet
BULB, pilot, capless
BULB, pilot, bayonet fitment type
BUCKET, BOWL & RIM ASSEMBLY
ADJUSTER KIT
OUTER MOUNTING RIM, chrome
SCREW, retaining outer rim
INNER MOUNTING RIM
HEADLAMP BUCKET, metal
HEADLAMP BUCKET, metal
HEADLAMP BUCKET, plastic
GASKET, rubber, bucket to body
RIM, headlamp, spring clip fitting
RIM, headlamp, spring clip fitting
CLIP, spring, rim retaining
CLIP, spring, rim retaining
RIM, headlamp, screw fitting
SCREW, rim retaining
WASHER, rubber
CLIP, rim screw retaining
SCREW, self tapping, lamp to body
WASHER, under screw
SPIRE NUT
RIVET, ‘pop’ headlamp to wing
SLEEVE, plastic, protecting lamp wiring
2 {
2 | RHD
}
2
LHD
2
RHD
2 {
|
2 | LHD
|
2 |
}
2 {
2 | RHD
}
LHD
2
2
RHD
2 {
2 | LHD
}
2 { 45/40 watt
2 } (France)
2
60/55 watt
2
2
2
2
2
6
2
2
2
2
2
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
6
6
2
35
36
37
38
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
LHD France
For those of you who find the standard headlamps on your TR inadequate for today’s high speed night driving,
convert your car to modern halogen bulb, asymmetric beam headlamps. The headlamp units are direct
replacements for existing sealed beam or tungsten bulb units. We offer both Wipac Quadoptic H4 and Lucas
H4 in RH or LH drive versions.
Halogen headlamp sets are supplied as vehicle sets
39
GAC4023
GAC4023Z
GAC4022
LULUB802
WPS4699
MGE203
LUCAS H4, (inc. bulbs) with pilot
WIPAC H4, (inc. bulbs), with pilot
WIPAC H4, (inc. bulbs), no pilot
LUCAS H4, (Less bulbs, with pilot
WIPAC H4, (inc. bulbs), with pilot
WIPAC H4, (inc. bulbs) no pilot
1
1
1
1
1
1
40
GLB472
GLB476
GLB484
BULB, H4 halogen, clear
BULB, H4 halogen, cadmium yellow
BULB, H4 halogen, clear
(Check Local Regulations)
BULB, ‘Xenon’, H4 halogen, clear
2 { twin filament
2 } 60/55W
2 { 100/80W
} twin filament
2 { 60/55W, 30% brighter
} twin filament
1 {
}
41
152077
CONVERTER KIT, for RHD lamps,
on LHD roads (halogen lamps only!)
{
| RHD
}
{
| LHD
}
Headlamp Stone Guards
‘Lucas’
reproduction
alternative
42
43
000011
GAC8000X
44
501703
alternative
45
501702
57H5322
{
| alternatives
|
}
46
47
alternative method of fitting
STONE GUARD, bolt-on
STONE GUARD SET, clip-on
2
1
Fog & Driving Lamps
Lucas SLR & SFT
Lucas
reproduction
For those owners who prefer the attractive and popular ‘tripod’ units, we are pleased to offer both the P700 &
PL700 light units. The ‘PL’ units meet with standard TR5 & TR6 specification requirements for all markets NOT
requiring a sealed beam unit and is also up-gradeable to Halogen or Xenon. Both types utilise standard headlamp buckets.
506370X
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, P700 ‘tripod’
2
RHD
506372X
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, P700 ‘tripod’
2
LHD
31 LU555296
LIGHT UNIT, P700 ‘tripod’
2
RHD
LU554308
LIGHT UNIT, P700 ‘tripod’
2
LHD
32 GLB414
BULB, BPF, clear
2
RHD
GLB415
BULB, BPF, clear
2
LHD
GLB409X
BULB, BPF, cadmium yellow
2
LHD (France)
33 501433
ADAPTOR & CABLES
2
for BPF lamp unit
ADAPTOR, with Lucas terminals
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
BHA4399
57H5015
ACG5179
GLB185
GLB323
DRIVING LAMP, Lucas SLR,
clear lens, long range
FOG LAMP, Lucas SFT, fluted lens
DRIVING LAMP, Lucas SLR,
clear lens, long range
FOG LAMP, Lucas SFT, fluted lens
LENS, driving lamp
LENS, fog lamp
BULB, driving lamp, 12v 48w
BULB, fog lamp, 12v 48w
a/r {
| stem mounting
a/r }
a/r {
| back mounting
a/r }
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Wipac Driving and Fog Lamps
48
49
WPSRX400
BB453
DRIVING LAMP SET, rectangular
BULB, 12v 55w
a/r
a/r
7.5” x 3.4”
Cibie Type 35
Driving and Fog Lamps
50
51
P700 Lucas Tripod Headlamps
501473
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, PL700 ‘tripod’
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, PL700 ‘tripod’
LIGHT UNIT, PL700 ‘tripod’
LIGHT UNIT, PL700 ‘tripod’
BULB, P45T, clear
BULB, P45T, clear, quartz halogen
BULB, P45T, cadmium yellow
ADAPTOR & CABLES, for P45T lamp
ADAPTOR, with Lucas terminals
Halogen Headlamp Sets
GLB472X
General modern safety standards, regulations or requirements may inspire the owners of TR6 cars to fit all
amber indicator lamps to their cars with pilot lamps in the headlamps instead of the side lamp arrangement
as standard. To assist those who wish to follow this option, the all amber front indicator lamps as fitted to US
cars are listed on page 137. To install pilot lamps in the headlamps the simplest solution is to fit a replacement pair of halogen headlamps with this provision. The wiring for the side lamp is re routed to the headlamp
by the use of a simple single cable with the appropriate bullet connector (003632), or by fitting a new headlamp harness (27H5976).
34
506373
506374
506375
506376
GLB410
GLB2983
GLB411
501478
600226A
CB067570
CB067566
GLB448
GLB212
DRIVING LAMP SET, rectangular
FOG LAMP SET, rectangular
BULB, halogen H1
BULB, halogen H2
a/r { 6” x 3 1/2”
a/r }
a/r
a/r
Cibie Tango
Driving & Fog Lamps
52
53
CB068738
CB068730
GLB448
GLB212
DRIVING LAMP SET, round, 5”
FOG LAMP SET, round, 5”
BULB, halogen H1
BULB, halogen H2
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
2
212 Front, Side & Rear Lamps: TR5, TR250
Front, Side & Rear Lamps: TR5, TR250 213
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Front Flasher Lamp; TR5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
148640
148639
148641
508163
508164
505886
508165
510901
510907
508545
515126
GLB382
GLB380
505883
605953
108647
108648
108649
504806
YA384
FJ2442
FLASHER LAMP, front, amber lens
FLASHER LAMP, front, white lens
SIDE & FLASHER LAMP, white lens
RIM
GLASS, amber
GLASS, white
BULB HOLDER ASS’Y
BULB HOLDER ASS’Y
INTERIOR, b/holder contacts, single
INTERIOR, b/holder contacts, single
INTERIOR, b/holder contacts, dual
BULB, 21w
BULB, 21/5w
BODY, rubber
BULLET, push on type connector
CABLE, red, side lamp to main loom
CABLE, green, flasher to main loom
CABLE, black, lamp unit body earth
PVC SLEEVING, for above cables
SCREW, self tapping, lamp to grille
SPIRE NUT, lamp to grille
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
6
6
Italy only
Switzerland only
Italy & Switzerland
Switzerland only
Italy only
Switzerland only
Switzerland only
148637
517266
514422
21G9057
514065
148637BP
510907
GLB382
513730
616416
504806
605953
YZ3305
FJ2442/4
FLASHER LAMP, front, amber lens
LENS, amber
SCREW, securing lens
WASHER, fibre, lens screw seating
GASKET, lens seating
BULBHOLDER & PLATE
INTERIOR, bulb holder contacts
BULB, 21w
GROMMET, cable entry to lamp body
GASKET, rubber, lamp seating
SLEEVE, cable
BULLET CONNECTOR, push on
SCREW, self tapping, lamp to grille
SPIRE NUT, lamp to grille
{
| cut to length
|
}
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
214491
214492
214593
214592
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
808678
808677
616628
GLB501
616648
514807
517477
517274
510897
517476
GLB233
510898
510899
506619
510900
605953
514806
514809
514808
WM57
WL207
HN2007
61917
FRONT/SIDE MARKER LAMP, LH
white & amber lens
FRONT/SIDE MARKER LAMP, RH
white & amber lens
FRONT/SIDE MARKER LAMP, LH
amber lens
FRONT/SIDE MARKER LAMP, RH
amber lens
HOUSING, side, LH
HOUSING, side, RH
SEAL, rubber, side lens
BULB, marker lamp, 5w
LENS, marker lamp, amber
SCREW, lens securing
LAMP ASS’Y, parking, white
LAMP ASS’Y, parking, amber
RIM & LENS ASS’Y, white
RIM & LENS ASS’Y, amber
BULB, 5w
RING, plastic, lens sliding
GASKET, seating lens
INTERIOR, contacts
GASKET, seating lamp
SLEEVE, terminal
SCREW, securing lamp to housing
GASKET, lamp ass’y to wing, LH
GASKET, lamp ass’y to wing, RH
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
GROMMET, cables through inner wing
1 {
|
1 |
}
1 {
|
1 |
}
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
1
1
4
4
4
2
48
49
214542
214541
516040
516061
510903
LENS, red with amber flasher
LENS, red with red flasher
BEZEL
2
2
2
2
2
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
74
75
510904
510905
503534
510906
GLB382
510907
GLB380
508545
133364
515061
516041
HN2005
WN705
SCREW, lens securing, top & centre
SCREW, lens securing, bottom
WASHER, rubber, screw retaining
BULB, flasher, 21w
INTERIOR, contacts, flasher
BULB, stop/tail, 21/5w
INTERIOR, contacts, stop/tail
GASKET, lamp to body
GROMMET, cable entry, flasher
GROMMET, cable entry, stop/tail
NUT, plain
WASHER, shakeproof
Qty.
Req.
Details
4
2
6
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
8
8
133204
532806
505884
505886
508165
501823
GLB382
505883
605953
108647
108648
108649
504806
148928
148929
YZ3308
FJ2442/4
REVERSE LAMP, front, white lens
2
REVERSE LAMP, front, white lens
2
RIM
2
GLASS, white
2
BULB HOLDER ASS’Y
2
INTERIOR, bulb holder contacts
BULB, 21w
2
BODY
2
CONNECTOR, male, push-on type
2
CABLE, red, side lamp to main loom
a/r
CABLE, green, flasher to main loom
a/r
CABLE, black, lamp unit body earth
a/r
a/r
PLINTH, lamp to body, RH
1
PLINTH, lamp to body, LH
1
SCREW, self tapping, lamp securing
6
SPIRE NUT, lamp securing
6
alternative
2
{
| cut to length
|
}
Side Marker Lamps
TR5
TR250
TR5
TR250
TR5
TR250
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
amber flasher TR5
red flasher TR250
TR5
TR250
142923
517335
515059
517336
GLB501
517337
142925
504806
YA304
FC2803/4
REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP, red
LENS
BULB, capless
BULBHOLDER, with leads
GASKET, lamp to body
SLEEVE, plastic, protects lamp wiring
SCREW, self tapping, lamp securing
SPIRE NUT, lamp securing
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
Number Plate Lamp
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
128881
133652
131465
510875
GLB207
510907
510912
611406
600395
509355
613023
137631
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIM, could
LENS, glass
BULB, 5w
INTERIOR, contacts
BODY
CLIP, lead to bumper bracket
GROMMET, lead through rear valance
SCREW, self tapping, chrome
SPIRE NUT
LEAD, extension, number plate lamp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
alternative
use with 133652 only
Number Plate Lamp
TR5; Germany and Denmark; Boot Lid Mounted.
97
Stop/Tail/Flasher Lamps
47
Description
Reverse Lamp
72
73
Front Side Marker Lamp Assembly
27
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Front Flasher Lamp; TR250
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
ill. Part Number
No
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
128397
127916X
127916
502264
17H5385
500492
GLB989
508736
57H5368
618956
WE605
605953
144658
144659
108 061917
109 145891
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP, ‘Lucas’
2 { alternatives
NUMBER PLATE LAMP, reproduction
2 }
COVER
2
NUT, cover
2
GLASS
2
BULB, 5w
2/4
NUT, dome
2
GASKET, lamp to plinth
2
PLINTH, mounting lamp
2
WASHER, shakeproof
4
CONNECTOR, male, push-on type
4
CABLE
1
(RH tail lamp junction to RH number plate lamp)
CABLE
1
RH to LH number plate lamp
GROMMET, cable fitted in boot lid
2
CLEAT ( fir tree)
a/r
RH lead to boot lid tube
214 Front, Side & Rear Lamps: TR6
Front, Side & Rear Lamps: TR6 215
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Front Side/Flasher Lamps
TR6 European models;
North American models to (c) CF27000.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
215246
215245
218669
218668
517821
517818
RTC285
RTC287
517819
GLB382
510907
GLB989
244700A
605953
517822
517820
RTC286
HN2005
WN705
504806
SIDE/FLASHER LAMP, LH
SIDE/FLASHER LAMP, RH
LENS, white & amber, LH
LENS, white & amber, RH
LENS, white, LH
LENS, white, RH
BULB, indicator, 21 watt
CONTACT & SPRING, indicator
BULB, side lamp, 5 watt
CONTACT & SPRING, side lamp
CONNECTOR, bullet
BODY, rubber, LH
BODY, rubber, RH
BODY, rubber
NUT
WASHER, shakeproof
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
European models
except Italy.
Italian models:
from (c) CF1.
European models
except Italy.
Italian models:
from (c) CF1.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
219122
219121
215248
215247
517824
517823
RTC291
RTC290
RTC285
RTC287
517819
GLB380
508545
GLB989
244700A
605953
517822
517820
517822
517820
HN2005
WN705
504806
LENS, amber & chromed edge, LH
LENS, amber & chromed edge, RH
LENS, amber, LH
LENS, amber, RH
LENS, white, LH
LENS, white, RH
BULB, 21/5 watt
CONTACT & SPRING, dual filament
CONNECTOR, bullet
BODY, rubber, LH
BODY, rubber, RH
BODY, rubber, LH
BODY, rubber, RH
NUT
WASHER, shakeproof
{ all models except Italy
}
{ Italian models:
} from (c) CF1
4
4
2
RKC1530
29
30
RKC2924
RTC1847
RTC1847S
RTC1849
RTC1849X
AAU3394
RTC1847G
GLB989
31
32
33
34
35
36
GLB233
GLB382
244700A
510907
RTC1848
515060
515061
26
27
28
SIDE & FLASHER LAMP, front
amber & white
SIDE & FLASHER LAMP, front, amber
RIM & SCREW, chrome
SCREW, rim & lens
LENS & GASKET, amber & white
LENS & GASKET, amber & white, repro
LENS & GASKET, amber
CONTACT & SPRING, indicator
GASKET, lamp seating
GROMMET, cable entry, side lamp
GROMMET, cable entry, indicator
37
38
39
GROMMET, cables through valance
SLEEVE, plastic, lamp wiring
PLINTH, mounting, LH
PLINTH, mounting, RH
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, lamp to plinth
SCREW, plinth to bumper
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
1 { North American models:
1 | to (c) CF1; amber lens
} with chromed edge.
1 { (c) CF1 to CF27000;
1 } amber lens.
1 { Italian models:
1 } to (c) CF1; white lens.
1 } to (c) CF1.
1 { (c) CF1 to CF27000.
1 }
1 { Italian models:
1 } from (c) CF1.
4
2
2
2
2
2
1 } to (c) CF27000.
1 { Italian models:
1 } to (c) CF1.
4
4
2
2 {
}
2
2
4
2 {
2 }
2
2
2 {
}
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
to CF50000.
TR6 from (c) CF50001.
61917
504806
XKC1807
XKC1808
WP5
WL205
HN2005
PX504
WP5
WL205
HN2005
Qty.
Req.
Details
2
2
1
1
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
Front Repeater Lamp Assembly
European models.
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
TR6 from (c)CF27000.
25
Description
47
North American models to (c) CF27000;
Italian models to (c) CF1.
215363
215362
ill. Part Number
No
55
56
57
58
59
152769
152768
152768/9Z
518221
518221Z
518219
518219Z
515059
GLB233
GLB989
244700A
605953
518034
518034Z
WM55
WL205
HN2005
504806
600395
REPEATER LAMP, LH
REPEATER LAMP, RH
REPEATER LAMP, replacement
LENS, LH, amber/chrome
LENS, LH, all amber, replacement
LEN, RH, amber/chrome
LENS, RH, all amber, replacement
BASE ASSEMBLY
BULB, repeater, 4 watt
CONTACT AND SPRING
CONNECTOR, bullet, push-on type
GASKET, rubber, lamp & lens sealing
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, lamp attaching
SLEEVE, plastic, protecting lamp wiring
GROMMET, harness
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
alternative
earth contact
replacement
Front Side Marker Lamp Assembly
North American models.
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
150789
150788
150788/9Z
518035
518035Z
518033
518033Z
515059
GLB989
GLB233
244700A
605953
518034
518034X
WM55
WL205
HN2005
504806
600395
SIDE MARKER LAMP, LH
SIDE MARKER LAMP, RH
SIDE MARKER LAMP, replacement
LENS, LH, amber/chrome
LENS, LH, all amber, replacement
LENS, RH, amber/chrome
LENS, RH, all amber, replacement
BASE ASSEMBLY
CONTACT & SPRING
CONNECTOR, bullet, push-on type
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, lamp attaching
GROMMET, harness
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
alternative
Lamp earth contact
replacement
Rear Tail Lamp Assembly
73
to CF50000.
to CF50000.
74
75
216045
216046
TAIL LAMP, RH
TAIL LAMP, LH
215761
215762
TKC174
TKC175
215249
215250
217313
217312
218870
218871
518037
518047
518036
518046
TAIL LAMP, RH
TAIL LAMP, LH
TAIL LAMP, RH
TAIL LAMP, LH
TAIL LAMP, RH
TAIL LAMP, LH
TAIL LAMP, RH
TAIL LAMP, LH
TAIL LAMP, RH
TAIL LAMP, LH
LENS, flasher, amber, RH
LENS, flasher, amber, LH
LENS, stop/tail/reflex, red, RH
LENS, stop/tail/reflex, red, LH
1 { European models,
1 | except Germany from CR1;
} and France.
1 { French models.
1 }
1 { German models:
1 } from CR/CF1.
1 } to (b) 62020CC.
1 { (b) 62021CC to (c) CF1.
1 }
1 { from (c) CF1.
1 }
1
1
1
1
216 Front, Side & Rear Lamps: TR6
Front, Side & Rear Lamps: TR6 217
ill. Part Number
No
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
518038
518048
RTC283
RTC281
518129
518131
518130
518132
518039
518049
518040
518040S
518147
518042
GLB382
518041
GLB380
518042
GLB382
518043
GLB989
153103
RTC284
RTC282
152139
152140
Description
Qty.
Req.
LENS, reverse, clear, RH
1
LENS, reverse, clear, LH
1
LENS, reverse, clear, RH
1
LENS, reverse, clear, LH
1
LENS, reverse, amber, RH
1
LENS, reverse, amber, LH
1
LENS, side, amber RH
1
LENS, side, amber LH
1
LENS, side, red, RH
1
LENS, side, red, LH
1
GASKET, rear lens seating
2
GASKET, side lens seating
2
20
BULB HOLDER, indicator
2
2
BULB HOLDER, stop/tail
2
BULB, stop/tail, 21/5 watt
2
BULB HOLDER, reverse
2
BULB, reverse, 21 watt
2
BULB HOLDER, side repeater
2
BULB, side repeater, 5 watt
2
GASKET, rear lamp seating
2
GASKET, rear lamp seating, RH
1
GASKET, rear lamp seating, LH
1
GASKET, large, lamp to rear valance
GASKET, small, lamp to rear wing
Details
{ North American models:
} from (c) CF1.
{ French models.
}
{ North American models.
}
North American models.
} from (c) CF1.
2
2
HN2005
WL205
WM55
NUT, rear lamp assembly
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
12
12
12
Reflector,
(c) 52453 to CF1.
93 155750
94 629623
95 519172
96 519173
REFLECTOR
PLINTH
SCREW, reflector to body, (short)
SCREW, reflector to body, (long)
2
2
2
2
Number Plate Lamp,
TR6 to (c) CR/CF1; Bumper mounted.
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
151954
518030
518148
518031
518032
510907
GLB207
215823
514067
WM55
WL700101
HN2005
061917
600399
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
COVER, chrome
SCREW, cover to lamp base
LENS, LH
LENS, RH
CONTACT AND SPRING
BULB, 5 watt
GASKET, mounting
SLEEVE, rubber
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
GROMMET, in rear outer valance
PLUG
(in rear inner valance for cable access)
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Interior Lights,
TR6 to (c) CR/CF1.
117
118
119
120
151273
27H3590
GLB239
717241
717242
717243
717247
725353
635436
121 502658
122 619627
123 YZ3164
INTERIOR LAMP
COVER & LENS
BULB
PLINTH ASS’Y, trimmed, Black
PLINTH ASS’Y, trimmed, Matador red
PLINTH ASS’Y, trimmed, Light tan
PLINTH ASS’Y, trimmed, Shadow blue
PLINTH ASS’Y, trimmed, New tan
PLINTH, un-trimmed
SCREW, plinth to tunnel
CUP WASHER, screw to plinth
SCREW, lamp to plinth
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
2
on gearbox tunnel
Key Lamp
TR6
from (c) CP/CC50000.
124 37H5181
The rear lamp seating gaskets were supplied in different forms; both as a one piece foam or as two separate
items for side and rear. The two piece gasket is simply assembled using a suitable foam adhesive to form the
required hand of gasket assembly.
90
91
92
ill. Part Number
No
125
126
127
128
GLB987
627318
YZ3304
FJ2443/8
BULB HOLDER, claw fitting
1
(for screw-in bulb, MES type, with separate earth wire)
BULB, 2.2W, screw-in type,
1
BRACKET, bulb holder to dash
1
SCREW, self tapping, bracket/holder
1
SPIRE NUT
1
Courtesy Lamp,
TR6 from (c) CR/CF1
129 UKC4187
130 GLB281
131 UKC1063
132 GHF1101
BULB HOLDER, sleeve fitting
for bayonet bulb, (footwell lamp)
BULB, 2.0W, bayonet type
1 { for courtesy switches,
} see page 127
1
1
1
alternative
Glove Box Lamp
TR5; TR250; TR6
133 37H5181
BULB HOLDER, claw fitting
1
(for screw-in bulb, MES type, with separate earth wire.)
134 GLB987
BULB, 2.2W, screw-in type
1
The glove box, footwell and key lamps are all supplied as part of the wiring loom. Their replacement
will involve making safe and suitable electrical connections to the existing wiring harness assembly.
Heater Control
135
136
137
138
219139
GLB286
PW506
WQ305
LAMP & BEZEL, heater
BULB
SCREW
WASHER, locking
1
1
2
2
BOOT LAMP
BULB, 5 watt
SCREW, lamp to body
CLIP, lamp to boot trim board
1
1
2
2
Boot Lamp
139
140
141
142
151353
GLB239
YX5363
FJ2462/8
Number Plate Lamp,
TR6 from (c) CR/CF1; Rear Valance mounted.
111
112
113
114
115
116
159895
GLB239
632043
519173
634570
FJ2442/4
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
BULB
PLINTH, plastic, lamp to rear valance
SCREW, lamp attaching
WASHER, fibre, screw to lamp
SPIRE NUT
2
2
2
4
4
4
218 Wiring Harness & Fittings
Wiring Harness & Fittings 219
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Main Harness: RHD models
1
2
TP59C
TP57C
308497
308796
311310
FULL LOOM ASSEMBLY
FULL LOOM ASSEMBLY
311715
(with inertia switch provision)
313180
RKC571
ill. Part Number
No
312369
313179
RKC572
TR5.
TR6 from (c)CP50001 to CR1.
TR5.
TR6 to (c) CP50000.
to (b) 51398CP.
TR6 from (b) 51399CP.
to (c) CR1.
TR6 from (c) CR1 to CR5000.
31
214910
215413
218949
32
33
159370
with inertia switch provision
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
TR5.
TR6 to (c) CP50000.
to (b) 52327CP.
TR6 from (b) 52328CP.
to (c) CR1.
TR6 from (c) CR1 to CR5000.
1
1
1
TR5.
TR6 to (c) CR1.
TR6 from (c) CR1.
125957
518688
5
516508
LEAD, LT, coil to distributor
(2 female Lucar end terminals)
LEAD, LT, coil to distributor,
(1 female & 1 male Lucar end terminal)
CABLE, battery, negative, earth
1 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to (c) CR1.
} TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1.
1 { TR6 from (c) CR1; CF1.
}
1
150640
554407
34
515412
37H5181
35
507799
36
UKC4187
37
GLB987
38
GLB281
39
40
41
UKC4446
27H3588
GFS3005
GFS3010
GFS3015
GFS3020
GFS3025
GFS3035
GFS3050
061917
42
061917
43
061917
600395
600395
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
HU805P
WL208
517081
159805
516809
143181
508185
506185
SCREW, earth cable to bulkhead
WASHER, locking
CABLE, battery, positive
CABLE, solenoid to starter
‘P’ CLIP, insulated, positive cable
SCREW, clip securing
1
1
1
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1.
1
TR6 from (c) CR1.
1 { TR250.
1 }
1
1
CABLE, earth, steering column coupling
CABLE, earth, steering rack to chassis
1
1
LOOM, reverse light operation on g/box
LOOM, reverse light operation on g/box
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Earth Cables
14
15
130581
134301
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR5000
Gearbox Looms
16
17
18
19
147777
141037
148696
UKC345
131339
UKC344
100148
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP75000
A type overdrive
J type overdrive
A type overdrive
J type overdrive
Lamp Harness and Cables
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
501478
BAU2111
27H5976
600226A
605953
GLB501
GLB233
108647
108648
108649
504806
HARNESS, sealed beam headlamp
ADAPTOR ONLY (for Lucar terminals)
CONNECTOR, bullet
BULB, pilot, capless type
BULB, pilot, bayonet fitment type
CABLE, red (side lamp to main loom)
CABLE, green (flasher to main loom)
CABLE, black (lamp unit body earth)
2
2 { w/pilot
2 }
2
6
2
fits BAU2111
2
fits 27H5976
a/r
a/r
TR5; TR250 cut to length
a/r
a/r
cut to length
Miscellaneous Cables
29
155712
CABLE, extension, ignition switch
30
149967
CABLE, extension, brake PDWA
1 {
}
1 {
}
TR5; TR6 to (c) CP50000;
when steering lock is fitted
TR5; TR6 to
(c)CP50000; LHD
LEAD, windscreen washer
1
TR6 from (c) CR1
CONNECTOR BLOCK, loom
RIVET, ‘Pop’ type, connector block
1
2
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1
Connectors & Fittings
Battery Cables & Low Tension Lead
4
Details
Wiring Harness Connector Block
Body Harness
3
Qty.
Req.
Windscreen Washer Lead
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
Main Harness: LHD models
308496
308795
311311
Description
600395
600395
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
612715
600400W
003632
GHF2200
605953
104618
RTC603A
570513A
2H4992
13H2050
RTC220A
47H5419
BMK449
511269
515399
17H5287
2H4528
13H625
PCR709
551490
102137
AHH7108
145891
GHF1265
GHF1266
GHF1267
GHF1268
603559
503213
147382
123759
158917
BULBHOLDER, claw type, screw-in bulb
BULBHOLDER, claw type, screw-in bulb
(glove box & key lamp)
BULBHOLDER, sleeve type
screw-in bulb
BULBHOLDER, sleeve type
bayonet bulb (footwell lamp)
BULB, 2.2W, screw-in type
(glove box lamp)
BULB, 2.0W, bayonet type,
(footwell lamp)
IN-LINE FUSE HOLDER
FUSE HOLDER ONLY
FUSE, 5 Amp., pack of five fuses
GROMMET, harness to front side
repeater lamps
GROMMET, harness to number plate
lamp, outer valance
GROMMET, screen washer tubing
GROMMET, harness to rear side
repeater lamps
GROMMET, harness to front side
repeater lamps
lamp, inner valance
lamp, inner valance
GROMMET, gearbox harness
GROMMET, main harness
BULLET CONNECTOR, male
CONNECTOR, female, single line
CONNECTOR, female, double line
CONNECTOR, female, triple line
CONNECTOR, female, triple line
CONNECTOR, Lucar, 3/16” wide
INSULATOR, for 3/16” Lucar connector
EYELET, 3/16” hole
EYELET, 1/4” hole
EYELET, 5/16” hole
‘P’ CLIP, fuse holder attaching
CLIP, holding fuse holder to edge
CLIP, earthing lead,
CLIP, aluminium band type
CABLE TIE, ‘fir tree’ type
CABLE TIE, ratchet type, 9 cm. long
LOOM TAG, welded to bodywork
INSULATING SLEEVE, on loom tag
EARTH TAG, Lucar,
EARTH TAG, Lucar
WARNING LAMP, side lamps
a/r
a/r
MES type, self earthing
MES type. separate earth
a/r {
}
a/r {
}
a/r {
}
a/r {
}
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
2 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
2 |
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
MES type
LOOM TAPE, black
LOOM TAPE, blue
a/r
a/r
TR6 from (c) CR1;
BA7 type
fits MES type bulb holder
fits BA7 type bulb holder
inc. wires, terminals & spring
in line headlamp main beam
in line cigar lighter
TR5; TR250.
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1.
TR5; TR250.
TR6.
TR5.
TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1.
through tunnel
through dash
soldered type
soldered type alternative
push-on type
2 way
4 way common contacts
6 way
6 way Insulated contacts
6 Amp
17.5 Amp
35 Amp
head, side and flasher lamps
welded to body panels
screwed to wiper motor mount
Italy only, as fitted
Consumables
71
MQC1001
MQC1000
& Switches
220 Instruments
TR5, TR250, TR6 to (c) CR1/CF1
Instruments & Switches 221
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Instruments & Switches
Speedometer
Pi models were originally fitted with axles that had a 3.45:1 ratio and mated with 165 section tyres.
Carburettor models were fitted with a 3.7:1 axle ratio & 185 section tyres. Both parameters need to be correct
to obtain an accurate speedo reading.
1 214427
SPEEDOMETER, ‘MPH’ (SN6409/06)
1 { 3.45:1 rear axle;
214427R
1 | MPH
214428
214428R
214431
214431R
214432
214432R
SPEEDOMETER, ‘KPH’ (SN6409/07)
SPEEDOMETER, ‘MPH’ (SN6409/10),
}
1 { 3.45:1 rear axle;
1 | KPH
}
1 { 3.7:1 rear axle;
1 | MPH
}
1 { 3.7:1 rear axle;
1 | KPH
}
1
1
2
2
2
2 { instrument
1 } illumination
1 { high beam &
} indicator warning lights
1
1
1
1 { RHD with
} overdrive
1 { RHD without
} overdrive
1
LHD
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
502268F
502268G
HMP290046
WQ304
620847
508139
GLB987
GLB987
GLASS, flat, 5” diameter
GASKET, rubber, speedometer
NUT, thumb, 4 mm thread
WASHER, shakeproof
STRAP, instrument retaining
BULB HOLDER
BULB, 2.2 watt
BULB, 2.2 watt
10
11
12
13
159738
148876
AB604032
GSD109
CABLE, trip meter reset, speedometer
VOLTAGE STABILISER
SCREW, stabiliser to instrument
GSD114
GSD169
The 69” long speedometer cable is the one preferred for RHD cars as it allows that little extra length when
routing. Remember all cables must be securely clipped to prevent chaffing or snagging and to maintain the
correct curvature.
14
15
16
602037
551490
148820
GROMMET, speedometer cable
CLIP, cable to chassis
17
18
145890
120694
CLEAT, securing cable
DRIVE, angled
2
1
1 { TR6; LHD
} without overdrive
1
1
Tachometer
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
502268F
502268G
HMP290046
WQ304
620847
508139
GLB987
GLB987
TACHOMETER, (RN2413/00A)
TACHOMETER, (RN2413/00A),
GLASS, flat
NUT, thumb, instrument retaining
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt, instrument illumination
BULB, 2.2 watt
28
144370
UKC2873
148704
UKC2873JH
602037
145890
145891
TACHOMETER CABLE, 48” (easier to fit)
GROMMET, tachometer cable
CLEAT, securing cable, larger
29
30
214263
214263R
1
1
32
33
147963
147963R
147963BEZ
17H1068
17H1642
TEMPERATURE GAUGE, (BT2215/00)
BEZEL, black
O’ RING, instrument to dash seating
1
1
2
2
2
2 { instrument
1 } illumination
1 { ignition and oil
} pressure warning lights
1 { RHD
1 }
1 { LHD
1 }
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
34
35
36
37
38
39
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
137705
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt
SENDER UNIT, water temperature
40
147960
147960R
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, (PL2302/33)
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, (PL2302/33),
BEZEL, black
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt
PIPE, nylon, oil pressure, engine to gauge
ADAPTOR, oil pressure pipe to engine
WASHER, leather, sealing pipe to gauge
GROMMET, oil pressure pipe
CLIP, securing pipe to bulkhead
SCREW, self tapping, retaining clip
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
FUEL GAUGE, (BF2221/00)
BEZEL, black
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER
BULB, 2.2 watt
AMMETER, (Lucas 36427)
AMMETER, (Lucas 36427)
BEZEL, black
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
147963BEZ
17H1068
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
149867
138308
143943
054902
600395
059380
YA583
121398
TT2998
147961
147961R
147963BEZ
17H1068
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
151272
151272R
147963BEZ
17H1068
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
2 { instrument
1 } illumination
1 { Screwed into thermostat
} and water pump housing
1
scale in lbs. & kilos
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 { instrument
1 } illumination
1
Pi. Models
1
Carburettor models
1
Pi models
1
1
1
1
1
1
uprated to 20 PSI
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 { instrument
1 } illumination
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 { instrument
1 } illumination
Dash Switches & Warning Lamps
Small Instruments
31
ill. Part Number
No
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
129768
128088
510368
609795
143537
59445
621726
SWITCH, rheostat, illumination lights
WASHER, locking
NUT, switch to bracket
BEZEL
BEZEL
WASHER
KNOB, instrument light rheostat, pictorial
78
LU54328700
79
80
81
621794
TW402
148410
82
158453
83
148418
BRACKET, switch to dash rear
SCREW, wood, bracket to dash rear
3 terminal, ‘Clear-Hooters’
SWITCH, rocker, windscreen wiper,
4 terminal, ‘Clear-Hooters’
SWITCH, rocker, windscreen wiper,
4 terminal, ‘Lucas’
158452
148437
621827
TW402
ESCUTCHEON, rocker switch
PLATE, switch to dash
SCREW, wood, plate to dash rear
151431
Scale in centigrade
84
85
86
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
2
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2
2
4
early TR5; TR250
late TR5; TR250; TR6
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP50000/CC50000.
TR6 from
(c) CP50001/CC50001.
TR5; TR250.
NAS models to CF75000.
TR6 NAS models
from CF75001.
NAS models to CF75000.
TR6 NAS models
from CF75001.
switches ‘Clear-Hooters’
& Switches
222 Instruments
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
87
622230
TR5; TR250; TR6 to (c)
CP75000/CC75000; LHD.
TR6 from (c)
CP75001/CC75001; LHD.
CP75000/CC75000; LHD.
TR6 from (c)
CP75001/CC75001; LHD.
TW402
148830
148830
508139
GLB987
WARNING LAMP, hazard flasher
WARNING LAMP, brake PDWA
BULB HOLDER, instrument illumination
BULB, 2.2 watt, warning lights
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
4
1
1
2
1/2
Headlamp Dip Switch
622280
SWITCH, rocker, hazard flashers,
Lucas no. 35857A
SWITCH, rocker, hazard flashers,
Lucas no. 39665.
148401
156044
88
89
90
91
92
93
LHD
Ignition Switches & Locks
94
127651
95
96
97
98
99
510369
128087
609793
572540
132135
100 219061/1
219061/2
101 579085
SWITCH, ignition & starter,
(lock barrel & keys not included)
NUT, ignition switch
WASHER, waved
BEZEL, ignition switch
LOCK BARREL, with 2 keys
STEERING LOCK & IGNITION SWITCH
(Neiman manufacture)
1 {
|
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 }
1 {
|
}
1 {
(Waso manufacture)
|
1 |
(Lowe & Fletcher manufacture), alternative
|
SWITCH, ignition, Lucar connectors
1 }
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP50000/CC50000
TR5; TR6 to CP/CC50000
for use wherever
steering lock is fitted
TR6 from
(c) CP50001/CC50001.
128 137630
129 C22276
Description
DIP SWITCH, floor mounted
RUBBER CAP, dip switch
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
For mounting details of the dip switch see page 127.
Dash Knob Sets
130
77
106
114
117
119
GKS6005X
621726
712907
712911
712909
712903
DASH KNOB SET
1
KNOB, instrument light rheostat, pictorial 1
KNOB, choke, pictorial type
1
KNOB, heater switch, pictorial type
1
KNOB, air distribution, pictorial type
1
KNOB, heater control, pictorial type
1
{
|
|
|
|
}
European models:
TR5; CP50000,
TR6 to (c) CP50000,
TR250;
TR6 to (c) CC50000.
131
78
106
114
117
119
GKS6012X
LU54328700
712907
712911
712909
712903
DASH KNOB SET
1
1
KNOB, heater switch, pictorial type
1
1
1
{
|
|
|
|
}
European models:
to CR1,
TR6 from (c) CC50000
to CC75000.
132
78
107
115
118
120
GKS6006X
LU54328700
725373
725371
725370
725372
DASH KNOB SET
1
KNOB, choke, written type
1
KNOB, heater switch, written type
1
KNOB, air distribution, written type
1
KNOB, heater control, written type
1
{
| North American models:
| TR6 from (c) CP75001
| to CF1.
|
}
Consumables
133 153317
134 LKLPK104
For the definitive story on steering locks see page 77.
ANTI-SEIZE GREASE
a/r
a/r
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
Choke Cable
102 214888
214672
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
CHOKE CABLE, pictorial type knob
218301
CHOKE CABLE, written type knob
146987
WN711
515789
712907
725373
061917
149041
145891
BEZEL, on choke cable
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT, locking
GROMMET, cable through bulkhead
CLIP, outer cable to metering unit
CLEAT, ‘fir tree type’
choke cable to injector pipes
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
European models
to (c) CC75000
from (c) CC75001
alternative
Heater Switch & Knobs
111 131812
SWITCH, heater control, pull type
112 609795
BEZEL, for heater switch
113 128089
WASHER, under knob
114 712911
KNOB, heater fan
115 725371
116 BCA4294
SWITCH, heater control, toggle type
117 712909
118 725370
119 712903
120 725372
For heater assembly and controls see Heating & Ventilation.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ alternatives
}
{ alternatives
}
{ alternatives
}
Column Switches
121 142579
141858
122 147277
147277
158966
123 TP402
124 WE604
125 147280
147281
126 WN715
127 611974
SWITCH ASSEMBLY, lighting
SWITCH ASSEMBLY, lighting
SWITCH ASSEMBLY, indicator
SCREW, switch attaching
WASHER, shakeproof
SWITCH, overdrive
SWITCH, overdrive
WASHER, shakeproof, internal
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
RHD
LHD
TR5; TR250
TR6; RHD
TR6; LHD
RHD
LHD
Speedometer Re-calibration
To have a speedometer recalibrated - the following exercise is all you need to do to supply the information we
need.
1) Disconnect Flexible Drive from instrument end.
2) Jack up 1 (one) driving wheel. (Do not jack up both driving wheels!)
3) Mark tyre with chalk line, masking tape, or similar.
4) Mark body or chassis with a line corresponding to the line on the tyre.
5) Turn road wheel exactly 20 times whilst an assistant counts the number of turns the inner
speedometer cable makes, to the nearest 1/8 of a turn. (To facilitate ease of counting a cardboard
arrow can be made and pressed into the end of the inner cable.)
7) Note make and size of tyres on the driving wheels.
You need to know:
A) Number of turns of inner cable for 20 turns of drive wheel.
B) Make and size of drive wheel tyre.
C) Make and part number of speedometer (on instrument face).
Note: Please also ensure to tell us if the vehicle has a limited slip differential fitted.
224 Instruments & Switches
TR6 from (c) CR1
TR6 from (c) CR1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Instruments & Switches; TR6 from (c) CR1
Speedometers
Pi models were originally fitted with axles that had a 3.45:1 ratio and mated with 165 section tyres.
Carburettor models were fitted with a 3.7:1 axle ratio & 185 section tyres. Both parameters need to be correct
to obtain an accurate speedo reading.
1 218831
SPEEDOMETER, MPH, (SN6411/04)
1 { 3.45:1 rear axle,
218831R
SPEEDOMETER, MPH, (SN6411/04),
1 | MPH
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
502268F
502268G
HMP290046
WQ304
620847
508139
GLB987
GLB987
SPEEDOMETER, KPH, (SN6411/05)
SPEEDOMETER, KPH, (SN6411/05),
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt,
10
11
12
13
159738
148876
AB604032
GSD109
GSD114
GSD169
CABLE, trip meter reset, speedometer
VOLTAGE STABILISER
SCREW, stabiliser to instrument
218832
218832R
TKC2139
TKC2139R
218827
218827R
TKC2426
TKC2426R
218828
218828R
}
1 { 3.45:1 rear axle,
1 | KPH
}
1 { Australia, 3.45:1 rear axle,
1 | KPH
}
1 { 3.7:1 rear axle,
1 | MPH
}
1 | MPH
}
1 | KPH
}
1
1
2
2
2
2 { instrument
2 } illumination
2 { high beam and
} indicator warning lights
1
1
1
RHD with overdrive
1
1
RHD without overdrive
1
LHD
The 69” long speedometer cable is the one preferred for RH steering cars as it allows that little extra length
when routing. Remember all cables must be securely clipped to prevent chaffing or snagging and to maintain
the correct curvature.
14
15
16
17
18
602037
551490
148820
145890
120694
GROMMET, speedometer cable
DRIVE, angled
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
LHD without overdrive
Tachometer
19
218833
218833R
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
502268F
502268G
HMP290046
WQ304
620847
508139
GLB987
GLB987
TACHOMETER, (RN2414/00A)
TACHOMETER, (RN2414/00A),
GLASS, flat
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt
28
144370
UKC2873
148704
UKC2873JH
602037
145890
145891
GROMMET, tachometer cable
CLEAT, securing cable, larger
29
30
1
1
2
2
2
2 { instrument
2 } illumination
2 { ignition & oil
} pressure warning lights
1 { RHD
1 }
1 { LHD
1 }
1
1
1
Small Instruments
31
32
159606
159606R
159606BEZ
502269F
BEZEL, chrome
1
1
1
1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
150843
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER, instrument illumination
SENDER UNIT, water temperature
40
159608
159608R
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, (PL2319/00)
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, (PL2319/00),
BEZEL, chrome
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
ADAPTOR, oil pressure pipe to engine
WASHER, leather
GROMMET, oil pressure pipe
CLIP, securing pipe to bulkhead
SCREW, self tapping, retaining clip
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(reconditioned, exchange)
BEZEL, chrome
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
VOLTMETER, (BV2213/00)
VOLTMETER, (BV2213/00),
BEZEL, chrome
WASHER, shakeproof
BULB HOLDER,
BULB, 2.2 watt
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
159606BEZ
502269F
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
149867
138308
143943
054902
600395
059380
YA583
121398
TT2998
159784
159604
159604R
159606BEZ
502269F
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
159605
159605R
159606BEZ
502269F
17H1642
17H1304
WQ304
AJH5187
507799
GLB987
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 { screwed into thermostat
} and water pump housing
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ instrument
} illumination
Pi. Cars
Carburettor cars
{ from (c) CR1
} uprated to 20 PSI
from (c) CF1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 { instrument
1 } illumination.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 { instrument
1 } illumination
Dash Switches & Warning lamps
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
150620
159901
128089
510368
143537
059445
LU54328700
621794
TW402
155496
155496Z
621510
622682
616048
622443
059445
725374
159905
159905NF
LU54329399
GLB281
159906
UKC4187
GLB281
WASHER, locking
NUT, switch to bracket
BEZEL
WASHER
BRACKET, switch to dash rear
SCREW, wood, bracket to dash rear
SPACER TUBE, switch mounting
NUT, spacer to switch
WASHER, PVC.
BEZEL, wiper/ washer switch
PAD, rubber
KNOB, wiper/washer switch, pictorial
SWITCH ASSEMBLY, hazard flashers
SWITCH, hazard flashers, less wires
KNOB/LENS, hazard warning switch
BULB, 2.2 watt, warning light
WARNING LAMP, ‘Brake’, PDWA
BULB HOLDER
BULB, 2.2 watt, warning light
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
European models
Clear-Hooter
Lucas replacement
{
|
| LHD
|
}
{
|
} LHD
226 Instruments & Switches
TR6 from (c) CR1
TR6 from (c) CR1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
93
94
95
96
SWITCH, rocker, lighting, ’Clear-Hooters’
ESCUTCHEON, rocker switch
150380
148437
621827
TW402
Qty.
Req.
1
1
1
2
Details
{
| see note on
| Clear-Hooters
}
The original ‘Clear-Hooters’ manufactured switch was the subject of a factory recall in the United States. The
replacement fitted by the dealers was a ‘Lucas’ item. The ‘Lucas’ switch has a larger body than the ‘ClearHooters’ so the steel retaining plate that is screwed to the back of the wooden dash was either filed larger or
replaced with a plate having a larger switch hole. The ‘Lucas’ switch has an integral non detachable
escutcheon.
97
98
99
UKC8647
622222
TW402
SWITCH, rocker, lighting, ‘Lucas’
1
1
2
CHOKE CABLE, written type knob
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Choke Cable
100 219258
218301
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
UKC2121
146987
WN711
515789
712907
725373
061917
149041
145891
BEZEL, on choke cable
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT, locking
GROMMET, cable through bulkhead
CLIP, outer cable to metering unit
CLEAT, ‘fir tree type’, to injector pipes
European models.
to (c) CF12500.
from (c) CF12501.
alternative
130544
510368
128089
609933
059445
712905
SWITCH, interior light
NUT
WASHER, waived
BEZEL
PAD, rubber
KNOB, interior light, pictorial
131812
609795
712911
725371
BCA4294
712909
725370
712903
725372
SWITCH, heater control, pull type
KNOB, heater fan
SWITCH, heater control, toggle type
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
alternative
alternative
alternative
125 147277
158966
126 TP402
127 WE604
128 147280
147281
129 WN715
130 611974
SWITCH ASSEMBLY,
1
lighting, headlamp dip main beam & flash
SWITCH ASSEMBLY,
1
lighting, headlamp dip main beam & flash
1
1
SCREW, switch
4
WASHER, shakeproof
4
SWITCH, overdrive
1
SWITCH, overdrive
1
WASHER, shakeproof, internal
1
1
{ RHD
}
{ LHD
}
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
Ignition Switches & Locks
131 219061/1
219061/2
132 579085
133 UKC2719/1
UKC2719/2
134 218959
1 {
(Waso)
| as fitted up to
1 | CR5000/CF12500
(Lowe & Fletcher), alternative
|
SWITCH, ignition, with Lucar connectors 1 }
STEERING LOCK & IGNITION SWITCH,
(Waso)
STEERING LOCK & IGNITION SWITCH,
SWITCH, ignition, with loom and plug
Details
1 {
1 | TR6 from (c) CF12501
|
1 }
For the definitive story on steering locks see page 77.
Dash Knob Sets
135
77
86
104
114
117
120
122
GKS6008X
LU54328700
725374
712907
712905
712911
712909
712903
DASH KNOB SET
1
1
1
KNOB, interior light, pictorial type
1
KNOB, heater fan, pictorial type
1
1
1
{
|
|
| TR6 from (c) CR1
|
|
|
}
136
77
86
105
114
117
121
123
GKS6007X
LU54328700
725374
725373
712905
725371
725370
725372
DASH KNOB SET
1
1
1
KNOB, interior light, pictorial
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
| TR6 from (c) CF1
|
|
|
}
ANTI-SEIZE GREASE
a/r
a/r
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
The condition of the flexible drive to a great extent controls the performance of the speedometer or tachometer, and poor installation or subsequent damage to the flexible drive will be shown up as an apparent instrument fault. It is, therefore, important that the flexible drive be correctly fitted and properly maintained. The following illustrations give general information for fitting and maintaining your flexible drive.
1) Run of flexible drive must be smooth. Minimum bend radius 6”. No bend within 2” of connections.
2) Avoid crushing flexible drive by over-tightening clip. Flex can be crushed between moving components.
3) Avoid sharp bends at clips. If necessary alter position of clips. Excessive free movement of the flexible drive
should be avoided. Fit extra clips if necessary.
4) Ensure that threaded end connections are secure with no looseness of the outer casing end collars.
Connecting nuts should be tightened by hand. Spanner or pliers should not be used. It is important that the
drive to which the flexible drive connects is free from dirt and grit.
alternative
Column Mounted Switches
148648
TKC1112
(Waso)
SWITCH, ignition, with loom and plug
Qty.
Req.
Servicing Flexible Drives
For heater assembly and controls see page 153.
124 152616
UKC2720/2
137 153317
138 LKLPK104
Heater Switch & Knobs
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
UKC2720/1
Description
Consumables
Interior Light Switch
109
110
111
112
113
114
ill. Part Number
No
1 {
| European models:
1 | TR6 from (c) CR5001
|
1 }
General Connection
5) Connection of Inner Flex Where possible, slightly withdraw inner flex and connect outer casing first to point
of drive. Then slide inner flex into engagement from the other end. It may be necessary to rotate flex.
6) Most inner flexes can be removed by disconnecting instrument end and pulling out flex. Some must be
removed from point of drive end after first taking off washer at instrument end. Broken inner flex will have to
be withdrawn from both ends.
7) Check for Inner Flex Layout flex straight on flat clean table and roll. Any ‘kinks’ or obvious signs of damage
will be seen. Then take an end in each hand allowing flex to hang in a loop of approximately 9’ diameter.
Rotate it slowly with the fingers. A satisfactory flex will turn smoothly without ‘snatch’.
8) Apply grease sparingly to replacement flex. Feed flex back into its casing. Then withdraw approximately 3”
or 8” and wipe off surplus grease. Use SHELL SB2628 GREASE. Do NOT use oil.
9) Avoid excessive lubrication. If oil appears inflexible drive, suspect faulty oil-seal at point of drive. If this
condition exists, it is necessary to replace oil seal at point of drive before fitting a new flexible drive.
Illustration shows oiled-up speedometer movement.
10) Check that inner flex rotates concentrically when fitted in outer casing, and not eccentrically, as shown by
the dotted lines.
11) Examine inner flex ends for weal or other damage. Before fitting new inner flex ensure instrument main
spindle is free.
12) Examine point of drive for dirt or possible damage. Check driving key to ensure tightness between it and
its gear in gearbox.
It has been found that the replacement of an inner flex does not always solve the problem of erratic
speedometer or rev. counter performance, and in many instances it will be necessary to fit a new complete
flexible drive. When the time for renewal of flex drive comes the following points should be considered.
On a car covering 12,000 miles a year the number of turns of the inner flex is approximately 12,000,000 and
even with proper maintenance a certain amount of wear is inevitable. If the inner flex needs replacing it is
correct to assume that the outer flex will also need replacing as a corresponding amount of internal wear will
have taken place, especially on the curve of an outer flex with an awkward run. Concentric rotation of the
inner flex is essential for accurate readings and long service; and the insertion of a new inner in an internally
worn outer flex does not lend itself to this. The only answer is to fit a complete new flexible drive.
228 Heating & Ventilation
Heating & Ventilation 229
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Heater Assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
812301
812301R
812301M
521080
512365
PFS214
GHF602
GHF807
521080CR
HU503
515827
GHF600
812301FK
812301$
HB708
WP167
17H5431X
566375
566374
HN2007
566581
612241
CRST267
CRST127
HEATER ASSEMBLY
HEATER ASSEMBLY, recon, exchange
MATRIX
FAN MOTOR
FAN
SPIRE CLIP, securing fan
RIVET, motor to cradle
GROMMET, motor to cradle
CRADLE, fan motor
SCREW, cradle to casing
RESISTOR
RIVET, securing resistor
FITTING KIT, heater
SEAL, heater air inlet to plenum
SCREW, heater ass’y to plenum
WASHER, plain
GROMMET, screws to heater
WASHER, plain
SPACER, heater ass’y to plenum
NUT, heater assembly to bulkhead
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
LABEL, heater, ‘Smiths’
LABEL, heater, ‘Caution’
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
3
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
611726
623285
623285Z
611725
623284
623284Z
CS4012
GHC406
611040
611043
611043SS
YJ2464
FU2544
622141
627310
627310X
627310Z
622158
627311
627311X
627311Z
CS4012
GHC406
GRH1006M
rubber
36
37
38
214404
214404SS
214405
214405SS
101302
101302SS
TL11
40
565755
565755Z
148435
PIPE, heater return
PIPE, heater return, stainless steel
PIPE, heater return
NUT, tube
NUT, tub, stainless steel
OLIVE, sealing
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
WATER VALVE ASSEMBLY
WATER VALVE ASSEMBLY
ADAPTOR, water valve to cyl head
1
1
1
609123K
609123
559980
622361
602037
566047
712903
725372
609123K
609123
559980
622362
566047
712909
725370
131812
609795
128089
712911
725371
BCA4294
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
610181
WP138
WL205
HN2005
806740
806741
HHK1
602636
70
602638
71
72
CS4024
614342
TR5
TR6
alternative
TR5
TR6
alternative
614343
715031
GHH175/18
74
GHH175M
614340
alternative
715032
stainless steel
75
614341
715033
TR5; TR250; early TR6
TR6
{ alternatives
GHH150/18
}
TR6
{ alternatives
}
alternative
per metre
{
}
{
}
European models:
TR5; TR6.
TR250; TR6.
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
alternative
1
1
1
1 { alternatives
1 }
1
76
77
78
79
80
GHH150M
CS4030
622151
575015
622138
713040
ESCUTCHEON, demister outlet
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, escutcheon and nozzle attaching
NOZZLE ASSEMBLY, demister, LH
NOZZLE ASSEMBLY, demister, RH
DEMISTER & AIR HOSE KIT
HOSE, heater to demister nozzle, LH
(11 1/2” long x 1 1/2” diameter)
HOSE, heater to demister nozzle, RH
HOSE CLIP
HOSE, heater to ‘Y’ piece tube,
(driver side, 14” long x 1 3/4” diameter)
HOSE, heater to ‘Y’ piece tube,
(driver side, 14” long x 1 3/4” diameter)
HOSE, heater to ‘Y’ piece tube
(passenger side, 18” long x 1 3/4” dia.)
HOSE, heater air, 1 3/4” diameter,
HOSE, ‘Y’ piece tube to fascia louvre
HOSE, ‘Y’ piece tube to fascia louvre
HOSE, ‘Y’ piece tube to footwell louvre
HOSE, ‘Y’ piece tube to footwell louvre
HOSE, ‘Y’ piece tubes to louvres
(18” long x 1 3/4” diameter)
HOSE, heater air, 1 1/2” diameter
HOSE CLIP
HOSE CLIP
SLEEVE, PVC, protecting hose
TUBE, ‘Y’ piece
LOUVRE, fascia fresh air, metal
2
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2 {
}
a/r
2 {
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
a/r {
}
a/r
12
1 {
1 }
2
2 {
}
2 {
}
2
2 {
}
2
TR5, TR250; early TR6.
TR6.
TR5, TR250 early TR6.
TR6.
alternative.
per metre.
TR6.
TR6.
alternative.
bulk, per metre.
Driver’s side only.
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP50000/CC50000.
720650
LOUVRE, fascia fresh air, plastic
TR6 (c) CP50001/CC50001
to CR1/CF1.
725776
LOUVRE, fascia fresh air, plastic
81 713040
LOUVRE, footwell fresh air, metal
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP50000/CC50000.
720650
LOUVRE, footwell fresh air, plastic
TR6 (c) CP50001/CC50001.
For the mounting hardware to install the louvres see, Interior Trim - Dash (Fascia) & Crash Pads.
Uprated Heater Kit
Kit includes high(er) speed motor and high volume fan.
82
83
84
alternative
812301X
812301XM
812301XF
HEATER KIT, uprated
FAN MOTOR
FAN
1
1
1
Hose Kits
Kits include all hoses for cooling and heating and corresponding hose clips. Available in black, green or green
silicone.
Heater Controls
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
SWITCH, heater fan, push pull type
WASHER, under knob
KNOB, heater fan switch, pictorial type
KNOB, heater fan switch, written type
SWITCH, heater fan, toggle type
73
HOSE, outlet, Black
1
HOSE, outlet, Black
1
HOSE, outlet, Black
1
HOSE, inlet, Black
1
HOSE, inlet, Black
1
HOSE, inlet, Black
1
HOSE CLIP, ‘Supergrip’ type
4
HOSE CLIP, ‘Jubilee’ type
4
GASKET, rubber, connection to bulkhead 1
CONNECTION, bulkhead, heater hoses
1
CONNECTION, bulkhead, heater hoses
1
SCREW, connection to bulkhead
2
SPIRE NUT
2
HOSE, feed, Black & Yellow
1
HOSE, feed, Green
1
HOSE, feed, Green, straight, silicone
1
HOSE, feed, Black, straight
1
HOSE, return, Black & Yellow
1
HOSE, return, Green
1
HOSE, return, Green, silicone (L shaped) 1
HOSE, return, Black (L shaped)
1
HOSE CLIP, ‘Supergrip’ type
4
HOSE CLIP, ‘Jubilee’ type
4
a/r
HOSE, heater, 1/2”
Water Valve & Controls
39
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
715034
Heater Pipes
35
Description
Demister & Air Hoses
Heater Hoses
24
ill. Part Number
No
TRUNNION KIT, cable clamp
TRUNNION, cable clamp
SCREW, cable clamping
CABLE, water valve control
GROMMET, on control cable
BEZEL, securing cable to switch plinth
KNOB, water valve control, pictorial type
KNOB, water valve control, written type
TRUNNION KIT, cable clamp
TRUNNION, cable clamp
CABLE ASSEMBLY, air distribution
BEZEL, securing cable to switch plinth
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
85
GZA971K
GZA971BLKK
GZA971ZK
GZA971XK
HOSE KIT, Green, original
HOSE KIT, Black, reinforced
HOSE KIT, Black, replacement
HOSE KIT, Green silicone
1
1
1
1
{
| all Pi models
|
}
PAINT, heater case (aerosol)
PAINT, heater case (brush-on)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r {
a/r }
Consumables
86
alternative
87
88
GEC2001
GEC1002
GEC2005
CCEP4
CCEP4BR
1 litre
2 litre
5 litre
black semi-gloss
230 Dash (Facia)
Dash (Facia) 231
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Fascia Panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
ill. Part Number
No
FASCIA PANEL ASS’Y, RHD
FASCIA PANEL ASS’Y, LHD
918204
HN2007
WL207
WP7
HU706
WL207
FASCIA PANEL ASS’Y, LHD
NUT, metal fascia to scuttle rail
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, metal fascia to ‘A’ post tops
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1 {
}
1
5
5
5
2
2
907710
TR5
TR6 (c) CP models
TR6 (c) CR models
TR5; TR250;
TR6 (c) CP/CC models
TR6 (c) CR/CF models
907709HK
907712HK
611565
625806
511669
517771
511668
609745
WOOD DASH PANEL, LHD with
1
chrome glove box hinges & chrome lock
1
Black glove box hinges & chrome lock
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock and
hazard switch aperture (15/16” x 1 5/8”)
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock
& one warning lamp aperture under
instrument cluster for seat belt warning lamp
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock & two
warning lamp apertures under instrument
cluster for seat belt warning lamp &
brake failure warning lamp
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock & three
warning lamp apertures under instrument
cluster for seat belt warning lamp, brake
failure warning lamp & EGR warning lamp
HINGE KIT, chromed hinges and screws 1
HINGE KIT, Black hinges and screws
1
HINGE, glove box lid, chromed
2
HINGE, glove box lid, Black
2
SCREW, hinge to lid and fascia
10
10
4
CHECK LINK ASS’Y, metal
1
630972
609745
CHECK LINK ASS’Y, plastic
CHECK LINK ASS’Y, metal
907713
910058
910059
917550
One of the nicest parts of the TR is (or should be) the dashboard. Lets face it, both driver and passenger spend
enough time looking at it! Many TR’s sport all Black trim, so the dash is often the only relief to the blackness. In
the past, the trend was to try and emulate, as closely as possible, the ‘Teak’ effect of the original veneer. This
emulation was made difficult by the fading, caused mostly by sunlight, changing the colour, quite often to several different shades over the dashes’ length. Frankly it is doubtful if the correct shade could be agreed upon
though there are very good indications given in the photographs in certain or specialist books (such as Bill
Piggott’s ‘Original Triumph TR’). If the TR is being prepared to ‘as close as possible to original’ condition, this
would be a very important consideration- more if the car is to be ‘shown’. The fact that the quality of the original dashes was fairly low- about what you would expect for a buying price around £3 in the 1970s, is quite irrelevant. These days, they all cost the same to make and, being handmade, considerably more than Triumph’s buying price.
What seems to be required currently is, well, just about anything the owner desires, and why not? Have a good
look at what others have chosen (not only in TR’s) and you’ll get a pretty good idea what it will look like in your
TR. The range of finishes and veneers is small but remembered that the veneer can be stained as desired so no
two will ever be absolutely identical; yours will be unique.
The choices are;
Gloss (A) or Matt (M)
Light (L) or Dark (D)
Crown (C) or Burr (B)
‘Crown Matt Light’ is the nearest to the original and curiously this is the least popular choice. Burr, gloss Light
and dark are the two most popular: not surprisingly when seen in the flesh - see illustrations: (accessory section).
To obtain a dash it really is worth having a good look first, as they are rather delicate things to send round the
country or abroad. It would be worth asking your chosen outlet to show you samples to assist in choosing the
colour and finish. If the precise dash is not in stock, then the delivery is 2-4 weeks, depending on the time of
year- even dashboard makers have holidays. An alternative is to go to the Accessory section, and select from
there. If your local branch doesn’t have your choice, there may well be a sample elsewhere in the Moss group.
To order, therefore, identify the part number of the correct dashboard for your TR and simply add the suffix letters as above. For example a RHD TR5/early TR6 one in Light burr gloss would be 907709LBG. As virtually a
bespoke part, if you decide you don’t like it, you may understand why the supplier won’t want to see it back on
his shelf!
Make sure you are clear about what order the suffix letters appear;
Veneer
Finish
Hue
B
G
D
We are informed by our suppliers that the burr veneer is now elm rather than walnut these days. We are waiting for the first TR to fail it’s MOT due to Dutch Elm disease. No prizes.
WKC2511
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
European models
907709
907712
910057
917647
907710
907713
910058
917648
Qty.
Req.
Details
907668
910060
918203
907669
Wood Veneer Dash Panels
7
Description
WOOD DASH PANEL, RHD, with
1
1
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock & separate
switches for windscreen wipers & washer
WOOD DASH PANEL, RHD with
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock & with
round hazard switch aperture & single
switch for windscreen wipers & washer
WOOD DASH PANEL, LHD, with
1
1
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock & hazard
15
5
switch aperture measuring /16” x 1 /8”
1
Black glove box hinges, Black lock, round
hazard switch aperture & single switch
for windscreen wipers and washer
{
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
{
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
TR5; early TR6
TR6 to (c) CP75000
TR6 (c) CP75001 to CR1
TR6 from (c) CR1
TR5; early TR6
TR6 to (c) CP75000
TR6 (c) CP75001 to CR1
TR6 from CR1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
CZA7135
511670
510995
621695
613863
TW402
611584
631404
609463
616275
YZ3303
511671K
517710K
511671
CD24153
517710
517711
621827
TW402
622222
TW402
621794
630535
TW402
622280
622230
TW402
616333
626687
601678
YB1102
RR606
FX3203
WD157
610592
HU704
WL207
WP23
PX504
WL205
WP113
{
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
}
TR250; early TR6
early TR6 to (c) CC75000
to late 1972
TR6 from late 1972
to (c) CF1
TR6 (c) CF1 to CF35000
TR6
TR6
TR6
{ TR5; TR250; TR6 to
} (c) CC/CP75000.
1
1 {
}
CHECK LINK ASS’Y, plastic
1
SCREW, link to lid
2
SCREW, link to fascia
2
BRACKET, buffer, cubby box lid
1
BUFFER, rubber
1
SCREW, wood, bracket to dash
2
LOCK ASSEMBLY, cubby box, chrome
1 {
}
LOCK ASSEMBLY, cubby box, Black
1
PULL, finger, cubby box lock
1
BRACKET, striker, cubby box lock
1
SCREW, self tapping, bracket to fascia
2
FITTING KIT, dash, chrome screws
1
FITTING KIT, dash, Black screws
1
SCREW, self tapping, chrome
5 {
WASHER, cup, chrome
5 }
SCREW, self tapping, Black
5 {
WASHER, cup, Black
5 }
PLATE, retaining wiper switch
1 {
SCREW, plate to dash
2 }
PLATE, retaining Light switch
1 {
SCREW, plate to dash
2 }
BRACKET, mounting panel Light switch
1
BRACKET, mounting panel Light switch
1
SCREW, bracket to dash
2
BRACKET, mounting hazard lamp switch 1 {
}
BRACKET, mounting hazard lamp switch 1
SCREW, bracket to dash
2
LEVER, vent lid operating
1
LEVER, vent lid operating
1
KNOB, vent lid operating lever
1
SCREW, knob to lever
1
RIVET, pivot, lever to fascia
1
RETAINER, ‘Truarc’, pivotal rivet to fascia 1
WASHER, double coil, lever to fascia
1
CHANNEL, support, fascia to dash
1
SCREW, support channel to dash
1
WASHER, locking
1
WASHER, plain
1
SCREW, support channel to fascia
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
TR6 (c) CP/CC75001 to CR/CF1.
TR6 (c) CR/CF1 to
CR5000/CF12500.
TR6 from (c) CR5001/CF12501.
TR5; TR250; TR6 to
(c) CP/CC75000.
TR6 from (c) CP/CC75001
optional fitment
TR6
TR6
TR5; TR250; TR6 to CR/CF1
TR6 from (c) CR/CF1
TR5; TR250; TR6 to CR/CF1
TR6 from (c) CR/CF1
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (c) CC/CP75000.
TR6
232 Dash (Facia)
Dash (Facia) 233
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
818411
Cubby Box & Fittings
46
47
48
49
50
805135
815746
815747
815747SAP
623920
552522
YA303
514917
CUBBY BOX ASSEMBLY
CUBBY BOX ASSEMBLY, RHD
CUBBY BOX ASSEMBLY, LHD
CUBBY BOX ASSEMBLY, universal
RETAINER, circular, cubby box lamp
RIVET, ‘Pop’ type
SCREW, self tapping
SPIRE NUT
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
6
TR5; TR250
TR6
TR6
aftermarket plastic, fits all
76
77
78
79
Original cubby boxes in TR6 cars are handed by the fact that the circular retainer for the cubby box lamp was
fitted and a piercing in the fibre is made to allow the Light bulb to shine through. The retainer is not fitted to the
universal replacement cubby box so you can fit it as required. The retainer fits on the LH side of the cubby box
on RHD cars and vice-versa for LHD cars. TR5 & TR250 did not have the luxury of a glove box lamp which is
why their glove boxes are not originally handed.
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
51
52
53
54
55
619071
631001
151275
37H5181
622405
87
88
89
90
56
625964
57
626856
SWITCH, glove box lamp
BUFFER, rubber
BULB, glove box lamp
BULB HOLDER, glove box lamp
PLATE, self adhesive, tyre pressures etc
(mounted on glove box lid)
PLATE, self adhesive, tyre pressures etc.
mounted on glove box lid
PLATE, self adhesive, tyre pressures etc.
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
TR5; TR250,
1967 to 1968.
TR6 (c) CC25000 to
CC51032, 1969.
TR6 (c) CC51033 to
CF58328, 1970 to 1976.
Louvre Assemblies
58
59
60
61
62
63
713040
620408
620847
620848
WQ304
720650
LOUVRE ASSEMBLY, metal
RING, clamping louvre to fascia
CLAMP, louvre to fascia
NUT, knurled
WASHER, locking
LOUVRE ASSEMBLY, plastic
2
2
4
4
4
2
64
65
725776
629142
713040
720650
RING, rubber, sealing,
LOUVRE ASSEMBLY, metal
2
2
2
2
622133
622132
YZ3404
FF2544
HU506
HN2005
WL205
WP5
BRACKET ASS’Y, footwell louvre, RH
BRACKET ASS’Y, footwell louvre, LH
SCREW, self tapping
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, clamping louvres in brackets
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
4
4
2
2
2
2
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
{
|
|
|
}
{
}
TR5; TR250; TR6
to (c) CP/CC50000.
to CR/CF1.
TR6 all (c) CR/CF models.
TR6 from (c) CP/CC50000.
TR5; TR250; TR6 CP50000.
{ TR6 from (c) CP/CC50000
} to CR/CF1.
73
TGK180
TGK181
TGK182
TGK183
TGK184
74
75
812081
CRASH PAD KIT, includes dash top,
lower crash pads, switch plinth
and door top trim pads
818401
812091
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
1 {
|
}
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
102
Crash Pads
TR5; TR250;
TR6 to (c) CP50000;
RHD & LHD.
TR6 RHD
(c) CP50001 to CR5000.
NUT, crash pad to fascia lower
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
CRASH PAD, dash top, padded
CRASH PAD, dash top, padded
ASHTRAY ASSEMBLY
CRASH PAD, ignition switch
CLIP
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SWITCH PLINTH
SWITCH PLINTH
SWITCH PLINTH
SCREW, plinth reinforcement to fascia
WASHER, locking
SCREW, self tapping
SPIRE NUT
Qty.
Req.
1 {
}
6
6
6
1
1
1
1 {
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 }
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Details
TR6 RHD
from (c) CP50001.
alternative, no ashtray hole
TR5; TR250
TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000
Dash Support
101
The plastic fascia fresh air louvre assemblies are interchangeable. The difference between the two plastic ones
is a cosmetic bright finished edge on the later type. Other models from the Triumph range (TR5, Stag, Innsbruck)
were fitted with similar vents to those in the TR6. The metal vents are retained in the fascia by a stud ring,
clamps and nuts; the plastic vents are secured by clips on the periphery of the louvre.
HN2005
WQ305
WF113
811936
904115
613186
718813
627340
WP5
WL205
HN2005
574723
811932
718787
HU704
WL207
500647
FU2584
Description
103
104
105
106
616193
625225
HU806
WP34
YN2908
HU807
512393
500172
WP8
YN2908
623201
812001
815721
821571
821551
812001R
815721R
821571R
821551R
812001X
815721X
821571X
821551X
821551Z
821551L
HU712
WL207
WP7
617069
633891
107 512462
RMP2312
108 WP31
109 WL205
110 HN2005
BRACKET, filler, dash support
1 {
}
BRACKET, filler, dash support
1
SCREW, bracket to fascia
2
WASHER, plain
2
NUT, nyloc
2
SCREW, dash support to bracket
2
SCREW, dash support to bracket, chrome 2
WASHER, plain, screw to dash support
2
WASHER, plain
2
NUT, nyloc
2
CAP, plastic, Black, covering screw head 2
BRACKET, dash support
1
1
1
1
BRACKET, dash support, recovered
1
1
1
1
MOULDED COVER, support bracket
1
1
1
1
RECOVERING KIT, Black vinyl
1
RECOVERING KIT, Black leather
1
SCREW, dash support to floor
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
PLATE, radio aperture blanking, fine grain 1 {
}
PLATE, radio aperture, coarse grain
1
SCREW, blanking plate, chrome
2 {
SCREW, blanking plate, Black
2 }
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
2
TR5; TR250;
TR6 (c) CP/CC models.
TR6 (c) CR/CF models
TR5; TR6
TR250
TR5; TR250
TR6 (c) CR models
TR6 (c) CF models
TR5; TR250
TR6 (c) CR models
TR6 (c) CF models
TR5; TR250
TR6 (c) CR models
TR6 (c) CF models
TR5; TR250;
TR6 (c) CR/CF models.
alternatives
TR6 RHD from
(c) CR5001.
Crash Pads
TR6 LHD
(c) CP/CC50001 to
CR5000/CF12500.
TR6 LHD from
(c) CR5001/CF12501.
TR5; TR6 RHD;
TR6 LHD to
(c) CP/CC50000.
TR6 LHD from
(c) CP/CC50001.
TR5; TR250; TR6 LHD
TR6 RHD to
(c) CP50000.
The original method of production for the waist rail trim, dash top and crash rail padding is called foam box
moulding. It isn’t really suitable for mass production, especially as it involves 3 separate operations. The first is
the metal press tool to produce the mounting metalwork (as in the dash crash padding). The second is the vacuum forming tool, which puts the shape and grain into the vinyl. Finally, these two components are assembled
into a box which aligns the skin correctly relative to its metal work and expanding foam is injected between the
two. Open the box and out pops the finished article, though this may need Light trimming. Regrettably though
this trim is nice when New, both skin and foam are easily damaged. The foam also seems to succumb to the
ravages of sunlight, not that too much ravaging by sunlight occurs in the UK. The actual crash protection offered
is negligible and the hardness of the foam varies considerably.
234 Cockpit Trim Kits
TR5, TR250 & TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000
Cockpit Trim Kits 235
TR5, TR250 & TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Interior Trim
ill. Part Number
No
Trim Kit Contents
Trim kits include the following items constructed in a similar manner to the original from matched colour grained
vinyl’s:-
One pair of Door Liners.
One pair of Rear Quarter Liners.
One pair of Rear Wheel Arch Covers with foam support backings
Two Pieces of Vinyl material to cover the inside face of the ‘B’ post
Two vinyl covered triangular ‘B’ Post Gusset Liners.
One Rear Cockpit Liner.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Trim Kits TR5; TR250.
TKA6221
TKA6222
TKA6227
TKA6397
TKA6223
TKA6224
TK2030Z
TRIM KIT, Black (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Red (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Shadow blue (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Midnight blue (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Light tan (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Light tan (tan piping)
TRIM KIT, Biscuit (biscuit piping)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
| vinyl
|
|
}
TKA6221L
TKA6222L
TKA6227L
TKA6397L
TKA6223L
TKA6224L
TKA2030ZL
TRIM KIT, Black (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Red (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Shadow blue (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Midnight blue (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Light tan (white piping)
TRIM KIT, Light tan (tan piping)
TRIM KIT, Biscuit (biscuit piping)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
| leather
|
|
}
812261/71
621881
813051
812361/71
713861/71
806245
713171
713181
TKA6221FK
YZ3426
608586
608516
507819
CD24152
608511
507819
CD24152
621991
621992
621993
621996
621997
DOOR LINERS, Black (white piping)
1
pair
‘B’ POST GUSSET, Black
2
REAR COCKPIT LINER, Black
1
pair
QUARTER PANELS, Black (white piping)
1
W/ARCH COVERS, Black (white piping)
1
pair
FOAM PAD, wheel arch covers
2
STRIP, edge of door post, Black, LH
1
STRIP, edge of door post, Black, RH
1
TRIM FITTING KIT
1
SCREW, self tapping, door liner pocket 4
CUP WASHER, clawed
4
CLIP, spring, liner to door
30
rear quarter liner
SCREW, self tapping
6
WASHER, cup
6
CLIP, spring, rear quarter liner
6
SCREW, self tapping
11
rear cockpit liner
WASHER, cup
11
CAP, Black
4 {
CAP, Matador Red
4 | Use appropriate
CAP, Light tan
4 | coloured cap
CAP, Midnight blue
4 | to match trim
CAP, Shadow blue
4 }
Trim Kits TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000
TKA6311
TKA6312
TKA6317
TKA6313
TK2031Z
Qty.
Req.
Details
Trim Kits TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000 continued....
The TR5; TR250 and TR6 used basically two different grain vinyl materials throughout their production. These
are best described as fine and coarse. Broadly speaking the grain pattern started production with fine and went
to a course in 1973 when (c) CR/CF models were introduced.
There are two distinct styles used in the welded face pattern of the liners. This pattern changed at (c) CP50001.
Another change happened to the door liners at (c) CR12501 when the door closing pull was relocated from the
padded door top to the centre of the door liner. This was a change that gave a more durable door pull closing
method than the sculptured padded door top that had been used earlier.
• To (c) CP50000 the door liners and rear quarter liners had 4 horizontal welded lines and the rear cockpit
liner had vertical welded lines.
• From (c) CP50001 to (c) CR12500 the door, rear quarter and rear cockpit liners had 2 horizontal welded
lines.
• From (c) CR12501 the liners had the same welded pattern as those previously, the door liners however
were pierced centrally with an oblong hole to accommodate the door pull handle and pocket.
We have not listed above individual components of NON-BLACK trim kits. This is due to specification changes
in modern materials which render it almost impossible to guarantee either colour or grain match with O.E. panels. If, however an individual panel is needed, it may be possible to order it specially (prepaid) on the understanding that it will only match what we currently supply. The required item may have to be purchased as part
of a pair. Please telephone to make necessary arrangements.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Description
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, Red
TRIM KIT, Shadow blue
TRIM KIT, Light tan
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
TKA6311L
TKA6312L
TKA6317L
TKA6313L
TKA2031ZL
816271/81
621881
813051
816211/21
717211/21
806245
713171
713181
TKA6221FK
YZ3426
608586
608516
507819
CD24152
608511
713511
512611
YZ3105
507819
CD24152
713511
512611
YZ3105
621991
621992
621993
621997
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, Red
TRIM KIT, Light tan
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
DOOR LINERS, pair, Black
QUARTER PANELS, pair, Black
WHEEL ARCH COVERS, pair, Black
TRIM FITTING KIT
SCREW, self tapping
CUP WASHER, clawed
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, cup
CLIP, spring, rear quarter liner
STUD, snap, Black
WASHER, spacing
SCREW, self tapping
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, cup
STUD, snap, Black
WASHER, spacing
SCREW, self tapping
CAP, Black
CAP, Matador Red
CAP, Light tan
CAP, Shadow blue
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
4
30
6
6
6
2
2
2
7
7
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
{
|
| Leather
|
}
door liner pocket
rear quarter liner
stud and washer
rear cockpit liner
stud and washer
{
| Use appropriate coloured
| cap to match trim
}
Door Pulls TR5; TR250; TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000.
43
44
812311
812321
DOOR PULL, Black, LH
DOOR PULL, Black, RH
1
1
The door top pull finisher assemblies originally planned for the TR model were coloured to match the interior trim
colour of the car. This was not incorporated in the production TR. The foam filled and shaped door top pulls were only
fitted to TR5/250/6 models up to CR/CF12501. After this the door pull was incorporated as a pocket in the face of the
door liner panel; and the door top finisher was reduced to being a simple Black vacuum formed vinyl covering.
Draught Excluder
45
46
47
48
49
50
622747
622748
YA323
713511
554407
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER
FINISHER, draught excluder, LH
FINISHER, draught excluder, RH
SCREW
STUD, snap, Black
RIVET, securing stud
2
1
1
2
2
2
see Body Panels & Fittings
Console Panels TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000.
As with other vinyl trim in the car, the gearbox tunnel trim pads were covered in either the fine or course grained
vinyl material, dependant on the year of the car. These trim panels were always Black.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
815921
815931
XKC371
XKC351
822251AL
822261AL
XKC371AL
XKC351AL
YJ2464
619627
FJ2444/8
625688
564998
ZKC401
519651
625549
FJ2465
616233
CONSOLE PANEL, LH, without hole
CONSOLE PANEL, RH, without hole
CONSOLE PANEL, LH, with hole
CONSOLE PANEL, RH, with hole
SCREW, self tapping, panel to bracket
CUP WASHER
SPIRE NUT
BRACKET, spire nut to tunnel
RIVET, ‘Pop’ type, bracket to tunnel
STAY BAR, speaker support
SCREW, self tapping, panel to stay bar
CUP WASHER
SPIRE NUT
BUFFER, rubber, stay bar to heater box
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
1
2
2
2
1
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
{
| Leather
|
}
{ Riveted to gearbox
} tunnel cover
Consumables
63
64
65
66
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
TRIM ADHESIVE, contact type
INTERIOR SHAMPOO, ‘Autoglym’
VINYL/RUBBER CARE, ‘Autoglym’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1 litre Tin, brush-on
Aerosol. 370gm
500ml
500ml
TR6 from (c) CP/CC50000 to CR1/CF1
Cockpit Trim Kits 237
TR6 from (c) CP/CC50000 to CR1/CF1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Trim Kits TR6 CP/CC50000 up to CR1/CF1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TKA6321
TKA6322
TKA6327
TKA6323
TKA6329
TK2035Z
TKA6331L
TKA6332L
TKA6337L
TKA6333L
TKA6339L
TKA2035ZL
819711/21
621881
819731
819751/61
717211/21
806245
713171
713181
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, Red
TRIM KIT, Light tan
TRIM KIT, New tan
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, Red
TRIM KIT, Light tan
TRIM KIT, New tan
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
DOOR LINERS, Black, pair
QUARTER PANELS, Black, pair
WHEEL ARCH COVERS, Black, pair
ill. Part Number
No
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, Red
TRIM KIT, New tan
TRIM KIT, Chestnut
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, Red
TRIM KIT, New tan
TRIM KIT, Chestnut
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
TRIM FITTING KIT
SCREW, self tapping,
CUP WASHER, clawed
SCREW, self tapping,
WASHER, cup
CLIP, spring,
STUD, snap, Black
WASHER, spacing
SCREW, self tapping
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, cup
STUD, snap, Black
WASHER, spacing
SCREW, self tapping
621991
621992
621997
621993
630091
630093
CAP, Black
CAP, Matador Red
CAP, Shadow blue
CAP, Light tan
CAP, New tan
CAP, Chestnut
Qty.
Req.
Details
Draught Excluder
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
|
}
{
|
| leather
|
|
}
35
36
37
38
39
40
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
4
30
6
6
6
2
2
2
7
7
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
622747
622748
YA323
713511
554407
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER
SCREW
STUD, snap, Black
2
1
1
2
2
2
Console Panels
Additional mounting hardware is also required to securely attach the panels and loudspeakers. The panels make
an excellent job of hiding the under dash wiring.
41
42
Trim Kits TR6 CR1/CF1 to CR/CF12500
TKB6331
TKA6322
TKA6327
TKB6339
TKB6333
TK2035Z
TKB6331L
TKA6322L
TKA6327L
TKB6339L
TKB6333L
TK2035ZL
822121/141
631841
822211
822171/81
726321/31
806245
726301
726311
TKA6221FK
YZ3426
608586
608516
507819
CD24152
608511
713511
512611
YZ3105
507819
CD24152
713511
512611
YZ3105
Description
815921
815931
XKC371
XKC351
1
1
1
1
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
822251
822261
XKC371C
XKC351C
1
1
1
1
{
| coarse grain vinyl
|
}
822251AL
822261AL
XKC371AL
XKC351AL
1
1
1
1
{
| leather
|
}
YJ2464
619627
FJ2444/8
625688
564998
ZKC401
519651
625549
FJ2465
616233
SCREW, self tapping, pad to bracket
CUP WASHER
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, self tapping, panel to stay bar
CUP WASHER
SPIRE NUT
BUFFER, rubber, stay bar to heater box
2
2
2
2 { Riveted to gearbox
4 } tunnel cover
1
2
2
2
1
coarse grain vinyl
{ fine grain vinyl
}
{ coarse grain vinyl
}
fine grain vinyl
{
|
| leather
|
|
}
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Consumables
door liner pocket
53
54
55
56
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370gm
500ml
500ml
rear quarter liner
rear quarter liner to body
stud & washer
rear cockpit liner
stud and washer
{
|
| Use appropriate coloured
| cap to match trim
|
}
Door Pulls TR6 CP/CC50000 up to CR5000/CF12500
33
34
812311
812321
DOOR PULL, Black, LH
DOOR PULL, Black, RH
1
1
TR6 from (c) CR5001/CF12501
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
coarse grain vinyl
fine grain vinyl
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
SCREW, self tapping
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, cup
STUD, snap, Black
WASHER, spacing
SCREW, self tapping
CAP, Black
CAP, New tan
CAP, Chestnut
CAP, Beige
CAP, Shadow blue
2
7
7
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
FINISHER, Black, LH
FINISHER, Black, RH
ESCUTCHEON, plastic, Black
ESCUTCHEON, plastic, New tan
ESCUTCHEON, plastic, Beige
ESCUTCHEON, plastic, Chestnut
ESCUTCHEON, plastic, Shadow blue
POCKET, moulded plastic, door pull
GRAB, door pull finisher
NUT, plastic, in door frame
SCREW, self tapping, pocket and pull
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER
SCREW
STUD, snap, Black
2
1
1
2
2
2
Trim Kits TR6 from CR5001/CF12501
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
TKB6341
TKA6347
TRIM KIT, Black
1
1
TKB6349
TKB6343
TKB6344
TRIM KIT, New tan
TRIM KIT, Chestnut
TRIM KIT, Beige
1 {
1 | coarse grain vinyl
1 }
TK2037Z
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
1
TKB6341L
TKA6347L
TKB6349L
TKB6343L
TKB6344L
TK2037ZL
TRIM KIT, Black
TRIM KIT, New tan
TRIM KIT, Chestnut
TRIM KIT, Beige
TRIM KIT, Biscuit
1
1
1
1
1
1
824801/11
631841
822211
822171/81
726321/31
806245
726301
726311
TKA6221FK
YZ3426
608586
608516
507819
CD24152
608511
713511
512611
TRIM FITTING KIT
SCREW, self tapping
CUP WASHER, clawed
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, cup
CLIP, spring
STUD, snap, Black
WASHER, spacing
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
4
30
6
6
6
2
2
fine grain vinyl
{
|
| Leather
|
|
}
rear quarter liner
rear quarter liner to body
Details
stud & washer
rear cockpit liner
stud & washer
as required
Door Finisher
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
door liner pocket
YZ3105
507819
CD24152
713511
512611
YZ3105
621991
630091
630093
630094
621997
Qty.
Req.
824901
824911
624681
634283
624684
624683
624687
716011
624634
630225
YZ3503
stainless steel
Draught Excluder
32
33
34
35
36
37
622747
622748
YA323
713511
554407
Sound Deadening Pads 239
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Console Panels
Additional mounting hardware is also required to securely attach the panels and loudspeakers. The panels make
an excellent job of hiding the under dash wiring.
822251
822261
XKC371C
XKC351C
1
1
1
1
{
|
}
822251AL
822261AL
XKC371AL
XKC351AL
1
1
1
1
{
| Leather
|
}
40
41
42
YJ2464
619627
FJ2444/8
SCREW, self tapping, pad to bracket
CUP WASHER
SPIRE NUT
2
2
2
43
44
625688
564998
2 { Riveted to gearbox
4 } tunnel cover
45
46
47
48
49
ZKC401
519651
625549
FJ2465
616233
SCREW, self tapping
CUP WASHER
SPIRE NUT
BUFFER, rubber
1
2
2
2
1
38
39
panel to stay bar
stay bar to heater box
Consumables
50
51
52
53
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370gm
500ml
500ml
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Sound Proof Pads
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
CSA6451
616888
626560
626561
619138
619139
626562
626563
626694
626695
626565
SOUND PROOFING KIT
SOUND PROOF PAD, door shell
SOUND PROOF PAD, rear floor, LH
SOUND PROOF PAD, rear floor, RH
SOUND PROOF PAD, heel board, LH
SOUND PROOF PAD, heel board, RH
SOUND PROOF PAD, rear shelf, LH
SOUND PROOF PAD, rear shelf, RH
SOUND PROOF PAD, fuel tank, centre
SOUND PROOF PAD, fuel tank, LH
SOUND PROOF PAD, fuel tank, RH
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
240 Seat Assembly & Fittings: TR5 , TR250
Seat Assembly & Fittings: TR5 , TR250 241
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Seat Assembly & Fittings
TR5; TR250
TR5 & TR250 seats are the same. All covers have white piping except Light tan. Following the Triumph tradition,
is the option of leather facings to the parts of the seats which make contact with the body when sat on the seat.
This is not a full leather seat.
The part numbers & applications for the original seats are listed for historical information only. For aftermarket
replacement seat assemblies, please refer to our accessory section.
Right Hand Seat Assemblies
1
907441
907442
907443
907446
907447
SEAT ASS’Y, Black (white piping)
SEAT ASS’Y, Red (white piping)
SEAT ASS’Y, Light tan
SEAT ASS’Y, Midnight blue (white piping)
SEAT ASS’Y, Shadow blue (white piping)
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
907461
907462
907463
907466
907467
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| Leather faced
|
}
Left Hand Seat Assemblies
907431
907432
907433
907436
907437
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
907451
907452
907453
907456
907457
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| Leather faced
|
}
SEAT COVER KIT, Black (white piping)
SEAT COVER KIT, Red (white piping)
SEAT COVER KIT, Light tan
SEAT COVER KIT, Midnight blue
(white piping)
SEAT COVER KIT, Shadow blue
(white piping)
1
1
1
1
SEAT COVER KIT, Black (white piping)
SEAT COVER KIT, Red (white piping)
SEAT COVER KIT, Midnight blue
(white piping)
(white piping)
1
1
1
1
Seat Cover Kits
2
SCA6411
SCA6412
SCA6413
SCA6417A
SCA6417
SCL6411
SCL6412
SCL6413
SCL6417AL
SCL6417
{
|
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
1 |
}
{
|
|
| Leather faced
|
1 |
}
3
SFK6411
SEAT FOAM PADDING SET
1
4
812023
812022
SEAT FRAME ASSEMBLY, RH
SEAT FRAME ASSEMBLY, LH
1
1
812037WK
812037
812038
812031
812032
812033
812034
812035
812036
SEAT WIRE KIT
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
812049
812050
812043
812044
812045
812046
812047
812048
GAC6121X
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
SEAT WEBBING KIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
one car set
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
621057
621340
566592
612251
612261
612273
SCA6411FK
608817
610520
608862
RUBBER STRAP
HOOK, securing strap
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
CLIP
SPRING, cushion tension
HARDWARE & FIXING KIT
CLIP, securing cover to frame
CLIP, securing cover to frame
CLIP, tubular
10
20
2
2
20
2
1
4
24
8
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
713307
713308
621981
621982
621458
621776
621960
503661
506731
505307
508875
621515
503923
509141
CONTROL ROD ASSEMBLY, LH
CONTROL ROD ASSEMBLY, RH
SPRING, safety catch, LH
SPRING, safety catch, RH
KNOB, safety catch
CLIP, securing knob to rod
BRACKET, pivot
WASHER, plain
SCREW, pivot bracket to frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber
WASHER, plain
SCREW, buffer to seat frame
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
8
8
8
4
4
4
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
812237
812239
SLP138
812237FK
502449
510506
516555
HU708
WP7
WL207
WM67
HU806
WP133
YN2908
SEAT SLIDE ASSEMBLY, LH
SEAT SLIDE ASSEMBLY, RH
RUBBER COVER, slide handle
FITTING KIT, seat slides
SCREW, catch plate to seat slide
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, seat slide to floor
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, spacer
SCREW, seat slide to seat
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
1
1
2
1
4
4
4
8
8
8
4
4
8
4
49
552669
50
51
WL205
HN2005
STUD, ‘Lift the Dot’, tonneau
restraining strap
WASHER, locking
NUT
1 {
|
1 |
1 }
24
Details
Fitted to passenger
seat base only,
adjacent to hand brake
tunnel
Consumables
52
53
54
55
56
57
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
GAC2059X
GAC2058X
GAC2057X
INTERIOR SHAMPOO
VINYL/RUBBER CARE
LEATHER CLEANER
LEATHER CONDITIONER
HIDE FOOD, ‘Connolly’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370gm
500ml. ‘Autoglym’
‘Liquid Leather’ 250ml
11oz
one car set
{
|
|
| outer squab support
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
| inner squab support
|
|
|
}
more titbits...
During the 1960’s a small business was discovered (called a ‘Manufacturer’s Agent) which disposed of obsolete stock for Triumph. This was done quite ruthlessly by Triumph to clear out tracks and make way for New
models. It is hoped that the spares division was consulted first but doubtful that this was the case. The
clearout would also include experimental parts including (in the writer’s experience) a batch of 2.5 litre 4 pot
engines and some rather optimistic 5-speed TR gearboxes (which were a combination of TR lower gears and
Spitfire higher ones) but that’s another story.
The obsolete stock was presumably supposed to be disposed of into non-competitive markets, but as we
never heard from Triumph or BL and the ‘Agent’ has long since passed away, I don’t suppose we’ll ever be
getting a visit from Rover Security after all these years.
Amongst the obsolete stock were quite a few seats. Some were off the track, slightly damaged, and not worth
repairing as far as Triumph were concerned, but what were the unusually coloured ones? Often there would
be three colours of material used to finish the seat.
The truth, when it arrived was (predictably) a disappointment. The trim manufactures had used up odd scraps
of material to try out and demonstrate to Triumph, New ideas and patterns of seat. These were also used as
slaves on the track. Amazingly a dozen or so survived (Moss still has a few) but they only now have value as
re-coverable seat-frames.
Assembly & Fittings: TR6
242 Seat
TR6 (c) CP25000 to CP26998
Seat Assembly & Fittings: TR6 243
TR6 (c) CP25000 to CP26998
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
TR6 (c) CP25000 to CP26998
UK SPECIFICATION
9
The seats originally fitted to the Triumph TR6 PI sports car came in three distinctly different styles.
To (c) CP50000 having non reclining seats without head rests.
From (c) CP50001 to CP77716as fitted with similar style but with reclining seats without head rests.
The (c) CR1 onwards cars had reclining seats fitted with or with provision for head rests. The head rest is a
simple single stalk push in, height adjustable type similar in construction and design to many other Triumph
built cars of the period. Two other styles of seat were used in the TR6 model, although never fitted as standard to Fuel Injected, specification cars. These two seat types had head rests integral with the seat construction; one of the types having a tipping headrest that could be folded forward if a tonneau was to be fitted.
These seats are termed as US Spec. seats as that was the market they were originally fitted for (see the following pages for these seats). All TR6 seats can be interchanged between model years and series as they all
fit to the same spaced seat runners and floor panels.
The part numbers and applications for the original seats are listed for historical information only. For aftermarket replacement seat assemblies, please refer to our accessory section.
1
910701
910702
910703
910707
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Black
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Light tan
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Shadow blue
1
1
1
1
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
910721
910722
910723
910727
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
1
1
1
1
{
| leather faced
|
}
910691
910692
910693
910697
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red,
1
1
1
1
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
910711
910712
910713
910717
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
1
1
1
1
{
| Leather faced
|
}
SCA6511
SCA6512
SCA6513
SCA6517
SC2041Z
SEAT COVER KIT, Black
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
SEAT COVER KIT, Biscuit
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
|
SCL6511
SCL6512
SCL6513
SCL6517
SC2048Z
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| Leather faced
|
}
Seat Cover Kits
2
Other colours and materials are available, please enquire. To ensure that seats and trim match, it is important
that you order these items from the same supplier.
Seat Foam Kit
3
SFK6511
1
Seat Frames & Wires
4
5
6
7
8
ill. Part Number
No
908580
908581
1
1
910691WK
815689
815690
815683
815684
815685
815686
815687
815688
SEAT WIRE KIT, (for both seats)
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
10
11
12
815656
815657
815650
815651
815652
815653
815654
815655
Description
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
Qty.
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Details
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
Seat Webbing & Diaphragm
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
GAC6121X
621058
621059
621060
621057
621056
621340
566592
612251
612261
612273
SEAT WEBBING KIT
RUBBER STRAP, 8” long
RUBBER STRAP, 8.5” long
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
CLIP
2
2
4
4
2
2
28
2
2
20
2
one car set
SEAT COVER FITTING KIT
CLIP, back board trim to frame
CLIP, squab trim to frame
CLIP, cushion valance to frame
CLIP, tubular, trim to frame
HOG RING, hessian to squab wires
CLIP, back board to seat frame
CLIP, back board tops to seat frame
KNOB, safety catch
BRACKET, pivot
WASHER, plain
SCREW, pivot bracket to seat frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, spacer
SCREW, pivot, seat to seat slide
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
restraining strap
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
8
20
18
8
60
12
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
8
8
8
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
4
8
4
1 {
|
1 |
1 }
one car set
INTERIOR SHAMPOO
VINYL/RUBBER CARE
LEATHER CLEANER
LEATHER CONDITIONER
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370gm
Seat Fittings
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
SCA6511FK
608817
608817
608817
608862
561785
613769
613770
713307
713308
621981
621982
621458
621776
621960
503661
506731
505307
508875
621515
503923
509140
821137
821138
SLP138
812237FK
502449
510506
516555
HU708
WL207
WP7
WM67
HU806
WP133
YN2908
552669
58
59
WL205
HN2005
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Fitted to passenger
seat base only,
tunnel.
Consumables
60
61
62
63
64
65
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
GAC2059X
GAC2058X
GAC2057X
11oz
244 Seat Assembly & Fittings: TR6
TR6 (c) CP500001 to CP77716
TR6 (c) CP500001 to CP77716
ill. Part Number
No
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
14
Second type of seat fitted from (c) CP50001 to (c) CP77716. This is recognisable by having a reclining mechanism, operated by a chrome handle fitted to the outer side of the seat by the seat tipping safety catch release
lever. No headrest is fitted nor incorporated in this seat.
15
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
SEAT WEBBING KIT
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
CLIP
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
20
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
16
Leather faced seats were also offered as an option at the time of production.
912241
912242
576617
912243
912247
912248
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
SEAT ASSEMBLY, New tan
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Grey
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
|
}
912261
912262
576618
912263
912267
912268
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Grey
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| Leather faced
|
|
}
1
912231
912232
576615
912233
912237
912238
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Grey
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
|
}
912251
912252
576616
912253
912257
912258
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Grey
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| Leather faced
|
|
}
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
SEAT COVER KIT, New tan
SEAT COVER KIT, Grey
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
SEAT COVER KIT, Grey
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
|
}
{
|
|
| Leather faced
|
|
}
Seat Cover Kits
2
SCA6551
SCA6552
SCA6553
SCA6559
SCA6557
SCA6558
SC2043Z
SCL6551
SCL6552
SCL6553
SCL6559
SCL6557
SCL6558L
SC2050Z
3
4
5
6
7
SFK6551
716933
627211
627936
RB5508
FELT PAD STRIP, support wire
BRACKET, board to frame
SPACER, bracket to board
RIVET, bifurcated
8
911566
911567
576161
576162
912231WK
815683
815684
815685
815686
816079
816080
816077
816078
TORSION BAR, seat back recline, LH
TORSION BAR, seat back recline, RH
SEAT WIRE KIT, (does both seats)
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
9
10
11
12
13
1
4
4
4
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
one car set
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
815650
815651
815652
815653
816070
816071
816072
816073
GAC6121X
816760
816759
816758
816757
816755
816756
566592
612251
612261
Details
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
per seat.
Hardware & fixing kit to refurbish a pair of seats
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
SCA6551FK
608817
608817
608817
561785
561785
613769
613770
617063
717105
508194
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
WL205
720164
720165
621981
621982
621458
621776
621960
555285
506731
509141
505307
508875
629588
621515
WP196
509141
821137
821138
SLP138
812237FK
502449
510506
516555
HU708
WL207
WP7
WM67
HU806
WP133
YN2908
552669
67
68
WL205
HN2005
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
HARDWARE AND FIXING KIT
CLIP, back board trim to frame
CLIP, squab trim to frame
CLIP, cushion valance to frame
HOG RING, bottom side panel
CLIP, back board to seat frame
CLIP, back board tops to seat frame
HANDLE, seat adjustment
SCREW
1
8
28
24
40
4
12
4
2
2
2 {
}
WASHER, locking
2
1
1
2
2
KNOB, safety catch
2
2
BRACKET, pivot
4
WASHER, plain
4
SCREW, pivot bracket to seat frame
6
SCREW, pivot bracket and stop to frame 2
WASHER, locking
8
WASHER, plain
8
PLATE, rod stop
4
BUFFER, rubber
4
WASHER, plain
4
4
1
1
2
FITTING KIT, seat slide
2
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
8
WASHER, locking
8
WASHER, plain
8
WASHER, spacer
8
4
WASHER, plain
8
NUT, nyloc
4
1 {
restraining strap
|
WASHER, locking
1 |
NUT
1 }
alternative
handle to seat
frame mechanism
per seat
Fitted to passenger
seat base only,
tunnel
Consumables
69
70
71
72
73
74
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
GAC2059X
GAC2058X
GAC2057X
INTERIOR SHAMPOO
VINYL/RUBBER CARE
LEATHER CLEANER
LEATHER CONDITIONER
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370gm
11oz
TR6 (c) CR1 & CF1
TR6 (c) CR1 & CF1
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
The third and final design of TR6 seat had the provision for fitting a stalk type head rest. The head rest was
not always a standard fitment, it can however be easily fitted by removal of the blanking plug (if fitted) and
inserting the complete head rest assembly. The height adjustment of the head rest is maintained by a friction
roller system integral with the seat. This seat had a rake adjustment, recline mechanism as per the previous
type. All cars with commission no. prefix’s CR or CF were fitted with this type of seat. From a constructional
point of view this type of seat was very simple as the squab was supported only by rubber straps, not spring
wires and rubber straps.
The part numbers and applications for the original seats are listed for historical information only. For aftermarket replacement seat assemblies, please refer to our accessory section. Leather faced seats were also offered
as an option at the time of production.
1
919171
919173
923183
919177
919174
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Chestnut
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Beige
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| course grain vinyl
|
}
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Black,
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Chestnut
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Beige
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
}
SEAT COVER KIT, Chestnut
SEAT COVER KIT, Beige
SEAT COVER KIT, Chestnut
SEAT COVER KIT, Beige
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
|
}
{
|
| Leather faced
|
|
}
919161
919163
923173
919167
919164
Seat Cover Kits
2
SCB6641
SCB6643
SCB6649
SCA6647
SCB6644
SC2045Z
SCL6541
SCL6543
SCL6549
SCL6547
SCL6544
SC2052Z
3
4
5
6
7
8
919071
919073
923083
919077
919074
727651
727653
727673
727657
727654
722937
725972
625191
625193
633053
625197
625194
YZ3164
HEAD REST ASS’Y, Black
HEAD REST ASS’Y, Chestnut
HEAD REST ASS’Y, New tan
HEAD REST ASS’Y, Shadow blue
HEAD REST ASS’Y, Beige
COVER, head rest, Black
COVER, head rest, Chestnut
COVER, head rest, New tan
COVER, head rest, Shadow blue
COVER, head rest, Beige
PAD, foam, head restraint
FRAME ASSEMBLY, head rest
FINISHER, head rest, Black
FINISHER, head rest, Chestnut
FINISHER, head rest, New tan
FINISHER, head rest, Shadow blue
FINISHER, head rest, Beige
SCREW, self tapping
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
As fitted
The top of each seat squab has an eyelet inserted to accept an head rest. If the hole is not fitted with an head
rest it is blanked with a plastic plug. The blanking plug was coloured Black, however to either match or contrast with the trim two other colours are offered.
9
10
11
625139
AHA9779
PLUG, blanking, Black
PLUG, blanking, Brown
XGN1953
CZA4500
CZA4263
PLUG, blanking, Blue
EYELET
REINFORCER, eyelet
a/r
a/r { Use with Chestnut,
} New Tan or Beige
a/r
Use with Shadow Blue
2
2
The head rest is held up in place by a friction roller system that is secured in a welded section at he top of
the seat back frame. Two types of friction roller system were used, they are not interchangeable as they fit
different sized welded brackets on the seats.
12 CZA4713
ROLLER, head rest height, metal type
2 { not Interchangeable
13
14
15
16
ZKC1271
SRK10
SFK6541
627211
ROLLER, head rest height, nylon type
LINEN TAPE, retaining springs, Black
SEAT FOAM SET
2 }
2
1
4
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
17
18
RIVET, bifurcated
12
1
1
1
1
19
RB5508
917593
917594
576161
576162
Details
A rubber strap and hook kit is available to service each seat. The rubber strap is supplied as a continuous
strip which must be cut to length and fitted with the supplied securing hooks.
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SRK11
816801
816804
816901
621340
566592
612251
612261
SLP139
SLP140
SRK12
608862
608817
RUBBER STRAP AND HOOK KIT
RUBBER STRAP, upper
RUBBER STRAP, intermediate
RUBBER STRAP, lower
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
CLIP
WEBBING ASSEMBLY
HOOK, securing webbing
CLIP, tubular, cushion cover to frame
CLIP, cover to frame
2
4
6
2
24
2
2
20
2
24
1
4
38
very late cars only.
To advise the car occupants that they were not wearing a seat belt a simple weight operated switch was fitted under the seat cushion that interlocked with the seat belt stalk and a dash mounted warning Light.
33
34
35
36
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
158534
RB5208
WP109
720164
720165
621981
621982
621458
621776
621960
503661
506731
509141
505307
508875
629588
617063
717105
508194
WL205
621515
509141
503923
WP120
WP122
821137
821138
SRP138
812237FK
502449
510506
516555
HU708
WL207
WP7
WM67
HU806
WP133
YN2908
552669
70
71
WL205
HN2005
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
SWITCH, seat belt sensor
RIVET, bifurcated
WASHER, plain
KNOB, safety catch
BRACKET, pivot
WASHER, plain
SCREW, bracket to seat frame
SCREW, bracket & stop to seat frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
PLATE, rod stop
SCREW, handle
WASHER, locking
BUFFER, rubber
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, spacer
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
restraining strap
WASHER, locking
NUT
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
6
2
8
8
4
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
4
8
4
1 {
|
1 }
1
alternative
Fitted to passenger seat
base only adjacent to
hand brake tunnel.
Consumables
72
73
74
75
76
77
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
GAC2059X
GAC2058X
GAC2057X
INTERIOR SHAMPOO
VINYL/RUBBER CARE
LEATHER CLEANER
LEATHER CONDITIONER
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370gm
11oz
TR6 to (c) CC50000
TR6 to (c) CC50000
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Seats, Fittings & Seat Covers
(TR6 to (C) CC50000)
The headrest was required by USA safety regulations as an anti-whiplash measure and folded to permit use of
the ‘flat’ tonneau cover then specified. With hindsight, it might have been easier to alter the design of the tonneau cover. Which was, of course, what happened a couple of years later. All seat covers for this type of seat
have ‘STAG’ grain and are piped with their own colour. Only one handle is fitted and this permits the seat to tip
forward to gain access to the shelf area.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
22
23
24
25
26
WASHER, locking
TRUNNION, inner cable to control rod
SCREW
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WIRE KIT, does pair of seats
WIRE, inner, squab support, outer
WIRE, inner, squab support, inner
WIRE, inner, squab support ,outer
WIRE, inner, squab support, inner
WIRE, upper, squab support, outer
WIRE, upper, squab support, inner
WIRE, upper, squab support, outer
WIRE, upper, squab support, inner
WIRE, centre squab support, outer
WIRE, centre squab support, inner
WIRE, centre squab support, outer
WIRE, centre squab support, inner
WIRE, lower squab support, outer
WIRE, lower squab support, inner
WIRE, lower squab support, outer
WIRE, lower squab support, inner
RUBBER STRAP & HOOK KIT
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
CLIP
CLIP, trim covers to seat frame
CLIP, tubular
CLIP, seat backboard to back rail
CLIP, seat backboard to seat frame
CLIP, trim covers to seat frame, side
CLIP, trim covers to seat frame, rear
CLIP, trim, headrest cover to frame
KNOB, safety catch
BRACKET, pivot
WASHER, plain
SCREW, pivot bracket to frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW slide to floor
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, spacer
SCREW, pivot to seat slide
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
restraining strap
WASHER, locking
NUT
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
2
20
2
2
20
2
1
18
4
60
6
4
4
20
10
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
8
8
8
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
4
8
4
1
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
509354
609123
517675
517139
517676
910591WK
815508
815665
815509
815666
815506
815663
815507
815664
815685
815652
815686
815653
815687
815654
815688
815655
SRK13
621059
621060
621057
621056
621340
566592
612251
612261
612273
SRK14
608817
608862
561785
613769
613770
608817
608817
608817
716815
716816
621981
621982
621458
621776
621960
503661
506731
505307
508875
621515
509141
503923
821137
821138
SLP138
812237FK
502449
510506
516555
HU708
WL207
WP7
WM67
HU806
YN2908
WP133
552669
76
77
WL205
HN2005
27
28
910601
910602
910603
910607
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
1
1
1
1
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
910621
910622
910623
910627
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
1
1
1
1
{
| Leather faced
|
}
29
30
1
910591
910592
910593
910597
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
1
1
1
1
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
910611
910612
910613
910617
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red
1
1
1
1
{
| Leather faced
|
}
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
{
|
| Leather faced
|
}
Seat Cover Kits
2
SCA6521
SCA6522
SCA6523
SCA6527
SCA6529
SCL6521
SCL6522
SCL6523
SCL6527
SCL6529
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
910671
910672
910673
910677
910681
910682
910683
910687
SFK6521
908624
908625
815713
625649
625650
512625
625686
619615
517819
625631
506731
505260
625685
506731
505260
516535
611768
625655
509194
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Black
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Red
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Light tan
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Shadow blue
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Black
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Red
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Light tan
HEADREST ASSEMBLY, Shadow blue
SEAT FOAM SET
FRAME ASSEMBLY, headrest
HINGE ASSEMBLY, headrest, LH
HINGE ASSEMBLY, headrest, RH
SCREW, hinge to headrest frame
FINISHER, cover, headrest
WASHER, cup, securing finisher
SCREW, securing finisher
LOCK AND CABLE ASSEMBLY
SCREW, lock assembly
WASHER, locking
CLAMP, cable (top) to headrest frame
SCREW, cable (top) to headrest frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
CLIP, cable (bottom) to headrest frame
BRACKET, catch, headrest lock
SCREW, catch bracket to headrest
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
16
2
6
6
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
{
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
{
| Leather faced
|
}
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Details
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
LH seat
RH seat
LH seat
RH seat
LH seat
RH seat
LH seat
RH seat
{ Fitted to passenger seat
| base only, adjacent to
1 | hand brake tunnel
1 }
TR6 from (c) CC50001 to CC85737
TR6 from (c) CC50001 to CC85737
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Seats, Fittings & Seat Covers
(TR6 from (c) CC50001 to CC85737)
TR6 (CC50000 to CC85737) features fixed headrests built into the seat, and the facility to recline. The change
in design requires a different tonneau cover to accommodate the fixed headrests (see page 212). All seat covers have ‘stag’ grain and are piped with their own colour. The seat cover sets all include headrest covers. All
seats now recline, so have two handles to the outside; the chrome one adjusting the rake of the backrest, and
the other to allow the seat to pivot forward about its front end, allowing access to the rear seat area. Light tan
was dropped from production after the first five hundred sets. This was replaced by New tan. As seats may have
been swapped around over the years there may be some hazards matching wiring looms to seat sensors,
though the seats may outwardly appear matched. Triumph fitted seat belt sensors to RH seats from CC75000,
but not to the drivers, i.e. LH seat on LH steering TR6s.
The part numbers and applications for the original seats are listed for historical information only. For aftermarket replacement seat assemblies, please refer to our accessory section
Right Hand & Left Hand Seat Assemblies
912191
912192
576629
912197
912193
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Black, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Light tan, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Shadow blue, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, New tan, LH
1
1
1
1
1
{ from (c) CC50000
| to CR/CF1
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
912211
912212
576630
912217
912213
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Black, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Light tan, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Shadow blue, LH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, New tan, LH
1
1
1
1
1
{ from (c) CC50000
| to CR/CF1
| Leather faced
|
}
912201
912202
576631
912207
912203
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Black, RH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Red, RH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Light tan, RH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Shadow blue, RH
SEAT ASSEMBLY, New tan, RH
1
1
1
1
1
{
| from (c) CC50001 to
| CC75000.
| fine grain vinyl
}
912221
912222
576632
912227
912223
SEAT ASSEMBLY, Light tan, RH
1
1
1
1
1
{
| from (c) CC50001 to
| CC75000.
| Leather faced
}
917421
917422
917427
917423
1
1
1
1
{ from (c) CC75001
| to CR/CF1.
| fine grain vinyl
}
917431
917432
917437
917433
1
1
1
1
{ from (c) CC75001
| CR/CF1
| Leather faced
}
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
SEAT COVER KIT, Red
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
}
{
|
| leather faced
|
}
Seat Cover Kits
2
SCA6531
SCA6532
SCA6533
SCA6537
SCA6539
SCL6531
SCL6532
SCL6533
SCL6537
SCL6539
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SFK6531
716933
627211
627936
RB5508
911568
911569
576161
576162
912191WK
SEAT FOAM SET
STRIP, felt, wire ends & edges
SPACER, bracket to board
RIVET, bifurcated
WIRE KIT, does pair of seats
Description
Qty.
Req.
10
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
WIRE, upper, LH
WIRE, upper, RH
WIRE, centre, LH
WIRE, centre, RH
WIRE, lower, LH
WIRE, lower, RH
WIRE, inner, LH
WIRE, inner, RH
RUBBER STRAP & HOOK KIT
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
CLIP
CLIP, cover to backboard to rails
CLIP, backboard to back rail
CLIP, backboard to back rail, RH seat
HOG RING, panel to torsion spring
KNOB, safety catch
BRACKET, pivot
WASHER, plain
SCREW, bracket to seat frame
SCREW, bracket and stop to seat frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
PLATE, rod stop
SCREW, securing handle
WASHER, locking
RIVET, bifurcated
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber
SCREW, LH seat
SCREW, RH seat
SCREW, RH seat
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, spacer
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
restraining strap
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
20
1
72
12
2
4
40
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
6
2
8
6
4
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
4
2
2
2
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
4
4
8
1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
815650
815651
815652
815653
816070
816071
816072
816073
815683
815684
815685
815686
816077
816078
816079
816080
SRK15
816760
816759
816758
816757
816755
816756
566592
612251
612261
SRK16
608817
613769
613770
561785
561785
720164
720165
621981
621982
621458
621776
621960
555285
506731
509141
505307
508875
629588
617063
717105
508194
WL205
158534
RB5208
WP109
621515
509141
509141
509140
WP196
WP120
WP122
821137
821138
SLP138
812237FK
502449
510506
516555
HU708
WL207
WP7
WM67
HU806
YN2908
WP133
552669
70
71
WL205
HN2005
11
Seat Assembly and Fittings
1
ill. Part Number
No
1
4
4
4
12
1
1
1
1
1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Details
{
|
|
| Inner squab support
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
| Outer squab support
|
|
|
}
from CC75001 TO CF1
from CC50001 to CF1
alternative
from CC75001 to CC85737
{ Fitted to passenger seat
| base only, adjacent to
1 | hand brake tunnel
1 }
252 Seat Belts
Seat Belts 253
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Seats Belts
Anyone who has travelled on a motorcycle, at any speed, particularly in wet conditions or heavy traffic may wonder at ‘laws’ demanding car users to wear seat belts. There may be drivers mature enough to recall the exhilaration of driving an open sports car, preferably on a nice day, un-belted and un-speed restricted. Both motorcycles and open sports cars offer the same sort of excitement and pleasures. All this changes rapidly it something goes wrong, at which point the security of being Cocooned in a car fitted with modern seats becomes most
attractive. Many sports car owners take the aspect of security further and fit a properly developed and designed
rollover bar (see accessories). Laws and seat belt design do change, luckily not too frequently but, other than at
shows and autojumbles, the reality of trying to match a period design of seat belt exactly is very slight. Inevitably
it is the drivers belt that wears out or gets damaged. Luckily the replacement market is well looked after (by
Securon) with a range of belts incorporating modern safely standards with discreet design. It isn’t essential to
change belts in pairs, but aesthetically it looks better. Anyone who is used to a modern car with self-adjusting,
retractable belts will find it quite difficult to return to a ‘static’ lap or lap and diagonal type or the even more
time-consuming full harness type, but all tastes are catered for. Belts may be fixed to a roll over bar as long as
fitting instructions for both bar and belts are carefully adhered to. Type to be fitted should be considered early
in build of car to ensure that mounting points and reinforcing is in place prior to painting and trimming.
Factory Seat Belts
Eye Bolt Fixing Type
2
3
4
5
568496
568511
568784
712600
612531
626364
WL210
625571
621308
626364
SEAT BELT KIT, 3 point fixing, car set
SEAT BELT KIT, 2 point fixing, car set
SEAT BELT KIT, lap type, car set
SEAT BELT KIT, static type, car set
EYE BOLT, fits to ‘B’ post
EYE BOLT, fits to ‘B’ post
WASHER, locking
GROMMET. anti-rattle
EYE BOLT, fits to propshaft tunnel
EYE BOLT, fits to propshaft tunnel
1 {
1 | TR5, TR250
1 }
1
TR5, TR250, early TR6
2
replacement
2
2
2
2
2
replacement
In order to eliminate the possibility of rattle from the existing eye bolts (part nos. 612531 and 621308), Triumph
introduced a new eye bolt assembly (part no. 626364) in March of 1970 to be used on current production and
to be used for all replacements.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
625571
WL210
621292
621101
621370
621374
621371
Description
39
40
41
42
43
WASHER, waved
SPACER
COVER, seal belt to wheel arch
PARKING DEVICE, seat belt storage
SCREW, parking device
GROMMET. anti-rattle
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
PAD, mounting
PIVOT BOLT, fits to wheel arch
WASHER, wavy
SPACER, pivot bolt
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SEAT BELT KIT, static type, car set
SEAT BELT KIT, static type, each
BUCKLE ASSEMBLY
SCREW, buckle assembly to floor
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BOLT, belt to lower B post
WASHER, waved
SPACER
BOLT, belt to wheel arch
WASHER, plain
WASHER, waved
SPACER
COVER
SCREW, parking device
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
early TR6
TR6 from (c) CR5001
SEAT BELT KIT, automatic, car set
SEAT BELT KIT, inertia reel, each
SEAT BELT KIT, inertia reel, each
BUCKLE & SWITCH ASSEMBLY
SCREW, buckle to floor
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BOLT, belt to B post
WASHER, waved
SPACER
BOLT, reel mounting to wheel arch
WASHER, plain
BOLT, belt to wheel arch
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
early TR6
624905
624907
725697
YKC1343
YZ3504
Qty.
Req.
Details
2
2
2
2
2
Seat Belt Sensor
44
45
46
158534
RB5208
WP109
RIVET
WASHER, plain
1/2
2/4
2/4
Seat Belt Mounting Points
47
48
49
50
We include the factory listings here for their historical significance as well as for the many cars that,
especially in the case of later TR6s, still retain their original seat belts.
1
ill. Part Number
No
615984
616446
615968
615969
621328
621329
REINFORCEMENT, seat belt, upper
REINFORCEMENT, seat belt, lower
SEAT BELT ANCHOR, LH
SEAT BELT ANCHOR, RH
a/r
a/r
1
1
1
1
for static seat belts
for inertia reel seat belts
{ TR5; TR250
}
{ TR6
}
Replacement Seat Belts
Securon belts are available in three stalk lengths. The preferred position for the seat(s) make selection of which
length an individual choice, so it is suggested that with the occupant seated, measure from the tunnel fixing
point to where you would like the buckle to be and select the seatbelt nearest to that measurement. LH and RH
can, be the same or different, as you prefer.
Securon Seat Belts
51
SBS300/30
SBS300/45
52
SBS500/30
SBS500/45
53
SBS514/30
SBS514/45
SEAT BELT ASS’Y, ‘static’,
2
30 cm. stalk, includes all fittings
SEAT BELT ASS’Y, ‘static’,
2
SEAT BELT ASS’Y, ‘inertia reel’,
2
2
2
angle-adjustable, 30 cm. stalk, with fittings
2
angle-adjustable, 45 cm. stalk, with fittings
{
|
|
| Attaches to original
| 3 mounting points
|
|
}
Attaches to original 3 mounting points but features angle-adjustable reel eliminating pivot/guide on top of wheel
arch. Offers a solution to problems encountered where mounting points may be unsuitable because of non-standard seats or a rollover bar.
Static Type
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
719918
ZKC1667
821201
518471
WL210
WM69
630503
624905
624907
630503
624908
624905
624906
624914
725695
YKC1343
YZ3505
Competition Seat Belts
For racing, the rally harness can be converted to the six point type in accordance with FIA/RAC approved regulations by the inclusion of the crotch strap listed below.
early TR6
TR6 from (c) CR5001
54
55
56
TT7965
TT7966
TT7970
SEAT BELT, full race/rally harness, red
CROTCH STRAP, full race/rally, red
SHOULDER STRAP PAD
2
2
2
‘Securon’, red, pair
Inertia Reel Type
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
576140
719948
ZKC3303
821201X
518471
WL210
WM69
630504
624905
624907
630503
624908
630503
Fittings - Competition Seat Belts
57
58
59
60
GAC9923X
TT7967
TT7968
TT7969
SHOULDER STRAP PAD, pair
EYE BOLT SET
REINFORCEMENT PLATE SET
BOLT & SPACER SET
1
1
1
1
‘Triumph’
254 Carpets & Boot Trim
Carpets & Boot Trim 255
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Carpets & Boot Trim
Our carpet sets are die cut with tools which resemble a continuous razor blade embedded in a (large) solid wood
board. The materials used reflect requirements to meet current safety standards such as being flame resistance,
resistance to damp (mould resistance?) and commercial availability of colours. If something special is required,
please telephone.
All carpets sets have bound edges where visible, as original, sewn-on footwell heel mats and half-moon kick
pieces. The handbrake gaiter is sewn into the propshaft tunnel cover in material matching the edging and carpet colour. Two types of carpet are available, both of which are in a quality superior to the O.E. materials, and
are generally referred to as wool type or tufted type. The wool type was originally fitted to TR5s, TR250s and
TR6s up to (c) CR1/CF1 and the tufted thereafter, but it seems, these days, to be more a matter of personal preference as to which is fitted. If a non-standard colour or combination with trim or paint is being considered, it
might be worth thinking about the effect this might have on the resale value of the car.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
509656
503208
FU2544
FJ2464
812236
574622
554517
553252
565746
561210
611854
YA365
SCREW, board to aperture
WASHER
SPIRE NUT
SPIRE NUT
COVER ASSEMBLY, spare wheel
STRAP
SOCKET, on strap
BUTTON, on strap
STUD, rear faces of trunk side panels
POP RIVET
STUD, top faces of trunk side panels
SCREW
8
8
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
815662
COVER ASSEMBLY, spare wheel
1
Qty.
Req.
Details
TR6
37
Carpets & Underfelt Sets
1
CSB6411
CSB6412
CSB6413
CSB6414
CSB6417B
CSB6417
CSB6441
WOOL CARPET SET, Black
WOOL CARPET SET, Red
WOOL CARPET SET, Chestnut
WOOL CARPET SET, Beige
WOOL CARPET SET, Midnight blue
WOOL CARPET SET, Shadow blue
WOOL FOOTWELL SET, pair, Black
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| TR5; TR250;
| TR6 to (c) CR/CF1
|
|
}
2
CSA6411
CSA6412
CSA6413
CSA6414
CSA6417A
CSA6417
CSA6441
NYLON CARPET SET, Black
NYLON CARPET SET, Red
NYLON CARPET SET, Chestnut
NYLON CARPET SET, Beige
NYLON CARPET SET, Midnight blue
NYLON CARPET SET, Shadow blue
NYLON FOOTWELL SET, pair, Black
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
| TR6 to (c) CR/CF1
|
|
}
3
4
602221
CSA6450
TOE PAD, carpet protection
UNDERFELT KIT, carpet
1
1
5
622691
622692
622693
629663
622696
622697
BOOT, handbrake lever, Black
BOOT, handbrake lever, Red
BOOT, handbrake lever, Light tan
BOOT, handbrake lever, New tan
BOOT, handbrake lever, Midnight blue
BOOT, handbrake lever, Shadow blue
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
| fine grain vinyl
|
|
}
631871
625283
631873
631874
631877
BOOT, handbrake lever, Black
BOOT, handbrake lever, New tan
BOOT, handbrake lever, Chestnut
BOOT, handbrake lever, Beige
BOOT, handbrake lever, Shadow blue
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
}
TFK6001
CD23802
CD23803
561210
565746
611845
507819
CD24152
312359UFK
FITTING KIT, carpet
RING, pronged
SOCKET
POP RIVET, fastener attaching
STUD, short
STUD, long, (not in kit)
SCREW, trim board attaching
CUP WASHER, trim screw
UNDERFELT KIT, under fuel tank
2
1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
16
16
16
16
a/r
12
12
1
Floor Mats, Gearbox & Propshaft Covers
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
AM6819-2
AM6819LW
622381
631881
709329
809050
809050SAP
YA304
WP4
YA344
WP8005
FU2543/4
FLOOR MAT SET, rubber
FLOOR MAT SET, carpet
GAITER, gear lever, with rubber grommet
GAITER, gear lever, with rubber grommet
GROMMET, gear lever, lower
COVER, tunnel, fibreboard
COVER, tunnel, plastic
SCREW, self-tapping
WASHER, plain
SCREW, self-tapping
WASHER, plain
NUT, fix
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
with TR shield
with ‘Laurel Wreath’
fine grain vinyl
coarse grain vinyl
Designed to cover up to 185 section tyres on 5 1/2” rims, anything larger may cause a problem.
38
39
40
41
42
TFK6002
623472
623471
623473
575422
924941
575427
924921
PLASTIC LATCH KIT, spare tyre cover
TURNBUCKLE STUD
WASHER, plastic, retaining turnbuckle
CAM LATCH
BOOT CARPET, Black wool
BOOT CARPET, Black nylon
BOOT CARPET, Black wool
BOOT CARPET, Back nylon
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
43
44
45
46
561210
565746
CD23802
CD23803
GAC6070X
815893
815719
815718
716980
716981
GAC6069X
815894
815717
815718
716980
716981
POP RIVET
STUD, durable dot
SPIKED RING, socket to carpet
SOCKET, carpet fastening
BOOT LINER PANEL KIT
BOOT LINER PANEL, petrol tank
BOOT LINER PANEL, LH side
BOOT LINER PANEL, RH side
BOOT LINER PANEL, LH rear
BOOT LINER PANEL, RH rear
BOOT LINER PANEL KIT
BOOT LINER PANEL, gas tank
BOOT LINER PANEL, LH side
BOOT LINER PANEL, RH side
BOOT LINER PANEL, LH rear
BOOT LINER PANEL, RH rear
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TR6 to (c) CR1
TR6 from (c) CR1
TR6 to (c) CF1
TR6 from (c) CF1
The O.E. boot carpet fitted to TR6’s was always black. The material changed from a short pile wool based material to a viscose based type during 1974. Many owners prefer to emulate the type fitted inside the cockpit, which
of course leads on to matching the colour also, and, why not. Please telephone for information on this option.
47
48
49
50
51
{
|
| Pi models
|
|
}
{
|
| Carburettor models
|
|
}
The front LH side of the boot trim has to accommodate the fuel pump on Lucas Pi. equipped TR6’s. Many TR6’s
now use an alternative pump (usually Bosch) which can be located elsewhere so there is no reason why these
vehicles should not use the carburettor type boot trim and take advantage of the valuable extra space and neater
appearance.
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
TFK6003
FJ2464
511696
514438
FU2544
511696
514438
FU2544
511696
514438
FJ2444/4
511696
514438
510271
511696
FITTING KIT, boot liner panels
SPIRE NUT, tank liner
SCREW, black, self tapping
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT, wheel arch metal brackets
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT, boot floor metal brackets
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT, liner panel, rear
WASHER, plain
SCREW, black, self tapping, rear valance
66
67
68
69
70
515128
151353
GLB239
YX5363
FJ2462/8
WASHER, plain
BOOT LAMP ASSEMBLY
BULB, 5 watt
SCREW, lamp to body
CLIP, lamp to boot trim board
1
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
8
8 { alternative (when larger
} diameter required)
8
1
1
2
2
Consumables
Boot Compartment Trim
TR5; TR250
24
813512
813513
CASING BOARD ASSEMBLY, fuel tank
CASING BOARD ASSEMBLY, fuel tank
1
1
TR5.
TR250.
71
72
73
74
UBS110
UBS203
AG003
AG006
INTERIOR SHAMPOO
VINYL/RUBBER CARE
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol. 370Gm
Trim adhesives are used for those areas of the carpet not held on by studs.
256 Chassis Frame
Chassis Frame 257
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Chassis Assembly
1
402547
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
PKC21
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
PKC54
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
PKC21
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
}
2
1
1
TR5; TR250; TR6
all (c) CP/CC models.
TR6 (c) CR1 to CR5000;
CF1 to CF12500.
TR6 (c) CR5001 to
CR6020; CF12501 to
CF21500.
TR6 from (c) CR6021
and CF21501.
Reversible, fits LH & RH.
replacement,
fits LH & RH
CR5000 and CF12500.
2
3
4
210531
211346
211347
SIDE MEMBER, front
OUTRIGGER, rear trailing arm, LH
OUTRIGGER, rear trailing arm, RH
5
CHAS3
OUTRIGGER, rear trailing arm
6
7
8
211589
211590
149944
SIDE MEMBER, rear, LH
SIDE MEMBER, rear, RH
BRACKET, ‘T’ piece mounting
2 {
}
1 {
1 |
1 }
6
7
9
TKC679
TKC678
634729
PLATE, serrated, bumper location
1 { TR6 from (c) CR5001 to
1 | CR6020; and CF12501 to
2 } CF21500.
6
7
211589
211590
1 { TR6 from (c) CR6021 and
1 } CF21501.
The serrated square plate (item 9) may be welded to the rear chassis side member on some cars, or loose fitted on others. See Exterior Body Fittings & Trim for details on rear bumper fittings.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
214167
214259
147702
144633
144634
139580
139354
307796
307797
211401
211402
CHAS7
140677
148058
148059
114210
140089
139447
139448
211354
147897
147898
139223
139224
160114
214253
CHAS5
211650
CHAS4
142935
147987
214107
147671
140009
307106
307107
140194
140195
214031
147947
147400
140051
CHAS10
212133
CHAS6
142449
CROSSMEMBER ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING BRACKET ASS’Y, LH
MOUNTING BRACKET ASS’Y, RH
BRACKET, radiator mounting, LH
BRACKET, radiator mounting, RH
BRACKET, lower wishbone arm
CROSSMEMBER, front suspension
TURRET, front suspension, LH
TURRET, front suspension, RH
SIDE BRACE, sub assembly, LH
SIDE BRACE, sub assembly, RH
SIDE BRACE, sub assembly
BRACKET, front brake hose to turret
BRACKET, engine mounting, LH
BRACKET, engine mounting, RH
BRACKET, front brake 3 way union, LH
BRACKET, body mounting, front
BRACKET, scuttle support, LH
BRACKET, scuttle support, RH
BRACKET, body mounting, sill, front
BRACKET, body mtg., sill, rear, LH
BRACKET, body mtg., sill, rear, RH
BRACKET, gearbox mounting, LH
BRACKET, gearbox mounting, RH
BRACKET, gearbox mounting
CRUCIFORM PLATE, upper
CRUCIFORM PLATE, upper, repro
CRUCIFORM PLATE, lower
CRUCIFORM PLATE, lower, repro
BRACKET, rear brake 3 way union, LH
BRACKET, rear brake hose, RH
CROSSMEMBER, rear suspension
STUD, axle mounting
BRACKET, axle mounting
SUPPORT BRACKET, LH
SUPPORT BRACKET, RH
BRACKET, rebound stop, LH
BRACKET, rebound stop, RH
CROSSMEMBER, rear axle
BRACKET & PLATE ASSEMBLY,
rear damper mounting
STUD, rear axle mounting
BRACKET, axle mounting
REAR CHASSIS REPAIR SECTION
CROSS TUBE, rear
CROSS TUBE, rear, reproduction
BRACKET, mounting exhaust
1
steering rack mounting
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
replacement, LH & RH
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1 { TR5; TR250;
1 } TR6 all (c) CP/CC models.
2
TR6 all (c) CR/CF models
1
replacement
1
1
replacement
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
ill. Part Number
No
52
53
148002
UKC2096
UKC2097
Description
BRACKET, rear bumper side
BRACKET, anchorage point, LH
BRACKET, anchorage point, RH
Qty.
Req.
Details
2
1 { TR6 from (c) CR1/CF1
1 }
Chassis Additions
54
213327
CROSS TUBE ASSEMBLY, top
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
6
6
TR5; TR250; TR6 all (c)
CP/CC models.
TR6 all (c) CR models;
CF1 to CF35000.
TR6 from CF35001 on
219115
55
56
TKC2147
HU907
WL209
SCREW, cross tube to chassis frame
WASHER, locking
57
213021
RADIATOR PROTECTION SHIELD
RADIATOR PROTECTION SHIELD
SCREW, shield to chassis frame
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
1 {
|
}
1
2
2
2
TR5; TR6 all CP/CR models;
TR250; TR6 all CC models;
CF1 to CF35000.
TR6 from CF35001
58
59
60
TKC1972
HU907
WL209
HN2009
61
62
63
64
65
ZKC1473
HU806
WL208
WP8
211361
BRACKET, bumper support strut
SCREW, bracket to shield
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
2
4
4
4
1
66
67
218275
160120
PLATE, adjusting
68
HU906
HU910
WP9
WL209
HN2009
SCREW, crossmember
SCREW, crossmember
WASHER, plain, hardened
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
1
2 {
}
4
4
8
4
4
69
70
71
{
| TR6 from CF35001
|
}
{ TR5; TR250;
} TR6 all (c) CP/CC models.
TR6 all (c) CR/CF models.
as fitted.
use with plate (160120)
Please refer to Engine & Gearbox Mountings for details of engine flexible mountings, fasteners and support
plates.
72
612235
PLUG, blanking
1
Strengthener’s & Improvements
73
139580X
PLATE WASHER, reinforcement
4 { aftermarket or
} competition use
TT3259L
REINFORCEMENT PLATE SET, LH
(lower wishbone brackets)
PLATE, rear face of LH front bracket
PLATE, front face of LH rear bracket
PLATE, rear face of LH rear bracket
REINFORCEMENT PLATE SET, RH
(lower wishbone brackets)
PLATE, rear face of RH front bracket
PLATE, front face of RH rear bracket
PLATE, rear face of RH rear bracket
1
74
75
76
155846
155531
155846
TT3259R
77
78
79
155847
155532
155847
80
140009RK
81
147400RK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
REINFORCEMENT KIT, axle mtg., front,
2
(includes reinforcements and mounting pin)
REINFORCEMENT KIT, axle mtg., rear
2
(includes reinforcements and mounting pin)
Skid Plate
82
83
84
85
308208
144326
WL209
HN2009
SKID PLATE ASSEMBLY
CLAMP PLATE
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
4
4
4
replacement
258 Chassis Frame
Chassis Frame 259
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Body to Chassis Mountings
Consumables
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
574244
HN2009
143472
WL209
WP136
601994
HU920
WM79
601994
CD26326
608836
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HU811
WL208
WP185
601994
HU811
WL208
WP185
611732
616613
HU811
WL208
619585
CD26326
601994
608836
HU911P
WL209
WP164
CD26326
HU810P
WL208
WP185
CD26326
WP19
HN2009
BODY MOUNTING PACK
1
NUT, mounting, front body
2
STUD, mounting, front body
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
PAD, rubber/canvas, thin
4
SCREW, mounting, front side brace
2
WASHER, plain
2
2
PAD, aluminium
2
PAD, rubber/canvas, thick
2
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, locking
2
NUT, plain
2
SCREW, mounting, front member
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
4
SCREW, mounting, sill bracket
14
WASHER, locking
14
WASHER, plain
14
PAD, rubber/canvas, ‘A’ post mtg.
4
PAD, rubber/canvas, ‘B’ post mtg.
4
SCREW, rear member cruciform
2
WASHER, locking
2
PLATE, reinforcing
2
PAD, aluminium
2
2
PAD, rubber/canvas, thick
2
SCREW, rear floor to axle crossmember 2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
PAD, aluminium
2
SCREW, mounting rear body
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
PAD, aluminium
2
WASHER, plain, body mounting, rear
2
NUT, plain
2
136 GAC110
GAC111
137 GT85
138 GAC100
GAC100/3
139 153317
140 LKLPK104
141 CCB1
142 CCB1BR
143 MQC1003
MQC1002
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
650017
HN2008
611875
601994
WP8
YN2908
6019954
6019953
6019954
HOOK BOLT, spare wheel
NUT, plain, top of hook bolt
PLATE, reinforcing, spare wheel pan
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, bottom of hook bolt
STRIP, protection, front cruciform
STRIP, protection, side member
STRIP, protection, trailing arm outrigger
134 619395
135 619396
PLATE, packing, ‘A’ post mounting
PLATE, packing, ‘B’ post mounting
Qty.
Req.
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
PAINT, chassis, Black
PAINT, chassis, Black
*RUST REMOVER, ‘Hammerite’
*RUST REMOVER, ‘Hammerite’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Details
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
Aerosol
Brush-on
1 litre
.5 litre
*To be used as a total rust killer and remover for immersing parts. Ideal for rust treatment on gears, shafts, special nuts and bolts - anything mechanical in fact. Parts must be degreased first to ensure long life.
square shaped pad
triangular shaped pad
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
2
2
a/r
a/r
Description
Chassis Rot & Fatigue
square shaped plate
triangular shaped plate
Chassis Alignment
The packing plates 619395 and 619396 are for use when a greater thickness of body to chassis packing is
required than the stated quantity of rubber/canvas pads. The metal plates should be as a supplement to the rubber/canvas pads. The use of additional rubber/canvas pads should be avoided and the more solid packing basis
utilised.
It is rare for a body to fit a chassis with identical numbers of packing pads side to side and end to end. So how
do you know which parts are right and wrong? Life is very easy if the chassis is bare. All that you need is a flat
floor, a piece off string, a ruler and a tape measure. The diagonal dimensions are in the workshop manual
(545277). The rest is a simple matter of measurement from the floor to selected points on the chassis.
If the body and chassis are joined, the method used doesn’t change too much. You still need a reliably flat floor.
Raise the car from the floor and measure up to the selected chassis points. More care is needed because of
larger measurement distances. Essentially, if the front end is set up parallel to the floor, the rear should be the
same. The front needs to be reasonably correct to ensure steering accuracy. Probably as much as 1/2” of misalignment at the rear can be absorbed by careful packing - this depends on individual acceptance. If there is a
problem and its understood, the TR body can be built around it. We suggest that misalignment at the front of
more the 1/2” should be corrected professionally especially if other repairs or modifications are to be carried out.
Once the chassis is prepared to the tolerance you accept, it does provide a perfect jig for body preparation. It is
obviously a good idea in this case to omit the paint finish until the body is finished. The chassis also provides
an excellent transport jig for the body shell when it goes for painting, so if it is used for this ensure the clamping bolts move freely in their threads. Pack these threads with greased screws when the chassis goes for
painting (or galvanising).
The IRS chassis was a compromise which enabled Triumph to ‘go independent’ without spending too much.
Regrettably this left a few development needs for customers to discover. Designs exist for beefing up lower fulcrum brackets and differential mountings which were not made public as a massive recall would have been
financially devastating for the cash strapped company in the mid 1970s.
Originally, ex Rubery Owen, these chassis’ were given only a coat of ‘chassis Black’ enamel and modern paint
or galvanising finish would have controlled corrosion but fatigue problems were inevitable, so should be faced
at the appropriate time during the rebuild. The differential mountings can be tackled from underneath although
a popular route in the past was through the rear floor area, which may explain some unusual welding visible
when the carpet is lifted. The pins could be re-welded and hopefully reinforced as well but the only proper solution is with the body off the chassis and to replace the pins and associated fixings completely with heavier
gauge, reinforced units, which fully box the pins. The trailing arm chassis legs collect water and fatigue too, so
should never be repaired: replacement is essential. This requires removal of the upper and lower cruciform (or
breast) plates to permit full seam welding.
The corrosion at the rear end of the chassis can be rampant, hence the need for ill. No. 49 (CHAS10). Fatigue to
the differential bridges also quite frequently necessitates their complete replacement. At least the replacement
bridges carry all the necessary strengthening modifications. The side braces, ill. Nos. 19 and 20, collect water
and rot. After replacement, don’t forget to drill water outlet holes at their bases. Pre 1973 cars can suffer from
fatigue to the gearbox mounting brackets and should be replaced as required. A little extra reinforcement here
does not go amiss. Don’t forget that the 3/8” washers under the four fixing bolts should be hardened, not mild
steel which soon wear and allow gearbox movement.
The front suspension chassis brackets, ill. No. 15 fatigue and are easily damaged in accidents or even kerbing.
These must be carefully inspected and replaced if showing any untoward signs. Either way, fitment of the reinforcement plate is recommended and adhere to the 25-ft/lbs. torque clamping the lower fulcrum brackets to the
chassis.
Finally remember, your chassis is over 25 years old and may have had an unhappy previous life. Accident stress
might not make itself known for thousands of miles and may be hidden by paint or underseal.
260 Body Shell & Grommets: TR5, TR250
Body Shell & Grommets: TR5, TR250 261
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
38
600396
39
600397
1
40
131155
1
41
42
RFR208
600395
Body Shell
1
574351
574352
BODY SHELL, RHD
BODY SHELL, LHD
1
1
SF250
TRANSPORTATION FRAME, body shell
MOUNTING KIT, body to chassis
TR5
TR5; TR250
Body Mounting Kit
2
574244
ill. Part Number
No
Refer to Chassis Frame & Body Mountings for details and breakdown of body to chassis mounting kit.
Grommet & Plug Kits
3
4
5
TGK154
TGK155
610608
GROMMET & PLUG KIT, complete
GROMMET & PLUG KIT, front
GROMMET, steering column,
through bulkhead
GROMMET, main wiring loom,
through bulkhead, driver’s side
GROMMET, wiper rack tube,
through bulkhead
through bulkhead, passenger’s side
GROMMET, speedometer and
tachometer cables
PLUG, blanking hole on bulkhead for
speedometer cable routing
GROMMET, radio aerial lead
through bulkhead end panel
GROMMET, marker and side lamp
cables through inner wing
GROMMET, oil pressure gauge
tube through bulkhead
GROMMET, choke cable and water
valve control cable through bulkhead
GROMMET, bonnet release cable
through bulkhead
GROMMET, screen washer
electrical cable through bulkhead
through bulkhead and into plenum
GROMMET, scuttle vent operating
rod into plenum
GASKET, heater connector, bulkhead
PLUG, blanking holes in bulkhead
adjacent to screen washer reservoir
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
3 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2 {
}
1 {
}
1
2 {
}
6
600400W
7
131155
8
602037
9
602037
10
600399
11
602037
12
061917
13
600395
14
602037
15
061917
16
061917
17
061917
18
061917
19
20
611040
CD27769
21
22
TGK156
603384
605602
612235
GROMMET & PLUG KIT
PLUG, blanking jacking hole
in floor panels
PLUG, blanking holes in
floor panel behind seat
GROMMET, handbrake cable
through heel board
GROMMET, gearbox wiring loom
through gearbox tunnel cover
PLUG, prop shaft lubrication access
PLUG, blanking, screen capping
1
2 {
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
2 {
}
1 {
}
1
2
23
CD25672
24
600399
25
612715
26
612715
27
28
29
TGK157
GROMMET & PLUG KIT
30
612235
31
611733
32
623176
33
600399
34
CD22869
35
36
600399
600395
37
600399
PLUG, blanking, chassis rear
cross member
SEAL, sponge, around petrol tank
drain to boot floor
PLUG, blanking hole for petrol
tank drain
PLUG, blanking holes either
side of petrol tank
PLUG, LH arch side blanking,
redundant Pi pump mounts.
PLUG, paint drainage holes
GROMMET, petrol pipe through
boot floor
PLUG, blanking fuel pipe holes
through boot floor
1 {
}
1 {
}
2 {
}
1 {
}
2 {
}
3 {
}
1
1/2 {
}
1 {
}
061917
bulkhead and forward
fits 2 3/8” hole
fits 1 1/2” hole
43
600395
44
600399
45
650247
1 4
fits 1 / ” hole
fits 1” hole
622683
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1/2” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1/2” hole
fits 1/2” hole
46
603790
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
W0105
WO101
W0102
W0103
W0104
WO107
WO108
WO109
W0113
W0114
MRD1109
MRD1216
MRD1202
MRD1095
MRD1257
AG001
AG002
AG010
AG011
AG012
HMP190062
cockpit area
fits 3 1/4” hole
fits 5/8” hole
Grommets By Size
fits 1/2” hole
fits 3/8” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 2 1/2” hole
fits 3/8” hole
boot area and rear
of bulkhead trim panel
fits 3/8” hole
Qty.
Req.
GROMMET, petrol pump vent pipe
1
through boot floor
GROMMET, fuel hose, petrol pump
1
to PRV through boot floor
GROMMET, fuel hose, PRV to filter
1
through seat pan
PLUG, rubber, blanking
4
GROMMET, number plate lamp
2
cables through rear body spare
wheel pan sides when lamps are
over rider mounted
2
cables through boot lid when lamps
are boot lid mounted
GROMMET, reverse lamp and side
2
marker cables through rear body side
PLUG, wiring hole in spare wheel
2
tray side when number plate lamps
are boot mounted
GROMMET, petrol filler cap
1
through rear deck
1
through rear deck
PLUG, rear bulkhead shelf
a/r
Details
{
}
{
}
{
}
fits 1” hole;
TR5 only
fits 1” hole;
TR5 only
fits 1 1/4” hole;
TR5 only
fits 1/2” hole; as fitted
{ fits 1” hole;
| TR5 except Germany;
| TR250
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
}
fits 1/2” hole,
TR5 German markets.
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
TR5 German markets
fits 2 3/8” hole;
TR5 only
fits 2 3/8” diameter hole;
TR250 only
fits 5/16” diameter hole
Consumables
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
fits 1/2” hole
Description
061917
600395
600396
600397
602037
612715
131155
600400W
622683
650247
610608
‘WAXOYL’ STARTER KIT
‘WAXOYL’, aerosol
‘WAXOYL’, can
‘WAXOYL’, cartridge
‘WAXOYL’, can
‘WAXOYL’, trigger spray gun
‘WAXOYL’, high pressure spray gun
‘WAXOYL’, extension probe
‘WAXOYL’ UNDER-SEAL
‘HAMMERITE’ UNDER-SEAL
‘HAMMERITE’ SMOOTHRITE, Black
‘FINNEGAN’S’ NO. 1 PRIMER
‘GUNK’ DRIVEWAY CLEANER
‘AUTOGLYM’, super resin polish
‘AUTOGLYM’, bodywork shampoo
‘AUTOGLYM’, paint renovator
‘AUTOGLYM’, extra gloss polish
‘AUTOGLYM’, bumper care
‘AUTOGLYM’, tar protection
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
GROMMET, rubber
GROMMET, rubber, very small hole
GROMMET, rubber, small hole
GROMMET, rubber, medium hole
GROMMET, rubber, large hole
GROMMET, rubber, as 602037
but to fit thicker panel section
GROMMET, rubber
GROMMET, rubber
GROMMET, rubber
GROMMET, rubber
GROMMET, rubber
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r {
}
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
fits 1/2” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
PLUG, rubber
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
fits 1/4” hole
fits 5/16” hole
fits 3/8” hole
fits 1/2” hole
fits 5/8” hole
fits 7/8” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1 3/8” hole
fits 1 1/2” hole
fits 2 1/2” hole
fits 3 1/4” hole
400ml.
2.5 litre.
2.5 litre
5 litre
1 litre. can
500ml. can
600ml. aerosol
400ml. aerosol
250ml. can
1 litre. can
1 litre
325ml
500ml
325ml
325ml
325ml
325ml
fits 1 1/4” hole
fits 1 1/2” hole
fits 2 3/8” hole; TR250 only
fits 2 3/8” hole; TR5 only
fits 2 3/8” hole
Plugs by Size
when drain plug in tank
fits 1 3/8”; hole when
no drain plug in tank
fits 1” hole;
TR250 only.
fits 1/4” hole;
TR250 only.
fits 1” hole.
fits 1” hole;
qty increases on TR5.
fits 1” hole;
TR250 only
CD22869
603790
CD27769
RFR208
CD25672
612235
600399
623176
600400
605602
603384
262 Front Body & Door Panels: TR5, TR250
Front Body & Door Panels: TR5, TR250 263
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Bonnet & Valances
1
908031
BONNET ASSEMBLY
1
For bonnet fitting details refer to Exterior Fittings, Trim & Badges
2
3
4
5
812408
616886
603559
812030
850406
UPPER VALANCE, front
1
BRACKET, grille and lamp attachment 2
WIRING LOOM TAG
a/r
LOWER VALANCE, front
1
LOWER VALANCE, front
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
950109
950110
950109AL
950110AL
850455
850456
950109FK
650307
WQ307
FN2059
HU706P
WM57
HU706P
WQ307
WM57
650307
FA3058
UL2705
WM57
FA3058
HU706P
WQ307
WM57
FRONT WING, LH
FRONT WING, RH
FRONT WING, LH, aluminium
FRONT WING, RH, aluminium
BAFFLE, wing to A post, LH
BAFFLE, wing to A post, RH
FRONT WING FITTING KIT
SCREW, special, wing forward edge
WASHER, locking
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, set, wing to lower valance
WASHER, plain
SCREW, set, wing to upper valance
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, special, wing to inner wing
SPIRE NUT
BOLT, Acme type, wing to sill
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, set, wing to A post
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
with oil cooler aperture
no oil cooler aperture
1
1
1 { Lightweight
1 }
1
1
2
2
6
2
4
4
4
4
4
14
14
6
6
6
6
6
6
See also Doors & Fittings.
907757
812775
812775AL
907758
812776
812776AL
DOOR, LH
DOOR SKIN, LH
DOOR SKIN, LH, aluminium
DOOR, RH
DOOR SKIN, RH
DOOR SKIN, RH, aluminium
46
47
48
49
SPRING, vent lid
SCREW, vent lid to scuttle
WASHER, locking
SEAL, vent lid
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lightweight
Lightweight
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
WING BEADING SET, 6 pieces
WING BEADING, front wing, LH
WING BEADING, front wing, RH
WING BEADING, upper rear wings
WING BEADING, lower rear wing, LH
WING BEADING, lower rear wing, RH
LOCATING TAB
SCREW, self tapping, beading attachment
MOULDING, front wing, LH
MOULDING, front wing, RH
MOULDING, front wing
RIVET CLIP, wing moulding
MOULDING, door, LH
MOULDING, door, RH
RIVET CLIP, door moulding
BARREL CLIP, rear of door moulding
MOULDING, sill
MOULDING, sill
RIVET CLIP, sill moulding, 19/32” x 1/8”
1
1
1
2
1
1
52
2
1
1
2
14
1
1
12
2
2
2
12
Scuttle Top
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
850352
705242
563040
611117
FR1202
061917
604844
564832
SCUTTLE TOP PANEL ASSEMBLY
VENT LID
PIN, hinge
ROD, vent lid operating
NUT, fix round
GROMMET, vent lid operating rod
CABLE CLAMP, rod to vent lever
SCREW, for clamp
1
3
3
1
576477
576478
WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, LH
WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, RH
1
1
907203
907204
811480
811485
811493
811494
811703
811704
603559
750229
WHEEL ARCH PANEL, LH
WHEEL ARCH PANEL, RH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, upper, LH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, upper, RH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, lower, LH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, lower, RH
BRACKET, mounting to chassis, LH
BRACKET, mounting to chassis, RH
WIRING LOOM TAG
BRACKET, bonnet stay rod
623588
623589
712401
712402
HU706P
WQ307
HN2007
714536
613600
BRACKET, body lifting, LH
BRACKET, body lifting, RH
SCREW, upper valance & wheel arch
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
VALANCE, radiator air duct
CLIP, radiator duct
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
8
8 on LH, 1 on RH
not included with part of
RH wheel arch assembly
TR250
Although the parts book does list a valance fitted between the wheel arch and radiator on TR5s, it was only ever
fitted to TR250s.
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Wing Beading & Body Mouldings
TR45WBS
850479
850480
750126
750187
750188
553926
YZ3304
713540
713541
713541X
621943
713542
713543
621943
GHF1532
713305
623421
567228
Details
Unlike the TR6, wheel arches for TR5 & TR250s were never supplied as assemblies. The wheel arch assemblies
listed above are in fact the TR6 component with a full recess in the right-hand arch. The right-hand panel for
TR5s & TR250s originally was only partly recessed. All individual components listed below are as original.
Refer to Doors & Fittings for fixings & components.
28
611145
HU503
WL205
611118
Qty.
Req.
Front Inner Wings
Doors & Door Skins
26
27
Description
Wheel Arch Assembly
Front Wings
6
7
ill. Part Number
No
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
72
73
74
75
76
77
811944
811945
600669
NQ2707
603559
061917
850457
850458
750150K
750151K
750150
750151
650172
606389
HU706P
HU706SS
GHF331
WM57
INNER WING, LH
INNER WING, RH
RETAINER, nut cage
NUT, square, captive
TAG, securing wiring loom
GROMMET, side lamp lead
FILLER, LH, front wing
FILLER, RH, front wing
BAFFLE PLATE KIT, LH
BAFFLE PLATE KIT, RH
BAFFLE PLATE, LH
BAFFLE PLATE, RH
SEAL, baffle plate
CLIP, seal to baffle plate
SCREW, baffle plate
SCREW, baffle plate, stainless steel
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
4
4
a/r
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
6
12
12
12
12
alternative
Plenum & Bulkhead Assemblies
alternative
alternative
78
79
80
811989
650162
650308
PLENUM ASSEMBLY
DRAIN TUBE, plenum
HOSE, rubber, plenum water drainage
1
2
2
Water drainage from the plenum is very important if wet carpets and feet are to be avoided. Regular clearing of
the drain hoses with a flexible rod will dislodge any congealing rain soaked leaves or small furry fauna which
might otherwise block the system. A longer water drain hose can be fitted to take the water out of the
wing/sill/bulkhead box section. The hole should provide a snug fit for the hose, (see illustrations 81 to 83 opposite).
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
602057
CS4013
AHA8401
650159
YZ3403
812252
812253
812120
812121
812122
HOSE, longer with elbow end
CLIP, hose
GROMMET, hose
PLATE, wheel box access
SCREW, plate to plenum
BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY, RHD
BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY, LHD
REPAIR PANEL, vertical, behind battery
REPAIR PANEL, vertical section
2
2
2
2 { Refit using suitable,
8 } pliable water sealant
1
TR5
1
TR5; TR250
1
RHD
1
LHD
1
to plenum
264 Front Body & Door Panels: TR5, TR250
Front Body & Door Panels: TR5, TR250 265
ill. Part Number
No
89
907418
907419
90
91
815836
811979
815837
811981
92 705219
705218
93 611152
94 611048
95 610796
96 750058
97 612283
98 706313
99 NQ2708
100 600032
101 603559
Description
REPAIR PANEL,
horizontal section below battery
REPAIR PANEL,
horizontal section below battery
FOOTWELL FRONT PANEL, LH
FOOTWELL FRONT PANEL, RH
BRACKET, wiper motor mount
BRACKET, battery stay LH
BRACKET, battery stay RH
POCKET, bulkhead
GUSSET, bulkhead pocket
GUSSET, dash, LH
NUT, square, pedals to bulkhead
RETAINER, square nut
TAG, wiring loom
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 }
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
RHD
Door Repair Tips
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
Wiring Loom Tags
These little tinkers have caused many heated discussions over the years. The long thin tag used on the inner
front wings and wheel arches was part number 603559. Fact: It was ‘T’ shaped. Fact: The item was redesigned
13th January 1978 and was then no longer shaped.
102 811985
811985Z
103 615901
104 811986
811986Z
105 650290
BULKHEAD END PANEL ASS’Y, LH
BULKHEAD END PANEL, LH
BRACKET, bonnet release cable
BULKHEAD END PANEL ASS’Y, RH
BULKHEAD END PANEL, RH
TAG, wiring loom
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
reproduction
reproduction
Consumables
106 GAC110
GAC111
107 GT85
108 GAC100
GAC100/3
109 153317
110 LKLPK104
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
To enable the TR5; TR250; TR6 door to be repaired some additional original sub assembly components of the
door assembly are available.
The two most common repairs are to the door bottom frame because of rust and the check strap bracket that
has been torn and split in service. The replacement of the angled bracket for the check strap is quite a straight
forward task. The spot welds of the original item can be drilled out to release it and the replacement inserted.
The new item can be attached with weld as original. Those without welding facilities could attach the bracket
with small nuts and bolts or even rivets after drilling to suit.
Genuine original steel door skins are available to replace existing items as required. The door skins are made
from zinc coated steel and are electrophoretically painted to give modern car corrosion resistance. Also available are aluminium door skins pressed on the original tools but not pierced for handles or lock. These are for
those wishing to save weight on their cars and will be of interest to TR4 and TR4A owners.
Door skin replacement requires the door assembly to be removed from the car. The working area to carry out
the skin replacement ideally needs to be big enough to lay the door flat. Tools required are minimal being a hammer, metal block, chisel, file, block of hard wood, angle grinder, safety glasses, welding equipment if frame
repairs are required, spade handle and kitchen table.
Remove the old skin by carefully grinding through the folded outer edge of the skin, without damaging the door
frame. Once the skin is free you can set about cleaning and repairing the main frame. A replacement door frame
assembly would be best used as the basis of a large repair section by cutting to remove the rotten area and
welding in a section as required. Often a small patch repair can be made up as required. Check strap brackets
must be inspected for integrity, if they are damaged this is the ideal time to do it as you can get at everything.
The skin should be trial fitted to the frame to ensure the frame was not distorted when the skin was removed.
A zinc based or other suitable metal to metal primer should be applied to the mating surfaces of the frame and
skin. When you are happy with the fit and positioning start to clinch by hammering down a short section on each
of the 3 sides. Check regularly as you clinch the skin to the frame that all is in the right place. Progress with the
process around the skin until all is clinched and fitted correctly.
When a door is manufactured a hydraulic press with a steel form that matches the door profile is utilised in
stages to clinch the skin in precisely the right place. It also stops the ‘thrupenny bit’ effect so common on repro
doors, boot lids, bonnets etc. where a skin is attached to a frame.
No advice is given as to whether you should completely gut the door as it may be found that minimal disassembly is required. Too often you will find a horror show of rust inside the door and will feel that total stripping
and de-rusting is the only solution.
Do not forget that when you get to grips with your door other parts may need renewing or repairing like glass
channels private locks and hinges. These parts are also available to ease your restoration.
At the do it yourself level repairs to existing doors that fit the gap between the existing ‘A’ & ‘B’ posts on your
car are often preferable to fitting complete new door assemblies, due to the cost of repair parts against complete assemblies, as long as you ignore your labour costs. If the repair or replacement is entrusted to a professional, get a price to repair and a price to renew and go the route that suits you best. Either way the door will
ultimately have to be painted once refitted and aligned to the body.
Early TR5 differences.
The first few TR5s had several differences to what may be considered mainstream production ones, which, the
best information currently suggests commenced at commission no. CP50. Commission numbers CP1 to CP24
were built and were mostly used as development hacks, dealer demonstration vehicles and playthings for the
motoring press to destroy (as usual). Commission numbers CP25 to 49 probably weren’t built as no records of
these cars have ever come to light (so far!)
The original TR5 parts book makes no mention of these differences and cars that do turn up often have had
these very differences removed (or engineered out as Triumph would have said) to make the car usable and reliable.
Most significantly commission numbers CP1 to CP24 had under bonnet mounted fuel pumps so all the low and
high-pressure pipe work will be different.
These same cars would have had a TR4A-type crankcase breather valve mounted on the front top manifold to
cylinder head stud rather than the simple in line flame trap used from commission number CP50, with appropriately different hoses.
There is a central boss on top of the metering unit into which is screwed a short PRV with a return to the tank
from this. Fast idle cable is absent.
266 Rear Body Panels: TR5, TR250
Rear Body Panels: TR5, TR250 267
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Rear Deck
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
808776
808776RP
813958
650290
815521
815522
813708
813709
708093
708094
750179
750180
619592
616058
617975
GHF200
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Inner Rear Wings and Wheel Arches
REAR DECK ASSEMBLY
CENTRE SECTION, rear deck
FRAME, deck section support
TAG, wiring loom
FORWARD SECTION, LH, rear deck
FORWARD SECTION, RH, rear deck
REPAIR SKIN, LH, forward section
REPAIR SKIN, RH, forward section
GUSSET, ‘B’ post (top), LH
GUSSET, ‘B’ post (top), RH
GUSSET PLATE, LH
GUSSET PLATE, RH
TAPPED PLATE, hood pivot
RETAINER, tapped plate
NUT, ‘rivnut’ soft top to deck
NUT, ‘projection welded’, soft top to deck
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
5
52
53
54
55
alternative
1
1
Lightweight
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
850120
850121
603559
850428
850429
600395
815957
815958
850393
850394
615984
616446
713042
713043
650294
615968
615969
INNER REAR WING, LH
INNER REAR WING, RH
TAG, wiring loom
TAIL LAMP HOUSING, LH
TAIL LAMP HOUSING, RH
GROMMET, in housing for lamp wiring
REAR WHEEL ARCH, LH
REAR WHEEL ARCH, RH
BRACKET, LH suspension bump stop
BRACKET, RH suspension bump stop
BRACKET, millboards support
1
1
a/r
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
4
1
1
Boot Lid & Rear Valance
12
813650
813650A
BOOT LID, steel
BOOT LID, aluminium
Heelboard, Seat Pan & Boot Floor
For boot lid fitting details refer to Exterior Fittings, Trim & Badges
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
813650RP
903233
HB708
WP7
WL207
HN2007
850007
850008
612487
575169
850379
REPAIR PANEL, boot lid
REINFORCEMENT, boot lid
SCREW, reinforcement to boot lid
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
REAR SECTION, LH rear deck
REAR SECTION, RH rear deck
BRACKET, boot lid stay
REAR VALANCE ASSEMBLY
(pierced for reverse lamps)
(not pierced for reverse lamps)
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1 { TR5; TR250
}
1 { TR4; TR4A alternative
}
Rear Wings
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
850475
850475AL
850476
850476AL
850328
850329
850475FK
HU706P
WQ307
WM57
619587
UL2705
WM57
619587
FA3058
UL2705
37
38
39
40
WM57
619587
FA3058
UL2705
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
WM57
619587
FA3058
UL2705
WM57
619587
FA3058
608522
25
REAR WING, LH
REAR WING, LH, aluminium
REAR WING, RH
REAR WING, RH, aluminium
BAFFLE, rear wing to ‘B’ post, LH
BAFFLE, rear wing to ‘B’ post, RH
REAR WING FITTING KIT, (per wing)
SCREW, wing to ‘B’ post
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, Everseal
SCREW, Acme, wing to sill panel
WASHER, plain
WASHER, Everseal
NUT, spire
SCREW, Acme, wing to deck
and tonneau side
WASHER, plain
WASHER, Everseal
NUT, spire
SCREW, Acme
(wing to rear valance and inner wing)
WASHER, plain
WASHER, Everseal
NUT, spire
SCREW, Acme, wing to rear valance
WASHER, plain
WASHER, Everseal
NUT, spire
Clip, wing to lamp housing
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
6
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
16
16
16
16
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
Wing Beading
49
50
51
TR45WBS
850479
850480
750126
750187
750188
553926
LOCATING TAB
1
1
1
2
1
1
52
Lightweight
Lightweight
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
850397
566601
910065
850117X
950008
618376
650271
650272
612288
750175
808379
808380
650165
650166
CD22869
850387
600399
625944
569945
850470
850471
750022
CD22869
HEELBOARD
SEAT PAN ASSEMBLY, rear shelf
PANEL and BULGE, seat pan
DIFFERENTIAL COVER
BRACKET, seat pan to chassis
BRACKET, tunnel cover support
SUPPORT, bracket, squab, bottom, LH
SUPPORT, bracket squab, bottom, RH
NUT PLATE, petrol tank
BRACKET, support, squab side, vertical
GUSSET, arch to rear floor, LH
GUSSET, arch to rear floor, RH
BRACKET, petrol tank support, LH
BRACKET, petrol tank support, RH
BOOT FLOOR, spare wheel pan
PLUG, paint drainage, 1” diameter
PLATE, metal, blanking paint drain hole
RIVET, imex
BOOT FLOOR, side, LH
BOOT FLOOR, side, RH
MOUNTING BRACKET, boot floor
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
‘A’ Post, ‘B’ Post & Sills
86
813100
XKC510
813101
87 603344
88 556141
89 850343
850344
90 850281
850281Z
850282
850282Z
91 750086
750087
92 750047
750048
93 907912
850122
850122Z
564807
850123
564807Z
94 650290
95 808686
808687
96 817412F
817413F
97 817412B
817413B
100 621715
621716
101 750027
‘A’ POST, outer panel, LH
‘A’ POST, outer panel, LH
‘A’ POST, outer panel, RH
SPRING GUIDE, check strap
RIVET, spring guide attachment
‘A’ POST, inner panel, LH
‘A’ POST, inner panel, RH
SILL PANEL, outer, LH
SILL PANEL, outer, LH, replacement
SILL PANEL, outer, RH
SILL PANEL, outer, RH, replacement
FILLER, front sill end, LH
FILLER, front sill end, RH
FILLER, rear sill end, LH
FILLER, rear sill end, RH
INNER SILL PANEL, LH
INNER SILL PANEL, RH
TAG, wiring loom
‘B’ POST ASSEMBLY, LH
‘B’ POST ASSEMBLY, RH
‘B’ POST, front face only, LH
‘B’ POST, front face only, RH
‘B’ POST, rear face only, LH
‘B’ POST, rear face only, RH
REINFORCEMENT, ‘B’ post, LH
REINFORCEMENT, ‘B’ post, RH
SILL MOUNTING, front
1
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
alternative
with loom tags
without loom tags
replacement
with loom tags
without loom tags
replacement
268 Rear Body Panels: TR5, TR250
Rear Body Panels: TR5, TR250 269
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
102 616004
616005
103 619395
104 619396
SILL MOUNTING, left rear
SILL MOUNTING, right rear
1
1
a/r
a/r
MAIN FLOOR PANEL, LH
MAIN FLOOR PANEL, RH
RUBBER PLUG, jack hole
GROMMET, 5/8”, main floor panel
GROMMET, 1”, main floor panel
1
1
2
2
2
Details
square shaped plate
Gearbox Cover & Fittings
109 713569
712929
713569FG
713569SAP
GEARBOX COVER, original fibre board
GEARBOX COVER, original fibre board
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
110
111
112
113
713569GS
805673
805674
805684
705758
SEAL SET, gearbox cover
SEAL, cover to floor, LH
SEAL, cover to floor, RH
SEAL, cover to bulkhead panel, centre
SEAL, cover to propeller shaft tunnel
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
713569FK
HU706P
612286
WM57
HU706P
WM57
FQ3405/4
809271
YX5405
WP4
FU2569/4
705851
YB1404
WP4
FU2574/4
612715
605602
709329
GEARBOX COVER FITTING KIT
1
SCREW, cover to floor
10
WASHER, plate, tunnel to floor
7
WASHER, plain
3
SCREW, cover to bulkhead
7
WASHER, plain
7
CAPTIVE NUT & RETAINER
7
COVER PLATE, speedo cable access
1
SCREW, cover plate
3
WASHER, plain
3
SPIRE CLIP
3
COVER PLATE, solenoid access
1
SCREW, cover plate attachment
3
WASHER, plain
3
SPIRE CLIP
3
GROMMET, loom through tunnel cover
1
PLUG, propeller shaft lubrication access 1
GROMMET, gear lever gaiter
1
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
A TR5 goes racing.
Floor Panels
105 904005
904006
106 603384
107 CD25672
108 600399
ill. Part Number
No
Non overdrive models
Overdrive models
Finding a significant TR associated with the period covered by this production proved quite a challenge.
TR2s, TR3s and TR4s pop up at important shows, or, more likely, out onto the world’s racetracks and
rally venues, but by the time we get to the TR4A, almost everything seemed to stop! True, there is Wasp
(the TR4A + 6 cylinder engine, which could be loosely called the TR5 prototype), and CP1 and CP25001
still exist, but the latter two are ordinary production cars so hardly exciting unless you happen to own
them and are thinking of selling.
Luckily for us all, there is just one vehicle out there, and it might have become very famous, but for (as
usual) a change to the rules. Back in the 60s and 70s, Mod-sports was a league of racing only one step
down from FIA sports cars (such as might compete at Le-Mans or in the TT (Tourist Trophy) with full factory support). The rules for Mod-sports seemed to permit almost anything as long as the base engine
and internal body tub were retained. Spectacle was the objective and the speed of some of the participating vehicles was prodigious. This was the arena into which Richard Hawkins launched his TR4A, with
its dramatic (for those days) black and white paint scheme. Nobody at that time would have considered
racing a TR that wasn’t some variety of green. This TR4A ran on 10” wide, 6 bolt fixing Lola wheels,
shod with slicks neatly (almost) covered by suitably flared wheel-arches. The engine was very potent for
its size, no steel crankshafts in those days remember, but then there was no shortage of cheap replacements if one went bang. Unfortunately, the car just wasn’t quick enough compared with the opposition,
in spite of Richard’s skills. The TR4A was sold, in very poor mechanical condition, eventually, to Reg
Woodcock who, in his usual style de-modified the chassis and meticulously rebuilt the whole car, no
doubt adding considerable lightness during the process. The braking system was uprated by the substitution of the TR calipers with a pair of Series 1 xJ6 3 piston ones. A low wrap-round screen replaced the
original full one, which meant the surrey top had to be removed (and carefully stored, of course). The
dramatic and significant change was the swapping of the 4-cylinder engine for a 6 cylinder variety, coupled to a late TR6 /Stag based gearbox and A-type overdrive, all moved backwards about 10” in the
chassis to improve weight distribution. Final drive was and still is through a 4.1 ratio differential and
Salisbury LSD. Now Reg and his twin brother Ray both worked at Lucas at that time, and, as we all know,
there’s nothing like being in the right place at the right time, so a Lucas PI system was obtained, incorporating a competition (i.e. mechanical, no vacuum) metering unit, and fitted.
In action the car looked and sounded fabulous, as it does to this day, with the straight 6 engine wailing
its way round to its 7500 rev limit, cornering beautifully ‘flat’ on those enormous Lola wheels and slicks.
Regrettably, before it had chance to become famous, Mod-sports ceased, and the TR5, as it had now
become, had nowhere to go and play other than in occasional ‘club’ mixed events and relay races. The
ultimate TR5, probably THE quickest pre-TR8 ever, is alive, safe and well, enjoying a temporary retirement in the Woodcock garage, and is now reunited with its original Hawkins surrey top and full screen,
as befits such a unique car.
Propshaft Tunnel
132 808230
133 121765
134 809046
809046FG
PROPSHAFT TUNNEL
BRACKET, for anchoring handbrake
TUNNEL COVER, fibre
TUNNEL COVER, fibreglass
1
1
1
1
Consumables
135 GAC110
GAC111
136 GT85
137 GAC100
GAC100/3
138 153317
139 LKLPK104
SMALL CAN, WD-40
LARGE CAN, WD-40
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
Woodcock at Woodcote
A youthful Reg Woodcock in 1978 in the ex-Hawkins car as originally purchased (externally) and sporting a TR4 grille, before it was finished to look more like a TR5, (and the screen and surrey top removed).
The running gear is all as specified in 6-cylinder form. The circuit is believed to be Silverstone, at ‘old’
Woodcote corner, complete with its unforgiving Armco fencing backed by railway sleepers, which Reg
was later to suffer a very close, hard encounter with in his equally famous TR3, effectively writing it off.
Judging by the TR5’s angle, it will be coming off the Club straight at about 80-mph, before heading off
down Pitt Straight, and nearer 140-mph!
270 Body Shell & Grommets: TR6
Body Shell & Grommets: TR6 271
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Body Shells
The TR6 body shell has been produced to enable the replacement of shells beyond economic repair,
because of damage or corrosion. The shells are supplied mounted to a slave transportation frame to
preserve door gaps and other panel alignment while the shell is not supported by a chassis. The slave
frame is returnable for refund of a nominal deposit; this amount will be found in the price list under
part number SF250. The electrophoretically primed body shell is supplied complete with doors, wings,
bonnet and boot. Please read the ‘Body Shell Fitting’ notes on page 179 and ensure you fully understand their implications before commencing work.
1
575675
575676
575807
575808
BODY SHELL ASSEMBLY, RHD
BODY SHELL ASSEMBLY, LHD
BODY SHELL ASSEMBLY, RHD
575808
NKC613
SF250
1
1
1
1
}
1
{
}
{
|
574244
29
612715
30
612715
31
605602
32
33
612235
RFR208
34
TGK153
all (c) CP/CC models,
1969 to 1972.
European models:
all (c) CR models,
1972 to 1975.
| from (c) CF1 to CF27000,
} 1972 to 1974.
| TR6 from (c) CF27001 to
} CF58328, 1974 to 1976.
35
612235
36
611733
37
623176
TRANSPORTATION FRAME, body shell
1
38
600399
39
131155
MOUNTING KIT, body to chassis
1
Body Mounting Kit
2
ill. Part Number
No
Grommet & Plug Kits
3
4
5
TGK150
TGK151
610608
6
631205
7
8
633679
600400W
9
131155
10
602037
11
602037
12
600399
13
602037
14
602037
15
600395
16
600395
17
061917
18
061917
19
061917
20
061917
21
061917
22
23
611040
CD27769
24
603790
25
26
TGK152
603384
27
CD25672
28
600399
GROMMET & PLUG KIT, complete
GROMMET & PLUG KIT, front
GROMMET, steering column,
through bulkhead
SEAL, steering column
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
SEAL, steering column, foam
2
1 {
through bulkhead, driver’s side
}
GROMMET, wiper rack tube,
1 {
through bulkhead
}
1 {
through bulkhead, passenger’s side
}
GROMMET, speedometer and
3 {
tachometer cables
}
PLUG, blanking hole on bulkhead for 1 {
speedometer cable routing
}
GROMMET, radio aerial lead
1 {
through bulkhead end panel
}
GROMMET, marker and side lamp
2 {
cables through inner wing
}
GROMMET, oil pressure gauge
1 {
tube through bulkhead
}
GROMMET, choke cable and water 1 {
valve control cable through bulkhead
}
1 {
through bulkhead
}
GROMMET, screen washer
1 {
electrical cable through bulkhead
}
2 {
through bulkhead and into plenum
}
GROMMET, scuttle vent operating
1 {
rod into plenum
}
GROMMET, front indicator leads,
1 {
holes in front valance
|
}
GASKET, heater connector, bulkhead 1
PLUG, blanking holes in bulkhead
2 {
adjacent to screen washer reservoir
}
PLUG, blanking small hole in
2 {
bulkhead above accelerator pedal
}
GROMMET & PLUG KIT, cockpit area
PLUG, blanking jacking hole
in floor panels
602037
40
bulkhead and forward
to (c) CP/CC75000;
fits 2 3/8” hole.
from CP75001 to 77718;
CC75001 to 85737.
all (c) CR/CF models.
fits 1 1/2” hole
fits 1 1/4” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
131155
41
600399
42
CD22869
43
44
600399
600395
45
600399
46
47
RFR208
600399
48
061917
49
650247
622683
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 1/2” hole
fits 1/2” hole
fits 1/2” hole
all (c) CP/CC models;
fits 1/2” hole.
North American models;
from (c) CF27001;
fits 1/2” hole.
fits 3/8” hole
North American models;
fits 5/16” hole
1
2 { fits 3 1/4” hole
}
2 { fits 5/8” hole
}
2 { fits 1” hole
}
600396
Description
GROMMET, handbrake cable
through heel board
GROMMET, gearbox wiring loom
through gearbox tunnel cover
PLUG, propeller shaft lubrication
Access
PLUG, blanking, screen capping
PLUG, blanking holes for inertia
type seat belts
Qty.
Req.
Details
2 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2
2 {
}
GROMMET & PLUG KIT
1
boot area and rear of bulkhead trim panel
PLUG, blanking, chassis rear
1
cross member
SEAL, sponge, around petrol tank
2
drain to boot floor
1
1
PLUG, blanking hole for petrol
1
tank drain
PLUG, blanking holes either
side of petrol tank
GROMMET, petrol vapour tube,
through boot floor
2
GROMMET, petrol vapour tube,
through boot floor
GROMMET, petrol pump vent pipe,
through boot floor
1
GROMMET, petrol pump vent pipe,
through boot floor
PLUG, blanking hole in LH
boot floor panel
PLUG, LH arch side blanking
redundant Pi pump mounts.
PLUG, paint drainage holes
GROMMET, petrol pipe through
boot floor
PLUG, blanking fuel pipe holes
through boot floor
PLUG, rubber, blanking (as fitted)
PLUG, blanking hole in inner rear
valance for wiring access
cables through rear valance
through rear deck
through rear deck
1
1
1
1
3
{
}
{
|
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
1
2 {
}
1 {
}
4
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
fits 1” hole
fits 1” hole
fits 2 1/2” hole
fits 7/8” hole
European models;
fits 1/2” hole
fits 1 7/8” hole
to (c) CP/CC75000;
from (c) CP/CC75001;
German Models.
from (c) CP/CC75001
and all German Models;
fits 1 3/8” hole
fits 1” hole
(c) CC50001 to CC85737
approx.; fits 1 1/4” hole.
from (c) CF1 approx.;
fits 1” hole.
European models:
to (c) CC50000 approx.;
fits 1” hole.
from (c) CC50001 approx.;
fits 1 1/4” hole.
fits 1” hole.
fits 1/4” hole.
fits 1” hole.
all CP/CR models;
fits 1” hole.
fits 1” hole.
fits 1/2” hole;
fits 1” hole.
fits 1/2” hole.
European models:
fits 2 3/8” hole.
fits 2 3/8” hole.
Consumables
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
W0105
WO101
W0102
W0103
W0104
WO107
WO108
WO109
W0113
W0114
MRD1109
MRD1216
MRD1202
MRD1095
MRD1257
AG001
AG002
AG010
AG011
AG012
HMP190062
‘WAXOYL’ STARTER KIT
‘WAXOYL’, aerosol
‘WAXOYL’, can
‘WAXOYL’, cartridge
‘WAXOYL’, can
‘WAXOYL’, trigger spray gun
‘WAXOYL’, high pressure spray gun
‘WAXOYL’, extension probe
‘HAMMERITE’ UNDER-SEAL
‘FINNEGAN’S’ NO. 1 PRIMER
‘GUNK’ DRIVEWAY CLEANER
‘AUTOGLYM’, super resin polish
‘AUTOGLYM’, bodywork shampoo
‘AUTOGLYM’, paint renovator
‘AUTOGLYM’, extra gloss polish
‘AUTOGLYM’, bumper care
‘AUTOGLYM’, tar protection
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
400ml
2.5 litre
2.5 litre
5 litre
1 litre. can
500ml. can
600ml. aerosol
400ml. aerosol
250ml. can
1 litre. can
1 litre
325ml
500ml
325ml
325ml
325ml
325ml
272 Front Body & Door Panels: TR6
Front Body & Door Panels: TR6 273
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
634829
634830
Bonnet
1 908406
BONNET
1
For bonnet fitting details refer to Exterior Fittings, Trim & Badges
32
Front Valance
2
814020
822701
822701
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FRONT VALANCE,
(not pierced for spoiler)
FRONT VALANCE,
(pierced for spoiler)
FRONT VALANCE,
XKC1813
FRONT VALANCE,
650290
623590
147382
625886
503623
503628
505259
506155
TAG, wiring loom
RETAINER, lower grille finisher
BLADE, Lucar, electrical earth
BRACKET, number plate
SCREW, securing bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1 {
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
a/r
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1969 to 1972.
European models:
TR6 all (c) CR models,
1972 to 1975.
from (c) CF1 to CF27000,
1972 to 1974.
from (c) CF27001 to
CF58328, 1974 to 1976.
Front Wings
11
814016
814017
FRONT WING, LH
FRONT WING, RH
814016
814017
FRONT WING, LH
FRONT WING, RH
XKC1811
XKC1812
FRONT WING, LH
FRONT WING, RH
1 { European models:
1 | all (c) CP/CR models,
} 1969 to 1975.
1 | TR6 all (c) CC models,
} 1969 to 1972.
1 | TR6 all (c) CF models,
} 1972 to 1976.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
715393
715394
813658
813659
850455
850456
814016RP
814017RP
814016FK
UL2705
WM57
619587
FA3058
UL2705
623478
619587
FA3058
UL2705
WP7
FJ2407/9
HU706P
WQ307
WM57
NACELLE, headlamp, LH
NACELLE, headlamp, RH
CHANNEL, wing to inner wing, LH
CHANNEL, wing to inner wing, RH
BAFFLE, wing to A post, LH
BAFFLE, wing to A post, RH
REPAIR PANEL, front wing, LH
REPAIR PANEL, front wing, RH
FITTING KIT, front wing
SCREW, acme, wing to front valance
WASHER, plain
WASHER, fibre, Everseal
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, acme, wing to inner wing
WASHER, offset hole ‘D’ shaped
WASHER, fibre, Everseal
SPIRE NUT
SCREW, acme
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT, wing to sill
SCREW, wing to ‘A’ post
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
6
6
6
6
16
16
16
16
6
6
6
6
6
6
33
31
907757
907758
634833
634834
907757
907758
917559
917560
DOOR SHELL ASSEMBLY, LH
DOOR SHELL ASSEMBLY, RH
(no side impact reinforcement bar)
(with side impact reinforcement bar and
cut-out for door pull pocket)
(no side impact reinforcement bars)
(with side impact reinforcement bars)
850352
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
705242
563040
611117
FR1202
061917
612219
564832
611145
HU503
WL205
611118
45
46
47
48
49
722849
517544
FU2543/9
CD27769
722849X
VENT GRILLE, plastic
SCREW, grille to scuttle top aperture
SPIRE NUT
PLUG, blanking, rod hole in plenum
MESH, vent grille
820499
SCUTTLE TOP PANEL
1
2
2
1
1
all (c) CP/CC models
1969 to 1972.
all (c) CR/CF models,
1973 to 1976.
all (c) CP/CC models
1969 to 1972
{
|
| all (c) CR/CF models
|
}
Wheel Arch Assemblies
50
53
54
1 { European models: all (c) CP
1 | models; from (c) CR1 to
} CR5000. 1969 to 1973.
1 {
1 | from (c) CR5001
| 1974 to 1975.
}
1 | all (c) CC models;
} 1969 to 1972.
1 {
1 | from CF1 to CF12500;
} 1973 models.
1 {
1 | from CF12501;
| 1974 to 1976.
}
1
1
1 { Lightweight
1 }
1 {
}
SCUTTLE TOP PANEL
1 {
}
VENT LID & HINGE ASSEMBLY
1 {
PIN, hinge
2 |
ROD, operating vent lid
1 |
FIXING, rod to vent lid
1 |
GROMMET, rod through plenum
1 |
TRUNNION, rod to dash lever mechanism 1 |
SCREW, clamping trunnion to rod
1 |
SPRING
1 |
SCREW, vent lid to scuttle top panel
3 |
WASHER, locking
3 |
SEAL, vent lid to scuttle top panel
1 }
52
Doors & Door Skins
Details
Scuttle Top
51
one kit per front wing
(with side impact reinforcement bar and
cut-out for door pull pocket)
DOOR SKIN, LH
DOOR SKIN, RH
Qty.
Req.
Refer to Doors & Fittings for door fixings & components
See also Lightened Products on Page ?? for Fibreglass Panels.
12
812775
812776
812775AL
812776AL
Description
55
56
57
576477
576478
907097
907098
811485
811480
811493
811494
712397
712398
811703
811704
603559
750229
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
623588
623589
714768
714769
502450
510506
510795
910442
910441
910442FK
910441FK
YH6505
510806
FU2585/4
517385
510506
501795
FQ3405/4
72
73
74
502450
510506
510795
75
153282
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
WHEEL ARCH PANEL, LH
WHEEL ARCH PANEL, RH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, upper, LH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, upper, RH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, lower, LH
REINFORCEMENT, arch, lower, RH
BRACKET, reinforcement to mount, LH
BRACKET, reinforcement to mount, RH
BRACKET, arch to chassis mount, LH
BRACKET, arch to chassis mount, RH
WIRING LOOM TAG
BRACKET, bonnet stay
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
1 {
}
BRACKET, body lifting, LH
1
BRACKET, body lifting, RH
1
1
1
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
AIR DUCT, radiator
1
AIR DUCT, radiator
1
1
1
SCREW, acme, air duct to front valance 2
WASHER, plain
2
SPIRE NUT, front valance top flange
2
SCREW, stay rod and duct to valance 1/2
WASHER, locking
1/2 {
WASHER, plain
1/2 }
SPIRE NUT, valance top flange
1/2
8 on LH, 1 on RH
not included with RH
wheel arch assembly
European models
European models
quantity increases for
NUT, plain, air cleaner strap to valance 1 {
WASHER, locking
1 | European models
WASHER, plain
1 }
STRAP ASSEMBLY, air cleaner support
1
European models
274 Front Body & Door Panels: TR6
Front Body & Door Panels: TR6 275
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
INNER WING PANEL, LH
INNER WING PANEL, LH
INNER WING PANEL, RH
INNER WING PANEL, RH
NUT PLATE, hinge reinforcement LH
NUT PLATE, hinge reinforcement RH
TAG, wiring loom securing
GROMMET, marker & head lamp cables
BAFFLE PLATE KIT, LH
BAFFLE PLATE KIT, RH
BAFFLE PLATE, bulkhead, LH
BAFFLE PLATE, bulkhead, RH
SEAL, baffle plate
CLIP, baffle seal
SCREW, baffle plate
SCREW, baffle plate
SCREW, baffle plate, stainless
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
2
1
1
1
1
2
6
2
10
10
12
12
Details
ill. Part Number
No
alternative
114 811985
811985Z
115 615901
116 811986
811986Z
117 603559
Front Inner Wings
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
908356
BMH7003
908357
BMH7004
623584
623585
603559
602037
750150K
750151K
750150
750151
650172
606389
HU708P
HU705P
HU706SS
WM57
GHF331
alternative
118 GAC110
GAC111
119 GT85
120 GAC100
GAC100/3
121 153317
122 LKLPK104
alternative
811989
PLENUM ASSEMBLY
821156
PLENUM ASSEMBLY
90
91
92
93
650162
650308
650159
YZ3403
TUBE, plenum water drainage
HOSE, rubber, plenum water drainage
PLATE, wheel box access
SCREW, plate to plenum
1 {
}
1 {
}
2
2
2 {
8 }
94
95
96
97
602057Z
CS4013
AHA8401
815834
815835
821043
821044
HOSE, longer with elbow end
CLIP, hose to drain tube on plenum
GROMMET, hose through baffle plate
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1969 to 1972.
all (c) CR/CF models;
1973 to 1976.
Original
Refit using suitable,
pliable water sealant
Water drainage from the plenum is very important if wet carpets and feet are to be avoided. Regular clearing of
the drain hoses with a flexible rod will dislodge any congealing rain soaked leaves or small furry fauna which
might otherwise block the system. A longer water drain hose can be fitted to take the water out of the
wing/sill/bulkhead box section. The hole should provide a snug fit for the hose, (see items 94 to 96 in illustration).
{
}
{
}
1969 to 1972.
1973 to 1976.
The bulkhead change is signified by the redesign of the steering column outer tube to bulkhead seal. Early cars
used a large rubber grommet, later cars had a foam seal held in place by plate.
98 815836
1 { RHD
99
811979
815837
811981
100 812120
812121
101 812122
102 907418
907419
103 725405
725406
104 705219
705218
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
625533
611048
610796
750058
612283
706313
NQ2708
600032
603559
REPAIR PANEL, vertical, section
to plenum
REPAIR PANEL, horizontal section
below battery
REPAIR PANEL, horizontal section
below battery
REINFORCING PLATE, RHD
(around steering column aperture)
REINFORCING PLATE, LHD
(around steering column aperture)
BRACKET, RHD
(steering column anti-torque strap)
BRACKET, LHD
(steering column anti-torque strap)
BRACKET, wiper motor mount
BRACKET, battery stay, LH
BRACKET, battery stay, RH
POCKET, bulkhead
GUSSET, bulkhead pocket
GUSSET, dash, LH
NUT, square, pedals to bulkhead
RETAINER, square nut
TAG, wiring loom
BULKHEAD END PANEL ASS’Y, LH
BULKHEAD END PANEL, LH
BRACKET, bonnet release cable
BULKHEAD END PANEL ASS’Y, RH
BULKHEAD END PANEL, RH
TAG, wiring loom
Qty.
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
Details
reproduction
reproduction
Consumables
Plenum & Bulkhead Assemblies
89
Description
1 }
1 { LHD
1 }
1
RHD
1
LHD
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
|
1 |
}
1
RHD
LHD
1973 to 1976
SMALL CAN, WD-40
LARGE CAN, WD-40
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
10ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
TR6 Body Shell Fitting Notes
The choice you have made in purchasing a body shell for your car instead of the component parts to repair the
existing one is correct. The man hours of labour and degree of experience and skill involved to assemble the shell
are extensive and you have rightly chosen to entrust this to British Motor Heritage, the original manufacturer.
The body shell is a semi-rigid item, delivered assembled onto a returnable slave transportation frame to the build
condition you require. The body is electrophoretically primed and sealed (also known as ‘E’ coated). This process
involves submerging the entire body shell in an electrically charged dip tank of special anodic etch primer. This,
you will understand, means that the primer will contact all metal surfaces and electrically etch to them ensuring superior corrosion resistance. This process is to the same standards used by Rover Cars and other major car
manufacturers world wide. The under-body is anti-stone chip coated and under-sealed. Additional coating and
sealing may be applied to satisfy individual needs prior to painting.
On receipt of your body shell, familiarise yourself with the item and inspect it to ensure that it is exactly the correct specification to accept your donor car’s running gear, trim and fixings. This is particularly important if, for
instance a different engine type has been fitted previously and your car’s old body shell has been modified to
accept it. The body is constructed to a standard. Those intending to build their car for entry in car club vehicle
appearance or condition displays and competitions will need to apply much additional work to bring their entire
car to the exceptionally high standards now demanded for Concours d’ellegance eligibility.
If you believe the shell to be unsuitable for your requirements, or faulty in any way, contact the supplier immediately before any painting, fitting, modification or rectification costs are incurred. No such costs will be entertained unless accepted in writing by the supplier. Contact in the first instance must be made via the Heritage
Distributor who supplied the body assembly.
Prior to painting the shell, it is imperative that the following installation and fitting stages are completed.
1) Remove the complete shell from its slave transportation frame. Be aware that the unsupported shell is flexible and should therefore be lifted and carried squarely.
2) Trial fit the shell to the intended chassis assembly. Ensure all the mounting points and holes are present
and align correctly. Fit a datum quantity of chassis to body packing pieces (as defined in the relevant factory workshop manual) along with all the mounting screws and bolts that attach the body to the chassis. Do
not immediately blame the new body if it does not fit your chassis. Check your chassis for previous accident
damage that may have bent and distorted both it and your old body assembly. Chassis alignment and distortion checks are easily carried out with the body removed. Details of these checks are given in the relevant
factory workshop manual.
3) Body to chassis alignment and adjustment is a painstaking and longwinded task. These adjustments are crucial to obtain correct panel gaps for doors, boot lid and bonnet. If this job is to be undertaken by a paid professional you should be aware that at least 3 full working days may be charged to fulfil the task satisfactorily.
4) t is a matter of personal choice as to whether or not the body is part built with the running gear prior to painting. Bear in mind that moving a fully painted shell around the workshop without wheels often leads to paint damage. Painting a bare shell is of course the way to get the best possible finish and paint coverage. Body shells
should always be, where possible, transported fitted to a chassis or the slave transportation frame. If it is intended to remove all the wings, doors, bonnet and boot lid when the shell is painted, the new body shell must be
entirely supported by either the chassis or the slave transportation frame to reduce the risk of twisting or buckling. Remember that the removal of the bolt-on panels will involve a lot more work in panel re-alignment, once
the body has been painted and fitted to the chassis.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
For paint finishing advice, the assistance of a professional paint supplier or refinisher should be sought. The previously mentioned electrophoretically applied primer must not be removed from the body panel surfaces, nor
rubbed through to expose bare metal; it should be prepared and have a polyurethane surfacer applied. This is
a suitable and compatible basis for most modern top coat paint finishes. It may not be suitable for use with cellulose based paints, in which case an effective barrier coat and undercoats will be required. If in any doubt at
all either, try a small test area of paint first and allow to dry, or, seek professional advice.
The primer and paint gets into every possible crevice of your new body shell; this means that all tapped or
threaded inserts, nuts or holes should be cleared and cleaned of primer, paint or debris prior to the attempted
installation of any threaded fastener. This is particularly crucial for seat belt, steering and suspension
mounting points, plus all other safety related components.
Wiring Loom Tags
These little tinkers have caused many heated discussions over the years. The long thin tag used on the inner
front wings and wheel arches was part number 603559. Fact: It was ‘T’ shaped. Fact: The item was redesigned
13th January 1978 and was then no longer shaped.
276 Rear Body & Floor Panels: TR6
Rear Body & Floor Panels: TR6 277
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Rear Deck
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
813959
575642
813958
650290
815521
815522
813708
813709
708093
708094
750179
750180
619592
616058
617975
GHF200
813960
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
5
40
41
BOOT LID ASSEMBLY
42
43
44
45
46
alternative
47
48
49
1
822700
1 {
}
1 {
}
1969 to 1972.
all (c) CR/CF models,
1972 to 1976.
Rear Wings
14
15
815519
815520
REAR WING, LH
REAR WING, RH
1
1
See also Lightened Products on Page ?? for Fibreglass Panels
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
850328
850329
815519FK
HU706P
WQ307
WM57
626716
UL2705
WM57
626716
FA3058
UL2705
27
28
29
30
WM57
626716
FA3058
UL2705
31
32
33
34
WM57
626716
518454B
UL2705
35
36
37
WM57
626716
FA3058
38
39
715230
553926
Qty.
Req.
Details
603559
147382
715232
INNER REAR WING, LH
INNER REAR WING, RH
1
1 {
}
INNER REAR WING, RH
1 {
}
TAG, wiring loom, LH inner wing
6
BLADE, Lucar, electrical earth
2
BRACKET, boot lid stay to inner rear wing 1
to CP/CC50000;
1969 models.
1970 to 1976.
The right hand inner rear wing for post (c) CP50000 and all (c) CR1 on cars is identifiable by a recess pocket
pressed into it. This pocket serves no purpose on Pi TR6 models. Either part number RH inner rear wing can
therefore be used for replacement. The pocket was for containment of the carbon canister on USA market
TR6s.
50
813980
815959
908353
817564
For boot lid fitting details refer to Exterior Fittings, Trim & Badges
13
Description
Inner Rear Wings and Wheel Arches
REAR DECK ASSEMBLY
CENTRE SECTION, rear deck
FRAME, deck section support
TAG, wiring loom
FORWARD SECTION, LH, rear deck
FORWARD SECTION, RH, rear deck
REPAIR SKIN, LH, rear deck
REPAIR SKIN, RH, rear deck
GUSSET, ‘B’ post (top), LH
GUSSET, ‘B’ post (top), RH
GUSSET PLATE, LH
GUSSET PLATE, RH
TAPPED PLATE, hood pivot
RETAINER, tapped plate
NUT, ‘rivnut’ soft top to deck
NUT, ‘projection welded’, soft top to deck
Boot Lid & Rear Valance
12
ill. Part Number
No
BAFFLE, rear wing to ‘B’ post, LH
1
BAFFLE, rear wing to ‘B’ post, RH
1
FITTING KIT, rear wing, (per wing)
2
SCREW, wing to ‘B’ post
6
WASHER, locking
6
WASHER, plain
6
WASHER, fibre
6
SCREW, Acme, wing to sill
2
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, fibre
2
SPIRE NUT
2
SCREW, Acme
18
(wing to rear deck and tonneau side)
WASHER, plain
18
WASHER, fibre
18
SPIRE NUT
18
SCREW, Acme
8
(wing to inner wing around lamp housing)
WASHER, plain
8
WASHER, fibre
8
SPIRE NUT
8
SCREW, Acme
10
(wing to inner wing and rear valance)
WASHER, plain
10
WASHER, fibre
10
SPIRE NUT
10
WING BEADING, wing to rear deck
2 { to CP/CC50000;
TAB, locating
12 } 1969 models
Painted to body colour of car after fitment.
815957
815958
850393
850394
615984
616446
713042
713043
621328
621329
REAR WHEEL ARCH, LH
REAR WHEEL ARCH, RH
BRACKET, LH suspension bump stop
BRACKET, RH suspension bump stop
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
Heelboard, Seat Pan & Boot Floor
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
850397
566601
910065
850117X
950008
618376
650271
650272
612288
750175
HEELBOARD
SEAT PAN ASSEMBLY, rear shelf
REAR FLOOR ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENTIAL COVER
BRACKET, seat pan to chassis
BRACKET, tunnel cover support
BRACKET, support, LH, squab bottom
BRACKET, support, RH, squab bottom
NUT PLATE, petrol tank attachment
BRACKET, support, squab side
722694
722695
808379
808380
650165
650166
CD22869
910066
600399
625944
569945
650017
HN2008
611875
601994
WP8
YN2908
910067
910068
750022
CD22869
BRACKET, support, squab side, LH
BRACKET, support, squab side, RH
GUSSET, LH, arch to rear floor
GUSSET, RH, arch to rear floor
BRACKET, LH petrol tank support
BRACKET, RH petrol tank support
PAN, spare wheel assembly
PLUG, paint drainage, 1” diameter
PLATE, metal, blanking paint drain hole
RIVET, imex
WASHER, plain
FLOOR, side, LH
FLOOR, side, RH
MOUNTING BRACKET, boot floor
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2 {
}
1 {
1 }
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
3
to CP/CC50000;
1969 models.
1970 to 1976.
Inner Rear Valances
79
80
908370
908373
REINFORCEMENT, rear valance, upper
VALANCE PANEL, lower, inner
1
1
‘A’ Post, ‘B’ Post & Sills
81
813100
XKC510
813101
82
83
84
603344
556141
850343
850344
‘A’ POST , outer assembly, LH
pierced for one courtesy light switch
‘A’ POST , outer assembly, LH
pierced for two courtesy light switches
‘A’ POST , outer assembly, RH
pierced for one courtesy light switch
SPRING, guide for door check arm
RIVET, guide spring to ‘A’ post panel
‘A’ POST, inner, LH
‘A’ POST, inner, RH
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
to (c) CR2911/CF12500;
1969 to 1973.
from (c) CR5001/CF12501
1973 to 1976.
2
4
1
1
278 Rear Body & Floor Panels: TR6
Rear Body & Floor Panels: TR6 279
ill. Part Number
No
Description
85
SILL PANEL, outer, LH
SILL PANEL, outer, LH, replacement
SILL PANEL, outer, RH
SILL PANEL, outer, RH, replacement
850281
850281Z
850282
850282Z
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
750086
750087
750047
750048
907912
850122
850122Z
564807
850123
564807Z
650290
817412
817413
817412F
817413F
850421
850422
621751
621710
621711
621715
621716
750027
616004
616005
619395
619396
FILLER, sill end, front, LH
FILLER, sill end, front, RH
FILLER, sill end, rear, LH
FILLER, sill end, rear, RH
INNER SILL PANEL, LH,
TAG, wiring loom
‘B’ POST ASSEMBLY, LH
‘B’ POST ASSEMBLY, RH
‘B’ POST front face only, LH
‘B’ POST front face only, RH
‘B’ POST rear face only, LH
‘B’ POST rear face only, RH
TAPPED PLATE
RETAINER, tapped plate, LH
RETAINER, tapped plate, RH
GUSSET, ‘B’ post to sill panel, LH
GUSSET, ‘B’ post to sill panel, RH
BRACKET, sill mounting, front
BRACKET, sill mounting, rear, LH
BRACKET, sill mounting, rear, RH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
a/r
a/r
with loom tags
without loom tags
replacement
with loom tags
without loom tags
replacement
square shaped plate
Refer to Chassis Frame & Body Mountings for chassis to body mounting details
Floor Panels
100 904005
904006
101 603384
102 CD25672
103 600399
FLOOR PANEL, LH
FLOOR PANEL, RH
PLUG, rubber, 3 1/4” diameter
PLUG, rubber, 5/8” diameter
PLUG, rubber, 1” diameter
1
1
2
2
2
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Gearbox Cover & Fittings
Confusion often occurs as to exactly which is the inner sill, which can result in to-ing and fro-ing of parts. The
inner sill is the section from the floor to the top of the outer sill, inside the car. The section which usually rots
is actually the outer edge of the floor pan which drops vertically to meet the bottom edge of the outer sill. This
is visible from underneath the car. It can be simply repaired with sheet metal cut to appropriate size and
shape, however, this repair rarely lasts all that long. A preferred repair would be to remove one (or both) sill
ends and repair the rotted floor section. It is then easy to get plenty of paint onto the repaired section followed
by Waxoyl. After replacement of the sill end caps further Waxoyl can be inserted through a suitable drilled
hole, which should then be sealed with a grommet. There are suitable holes on a new floor dropped sides.
86
ill. Part Number
No
104 713569
712929
713569FG
713569SAP
713569GS
105 805673
106 805674
107 805684
108 705758
109 713569FK
110 HU706P
111 612286
112 WM57
113 HU706P
114 WM57
115 FQ3405/4
116 809271
117 YX5405
118 WP4
119 FU2569/4
120 705851
121 YB1404
122 WP4
123 FU2574/4
124 612715
125 605602
126 709329
GEARBOX COVER, moulded fibre board
1
GEARBOX COVER, moulded fibre board
1
1
1
SEAL SET, gearbox cover
1
SEAL, cover to floor, LH
1
SEAL, cover to floor, RH
1
SEAL, cover to bulkhead
1
SEAL, cover to propeller shaft tunnel
1
GEARBOX COVER FITTING KIT
1
SCREW, cover to floor
10
WASHER, plate, cover to floor
7
WASHER, plain, cover to floor
3
SCREW, cover to bulkhead
7
WASHER, plain, cover to bulkhead
7
CAPTIVE NUT & RETAINER
7
COVER PLATE, speedo cable access
1
SCREW, cover plate to cover
3
WASHER, plain
3
SPIRE CLIP
3
COVER PLATE, solenoid access
1
SCREW, cover plate to cover
3
WASHER, plain
3
SPIRE CLIP
3
GROMMET, loom through tunnel cover
1
PLUG, propeller shaft lubrication access 1
GROMMET, gear lever gaiter
1
non-overdrive models
overdrive models
Propshaft Tunnel
127 808230
128 142428
129 809046
809046FG
PROP’ SHAFT TUNNEL
BRACKET, fulcrum, hand brake lever
TUNNEL COVER, fibre
TUNNEL COVER, fibreglass
1
1
1
1
Consumables
130 GAC110
GAC111
131 GT85
132 GAC100
GAC100/3
133 153317
134 LKLPK104
135 GEM361
136 MRD1109
137 MRD1178
138 AG005
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
UNDER BODY SEAL
INSTANT GASKET
METAL POLISH, ‘Autoglym’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
400ml
600ml
85gm
75gm
280 Windscreeen: TR6
Windscreeen: TR6 281
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Windscreen Assembly
1
2
3
4
718048
FRAME ASSEMBLY, windscreen
714771
FRAME ASSEMBLY, windscreen
621760
621761
PLATE, catch, header rail clamp, LH
PLATE, catch, header rail clamp, RH
623434
623435
PLATE, catch, header rail clamp, LH
PLATE, catch, header rail clamp, RH
LX6704
SCREW, plate to windscreen frame
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
1 {
1 |
}
1 {
1 |
}
4
TR5 to (c) CP2066;
TR250 to (c) CD4488;
1967 to 1968.
TR5 from (c) CP2067;
TR250 to (c) CD4489;
TR6; 1968 to 1976.
TR5 to (c) CP2066;
TR250 to (c) CD4488;
1967 to 1968.
TR5 from (c) CP2067;
TR250 to (c) CD4489;
TR6; 1968 to 1976.
In order to improve the wearing qualities of the hood attachment to windscreen frame, replacement catch plates
were offered by Triumph from May 1968.
5 611895
BRACKET, securing Surrey soft top
2
TR5; TR250; 1967 to 1968
6 906707
GLASS, windscreen, laminated
1
clear
906707TT
GLASS, windscreen, laminated
1
with top tint
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
913442
613954
611437
GAC6029X
622871
622841
622851
622861
TGK185
812400
RUBBER, glazing
FINISHER, glazing rubber
CLIP, finisher
MOULDED FINISHER SET, frame, Black
FINISHER, Black, upper
FINISHER, Black, LH
FINISHER, Black, RH
FINISHER, Black, lower
COVER SET, finishers, Black vinyl
CAPPING, windscreen, Aluminium
16
17
18
19
20
808189
565746
509224
714429
554407
STUD, snap
SCREW, self tapping
RIVET, ‘pop’, capping to frame
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
2 |
2 }
1
9
set of 4 pieces
SEAL, frame, thin plain rubber type
611669
611638
27
510065
622884
622886
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
516815
650130
750157
750158
650313
HU708
WL207
WM57
HU705
WL207
WP120
WP35
TN3208
WP139
FQ3507/4
COVER, attachment plate, chrome
SCREW, dome headed, chrome,
(windscreen frame to scuttle)
WASHER, plain, chrome
COVER, attachment plate, Black
SCREW, dome headed, Black
(windscreen frame to scuttle)
WASHER, plain, Black
SEAL, rubber, frame to scuttle
MOUNTING BRACKET, LH
MOUNTING BRACKET, RH
PACKING, fibre, bracket to ‘A’ post
SCREW, bracket to ‘A’ post, lower
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, bracket to ‘A’ post, upper
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, support leg to bracket
WASHER, plain
NUT, retained clip-on type,
713482
574937
518083
621704
621705
MIRROR ASS’Y, interior, dipping type
MIRROR HEAD
SCREW, mirror head to stem
BASE, mirror
RETAINER, mirror
2
3 {
3 | early TR5 and TR250
|
3 }
3 {
3 | later TR5 and TR250;
| all TR6
3 }
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
(for upper forward screw)
2
(for upper rearward screw)
2
a/r
2
1
1
1
1
2
MIRROR ASS’Y, interior, dipping type
MIRROR HEAD
MIRROR STEM
SCREW, mirror head to stem
MIRROR MOUNTING KIT (3 pieces)
SCREW, mirror to windscreen frame
{
| TR5; TR250;
| TR6 to CR/CF1
|
}
632095
632091
632095STEM
518083
RTC1006
512461
Qty.
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
2
Details
{
|
| TR6 from (c) CR/CF1
|
|
}
Sun Visors
Sun visors where fitted to all TR5s, TR250s & TR6s from 1967 to 1976. With the introduction of the TR250 to
the North American market in July 1967 these cars were fitted with White sun visors and when the TR5 was
launched in Europe one month later they were fitted with Black sun visors. Although the parts book was never
changed an amendment by Triumph dated the 13th of May 1968 instructed that due to North American safety
regulations (here we go) all TR250s were now fitted with Black sun visors. The next change in sun visors didn’t
come about until 1972 with the introduction of TR6 (c) CR & CF models. These visors differed visually in that
they were now a coarse grain to match the rest of the interior trim as opposed to the earlier fine grain style.
Listed below are sun visors by application for history’s sake but the reality is that all are completely interchangeable. The choice is yours:
53 575720L
SUN VISOR KIT, White, LHD
1
TR250.
575720
SUN VISOR KIT, Black, RHD
1
TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1.
575719
SUN VISOR KIT, Black, LHD
1
TR6 to (c) CR/CF1.
823421KR
SUN VISOR KIT, Black, RHD
1
TR6 from (c) CR1.
823421KL
SUN VISOR KIT, Black, LHD
1
TR6 from (c) CR/CF1.
54 812719
VISOR, driver, White
1 { TR250.
TR6; 1969 to 1976
Interior Mirror
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
aftermarket replacement
TR5; TR250 soft top
models; 1967 to 1968.
TR5; TR250 Surrey top
models; 1967 to 1968.
Windscreen Frame Attachment Details
25
26
Description
55
The windscreen capping should be sealed to the top of the windscreen frame by applying a suitable (silicone)
flexible sealant before attachment. Omission of the sealant will invariably result in water seepage through to the
passenger compartment. Ensure before starting that all traces of previously used sealant have been removed.
21 612235
PLUG, blanking hard top bolt holes
2 { TR5; TR250; TR6 to (c)
} CR5000/CF12500.
612976
2 { TR6 from (c) CR5001/
} CF12501.
22 616187
SEAL, rubber, header rail
1
soft top models only
23 806144
SEAL, rubber, header rail
1
hard top models only
24 620913
SEAL, frame, thick sponge type
2
alternatives; fit in pairs
620403
ill. Part Number
No
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
812759
812719
812749
812711
812741
812711
812751
823421
823461
823421
823471
WKC3634PA
XKC2948PA
WKC3634PA
XKC2949PA
823421MK
812760
812761
812762
812684
812685
575144
WP144
WP7
622431
622431P
511384
WP3
509556
570145
512156
FC2803
VISOR, passenger, White (with mirror)
VISOR, driver, White
VISOR, passenger, White (with mirror)
VISOR, driver, Black
VISOR, passenger, Black (with mirror)
VISOR, driver side, Black
MOUNTING KIT, for one pair of visors
BAR, pivot, inner
BAR, pivot, outer, LH
BAR, pivot, outer, RH
BRACKET, mounting sun visor, LH
BRACKET, mounting sun visor, RH
SCREW, pivot bar to bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
RETAINER, sun visor
RETAINER, sun visor
SCREW, retainer to frame
WASHER, plain
SCREW, bracket to frame
NUT, Spire, in frame
SCREW, bracket to frame
NUT, fix, in frame
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
alternative (never fitted).
TR5; TR6 RHD
(c) CP models.
TR5; TR6 LHD
(c) CP/CC models.
TR6 RHD
(c) CR models.
TR6 LHD
(c) CR/CF models.
Alternative replacement;
all RHD models.
Alternative replacement;
all LHD models.
polyurethane
The screws attaching the pivot bars to the brackets should be locked in place with a liquid thread lock such as
‘Loctite’ (available under part no. GAC100), to ensure they do not undo in service.
72
73
622354
622444
BOLT, pivot bar to mounting bracket
SPRING
2
2
The original sun visor bolt and spring pivoting arrangement (items 72 & 73) for TR5s & TR250s was improved
and replaced in April 1968 by the screw and washer method listed above (items 62 to 64).
Floppy Sun Visors?
If your TR is blessed with droopy visor syndrome there a couple of things that can be done to correct it. The
screw that attaches the mounting bar to the visor bracket, (575144) should be located and locked in place with
a liquid thread lock compound such as ‘Loctite’. This is available as part number GAC100. The screw should be
tightened sufficiently to allow the visor bar to pivot but not have excessive axial movement. The use of thread
locking liquid or engineering adhesive is recommended to ensure the screws do not undo in service.
Sun visors often refuse to hold at an angled position to block out the bright sun and still allow a clear view of
the road. The friction of the mounting bars inside the sun visor framework maintains the angular position. Too
much friction and the visor gets mangled, too little and it droops. The fit of the visor outer mounting bars in the
visors can be attended to in order to get the best possible use from the visors adjustable angle. If the mounting
bar is too tight, probably caused by corrosion and dirt, merely remove the bar by pulling and refit it cleaned and
perhaps lightly lubricated. Too loose may be caused by the bar not being located correctly in the visor frame,
the frame being broken or the mounting bar being of too small a diameter for the visor’s framework. This can
be checked and rectified.
282 Doors & Fittings
Doors & Fittings 283
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
no side impact bars and no provision
to fit the later door closing pull pocket.
no side impact bars and provision
no side impact bars and no provision
side impact bars and no provision
side impact bars and provision
DOOR SKIN, LH
DOOR SKIN, RH
INNER PANEL, frame, LH
INNER PANEL, frame, RH
PLATE ASSEMBLY, reinforcement, LH
PLATE ASSEMBLY, reinforcement, RH
ANGLE BRACKET, check strap arm
PAD, sound deadening
DOOR HINGE
PIN, hinge pivot
SCREW, hinge to door
WASHER, locking
GASKET, shim, hinge to door
SCREW, hinge to ‘A’ post
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
GASKET, shim, hinge to ‘A’ post
CHECK STRAP
RIVET, check strap to door
1 | TR5; TR6 all
| (c) CP models; CR1 to
} CR5000; 1967 to 1972.
1 {
1 | TR6 from (c) CR5001;
| 1972 to 1975.
}
1 | TR250; TR6 all
| (c) CC models;
} 1967 to 1972.
1 {
1 | TR6 from (c) CF1 to
| CF12500; 1972 to 1973.
}
1 {
1 | TR6 from (c) CF12501 to
| CF58328; 1973 to 1976.
}
1 { for door repair tips
1 | see TR5/TR250
1 | Front Body Panels.
1 }
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
12
12
a/r
12
12
12
a/r
2
2
ill. Part Number
No
XKC91
XKC92
Doors & Hinges
1
907757
907758
634833
634834
907757
907758
917559
917560
634829
634830
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
812775
812775AL
812776
812776AL
907310
907311
707059
707060
613855
616888
650112
607823
HU805
WQ308
650112G
HU806P
WQ308
WP19
610042
613622
610707
While the check straps were originally attached by rivets, the clevis pin arrangement offered below is more satisfactory (and easier to install).
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
CLZ410
GHF300
511032
603344
556141
613623
YB1383
WP3
CLEVIS PIN, check strap to door
WASHER, plain
‘R’ CLIP, clevis pin securing
SPRING, guide for check strap
RIVET, guide spring to ‘A’ post
GAITER, check strap
SCREW, self tapping, gaiter to ‘A’ post
WASHER, plain
2 { alternative to
4 } items 16 & 17
2
2
4
2
4
4
Description
REMOTE CONTROL, handle to latch, LH
REMOTE CONTROL, handle to latch, RH
Qty.
Req.
Details
1 | TR6 from (c) CR5001;
| 1972 to 1975
| TR6 from (c) CF12501 to
} CF58328; 1973 to 1976.
The later type remote control mechanisms are suitable for all applications. They vary from the earlier item
because of a set in their form to avoid the interior door pull of the later cars in the door inner panel. In English
they are curved, the early ones were straight!
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
HU504
WL205
WP5
550924
WP161
608703
612236
633678
SCREW, remote to inner door frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, waved
WASHER, plain
CLIP, door lock to remote control link
FELT PAD, anti rattle
FELT PAD, anti rattle
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
all models to CR/CF1
TR6 from CR/CF1
Glued in appropriate position on door inner frame.
43
44
45
46
621770
621221
HANDLE, door interior
ESCUTCHEON, handle to door casing
623843
ESCUTCHEON, handle to door casing
603382
600832
SPRING, door panel to door frame
PIN, door handle
2
2 {
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
2 {
|
|
|
|
}
2
2
European models:
TR5; TR6 all
(c) CP models; CR1 to
CR5000; 1967 to 1972
TR250; TR6 all
(c) CC models;
1967 to 1972.
European models:
TR6 from (c) CR5001;
1972 to 1975.
TR6 from (c) CF12501 to
CF58328; 1973 to 1976.
Door Latch & Striker
47
48
907177
907178
517148
ZKC36
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, LH
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, RH
SCREW, door latch, single-slotted
SCREW, door latch, cross-slotted
1
1
6
6
TR6 from CR/CF1
STRIKER PLATE, LH
1
STRIKER PLATE, RH
1
SHIM, striker plate, 0.010”
a/r
a/r
a/r
SCREW, door striker, upper
2
SCREW, door striker, upper, cross-head 2
SCREW, door striker, lower
4
SCREW, door striker, lower, cross-head 4
TR6 from CR/CF1
TR6 from CR/CF1
The above screws are interchangeable.
49
50
51
52
621876
621877
ZKC6167
621714
BHH341
517150
ZKC37
517145
ZKC38
The above screws are interchangeable.
Door Handles & Remote Control
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
712837
617402
617403
HU503
WL205
WP5
HU504
WL205
WP5
712838
712839
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, door exterior
GASKET, small, handle front to door
GASKET, large, handle rear to door
SCREW, handle, front
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, handle, rear
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
REMOTE CONTROL, handle to latch, LH
REMOTE CONTROL, handle to latch, RH
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 | TR5; TR6 all
| (c) CP models; CR1 to
| CR5000; 1967 to 1972
| TR250; TR6 all
| (c) CC models;
} 1967 to 1972.
Door Lock Assemblies
53
621773P
54
55
56
57
621773
621732
714599
621773PX
DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLIES
1
(matched pair with 2 keys)
DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY, with 2 keys
2
GASKET, door lock to door skin
CLIP, door lock retaining
1
original clip fitting type
2
2
{ Replacement nut
} fitting type
The replacement type nut fixing private door locks are more positively located in the door skin by a nut rather
than a spring clip. This means that if the original private door lock assembly has, during service, rotated in the
door skin and worn the shape and size of its piercing the spring clip will only hold it in place, allowing it to rotate
when key is operated.
58
BHH973S
1
Security lock type
These lock sets replace the factory barrels, helping to keep those people with light fingers out. Supplied in pairs,
with two spare keys.
59
MRD1067
LOCK FITTING KIT
1
Replaces original clips and prevents locks from rotating.
284 Doors & Fittings
Doors & Fittings 285
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Door Glass & Window Regulators
60
65
713352
713353
820508
820508T
712835
712836
617166
850430
850431
850430FT
66
67
68
69
70
HU704
HU705P
WN707
WM57
WP122
61
62
63
64
DOOR GLASS & CHANNEL, LH
1
DOOR GLASS & CHANNEL, RH
1
WINDOW GLASS
2
WINDOW GLASS, tinted
2
CHANNEL, lower, LH
1
CHANNEL, lower, RH
1
STRIP, rubber, door glass 2
CHANNEL & BRACKETS, front, LH
1
CHANNEL & BRACKETS, front, RH
1
CHANNEL, felt
a/r { use with original brackets
} for repair purposes only
SCREW, forward bracket to frame
2
SCREW, inside bracket to frame
4
WASHER, shakeproof
6
WASHER, plain
6
WASHER, plain, channel adjusting
a/r
Use where required as shims between the channel brackets and door frames to align channels.
71
1
1
72
a/r { use with original brackets
} for repair purposes only
73 HU705P
SCREW, channel brackets to door frame 6
74 WN707
WASHER, shakeproof
6
75 WM57
WASHER, plain
6
76 WP122
WASHER, plain, channel adjusting
a/r
Use where required as shims between the channel brackets and door frames to align channels.
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
812436
812437
850430FT
750165
750166
907179
907180
HU704
WL207
WP7
621811
621768
574581
NKC513
621221
603382
600832
609649
621969
621970
HU503
WL205
WP5
650242
AHH6434
HU504
WL205
WP5
CHANNEL ASSEMBLY, rear, LH
CHANNEL ASSEMBLY, rear, RH
CHANNEL, felt
TIE ROD, glass channel bottom, LH
TIE ROD, glass channel bottom, RH
REGULATOR MECHANISM, window, LH
REGULATOR MECHANISM, window, RH
SCREW, regulator to door frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
HANDLE, window
KNOB, window handle
CLIP, securing knob to handle
CLIP, securing knob to handle
ESCUTCHEON, handle to door panel
SPRING, door panel to door frame
PIN, securing handle to mechanism
WASHER, sponge
BRACKET, door glass stop upper, LH
BRACKET, door glass stop upper, RH
SCREW, stop bracket to door frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, door glass stop
PAD, felt, door glass stop
SCREW, stop bracket to door frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
14
14
14
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
4
14
4
2
2
4
4
4
WATER CURTAIN, door glass
WATER CURTAIN, front
WATER CURTAIN, rear
2 | TR5; TR6 all (c) CP
2 | models; 1967 to 1972.
| TR250; TR6 all (c) CC
} models; 1967 to 1972.
2 | TR6 all (c) CR models;
2 | 1972 to 1975.
| TR6 all (c) CF models;
} 1972 to 1976.
10
alternative
ill. Part Number
No
Description
103 GWS219
WATERPROOF ADHESIVE TAPE
99 634192
100 634194
101 634193
WATER CURTAIN, door glass
WATER CURTAIN, front
WATER CURTAIN, rear
102 502505
CLIP, water curtain attaching
Details
1 { by the roll, alternative to
} door frame water curtains
The omission of the water curtains from a TR door when it is rebuilt will invariably mean rain water that enters
the door will soak the door casing board and window regulator mechanism. This causes distortion or rotting of
the casing board and rusting of the mechanism. The casing board can be protected by covering the access holes
in the inner door frame with a heavy grade, waterproof adhesive tape. AKA ‘tank tape’ or ‘gaffer tape’. The
method is now used by many modern car manufacturers. Triumph originally showed a change point of (c) CR1
and CF1 for the fitment of the above part numbered water curtains. The change of part numbers was not
because of a design change but a material specification. In line with safety requirements and company policy
fire retardant or non flammable trim materials were specified and utilised where possible in the manufacture of
Triumph cars.
Door Window Weatherstrips
104 850324K
105 850324
850325
106 609742
107 850322
850323
108 608604
109 620913
620403
DOOR WEATHERSTRIP KIT
SEAL, window to door outer, LH
SEAL, window to door outer, RH
CLIP, securing seal to door frame
WEATHERSTRIP, door inner, LH
WEATHERSTRIP, door inner, RH
CLIP, securing weatherstrip
SEAL, upper ‘A’ post, thick sponge type
SEAL, upper ‘A’ post, thin rubber type
1
one per car
1
1
14
1
1
14
2 { alternatives, fit in pairs
2 }
Door Aperture Seals (Furflex)
110 631321
631322
631327
713366
713363
631323
DOOR SEAL, Black
DOOR SEAL, Matador red
DOOR SEAL, Shadow blue
DOOR SEAL, Midnight blue
DOOR SEAL, Light tan
DOOR SEAL, New tan
2
2
2
2
2
2
{
|
| all models
|
|
}
713371
713372
713377
713376
713373
DOOR SEAL, Black
DOOR SEAL, Matador red
DOOR SEAL, Shadow blue
DOOR SEAL, Midnight blue
DOOR SEAL, Light tan
2
2
2
2
2
{
| TR5; TR250
| Surrey top models
|
}
Bulk material by the metre can be supplied as follows. Each door requires 2.5 metres of furflex except for cars
fitted with Surrey tops which require 7 metres.
724031M
DER4001M
DEL4001M
724031TAN
DOOR SEAL, Black furflex
DOOR SEAL, Red furflex
DOOR SEAL, Blue furflex
DOOR SEAL, Tan furflex
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
724031MX50
door seal, Black furflex
a/r
{
| per metre
|
}
50 metre roll
Matching Lock Sets
111 9/01809
repair purposes, cut to fit
9/01311
Water Curtains
99 611812
100 611818
101 611819
Qty.
Req.
9/01810
9/01811
MATCHING LOCK SET, includes
1 {
ignition tumbler, cubby box lock
|
door lock set & locking boot handle
|
with matched pair of ‘FS’ keys
}
1 {
ignition tumbler, cubby box lock
|
door lock set and boot lock barrel with
|
matched pair of ‘FS’ keys
}
1 {
chrome cubby box lock, door lock set &
|
boot lock barrel with matched pair of ‘FS’ keys }
1 {
black cubby box lock, door lock set &
|
TR5; TR250;
1967 to 1968.
TR6 to (c) CP/CC50000;
1969.
1970 to 1971.
TR6 from (c) CP/CC75001;
1972 to 1976.
Consumables
112 GAC110
GAC111
113 GT85
114 GAC100
GAC100/3
115 153317
116 LKLPK104
117 GEM361
118 AG004
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
GLASS POLISH, ‘Autoglym’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10fl. oz
25ml. sachet
400ml
325ml
286 Front Body Fittings: TR5, TR250
Front Body Fittings: TR5, TR250 287
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Bonnet & Safety Catch
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
619580
611619
619582
619581
619584
619583
505764
611622
611623
611624
510488
HU704P
WL207
WP167
SAFETY CATCH ASSEMBLY
BRACKET, safety catch
HOOK, safety
BRACKET, safety catch finger
RIVET, securing safety catch
SPRING, safety catch finger, return
WASHER, plain, on rivet
PIN, striker
CUP, spring retaining
SPRING
NUT, locking bonnet pin
SCREW, fastener to bonnet
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
710592
HU504
WP5
HN2005
611626
HU704
WL207
WP7
CATCH PLATE ASSEMBLY
WASHER, plain
NUT
LEVER, catch assembly
SCREW, catch plate to bulkhead
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
welded to bonnet fastener
603468/9
603469
603468
061917
611768
612219
564832
059380
YZ3303
750231
750229
601663
YA103
YN2907
550026
WM57
BONNET CABLE ASSEMBLY
OUTER CABLE, bonnet release
INNER CABLE, bonnet release
CLIP, bonnet release cable
TRUNNION, cable end locking
SCREW, securing cable end in trunnion
CLIP, bonnet cable securing to body
SCREW, bonnet cable clip securing
BONNET PROP ROD
BRACKET, bonnet prop rod
BUFFER, rubber, anti rattle
SCREW, self tapping, buffer to bracket
NUT, nyloc, stay rod to bonnet
WASHER, thackery
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
EMERGENCY BONNET CABLE KIT
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
705242
563040
611117
FR1202
061917
612219
564832
611145
HU503
WL205
611118
PIN, hinge
TRUNNION, rod to dash lever mechanism
SPRING
WASHER, locking
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
74
75
76
77
78
812300
PT505
WQ305
500223
FZ3404/4
712401
712402
HU706P
WQ307
HN2007
714536
613600
GRILLE
SCREW
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT, retaining
SCREW, upper valance & wheel arch
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
VALANCE, radiator air duct
CLIP, radiator duct
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
4
4
2
2
8
TR250
Although the parts book does list a valance fitted between the wheel arch and radiator on TR5s, it was only ever
fitted to TR250s.
TR250 Bonnet Stripe Instruction Sheet
When a TR250 is painted, it is very difficult to authentically reproduce the painted stripes on the bonnet. As a
result, most TR250’s are now lacking their identifying stripes. The original stripes were painted with a reflective
light silver paint (We advise care in selecting a stripe paint which is chemically compatible with the paint used
on the rest of the body). This striping was not used on TR5 models.
79
MM601-390
INSTRUCTION SHEET, bonnet stripes
1
Wing Beading & Mouldings
80
Save your bonnet, temper and time when your bonnet release cable breaks with our convenient and easy to
install backup cable kit. Includes cable, cable stop, grommet and instructions.
MM807-088
Details
Grille & Stay Rod
Emergency Bonnet Opening Kit
40
Qty.
Req.
Closing the vent lid (on cars so fitted) when the car is not in use will stop a lot of water and debris from getting
into the plenum. There is another advantage to be gained from keeping the plenum area of the bulkhead clear.
First time out in hot weather, you turn on the heater fan to cool the car interior. Don’t you just hate the tinkling
of the fan, closely followed by the fascia air vents spitting forth at face level a potpourri of chopped leaves &
insect bodies!
Bonnet cables fitted to TR5s & TR250s have no reason to break if they are regularly inspected and lubricated.
If the cable does break some serious ‘fiddling’ will need to be done to release the mechanism. Be aware that
bending up the corner of the bonnet and trying to pull the catch with a bent wire coat hanger is not only expensive on bonnets but likely to cause an electrical fire if the battery terminals get shorted out. If in doubt about the
quality or operation of your bonnet release cable get it fixed, or rig up a piece of string to use in an emergency.
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Description
Scuttle Vent Lid
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Catch Plate, Cable & Prop Rod
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
ill. Part Number
No
81
82
TR45WBS
850479
850480
750126
750187
750188
553926
YZ3304
LOCATING TAB
SCREW, self tapping, beading
1
1
1
2
1
1
52
2
1
Wing bead is made from stainless steel (not chromed steel). On the TR5 the beading was painted to the colour
of the car.
1
2
2
4
4
4
4
8
8
1
83
Sealing Rubber, Buffers & Hinges
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
610675
616932
612962
JN2108
WP139
611842
611842P
YA365
CD24152
617034
750148
750149
HU808P
WQ308
WP8
BONNET SEALING RUBBER, rear
BONNET BUFFER, pointed
BONNET BUFFER, pointed
NUT, locking
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber, bonnet side
BUFFER, polyurethane, bonnet side
SCREW, securing bonnet buffer
CUP WASHER
PACKING, between bonnet and
thermostat housing
BONNET HINGE, LH
BONNET HINGE, RH
SCREW, bonnet hinge securing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
alternative
84
85
alternative
89
1
1
12
12
12
622279
622278
FP1012/9
MEDALLION ASSEMBLY
MEDALLION ASSEMBLY
FIXING, for medallion
1
1
2
MOULDING, wing, LH
MOULDING, wing, RH
MOULDING, wing
RIVET CLIP, wing moulding
MOULDING, door, LH
MOULDING, door, RH
RIVET CLIP, door moulding
BARREL CLIP, rear of door moulding
MOULDING, sill
MOULDING, sill
RIVET CLIP, sill moulding, 19/32” x 1/8”
1
1
2
14
1
1
12
2
2
2
12
alternative
alternative
Windscreen Capping
Medallions
54
55
56
86
87
88
713540
713541
713541X
621943
713542
713543
621943
GHF1532
713305
623421
567228
TR5
TR250
90
91
92
93
94
95
812400
808189
554407
612235
565746
509224
CAPPING, windscreen
CAPPING, windscreen
RIVET, ‘pop’ type
STUD, snap
SCREW, self tapping
1
1
9
2
2
2
soft top models
Surrey top models
Surrey top models
For advice on fitting & sealing the windscreen capping, please refer to Body Panels & Fittings.
288 Front Body Fittings: TR5, TR250
Front Body Fittings: TR5, TR250 289
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Mirrors
622352
622350
622351
GAM105
GAM105A
GAM105C
GAM105X
100 WM1905
WM1904
WM1907
WM1906
MIRROR, door, chrome
STEM
MIRROR HEAD
MIRROR, racing style, flat lens
MIRROR, racing style, convex lens
MIRROR LH, convex lens
MIRROR RH, convex lens
MIRROR LH, flat lens
MIRROR RH, flat lens
2 {
2 | optional fitment
2 }
2
2
long base
2
2
USA dealer option
1
1
1
1
Qty.
Req.
Details
‘The Triumph Sports Owners’ Association was the original factory club, initiated in 1954 by Triumph as a means
of encouraging enthusiasm amongst owners. This unique nostalgic badge is supplied fully chromed, as original,
but can be painted by the owners in the factory colours of the period to suit their requirements; Red with black
was used on Triumph sports cars up to 1959, then blue and white.
124 HMP121001
126 GAC6066X
127 575937
pre-cut
per metre
1
Mirror finished stainless steel or brushed aluminium door step threshold plates. Can be fitted using screws, rivets or doubled sided tape (not included).
125 TT7346
BUMPER BAR
1
BUMPER BAR, reproduction
1
OVER RIDER, LH
1
OVER RIDER, RH
1
PACKING, over rider
4
PACKING, over rider
a/r
FRONT BUMPER FITTING KIT
1
BOLT, chrome, with nut and lock washer 4
BOLT
4
NUT, plain
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
PACKING PIECE
6
SCREW
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
BOLT, bracket to chassis, front
2
BOLT, bracket to chassis, rear
2
WASHER, plain
8
WASHER, locking
4
NUT, plain
4
BOLT, bracket to bumper & over rider 2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
SPRING, support
2
BRACKET, bumper support, LH
1
BRACKET, bumper support, RH
1
TSOA GRILLE BADGE
Threshold Plates
Bumper Bar & Over Riders
100 808381
808381Z
101 708282
102 708283
103 552218
552218M
104 808381FK
554700K
105 550090
106 HN2009
107 WQ309
108 WP130
109 607085
110 HB910
111 WQ309
112 WP9
113 HB924
114 HB922
115 WM75
116 WL209
117 HN2009
118 HB915
119 WQ309
120 WP130
121 708279
122 812404
123 812405
Description
TSOA Grille Badge
96
97
98
99
ill. Part Number
No
THRESHOLD PLATE
2
stainless steel with ‘TR Laurel Wreath’ logo
THRESHOLD PLATE set
1
brushed aluminium ribbed
SCREW, threshold plate to sill
a/r
sold each
pair
Wheel Arch Protectors
Protects your TR from the elements. Pre-cut heavy duty plastic fits inside your front or rear wheel arches.
Hardware and instructions included.
128 GTK160
129 GTK161
bumper bar to mounts
PROTECTOR SET, wheel arch, front
PROTECTOR SET, wheel arch, rear
1
1
Commission Plate & Decals
130
131
132
133
CNPTR5
RU608123
622405
CNP51
134 CNP52
135 145313
COMMISSION PLATE, LH wheel arch
RIVET, plate attachment
DECAL, tyre pressure, glove box
DECAL, emission control setting
(underside of bonnet)
DECAL, air pollution control
DECAL, patent information
1
2
1 {
1 |
| TR250
1 |
}
1
Consumables
136 GAC110
GAC111
137 GT85
138 GAC100
GAC100/3
139 153317
140 LKLPK104
141 GEM361
142 AG005
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
CHROME POLISH, ‘Autoglym’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10fl. oz
25ml. sachet
400ml
75gm
290 Rear Body Fittings: TR5, TR250
Rear Body Fittings: TR5, TR250 291
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
BOOT LID, steel
BOOT LID, aluminium
REPAIR PANEL, boot lid
TUBULAR REINFORCEMENT
SCREW, reinforcement to boot lid
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
BOOT HINGE, pair
BOOT HINGE, LH
BOOT HINGE, RH
PIN, hinge
GASKET, small, hinge to deck
GASKET, large, hinge to boot lid
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
WASHER
SPACER
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
STAY ROD, telescopic
BOLT, stay rod to boot lid
WASHER, plain, stay rod to boot lid
WASHER, plain
WASHER, double coil
NUT, nyloc
BOLT, stay rod to body bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, double coil
NAMEPLATE, ‘Triumph’
NAMEPLATE, ‘Overdrive’
NAMEPLATE, ‘TR5 PI’
NAMEPLATE, ‘TR250’
BUSH, friction
FIXING, for badges
BOOT HANDLE ASSEMBLY
BOOT HANDLE ASSEMBLY
LOCK BARREL & KEY
LOCK BARREL & KEY
ESCUTCHEON, boot lid handle
GASKET, under handle
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, thin
BUDGET LOCK
SCREW, lock to boot lid
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SEAL, boot lid
SEAL, boot lid
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
a/r
Details
Boot Lid Fittings
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
813650
813650A
813650REP
903233
HB708
WP7
WL207
HN2007
604917/8
604917
604918
552075
603213
603212
WM58
YN2908
WP167
WM93
WL207
HN2007
612473
612474
501795
511194
511195
YN2907
612475
511194
511195
622260
622152
622261
622262
614006
FP1012/9
612184
607978
557046
566786
600635
600949
GHF300
TN3207
714485
PX504
WP5
WL205
HN2005
613277
613277M
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
622747
622748
YA323
713511
554407
621964
621964FOIL
621866
614006
FP1012/9
FINISHER, ‘B’ post, LH
FINISHER, ‘B’ post, RH
SCREW, self tapping
STUD, black
RIVET, ‘Imex’
NAMEPLATE, ‘2500’, on rear wings
FOIL ONLY, ‘2500’ nameplate
NAMEPLATE, ‘TR250’, on rear wings
BUSH, friction, nameplate securing
FIXING, for badges
56
57
58
611135
PX504
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WING NUT, securing spare wheel
WING NUT, securing spare wheel
DISC, securing spare wheel
HOOK, spare wheel clamp
STRAP, for tool roll
PLATE, for tool roll strap
SCREW
WASHER, plain
75
76
77
78
79
as fitted
TR5
TR250
alternative
alternative
alternative
per metre
1
1
2
2
2
2 { TR5
2 }
2
TR250
4
4
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
WING BEADING, front wings
WING BEADING, front wings
LOCATING TAB
1
1
1
2
1
1
52
Boot Catch & Spare Wheel Fittings
59
60
61
62
63
CATCH PLATE, boot latch
SCREW, securing catch plate
1
2
WL205
WP5
650019
650019Z
650016
650017
611760
611763
PT504
650017
HN2008
611875
601994
WP8
YN2908
Qty.
Req.
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
Details
alternative
Rear Bumper & Fittings
Wing Beading
TR45WBS
850479
850480
750126
750187
750188
553926
Description
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
‘B’ Post Finishers & Nameplates
47
ill. Part Number
No
{
|
| Wing bead fitted to TR5s
| and TR250 was originally
| painted body colour
|
}
902685
705905
619124
705906
619125
552218
552218M
902685FK
554700K
611111
HN2009
WL209
WP9
607085
HB914
WL209
WP9
607085
HU805
WL208
WP8
HU906
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HB910
WL209
WP9
HB926
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HU905
WQ309
WM59
511062
511047
511060
612875
612875SS
511061
FS2756/4
616120
616121
616109
708171
708103
708104
REAR BUMPER BAR
OVER RIDER, LH, with lamp holes
OVER RIDER, LH, without lamp holes
OVER RIDER, RH, with lamp holes
OVER RIDER, RH, without lamp holes
PACKING, over rider
PACKING, over rider
REAR BUMPER FITTING KIT
BOLT, chrome, with nut and washer
BOLT, chrome
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
PACKING, bracket spacer
BOLT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
PACKING, bracket spacer
BOLT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BOLT
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, outrigger to chassis
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BOLT, bumper to outrigger
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SPACER
SPACER, stainless steel
WASHER, plain
RETAINING NUT
BRACKET, over rider support, LH
BRACKET, over rider support, RH
BRACKET, outer
BRACKET, inner
OUTRIGGER, rear bumper support, LH
OUTRIGGER, rear bumper support, RH
1
1
1
1
1
4
a/r
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
German market only
German market only
pre-cut
per metre
alternative
Matching Lock Set
116 9/01809
MATCHING LOCK SET, includes;
1
ignition tumbler, cubby box lock, door lock set
& locking boot handle with matched pair of ‘FS’ keys.
Misc. Accessories
117 ASM4
118 GAC6002X
119 MRD1034
MRD1034SA
BOOT RACK, ‘Amco’ style, stainless steel
MUD FLAP SET
‘GB’ CHROME LETTER SET
‘GB’ CHROME LETTER SET
1
1
1
1
‘TR Laurel Wreath’ logo
stud mounted
self adhesive
292 Bonnet & Boot Lid Fittings: TR6
Bonnet & Boot Lid Fittings: TR6 293
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Bonnet & Safety Catch
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
619580
611619
619582
619581
619584
619583
505764
611622
611623
611624
510488
HU705D
WL207
WP127
SAFETY CATCH ASSEMBLY
BRACKET, safety catch
HOOK, safety
BRACKET, safety catch finger
RIVET, securing safety catch
SPRING, safety catch finger, return
WASHER, plain, on rivet
PIN, striker
CUP, spring retaining
SPRING
NUT, locking bonnet pin
SCREW, fastener to bonnet
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
710592
HU504
WP5
HN2005
611626
HU706P
WL207
WP7
CATCH PLATE ASSEMBLY
WASHER, plain
NUT
LEVER, catch assembly
SCREW, catch plate
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
RTC2647
603468
603469
061917
611768
612219
564832
059380
149059
YZ3303
750231
750229
601663
YA103
YN2907
550026
WM57
CABLE ASSEMBLY, bonnet release
CABLE, inner bonnet release
CABLE, outer bonnet release
GROMMET, release cable
TRUNNION, inner cable end
SCREW, cable clamping in trunnion
SCREW, clip to bulkhead
ROD, stay, bonnet prop
BRACKET, bonnet stay rod
BUFFER, rubber, stay rod anti-rattle
SCREW, buffer to bracket
NUT, nyloc, stay rod to bonnet
WASHER, waved
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
LHD
RHD
Welded to RH wheel arch
Save your bonnet, temper and time when your bonnet release cable breaks with our convenient and easy to
install backup cable kit. Includes cable, cable stop, grommet and instructions.
MM807-088
EMERGENCY BONNET CABLE KIT
1
Sealing Rubbers, Buffers & Hinges
42
43
48
49
50
610675
627075
627075M
616932
612962
JN2108
WP139
626152
626152P
YA365
CD24152
617034
51
52
714832
714833
44
45
46
47
SEAL, bonnet, rear
SEAL, bonnet, front
SEAL, bonnet, front
PIN, bonnet locating
PIN, bonnet locating
NUT, jam
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber, bonnet side
BUFFER, polyurethane, bonnet side
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, cup
PAD, packing, between bonnet and
thermostat housing
HINGE ASSEMBLY, bonnet LH
HINGE ASSEMBLY, bonnet RH
1
1
a/r
2
2
4
4
4
4
8
8
1
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, hinge to inner front wing
SCREW, hinge to inner front wing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT, front wing stay to hinge screw
8
8
2
2
4
4
2
Details
1 1/2” long
1” long
716630
715408
715409
715408FK
HU807P
WL208
WP8
HU807
WL208
WM58
SEAL, boot lid
HINGE ASSEMBLY, boot lid LH
HINGE ASSEMBLY, boot lid RH
FITTING KIT, boot hinge
SCREW, hinge to boot lid
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, hinge to body
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
4
4
4
for 2 hinges
per metre
612473
612475
511194
501795
511195
813948
518115
518102
518101
518104
518103
518242
509141
505260
500223
623270
510503
505260
500223
STAY, boot lid, sliding unit
BOLT, stay to lid & body
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain, stay positioning
WASHER, ‘thackery’, double coil spring
LOCK ASSEMBLY, boot lid
PUSH BUTTON ASSEMBLY
LOCKING DEVICE, with two keys
PIN, locking device retaining
SCREW, push button to mounting plate
WASHER, locking
RIVET, mounting plate to latch
SCREW, lock assembly to rear valance
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
LOCK STRIKER ASSEMBLY
SCREW, lock striker to boot lid
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
with two keys
Spare Wheel Mounting & Tool Stowage Strap
92
Emergency Bonnet Opening Kit
41
WL208
WP8
HU812
HU808
WL208
WM58
HN2008
Qty.
Req.
Boot Stay, Lock & Striker
Bonnet cables fitted to TR6 cars have no reason to break if they are regularly inspected and lubricated. If the
cable does break some serious ‘fiddling’ will need to be done to release the mechanism. Be aware that bending up the corner of the bonnet and trying to pull the catch with a bent wire coat hanger is not only expensive
on bonnets but likely to cause an electrical fire if the battery terminals get shorted out. If in doubt about the quality or operation of your bonnet release cable get it fixed, or rig up a piece of string to use in an emergency.
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Description
Boot Lid, Seal & Hinges
Catch Plate, Cable & Prop Rod
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
ill. Part Number
No
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
650019
650019Z
650016
650017
650017
HN2008
611875
601994
WP8
YN2908
611760
611763
PT504
WING NUT, spare wheel securing
WING NUT, spare wheel securing
DISC, securing spare wheel
HOOK, spare wheel clamp
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc (bottom of hook bolt)
STRAP, for tool roll
PLATE, for tool roll strap
SCREW
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
alternative
Protection Mouldings
German Market
alternative
104
105
106
107
ZKC1282
632991
624244
632995
MOULDING, grille centre bar
MOULDING, rear, bonnet edge
MOULDING, side, bonnet edge
MOULDING, rear, boot lid edge
1
1
2
2
alternative
1
1
It is critical that the correct length screws are used to attach the hinges to the bonnet. If screws that are too
long are used they will contact the underside of the bonnet’s outer skin and cause a ‘pimple’ to appear on the
top surface. If in doubt about whether the screws will foul the bonnet skin, thread them in by finger first, before
attempting to install the panel.
53 714832FK
FITTING KIT, bonnet hinge
1
for 2 hinges
7/8” long
54 HU807P
SCREW, hinge to bonnet
6
1/2” long
55 HU804
SCREW, hinge side stay to bonnet
2
Matching Lock Sets
108 9/01311
109 9/01810
9/01811
MATCHING LOCK SET, includes,
1 {
ignition tumbler, cubby box lock,
|
door lock set and boot lock barrel
|
with matched pair of ‘FS’ keys
}
1 {
chrome cubby box lock, door lock set &
|
1 {
black cubby box lock, door lock set and
|
1969.
1970 to 1971.
TR6 from (c) CP/CC75001;
1972 to 1976.
Consumables
110 GEM361
a/r
400ml
294 Grille, Badges & Body Fittings: TR6
Grille, Badges & Body Fittings: TR6 295
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Scuttle Vent Lid
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
705242
563040
611117
FR1202
61917
612219
564832
611145
HU503
WL205
611118
PIN, hinge
TRUNNION, rod to dash lever mechanism
SPRING
WASHER, locking
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
{
|
|
|
| all (c) CP/CC models;
| 1969 to 1972
|
|
|
|
}
VENT GRILLE, plastic
1
SCREW, vent grille to scuttle top aperture 2
SPIRE NUT
2
PLUG, blanking,
a/r
(rod hole in plenum when rod is not fitted)
GAUZE,
1
(prevents debris from entering heater)
{
|
| all (c) CR/CF models;
| 1972 to 1976
|
|
}
Scuttle Vent Grille
12
13
14
15
722849
517544
FU2543/9
CD27769
16
722849X
Closing the vent lid (on cars so fitted) when the car is not in use will stop a lot of both water and debris from
getting into the plenum. This is obviously not an option on cars with the plastic vent grille, but to assist in preventing debris from entering the plenum area on these cars, an accessory fine metal gauze (part number
722849X) may be fitted in the scuttle aperture under the vent grille. There is another advantage to be gained
from keeping the plenum area of the bulkhead clear. First time out in hot weather, you turn on the heater fan to
cool the car interior. Don’t you just hate the tinkling of the fan, closely followed by the fascia air vents spitting
forth at face level a potpourri of chopped leaves and insect bodies!
ill. Part Number
No
Description
52
SCREW, badge plinth to grille
SCREW, badge plinth to grille
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
53
54
575935
HU459
WL204
WP4
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
alternative
Spoiler
55
56
57
58
GLZ606
PX506
PMZ312SS
WP124
TN2905
SPOILER, aerodynamic
SCREW, spoiler
SCREW, spoiler, stainless
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
1
5
5
10
5
{
| all (c) CR/CF models;
| 1972 to 1976.
|
}
The front spoiler can also be fitted to earlier TR6 models. It is attached by means of five no. 10 UNF screws and
nuts: three holding it to the valance and one to the lower edge of each front wing. Later valances are pierced
for the screws, early valances will need drilling as well as the front wings. Original spoilers have holes an the
lower edge to let water drain out.
Windscreen Capping
59
714429
60
61
554407
612235
CAPPING, polished aluminium
(top of windscreen frame)
RIVET, ‘pop’ type
1
9
2 {
}
2 {
}
to (c) CR2911 and
CF12500; 1969 to 1973.
612976
from (c) CR5001 and
CF12501; 1973 to 1976.
For advice on fitting & sealing the windscreen capping, please refer to Body Panels & Fittings.
Front Wing House Badge
62
725525
HOUSE BADGE, ‘British Leyland’
(silver on blue)
2 { from (c) CP75001 and
} CC75001; 1972 to 1976.
Radiator Air Duct & Valance Stay Rods
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
910442
910441
910442FK
910441FK
YH6505
510806
FU2585/4
517385
510506
501795
FQ3405/4
502450
510506
501795
153282
714768
714769
502450
510506
501795
AIR DUCT, radiator
AIR DUCT, radiator
SCREW, air duct to front valance
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT, top flange of valance
SCREW, stay rod and duct to valance
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
STRAP ASSEMBLY, air cleaner support
NUT, stay rod to wheel arch
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
European models
European models
{
| quantity increases for
| North American models
}
{
| European models
}
816074
GRILLE ASSEMBLY, black surround
35
36
37
821295
722933
722934
GRILLE ASSEMBLY, bright surround
GRILLE SURROUND, bright, upper
GRILLE SURROUND, bright, lower
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
510473
577424
HN2005
WL205
WP5
714831
717060
625662
716930
625898
WL204
HN2054
ZKC1224
ZKC1223
YKC1319
RIVET, surround to grille
RIVET, surround to grille
NUT, plain, grille to front valance
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
FINISHER, lower, grille to front valance
BADGE & PLINTH ASS’Y, grille, ‘TR6’
BADGE, ‘TR6’, enamelled
PLINTH, badge
WASHER, rubber
WASHER, locking
NUT
BADGE & PLINTH ASS’Y, grille, ‘TR6’
BADGE, ‘TR6’ printed foil
PLINTH, badge
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
622352
622350
622351
GAM259X
GAM258X
GAM262X
GAM261X
GAM238
DZB5208A
CZA7164
AC610081
GAM105
GAM105A
GAM105C
GAM105X
YKC2959
YKC2960
BHA4679
DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY
STEM
MIRROR HEAD
DOOR MIRROR, ‘Tex’, replacement, LH
DOOR MIRROR, ‘Tex’, replacement, RH
DOOR MIRROR, ‘Tex’, replacement, LH
DOOR MIRROR, ‘Tex’ replacement, RH
MIRROR GLASS, replacement
WEDGE PLATE
PLINTH GASKET
SCREW, wedge plate to plinth
MIRROR, racing style, flat
MIRROR, racing style, flat, long base
MIRROR, racing style, convex
MIRROR, racing style, flat
DOOR MIRROR, LH
DOOR MIRROR, LH
GASKET, plinth
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
2
{
| Optional fitment
}
{ Bright finish
}
{ Black finish
}
USA dealer option
Sill Mouldings
1 {
}
1 {
1 |
1 }
1969 to 1972.
1972 to 1976.
The only differences between the early and late radiator grilles are the stainless steel surrounds on the top and
bottom edges of the later grille. The addition (or removal) of these surrounds will convert one grille assembly to
the other.
38
63
64
65
66
European models
Radiator Grille & Badge
34
Door Mirrors
10
10
8
8
8
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
alternative
}
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
}
to (c) CR2911 and
CF12500;
1969 to 1973.
from (c) CR5001 and
CF12501; 1973 to 1976.
The TR6 is embellished with stainless steel sill mouldings as original. These started life as narrow (about 7/16”
wide) and changed to the wider (about 5/8” wide) with the introduction of the 1973 model year CR series car. A
regular problem encountered by owners is the insertion of the attachment rivets on a common line when new
sills or wings have been fitted.
Before starting either check the moulding position on other similar cars or on the opposite side of your car if
only one side is to be done.
To establish a common centre line for the rivet holes is not as difficult as would immediately be apparent. Firstly
establish what width the proposed sill finisher is and halve it, this measurement is the distance the finisher centre should be from where you propose to position the finisher in relation to the sill/wing swage line. This position is determined for you if the sill only has been replaced, leaving the wings with the rivet holes already drilled.
A length of fine strong string should be stretched and held taut from the centre of the hole at one extremity, to
the one at the other. This will place the string in a direct line over the sill. Behind the string is the centre of the
rivet holes to be drilled. This should of course be checked before any drilling is done.
To transfer this line onto the sill, the string should be removed from its position, rubbed with chalk, carefully
repositioned and tensioned. When you are happy with its positioning and tension ‘ping’ it against the sill to leave
a chalk trace mark. Along this trace mark, which should be straight and true, lies the centre line for the moulding attachment rivets. Check the dimension from the chalk trace line to the swage line to be sure the moulding
will end up in the right place. The holes for the rivets can be drilled equidistant to each other along the line.
There are 6 rivets per side of the car.
74
75
623421
567228
625212
621943
MOULDING, sill finisher
RIVET, moulding to sill, 19/32” x 1/8”
MOULDING, sill finisher
RIVET, moulding to sill, 5/16” x 1/8”
2
14
2
14
{
}
{
}
1969 to 1972.
1972 to 1976.
296 Grille, Badges & Body Fittings: TR6
Grille, Badges & Body Fittings: TR6 297
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
‘B’ Post Finishers
76
77
78
79
80
622747
622748
YA323
713511
554407
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Wheel Arch Protectors
FINISHER, ‘B’ post, LH
FINISHER, ‘B’ post, RH
SCREW, finisher securing
STUD, black
RIVET, ‘Imex’
1
1
2
2
2
Protects your TR from the elements. Pre-cut heavy duty plastic fits inside your front or rear wheel arches. Fittings
& instructions included.
105 GTK160
106 GTK161
PROTECTOR SET, wheel arch, front
PROTECTOR SET, wheel arch, rear
1
1
Body Stripe Kits
Rear Wing Beading
81
82
715230
553926
BEADING ASSEMBLY, wing to rear deck
TAG, beading attachment
2 { to CP/CC50000;
12 } 1969 models.
Wing beading was only fitted to the 1969 model year cars. Made from stainless steel, it was over-sprayed in
body colour during production.
Rear Wing Decals
83
84
625666
625667
625668
726830
726831
DECAL, rear wing, TR6, Red
DECAL, rear wing, TR6, White
DECAL, rear wing, TR6, Black
DECAL, rear wing, RH, ‘Union Jack’
DECAL, rear wing, LH, ‘Union Jack’
2
for white cars only
2
for yellow cars only
2
for cars in other colours
1 } from (c) CF1; 1972 to 76.
The ‘Union Jack’ style rear wing decals were originally factory applied only to 1974 onwards North American
TR6s, but can of course be fitted to any model if required!
European Models
A 3mm pin stripe runs the length of the vehicle along the body line. The stripe kit includes sufficient material for
a complete car.
107 GTK170
GTK171
GTK172
GTK173
GTK174
STRIPE KIT, Black
STRIPE KIT, Gold
STRIPE KIT, Silver
STRIPE KIT, Red
STRIPE KIT, White
1
1
1
1
1
North American Models
Two broad stripes run the length of the vehicle and over the rear of the front wing to bonnet. The stripe kit
includes sufficient material for a complete car.
108 GTK175
GTK176
GTK177
GTK178
STRIPE KIT, Black
STRIPE KIT, Gold
STRIPE KIT, Silver
STRIPE KIT, Red
1
1
1
1
Rear Valance Badges
85
625430
NAMEPLATE, ‘Triumph’, Cloisonné
86
627563
87
627564
(with self-adhesive label)
PRINTED FOIL, ‘Triumph’
88
89
90
91
614006
FP1012/9
624236
622152
626717
BLIND FIX
SPIRE FIX
BADGE, ‘Overdrive’, Black
BADGE, ‘Overdrive’, Cream
BADGE, ‘Injection’
92
93
94
95
YKC1668
626861
PX808
WL208
PLINTH, rear number plate
WASHER, locking
1 {
}
1 {
|
1 |
|
|
}
2
2
1
1
1 {
|
}
1 {
1 |
3 |
3 }
BADGE ASSEMBLY, hub cap centre
DECAL, ‘TR6’, self adhesive
4 { TR6 from (c) CP50001
4 }
to (c)CP/CC51615;
1969 to 1970.
European models:
from (c) CP51616;
1970 to 1975
from (c) CC51616 to
CF27000; 1970 to 1974.
alternative
original for TR6
alternative
European models:
all CP/CR models not
fitted with overdrive
from (c) CF27001;
1974 to 1976.
Commission No. Plate
109
COMMISSION NUMBER PLATE
1 { See Commission Plates
} & Decals
Consumables
110 GEM361
111 AG005
a/r
a/r
400ml
75gm
Wheel Badge
96
97
627502
627501
Threshold Plates
Mirror finished stainless steel or brushed aluminium door step threshold plates. Can be fitted using screws, rivets or doubled sided tape (not included).
98
TT7246
99
TT7346
100 GAC6066X
101 575937
THRESHOLD PLATE,
2
stainless steel with ‘TR6’ logo
THRESHOLD PLATE,
2
stainless steel with ‘TR Laurel Wreath’ logo
THRESHOLD PLATE set,
2
brushed aluminium, ribbed
SCREW, threshold plate to sill
a/r
{
| sold each
|
}
{ pair
}
Boot Rack
102 AM5347SS
103 AM5347SSFK
BOOT RACK, ‘Amco’ style
FITTING KIT, boot rack
1
1
stainless steel
MUD FLAP SET
1
‘TR Laurel Wreath’ logo
Mud Flap Set
104 GAC6002X
298 Front Bumper & Fittings: TR6
Front Bumper & Fittings: TR6 299
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
TR6 Front Bumpers
The front bumpers mentioned here for European models are completely interchangeable, the difference being
their fitted distance from the front valance. The design was modified to give a greater distance between the
bumper and the front valance; this was to improve styling and integration with the newly fitted front aerodynamic spoiler, and also to increase bumper to body clearance in the event of accident impact.
CP & CC models
1969 to 1972.
1 908376
908376R
2 814459
814460
FRONT BUMPER
FRONT BUMPER, reconditioned
BRACKET, bumper mounting, LH
BRACKET, bumper mounting, RH
1
1
1
1
The later specification bumper mounting brackets can be used to service early models, the difference being that
the later items are of a sturdier construction and include tapped holes for reinforcing support tubes that attach
to the chassis tubular cross member. This modification was to provide the required strength in the ‘5 M.P.H.’
impact test for the North American markets.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
908376FK
HB922
HB924
WM75
WL209
HN2009
HB908
WL209
WM75
631190
HB808
WQ308
WP8
615829
FITTING KIT, front bumper
BOLT, bracket to chassis, short
BOLT, bracket to chassis, long
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
BOLT, bumper to bracket
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
BOLT, bumper to front wing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
1
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 3/4” long
3” long
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
822530
822530R
821408
821409
821467
822530FK
HB922
HB924
WM75
WL209
HN2009
632053
HU708
WL207
HU910
WP9
WL210
HN2009
HB908
WL209
WM75
631190
HU708
WQ307
WM57
631190
FRONT BUMPER
TUBE, bumper support
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
PLATE, spacer, tube to bracket
SCREW, tube to bumper bracket
WASHER, locking
SCREW, tube to chassis
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
SCREW, bumper to front wing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
822530SK
UKC3134
WM75
WL209
HN2009
STUD KIT, bumper mounting
STUD, bumper to bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
XKC760
XKC760R
821408
FRONT BUMPER
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
3 4
2 / ” long
3” long
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, tube to bumper bracket
WASHER, locking
SCREW, tube to chassis
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
OVER RIDER, LH
OVER RIDER, RH
ANGLE BRACKET, upper, LH
ANGLE BRACKET, upper, RH
ANGLE BRACKET, lower, LH
ANGLE BRACKET, lower, RH
REINFORCEMENT PLATE
FITTING KIT, front over-riders
BOLT, angle bracket to bumper
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, over rider to angle bracket
WASHER, locking
821409
821467
XKC760FK
HB922
HB924
WM75
WL209
HN2009
632053
HU710
WL207
HU910
WP9
WL209
HN2009
UKC3134
WM75
WQ309
HN2009
HB708
WQ307
WM57
614005
824892
824893
ZKC1147
ZKC1148
ZKC1155
ZKC1156
ZKC1151
824892FK
HB839
WL208
HN2008
HU705P
WL207
Qty.
Req.
1
2
1
2
2
4
4
4
2
4
4
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
4
4
8
8
Details
2 3/4” long
3” long
North American models from (c) CF27001; 1974 to 1976.
North American models from (c) CF12501 to CF27000; 1973 to 1974.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
72
To physically ease the task of fitting the front bumper, studs and nuts can be substituted for the bolts that attach
the bumper to the front valance. The use of studs was incorporated in the later North American specification
cars to ease production assembly of the heavier bumper and over rider unit (it is a lot easier to fit nuts to the
studs, having hung the bumper on the studs, than align a bolt in a thread while holding the bumper in position).
41
42
43
44
45
Description
71
European models from (c) CR1; 1972 to 1975;
17
ill. Part Number
No
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
XKC1774
XKC1774R
821408
821409
821467
YKC1670
YKC1743
YKC1749
XKC1774FK
HB922
HB924
WM75
WL209
HN2009
632053
HU710
WL207
HU909
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HU911
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HB912
WM75
WQ309
HN2009
HB708
WQ307
WM57
631190
824892
824893
ZKC1147
ZKC1148
FRONT BUMPER
STRUT, reinforcement
STRUT, reinforcement
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, tube to bracket
WASHER, locking
SCREW, strut to bumper
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, reinforcement/strut to chassis
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
OVER RIDER, LH
OVER RIDER, RH
ANGLE BRACKET, upper, LH
ANGLE BRACKET, upper, RH
1
1
1
1
2 { from (c) CF27000 to
2 } CF35000.
from (c) CF35001.
2
2
1
2
2 3/4” long
2
3” long
4
4
4
2
4
4
2
4
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
300 Front Bumper & Fittings: TR6
Front Bumper & Fittings: TR6 301
ill. Part Number
No
Description
111 ZKC1155
ZKC1156
112 ZKC1151
113 824892FK
114 HB839
115 WL208
116 HN2008
117 HU705P
118 WL207
XKC1807
119 XKC1808
120 PX504
121 WP5
122 WL205
123 HN2005
ANGLE BRACKET, lower, LH
ANGLE BRACKET, lower, RH
REINFORCEMENT PLATE
FITTING KIT, front over-riders
BOLT, angle bracket to bumper
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, over rider to angle bracket
WASHER, locking
BRACKET, front indicator lamp, LH
BRACKET, front indicator lamp, RH
SCREW, bracket to bumper
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
2
1
4
4
4
8
8
1
1
4
4
4
4
Number Plate Mountings
European models 1969 to 1975;
North American models to (c) CF27000;
1969 to 1974.
124 625886FK
125 625886
126 HU706P
127 WM57
128 GHF331
129 GHF200
NUMBER PLATE MOUNTING KIT
BRACKET
(front number plate to bumper)
SCREW,
(front number plate bracket to bumper)
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
2
2
2
2
2
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
XKC1748
614042
HU905
502577
ZKC1481
512393
500172
WP8
WL208
HN2008
ZKC1473
HU806
WL208
WP8
HU808
WL208
WP8
Consumables
147 GAC110
GAC111
148 GT85
149 GAC100
GAC100/3
150 153317
151 LKLPK104
152 AG005
PLINTH, front number plate
MOULDING, plastic
WASHER, locking
STRUT, supporting number plate plinth
SCREW, plinth to strut
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
BRACKET, mounting, strut
SCREW, bracket to protection shield
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, bracket to protection shield
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
75gm
302 Rear Bumper & Fittings: TR6
Rear Bumper & Fittings: TR6 303
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
European models to (c) CR5000; 1969 to 1973;
North American models to (c) CF12500; 1969 to 1973.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
910157
910157R
910158
910158R
910159
910159R
575443
623824
714714
714715
813715
813716
910157FK
502509
510156
502576
HB926
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HB910
WL209
WP9
HU908
WQ309
WP9
631190
HU905
WQ309
WM59
HU906
WL209
WP9
631190
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
REAR BUMPER CORNER, LH
REAR BUMPER CORNER, RH
JOINT PLATE, centre to corners
JOINT WASHER, centre to corners
OUTRIGGER, bumper corner, LH
OUTRIGGER, bumper corner, RH
FITTING KIT, rear bumper
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
SCREW, outrigger to chassis frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, bumper corner to rear wing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
recon. exchange
recon. exchange
recon. exchange
HU806
WL208
WP8
615829
SCREW, corner bar to rear wing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber, bumper to wing side
2
2
2
2
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
920048
920048R
910158
910158R
910159
910159R
575443
623824
714714
714715
824596
824597
920048FK
502509
510156
502576
HB932
WP9
634728
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HB912
WL209
WP9
634875
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
JOINT WASHER, centre to corners
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
SPACER, serrated, bracket to chassis
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SPACER, round, bracket to chassis
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
HB910
WQ309
WP9
631190
HU905
WQ309
WM59
HU906
WL209
WP9
631190
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
Qty.
Req.
Details
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
Fitting the rear bumper may be simplified by the use of studs and nuts in place of the bolts that attach the
bumper through the rear valance (for the same reasons outlined in the paragraph in Front Bumpers). The following components are applicable to both pre- and post CR5000 models; i.e. they will replace items 18-21 or
49-52.
3 1/4” long
1 1/4” long
60
61
62
63
64
920048SK
UKC3134
WM75
WL209
HN2009
STUD KIT, bumper mounting
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
1
2
2
2
2
65
66
67
68
69
70
{
| to (c) CP26933/
| CC31777 (if fitted)
}
European models from (c) CR5001; 1973 to 1975.
29
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
Description
Alternative Fixing System
Early 1969, TR6s used bumper corners threaded for 5/16” UNF mounting hardware (the factory shows the chassis numbers CP26933/CC31776 as being the points when the more usual 3/8” UNF screws were incorporated).
This would indicate that the earlier bumper corners were made to a different condition (and thus had different
part numbers), but no change to the bumper corners themselves is apparent in any factory literature. However,
if your car has smaller diameter fixings, the following four lines are the items to fix the bumper corners to the
wings, replacing items 25-28.
25
26
27
28
ill. Part Number
No
recon. exchange
recon. exchange
recon. exchange
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
4” long
1 1/2” long
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
WKC2446
WKC2446R
910158
910158R
910159
910159R
575443
634932
634933
714714
714715
824596
824597
WKC2446FK
502509
510156
502576
HB932
WP9
634728
WP9
WL209
HN2009
634875
HB912
WL209
WP9
143492
WP9
WL209
HN2009
HU905
WQ309
WM59
HU906
WL209
WP9
631190
824896
824897
730392
730393
824890
824891
824896FK
HU707P
WL207
WP7
HU811
WL208
WM808
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
JOINT WASHER, centre to corner, LH
JOINT WASHER, centre to corner, RH
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SPACER, round
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
STUD, bumper to support brackets
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
OVER RIDER, LH
OVER RIDER, RH
SUPPORT, over rider, LH
SUPPORT, over rider, RH
STAY, over rider support, LH
STAY, over rider support, RH
FITTING KIT, rear over-rider
SCREW, support and stay to over rider
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, support stay to chassis
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
8
2
2
2
recon, exchange
recon, exchange
recon, exchange
304 Rear Bumper & Fittings: TR6
Rear Bumper & Fittings: TR6 305
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
106 WKC2445
WKC2445R
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
WKC2443
WKC2443R
WKC2444
WKC2444R
575443
634932
634933
714714
714715
824596
824597
WKC2445FK
502509
510156
502576
HB932
WP9
634728
WP9
WL209
HN2009
634875
HB912
WL209
WP9
122344
WP9
WQ309
HN2009
HU905
WQ309
WM59
HU906
WL209
WP9
631190
824896
824897
730392
730393
XKC1749
XKC1750
824896FK
HU708P
WL207
WP7
HU811
WL208
WM808
YKC1668
626861
PX808
WL208
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
REAR BUMPER CENTRE
1
1
JOINT WASHER, centre to corner, LH
JOINT WASHER, centre to corner, RH
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BOLT, bracket to chassis
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SPACER, round, bracket to chassis
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
STUD, bumper to support brackets
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
SCREW, outrigger to chassis frame
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
OVER RIDER, LH
OVER RIDER, RH
SUPPORT, over rider, LH
SUPPORT, over rider, RH
STAY, over rider support, LH
STAY, over rider support, RH
FITTING KIT, rear over rider
SCREW, support and stay to over rider
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SCREW, support stay to chassis
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
PLINTH, rear number plate
TRANSFER, ‘Triumph’
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
8
2
2
2
1
1
3
3
recon, exchange
recon, exchange
recon, exchange
Consumables
151 GAC110
GAC111
152 GT85
153 GAC100
GAC100/3
154 153317
155 LKLPK104
156 AG005
WD-40, small
WD-40, large
PENETRATING OIL
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
200ml
400ml
400ml
10ml
3ml
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
75gm
306 Commision Plates & Decals
Commision Plates & Decals 307
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Commission Number Plates
Triumph used a logic of alphabetical prefixes and suffixes to identify their range and series of each model and
each model’s major assemblies (body, engine, gearbox and differential). As an example European model TR5s
and TR6s from 1967 to 1972 were given ‘CP’ as their commission number prefix and all 1973 to 1975 TR6
European models were given ‘CR’. In North America the TR250 used ‘CD’, TR6s from 1969 to 1972 used ‘CC’
and 1973 to 1976 models used ‘CF’ as their commission number prefixes. The number following the prefix was
the sequence that each car was manufactured in. Additionally either ‘L’ or ‘U’ (on post 1971 cars) followed this
number to designate Left Hand Drive models and an ‘O’ was also used to denote a car that came originally fitted with overdrive. These important numbers were stamped in 1/4” letters on a commission number plate fitted
to each vehicle. Commission Numbers on all TR5s; TR250s and TR6 CP/CC models (1969 to 1972) are stamped
to a plate which is riveted to the left-hand front wheel arch. With the introduction of CR/CF models (1973 to
1976) the commission number plate was moved to the left hand ‘B’ post. Additionally each plate had stamped
on it the original paint and trim colour scheme numbers for that particular vehicle. These numbers are explained
in the paint section of this catalogue.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
22
CNP605
23
CNP606
24
UKC7331
25
CHA599
LABEL, self adhesive, vehicle emission
control information, mounted on
LH front wheel arch
underside of bonnet
underside of bonnet and LH wheel arch
LABEL, self adhesive, ‘Non Catalyst’
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
2 {
|
}
1 {
}
CNPTR5
2
CNPTR6CP
3
UKC7821
4
CNP73
5
CNP61
6
CNP74
7
CNP62
8
RU608123
PLATE, commission number,
mounted LH front wheel arch
mounted LH door post
RIVET, securing commission plate
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
|
|
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2
TR5; TR6 (c) CP1 to CP52785
approx., 1969 to 1970.
TR6 (c) CP52786 approx. to
CP77718, 1971 to 1972.
1973 to 1975.
TR250 (c) CD1 to CD8594,
1967 to 1968
TR6 (c) CC25000 to
CC51032 approx. 1969.
TR6 (c) CC51033 approx. to
CC85737, 1970 to 1972.
TR6 (c) CF1 to CF39991,
1973 to 1975.
TR6 (c) CF50000 to
CF58328, 1976.
LABEL, self adhesive, British patent
information, mounted on underside
of bonnet
1 { TR250; TR6 (c) CC25000 to
| CC32142, 1969.
}
Body Plate
Each model had a body number that was stamped on a plate located on the right-hand bulkhead. TR5s commenced with ‘1CP’, TR250S with ‘1CC’, TR6s with ‘25001CP’ for Fuel Injected (Pi) models and 25001CC for
Carburettor models.
9
CRST269
10
RU608123
PLATE, body number,
riveted to RH bulkhead panel
RIVET, securing body plate
1
Emission Control Labels
Emission Control Labels for North American models were located either on the underside of the bonnet or on
the LH front wheel arch. These labels give the appropriate emission settings required for each model year.
14 CNP51
LABEL, self adhesive, emission control
1 { TR250, 1967 to 1968.
16
CNP601
17
CNP602
18
CNP608
19
20
RU608123
CNP603
21
CNP604
settings, mounted on underside of bonnet
LABEL, self adhesive, control of air
pollution, mounted on underside of bonnet
LABEL, self adhesive, emission control
settings, mounted on underside of bonnet
PLATE, vehicle emission control
information, riveted to LH front wheel arch
PLATE, vehicle emission control
information, riveted to LH front wheel arch
RIVET, securing commission plates
LH front wheel arch
LH front wheel arch
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
2
1 {
|
}
1 {
|
}
TR6 (c) CF27001 to
CF39991, 1975.
TR6 (c) CF50001 to
CF58328, 1976.
TR6 (c) CF50001 to
CF58328, 1976.
145313
E Labels
‘E’ labels were introduced in 1970, so were not present on TR5’s or the first TR6’s. The various numbers refer
to certain components or aspects the car having passed this European legislation. E- marks verifying the status
of these ‘passed’ components appear on them (such as lenses, glass and trim material), being moulded,
stamped or pointed there-on.
27
28
CRST270
CRST271
LABEL, ‘E’, large
LABEL, ‘E’, small
1
1
LABEL, air filter, ‘AC’
LABEL, air filter, ‘Cooper’
LABEL, air filter, ‘Unipart’
1
1
1
LABEL, oil cap
1
LABEL, heater, ‘Smiths’
LABEL, heater, ‘Caution’
1
1
Air Cleaner Labels
29
30
31
CRST283
CRST120
CRST119
Oil Cap Label
32
33
34
Tyre Pressure Plates, conveniently located on the inside of the glove box door, also list the vehicle capacity
weight and maximum loaded vehicle weight.
11 622405
PLATE, self adhesive, tyre pressures etc. 1 { TR5; TR250,
} 1967 to 1968.
12 625964
PLATE, self adhesive, tyre pressures etc. 1 { TR6 (c) CC25000 to
} CC51032, 1969.
13 626856
PLATE, self adhesive, tyre pressures etc. 1 { TR6 (c) CC51033 to
} CF58328, 1970 to 1976.
CNP52
TR6 (c) CF17002 to
CF25777, 1974.
CRST262
Heater Labels
2
Tyre Pressure Plates
15
Details
Patent Label
26
1
Qty.
Req.
TR250; TR6 (c) CC25000 to
CC32142, 1969.
TR6 (c) CC25000 to
CC32142, 1969.
TR6 (c) CC50001 to
CC60902, 1970.
TR6 (c) CC60903 to
CC67893, 1971.
CRST267
CRST127
Indicator and Light switch Labels
35
36
37
38
39
611012
611011
611014
611013
621967
40
621968
LABEL, indicator switch, RHD
LABEL, indicator switch, LHD
LABEL, lighting switch, RHD
LABEL, lighting switch, LHD
and flasher switch, RHD
and flasher switch, LHD
1
1
1 { TR5; TR6 to (c) CR1
1 }
1 {
| TR6 from (c) CR1
1 |
}
PLATE, ‘A’ type overdrive
PLATE, ‘J’ type overdrive
1
1
1
1
Overdrive Plates
41
42
43
44
CRST264
CRST265
CRST266
NKC74
Brass
Aluminium
Wheel Medallion Label
45
627502RP
LABEL, wheel medallion, ‘TR6’
4 { TR6 from (c) CP/CC50000,
} 1970 to 1976.
Miscellaneous Labels
TR6 (c) CC75001 to
CC85737, 1972.
TR6 (c) CF1 to CF17001,
1973.
46
47
48
49
50
CRST191
CRST156
CRST122
CRST176
CRST125
BATTERY, ‘Lucas’
BATTERY, ignition coil, ‘Lucas’
LABEL, wiring loom, ‘Lucas’
LABEL, speedo, ‘Reset’
LABEL, windscreen, ‘Triplex Laminated’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
308 Hood, Frame & Fittings
Hood, Frame & Fittings 309
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
9
Hood & Frame Assemblies
813451
813459
813971
813979
813961
813696
815571
822011
815579
815621
815629
821981
HOOD & FRAME ASSEMBLY, Black
HOOD & FRAME ASSEMBLY, White
(including reflective stripe)
(and all factory original replacements
1
1
1
1
1
{ TR5
}
{ late TR5
}
{
| TR250
1 |
}
all TR6 (c) CP models
1
1 { all TR6 (c) CR models
}
1
all TR6
1 {
| all TR6 (c) CC
1 |
}
1 { all TR6 (c) CF
}
To conform with legal requirements, German market TR6’s were fitted with a hood frame that had protective
covers over the hood frame linkage.
575981
575989
575741
575742
575743
575744
517386
WP5
WL205
503627
COVER, frame link, front LH
COVER, frame link, front RH
COVER, frame link, rear LH
COVER, frame link, rear RH
SCREW, securing covers to links
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
16
8
8
{
|
|
|
| German markets only
|
|
|
|
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ TR5
}
{ TR250
}
{ All TR6 (c) CP models
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
| TR5 & TR250
}
Hood Cover & Fittings
Original Part Numbers & Applications
1
813451
813449
574891
574899
815581
815589
822021
815631
815639
821991
HOOD, Black
HOOD, White
HOOD, Black with reflective stripe
HOOD, White with reflective stripe
HOOD, Black, with zip out rear window
HOOD, White, with zip out rear window
HOOD, Black, with zip out rear window
and zip out rear window
HOOD, White with reflective stripe
All TR6 (c) CR models
{
|
1 | All TR6 (c) CC models
}
1 { All TR6 (c) CF
}
Moss Hoods
813451Z
813451DD
813451MH
574891B
822021B
821991B
822021W
822021H
822021DD
822021MH
822021NMH
HOOD, Black
HOOD, Black, Double Duck
HOOD, Black, Mohair
HOOD, Black, zip out rear window
HOOD, Black, with reflective stripe
& zip out rear window
HOOD, White, zip out rear window
HOOD, navy, zip out rear window
TR250
TR6 CP/CR models
{ TR6 CC/CF models
}
1
1
1
1
1
Harts
Double Duck
Mohair
Mohair
All hood & frame assemblies are interchangeable between models.
2
3
4
916582
RR1202
812832
5
822021FKB
822021FKW
822021FKM
713491
713499
713501
713509
574437
6
7
8
WINDOW, rear, Vyback
ZIPPER, rear window
RETAINER BAR, hood to rear deck
FASTENER KIT, hood, Black snaps
FASTENER KIT, hood, White snaps
FASTENER KIT, hood, metal snaps
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
RIVET
ill. Part Number
No
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
6
7
see note on page 211
10
11
713511
713519
509563
631771
Description
STUD, Black
STUD, White
WASHER, plain
PAD, foam, protective
Qty.
Req.
Details
7
7
7
7
Black or White fittings were provided to suit both car and hood colour, select accordingly. North American
models with the reflective strip used White.
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
713491
713499
713501
713509
YZ3105
713511
512611
554407
713511
713519
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
SCREW, self tapping
STUD, Black
WASHER, plain
RIVET, button securing
STUD, Black
STUD, White
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6 { on body to
6 } secure hood
Hood Frame & Fittings
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
907348
908709
908709R
908709Z
713021
RF2709
WM57
621501
621502
616297
RF2708
WP127
712735
RF2714
WM67
WP127
616296
RF2708
WP127
708264
708265
RF2709
WP146
HU706
WP127
YN2907
621505
621506
811725
RF2712
WM67
RF2710
WP127
712765
712766
HB710
WM832
WP127
YN2907
812180
RF2710
WP127
HU707
WP127
YN2907
712739
712740
RF2710
WP127
622377
620636
508875
907348PS
ZKC751
713501
RU608123
713511
HOOD FRAME ASSEMBLY
HOOD FRAME ASSEMBLY
HOOD FRAME ASS’Y, reconditioned
HOOD FRAME ASS’Y, reproduction
HEADER RAIL
RIVET
WASHER, plain
LINK ASSEMBLY, cantrail front, LH
LINK ASSEMBLY, cantrail front, RH
LINK, guide, front cantrail
RIVET, guide link to front cantrail
WASHER, plain
HOOD STICK ASSEMBLY, front
RIVET
WASHER, spacer
WASHER, plain
LINK, guide, centre
RIVET
WASHER, plain
LINK, front, LH
LINK, front, RH
RIVET
WASHER, plain
SCREW
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
LINK ASSEMBLY, cantrail rear, LH
LINK ASSEMBLY, cantrail rear, RH
HOOD STICK ASSEMBLY, main
RIVET
WASHER, plain
RIVET
WASHER, plain
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, LH
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, RH
BOLT, link to cantrail
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
HOOD STICK ASSEMBLY, rear
RIVET
WASHER, plain
SCREW
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
LINK, main, LH
LINK, main, RH
RIVET
WASHER, plain
BUFFER, rubber, main link
RIVET, buffer to main link
WASHER, plain
STRIP, vinyl, protection
BUTTON, Black
SOCKET, Black
STUD, hood to frame
1
TR5; TR250
1
TR6
1
header rail not included
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
4
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
4
2
2
1
2
2
2
6
2
1
1
2
2
2 { Fitted to TR5 & TR250
2 | but not supplied as part
2 } of hood frame assembly
1
5
5
5
5
310 Hood, Frame & Fittings
Hood, Frame & Fittings 311
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
109
110
111
112
Additional Fitting Components
73
74
75
76
77
78
713036K
713036
713037
713038
568515
616187
SEAL & CHANNEL KIT, header rail
RETAINER CHANNEL, centre
RETAINER CHANNEL, outer, LH
RETAINER CHANNEL, outer, RH
SEAL, header rail
79
574786K
WEBBING KIT
80
631970K
574786
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
631970
571097
602030
554407
506185
510506
617975
516158
1 { TR5; TR250;
}
TR6 to (c) CR/CF1.
WEBBING KIT
1
HOOD WEBBING, with sewn end loops 2 { TR5; TR250;
} TR6 to (c) CR/CF1.
HOOD WEBBING, with sewn end loops 2
WIRE, webbing end loop
2
PLATE, webbing retaining
8
16
SCREW, pointed
5
WASHER, locking
5
RIVNUT, in rear deck
5
SCREW, countersunk
6
89
90
91
92
93
621755
621756
621757
621759
621758
LX6354
621734
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, hood closing, LH
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, hood closing, RH
HANDLE, hood closing
ESCUTCHEON
WASHER, waved
SCREW, countersunk, UNC
PIN ASSEMBLY, locking
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
{
|
|
| early TR5 and TR250
|
|
}
94
95
96
97
623469
623470
621757
621759
621758
SF104123
623431
509199
508875
506751
505771
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, hood closing, LH
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, hood closing, RH
HANDLE, hood closing
ESCUTCHEON
WASHER, waved
SCREW, countersunk, metric
PIN ASSEMBLY, locking
SCREW, countersunk
WASHER, plain
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT 4
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
}
{
|
|
| late TR5 and TR250;
| all TR6s
|
|
|
|
|
621273KB
621273KW
621273
621281
631751
631759
631760
621274
712400
631761
631769
517140
517139
517138
517171
SEAL & CHANNEL KIT, cantrail, Black
SEAL & CHANNEL KIT, cantrail, White
RUBBER, sealing, front
RETAINER CHANNEL, front
SEWN ‘VELCRO’ TRIM STRIP, Black
SEWN ‘VELCRO’ TRIM STRIP, White
FOAM STRIP, behind channel
RUBBER, sealing, rear
RETAINER CHANNEL, rear
SEWN ‘VELCRO’ TRIM STRIP, Black,
SEWN ‘VELCRO’ TRIM STRIP, White
SCREW, retainer to cantrail
WASHER, plain
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
18
18
18
18
88
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
ill. Part Number
No
1
1
1
1
9
1
Description
565747
565642
574437
610624
BUTTON, snap, metal
SOCKET, snap, metal
RIVET
STUD, metal
Qty.
Req.
Details
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Consumables & Tools
{ front
}
{ rear
}
Fasteners: Metal vs. Plastic
113 GAC5060X
114 UBS203
HOOD POPPER TOOL
ADHESIVE, aerosol
115 AG006
1
a/r { soft top to header rail and
} vinyl strips on hood-stick
a/r
500ml
This amazingly versatile preparation dramatically simplifies cleaning and maintaining an immaculate all-round
appearance on a multitude of surfaces.
Use on fascias, instrument panels, PVC door and seat facing, vinyl roofs, trim strips, door shuts, door seals,
unpainted plastics, rubber, tyres and all similar areas.
Autoglym Vinyl & Rubber Care conditions and protects interior and exterior surfaces and forms a tough, but flexible, anti-static barrier against moisture, dust, oxidation, staining and fading.
116 AG013
FABRIC HOOD MAINTENANCE KIT
a/r
‘Autoglym’
The appearance and enjoyment of owning a sports car can be spoilt by allowing the hood to become grimy and
water absorbent. Autoglym have developed an easy to use two part maintenance kit to clean and preserve fabric car hoods.
Autoglym Fabric Hood Cleaner
Cleans, freshens and revives appearance by removing soiling, stains and atmospheric contamination from natural and synthetic fabrics.
Autoglym Fabric Hood Protector
Reproofs, protects and preserves the surface from the effects of water absorption and surface soiling.
‘Renovo’ Hood Care Products
We are very pleased to offer this unique & well proven range of Hood Care products from Renovo.
If your hood or tonneau cover is looking a little tired, then these products will clean, re-colour, restore and protect.
The Soft Top Reviver is for canvas hood covers, not vinyl.
‘Dry Cleaner’ Shampoo (for Fabric Hoods);
NI GAC9020
Aerosol
a/r
‘Liquid Cleaner’ (For vinyl hoods);
NI GAC9025
500ml
a/r
Soft Top Reviver (for canvas);
NI GAC9022
Black (500ml)
NI GAC9021
Black (1 litre)
NI GAC9022BLU
Blue (500ml)
NI GAC9021BLU
Blue (1 litre)
NI GAC9022BRN Brown (500ml)
NI GAC9021BRN Brown (1 litre)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
‘Ultra Proofer’ (for Canvas Hoods);
NI GAC9024
500ml
NI GAC9023
1 Litre
a/r
a/r
‘Ultra Proofer’ (for Vinyl Hoods);
NI GAC9026
500ml
a/r
Window Polish (for plastic windows);
NI GAC9028
30ml Bottle
NI GAC9027
100ml Bottle
a/r
a/r
As with many things, ‘TR’, these days the choice of fastener material is down to the individual. Some soft fixtures (e.g. tonneau cover) change little between TR4 to TR6 models except for the fasteners, so why not have
the fastener material type of your choice. Some like the all-Black look, others the splash of relief plated metal
brings. Metal is stronger than plastic and generally lasts the life of the fixture, if fitted properly. Either way, individually they’re very cheap so it is highly recommended to keep a few spares and the appropriate fitting tool at
hand.
An incorrectly fitted hood or tonneau cover will always give trouble with fasteners and if fasteners keep falling
off it will have to be sorted, often to the detriment of appearance. Regrettably the fitter is to blame.
Plastic and metal fasteners are sort of interchangeable. The trick is to ensure the mating male and female components are of the same material as the PCD’s (pitch circle diameter) for the two materials are different. But,
what you could do is for instance, fit a bright metal outer to a plastic female inner which will mate with the plastic male component in the bodywork, for the ‘bright’ look on a TR6. If rogue plastic fasteners drive you up the
wall, fit Black plastic outers to metal female inners, which will mate with metal males on the bodywork, so keeping the all Black look when the hood is erect.
Remember though, hood bags and the tonneau must also be compatible with whatever you select for the hood,
and that everything must fit properly. You will not be the only person to experience a hood gradually un-popping
itself as you drive, inevitably on a wet, windy night due to something that doesn’t quite fit right.
312 Tonneau & Hood Stowage Covers
Tonneau & Hood Stowage Covers 313
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Tonneau Covers
The tonneau covers are for use as storm and weather protection for the interior of the car when the soft top is
folded down. The tonneau is provided with a central zip so one side only need be opened if no passenger is present. The cover also incorporates a strap, that is sewn to its middle, and is attached by a stud to the passenger
seat to stop it billowing when only one half of the tonneau is opened. Cars fitted with seats having fixed head
restraints should use a tonneau with sewn in pockets to accommodate the head rest. All tonneau covers have
the sewn in pocket (‘bump’ in trimmers language) to accommodate the steering wheel. Its position of course
determines left or right hand steering fitment.
Models without Headrests
713881
822051
713889
713891
822061
713899
TONNEAU COVER, Black, RHD
TONNEAU COVER, White, RHD
TONNEAU COVER, Black, LHD
TONNEAU COVER, White, LHD
819531
819539
Description
22
23
24
WASHER, plain
PAD, protection
STUD, ‘Lift-the-dot’, tonneau strap
509563
631771
552670
Qty.
Req.
Details
7
7
1
The original tonneau cover and other weather equipment for your TR6 was manufactured in a vinyl material. Due
to manufacturers specification changes over the years the vinyl materials have changed slightly from the original. Rest assured though that the materials used today meet or exceed those originally specified, in terms of
fire retardant quality and durability. Many other weather equipment materials are available, such as the canvas
type fabrics. For a special type not listed, please phone.
Hood Stowage Covers
Original Tonneau Covers
1
ill. Part Number
No
1
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
TR5
TR6
TR5, TR6
TR5; TR250
TR6 Europe
TR5; TR250 all;
TR6 Europe only
TR6 NAS
When your hood and frame assembly is folded down the best method to cover and stow it neatly is with a hood
stowage cover. It is attached by the snaps on the rear of the hood and the side of the body. The hood stowage
cover was, when originally supplied, coloured to match the interior of the car. There were essentially three
designs of hood stowage cover; one to be used when the soft top only was fitted and one designed to contain
the folded soft top assembly inside the car when a hard top assembly was used. The third, introduced at (c)
CR5001, was a dual purpose item, and can be easily identified by the additional flap on its top surface that can
be reversed to allow the stowage cover to be used in both hard top and soft top circumstances. This cover either
fits in the normal way or the additional flap is turned inside out to form a pocket to wrap around the soft top
assembly. The use of the stowage cover during the time that the hard top is fitted alleviates the need to remove
the hood and frame assembly from your car and store it under the bed! If your car is only fitted with a soft top
the stowage cover suitable for soft top models is ideal.
Moss Tonneau Covers
822051
713889
822061
713891
822051MH
822051NMH
822061NMH
TDT001
TDT004
TONNEAU COVER, Blue, RHD
TONNEAU COVER, Blue, LHD
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Soft Top Models
25
{
| Mohair
}
{ Double Duck
}
Models with Headrests
Original Tonneau Covers
2
822091
822101
822109
1
1
1
26
27
Moss Tonneau Covers
822091
822091W
822101
822109
TDT002
TDT003
TDT005
TDT006
713881FK
822091FK
565747
565642
618177
618178
713501
713509
713491
713499
552650
552651
611707
611709
610624
565744
617297
617298
617296
713511
713519
554407
574437
FITTING KIT, tonneau
FITTING KIT, tonneau
BUTTON, Black
SOCKET, Black
SAIL EYELET, male
WASHER, sail eyelet
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
SOCKET, ‘Lift the dot’, strap to stud
PLATE, clinch
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, centre
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, side
STUD, in bracket
BASE, stud to bracket
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, centre
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, side
PEG, tonneau fixing
STUD, Black
STUD, White
RIVET, stud securing
RIVET, soft top and hood angle bar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
28
29
{ Double Duck
}
{ Mohair
}
30
31
32
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
1
1
4
4
4
4
19
19
19
19
1
1
1
2
4
4
1
2
4
19
19
12
7
TR5; TR250
TR6
{ TR5; TR250
}
{ TR6
}
33
34
35
36
37
713461
713462
713463
713466
713467
717191
717192
717193
723093
717197
726211
726003
726213
726217
726214
713461FK
713501
713509
713491
713499
713501
713509
713499
713499
713511
713519
574437
554407
509563
631771
713511
YZ3105
512611
STOWAGE COVER, Black
STOWAGE COVER, Red
STOWAGE COVER, Light tan
STOWAGE COVER, Midnight blue
STOWAGE COVER, Shadow blue
STOWAGE COVER, Red
STOWAGE COVER, New tan
STOWAGE COVER, Chestnut
STOWAGE COVER, Beige
FITTING KIT, stowage cover
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
STUD, Black
STUD, White
RIVET, soft top & hood angle bar
RIVET, rear deck sides
WASHER, plain
PAD, protection
STUD, Black
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
13
13
13
13
6
6
6
6
13
13
7
6
7
7
6
6
6
{
| TR5; TR250
}
TR250
TR5; TR250
{
|
| TR6 to (c) CR/CF1
|
}
{
|
| TR6 from (c) CR/CF1
|
}
Hood stowage covers are for use when the hard top is fitted and the soft top assembly remains stowed in the
car. To (c) CR5000 and CF12500.
38
{
| TR5; TR250
|
}
{
| TR6
}
39
40
41
717561
717562
717563
723113
717567
726231
726023
726233
726237
717561FK
713501
713509
713491
713499
STOWAGE COVER, Red
FITTING KIT stowage cover
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
9
{
|
| TR6 to (c) CR/CF1
|
}
{
| TR6 from (c) CR1 to
| CR5000; CF1 to CF12500
}
314 Tonneau & Hood Stowage Covers
Tonneau & Hood Stowage Covers 315
ill. Part Number
No
Description
42
STUD, Black
STUD, White
WASHER, plain
PAD, protection
STUD, Black
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
43
44
45
46
47
48
713511
713519
574437
554407
509563
631771
713511
YZ3105
512611
Qty.
Req.
Details
9
9
7
2
7
7
6
6
6
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
824851
824853
824863
824857
824854
824851FK
713501
713509
ZKC751
713499
713511
713519
574437
554407
509563
631771
713511
YZ3105
512611
STOWAGE COVER, Beige
FITTING KIT stowage cover
SOCKET, Black
SOCKET, White
BUTTON, Black
BUTTON, White
STUD, Black
STUD, White
WASHER, plain, under angle bar
PAD, protection
STUD, Black
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
19
19
19
19
13
13
7
6
7
7
6
6
6
BUTTON, snap, metal
SOCKET, snap, metal
RIVET
STUD, metal
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Fastener Fitting Tools
64
65
66
GAC5060X
GAC5062X
AG006
AG013
DURABLE DOT TOOL SET, 2 piece
SAIL EYELET TOOL SET, 2 piece
FABRIC HOOD MAINTENANCE KIT,
‘Autoglym’
1
1
a/r
a/r
Details
‘Dry Cleaner’ Shampoo (for Fabric Hoods);
NI GAC9020
Aerosol
a/r
‘Liquid Cleaner’ (For vinyl hoods);
NI GAC9025
500ml
a/r
Soft Top Reviver;
NI GAC9022
NI GAC9021
NI GAC9022BLU
NI GAC9021BLU
NI GAC9022BRN
NI GAC9021BRN
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Black (500ml)
Black (1 litre)
Blue (500ml)
Blue (1 litre)
Brown (500ml)
Brown (1 litre)
‘Ultra Proofer’ (for Canvas Hoods);
NI GAC9024
500ml
NI GAC9023
1 Litre
a/r
a/r
‘Ultra Proofer’ (for Vinyl Hoods);
NI GAC9026
500ml
a/r
A few things of interest:
As with many things, ‘TR’, these days the choice of fastener material is down to the individual. Some soft fixtures (e.g. tonneau cover) change little between TR4 to TR6 models except for the fasteners, so why not have
the fastener material type of your choice. Some like the all-Black look, others the splash of relief plated metal
brings. Metal is stronger than plastic and generally lasts the life of the fixture, if fitted properly. Either way, individually they’re very cheap so it is highly recommended to keep a few spares and the appropriate fitting tool at
hand.
An incorrectly fitted hood or tonneau cover will always give trouble with fasteners and if fasteners keep falling
off it will have to be sorted, often to the detriment of appearance. Regrettably the fitter is to blame.
Plastic and metal fasteners are sort of interchangeable. The trick is to ensure the mating male and female components are of the same material as the PCD’s (pitch circle diameter) for the two materials are different. But,
what you could do is for instance, fit a bright metal outer to a plastic female inner which will mate with the plastic male component in the bodywork, for the ‘bright’ look on a TR6. If rogue plastic fasteners drive you up the
wall, fit Black plastic outers to metal female inners, which will mate with metal males on the bodywork, so keeping the all Black look when the hood is erect.
Remember though, hood bags and tonneau covers must also be compatible with whatever you select for the
hood, and that everything must fit properly. You will not be the only person to experience a hood gradually unpopping itself as you drive, inevitably on a wet, windy night due to something that doesn’t quite fit right.
565747
565642
574437
610624
Qty.
Req.
We are very pleased to offer this unique & well proven range of Hood Care products from Renovo.
If your hood or tonneau cover is looking a little tired, then these products will clean, re-colour, restore and protect.The Soft Top Reviver is for canvas hood covers, not vinyl.
Fasteners: Metal vs. Plastic
60
61
62
63
Description
‘Renovo’ Hood Care Products
Dual purpose hood stowage covers, for hard top and soft top models.
From (c) CR5001 and CF12501.
49
ill. Part Number
No
500ml
An occurrence in the motor industry we find is that small areas of this country became specialised in certain
types of work or product. A small area to the north end of Coventry became the place to get trim.
If we go back fifty or more years, very few shop floor workers owned their own motorised transport, so it was
quite common to walk or cycle to work, though there were workman’s trains and buses to some rural areas. So
the local workforce became specialised, with cottage industries growing up in the same small area to service
this industry.
The main trim supplier originally for Triumph was CHS or Coventry Hood and Sidescreen Company. About the
time of the demise of the TR3A the name changed to Coventry Hood and Seating Co, or CHS for short (cunning
eh?), but still operating from Bedworth, between Coventry and Nuneaton. When Cox and Buckles Spares (now
a division of Moss) was formed, around 1972 unofficially, the founder members visited CHS and persuaded the
management to dust off the original tooling and jigs and make several batches of sidescreens.
During the 1980’s, the CHS production was moved to a new site in Telford, (as CH Industrials), and their facilities continued to be used by Moss, (or CBSS, as it was at that time), to produce hoods, tonneau covers etc.
Regrettably, CHI went into receivership in 1991, but all was not lost. During the ‘Telford’ period, the Bedworth
site had been occupied and operated by a rather more specialised company, Aston Martin-Tickford, to produce
leather trim and small batch runs for vehicles such as the RS200. So it was back to Bedworth for the tooling
and workforce, into its original home in Hosiery Street, Bulkington Road, but now with the name Tickford over
the door. The story was not quite over, as there was a further management buy-out in 1996, and the company
became Trim Technology, which continues to supply Moss into the new millennium, though from a different site,
just a few miles away, still enjoying the benefits of all that local expertise knowledge and tradition.
Around 1980 a bond was formed with another local company, Callow & Maddox, which was persuaded to produce interior panels and carpets for Triumphs and MG’s, the jigs and tooling for which had to be developed from
scratch, again making great use of the local expertise, to ensure quality was up to that of OE. The company
changed its name to Cambros and is still situated on the A45, just south of Coventry.
Regrettably for Moss, Cambros changed direction and, just before Christmas 1995 dropped the whole classic
car product line, allowing Moss just 48 hours to move about 40 articulated loads of tooling, various materials
and considerable finished and unfinished components, all of which took considerable time to sort and turn into
sellable product, years, in fact! The tooling now produces trim from the Moss Telford site.
Cox and Buckles had become a division of Classic British Sports car Spares which itself became Moss Europe
in January 1989, then IMG (April 94) and Moss International in September 96 and now Moss Europe again in
2000.
For those who may wonder how this trim was produced, the method used was a standard one for low volume
production. It would produce, say, 10 sets at a time with the flexibility of being able to mix materials and colours
as required. Imagine a long razor blade in the shape of the trim to be made. This is set into a large piece of plywood. All the pieces of trim for the car set are cut in one with careful attention to grain running in the same
direction where applicable. The wood is fixed into a metal frame, which slides into a press. One squeeze and
there are 10 sets of trim, ready to be piped and mounted onto hardboard with glue or staples.
The original method of production for the waist rail trim, dash top and crash rail padding is called foam box
moulding. It isn’t really suitable for mass production, especially as it involves 3 separate operations. The first
operation is with a metal press tool to produce the mounting metalwork (as in the crash padding). The second
is the vacuum forming tool, which puts the shape and grain into the vinyl. Finally, these two components are
assembled into a box which aligns the skin correctly relative to its metal work and expanding foam is injected
between the two. Open the box and out pops the finished article, though this may need light trimming.
Regrettably though this trim is nice when new, both skin and foam are easily damaged. The foam also seems
to succumb to the ravages of sunlight, not that too much ravaging by sunlight occurs inn the UK. The actual
crash protection offered is negligible and the hardness of the foam varies considerably.
The fibreboard gearbox cover was well suited to the production methods available in the sixties and seventies.
It offered good sealing, when new, against heat, noise and oily smells. Regrettably, large expensive moulding
and tooling is required to produce it so it is doubtful that there would ever be sufficient sales potential to resurrect this material.
316 Surrey Top & Fittings: TR5, TR250
Surrey Top & Fittings: TR5, TR250 317
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Backlight Assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
566993
566993X
612461
554407
650310/13
612453
568643
510473
565726
561210
611668
510481
902343
902343X
902349
613958
611437
610633
HN2007
WL607
WP167
611947
WF507
610080
611948
WF507
WP167
WL607
HN2007
611936
611937
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
903978
903979
903978FG
600032
NQ2708
611583
611582
611581
608307
713149
713149X
618021
618022
618023
618026
618027
806144
650312
611656
806175
612211
611662
611639
622887
613508
500057
517264
511044
517263
611637
500037
511044
612417
WF508
PX704
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
4
1
2
2
2
6
6
1
2
2
10
10
2
2
2
Black
White
Black
White
Surrey Top Conversion
FRAME, backlight, Aluminium
FRAME, backlight, fibreglass
RETAINER, seal
RIVET, retainer
SEALING RUBBER
BRACKET, canopy
RIVET, bracket
RIVET, bracket
STUD, canopy fixing
RIVET, Imex
COVER PLATE, in frame
SCREW, cover plate
BACKLIGHT, glass
BACKLIGHT, perspex
RUBBER, glazing
FINISHER, chromed beading
COVER, joint finisher
SEAL, Surrey frame to rear deck
NUT, plain
WASHER, shakeproof
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
WASHER, fibre
STUD, backlight frame to body
WASHER, rubber
WASHER, fibre
WASHER, plain
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT
FINISHER, LH
FINISHER, RH
1
1
2
8
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
7
7
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
ROOF ASSEMBLY
ROOF ASSEMBLY, Aluminium
ROOF ASSEMBLY, fibreglass
RETAINER
NUT, square
ROD, listing, rear
ROD, listing, centre
ROD, listing, front
CLIP, locating listing rod
HEADLINING ASSEMBLY, White
HEADLINING ASSEMBLY, fibreglass,
(‘pop-in’ type)
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Black
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Red
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Light tan
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Midnight blue
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Shadow blue
RUBBER, sealing to windscreen top
RUBBER, sealing to cantrail
RUBBER, sealing roof to backlight
CAPPING, rear
CLIP, capping
CLIP, capping
BOLT, domed, chrome
BOLT, domed, blackadised
DISTANCE TUBE
WASHER, locking, chromed
WASHER, locking, blackadised
WASHER, plain, chromed
WASHER, plain, blackadised
BOLT, chromed (roof to back-light)
WASHER, locking
WASHER, rubber
WASHER, fibre
SCREW
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
6
1
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
9
9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
Lightweight
51
alternative
alternative
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
566330
566458
806696
806697
613767
806696/MET
565756
563032
806603
JN2109
WP9
612092
610624
566352
706240
612205
511044
565747
565748
611895
565746
509224
SURREY TOP CONVERSION KIT
SURREY TOP CONVERSION KIT
SOFT TOP CANOPY
SOFT TOP CANOPY
HOOK, canopy attachment
CANOPY STIFFENER, front, (set of 3)
CAP RIVET, securing hook & stiffener
RIVET BACK
FRAMEWORK, soft top canopy
NUT, tension adjustment
WASHER, plain
BUSH, end, rubber
STUD, durable dot
RIVET, pop
RETAINER ASSEMBLY, rear
THUMBSCREW, rear retainer
BUTTON
SOCKET
BRACKET, hook
STUD, durable dot
SCREW, self tapping
alternative
Windscreen Capping
alternative
70
71
806189
554407
CAPPING, windscreen
RIVET, Imex
1 { required when Surrey
9 } top is fitted
Consumables
72
73
74
75
76
Roof Assembly
27
ill. Part Number
No
UBS203
UBS110
153317
LKLPK104
AG006
TRIM ADHESIVE, contact type, 370grm
TRIM ADHESIVE, contact type, 1 litre
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol
Tin, for brush-on
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
500ml
Lightweight
alternative,
replaces items. 30 to 34
alternative
alternative
alternative
alternative
alternative
fitted in body
The screw listed above is fitted to the hood frame fixing tapped plates to prevent rattles when hard top is fitted.
50
318 Hard Top & Fittings: TR6
Hard Top & Fittings: TR6 319
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Factory Hard Top Kit
575646W
1
575645
HARD TOP KIT
HARD TOP SHELL
ill. Part Number
No
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
600032
NQ2708
625308
625310
625309
716604
716605
716606
608307
626290
622611
509557
FJ2444
RETAINER, nut
NUT, square
PLATE, tapped
RETAINER, tapped plate RH
RETAINER, tapped plate LH
RAIL, listing, front
RAIL, listing, middle
RAIL, listing, rear
CLIP, listing rail to roof
BEZEL, air outlet
GRILLE, air outlet
SCREW, bezel & grille
SPIRE NUT
1 { with Off White
} headlining
50
51
52
53
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
6
2
2
4
4
54
55
626421
626420
815877
575639
GHF1461
716608
716607
FP1051/4
56
HEADLINING, off white
COVER ASSEMBLY, centre
COVER ASSEMBLY, RH
COVER ASSEMBLY, LH
HEADLINING & COVER KIT
1
1 {
1 | Off White
1 }
1
Off White
Hardtop Glass & Seals
19
20
21
22
23
820390
815534
819940
815791
815790
626911
626901
724031M
GLASS, rear window
SEAL, rubber, rear window glazing
GLASS, side window
SEAL, rubber, side window glazing, RH
SEAL, rubber, side window glazing, LH
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, black, RH
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, black, LH
DRAUGHT EXCLUDER *, black
1
1
2
1
1
1 { Furflex
1 |
a/r } *per metre cut to fit
The original door aperture draught excluder seal assemblies were only ever specified in black furflex. If you are
suitably gifted and enterprising a coloured furflex could be substituted to match the body door seal furflex.
Remember to keep the mitred steel corner piece from your old furflex to fit in the replacement if you are making your own. See page Body Panels - Doors & Fittings for door draught excluder seals.
24
626811
25
26
27
28
29
30
614150
626155
626156
626899
626900
509912
WEATHERSTRIP, black
roof to screen frame top
SEAL, rubber, pad, roof to ‘B’ post
SEAL, rubber, roof to rear deck side
SEAL, rubber, roof to rear deck
BUFFER, rubber, roof to rear deck
INSERT, metal, fitted in buffer
SCREW, self tapping
1
MOULDING, finisher, side, RH
MOULDING, finisher, side, LH
MOULDING, finisher, rear
RIVET AND CLIP, moulding to roof
RIVET AND CLIP, moulding to roof
FINISHER, rear corner, RH
FINISHER, rear corner, LH
SPIRE NUT, corner finisher fixing
1
1
1
14
14
1
1
2
alternative
575646/INS
FITTING INSTRUCTIONS, for original
TR6 hard top assembly
1 { Reprint of factory
} publication
Seal - Hardtop to Frame
57
806144
SEAL, rubber, roof to screen frame top
1
Aftermarket Hard Top Kit
58
717504
817094
718004
717994
717504HLK
Details
Fitting Instructions
575646FG
Headlining & Rear Shelf Covers
14
15
16
17
18
Qty.
Req.
Finishers & Mouldings
1 { with Off White
} headlining
The hard top shell assembly was supplied in painted primer finish and fitted with a headlining.
2
3
4
5
Description
HARD TOP KIT, fibreglass
black vinyl textured gelcoat
1
aftermarket
Consumables
59
60
61
62
63
UBS203
UBS110
153317
LKLPK104
AG006
RUBBER CARE, ‘Autoglym’
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Aerosol, 370gm
10 fl. oz
25ml. sachet
500ml
A few reasons why a hard top is worth having:
• Properly fitted, it adds considerably to the stiffness of the TR6.
• There is an improvement in aerodynamics.
• Where a roll bar is fitted, a lower type bar is used, which also helps aerodynamics. Make sure that this
is specified when ordering the roll bar.
• The interior of the TR6 gains space and light, as long as the hood & frame are removed.
• The TR6 is generally quieter for long distance travel.
• If it doesn’t fit properly, your TR6 is mis-shaped. So the hardtop is an excellent body jig.
• When not in use, it can be hung to hide large damp patches in the garage!
2
2
1
2
2
2
Miscellaneous Fittings
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
622887
518052
518051
613508
626157
518059
518054
518053
626576
625312
625311
518206
518054
518207
625315
518057
518053
622886
518052
518055
BOLT, domed
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
TUBE, distance
SCREW, adjusting
SCREW, mounting, roof to rear deck
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
CAP, plastic, cover, rear adjuster nut
BRACKET, roof to body side, RH
BRACKET, roof to body side, LH
SCREW, bracket to roof side
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
TIE BAR, roof bracket to body side
SCREW, tie bar to body
WASHER, plain
BOLT, domed, mounting roof to tie bar
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
320 North American Models
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
North American Specification Cars
Due to the increasing concern over public welfare with regard to traffic, extensive lobbying with regard to the
environment and sheer concern over safety. American legislation has often led the world in attempting to
improve all aspects of motoring use. For these reasons, there are a number of aspects about the TR range which
are peculiar to North America alone. While many of these local differences are catered for elsewhere in this catalogue, some components have a special relevance and have been included or highlighted here for the benefit
of our North American customers.
The original brief for this project was to create the definitive European specification catalogue for TR5 & TR6
models and highlight the major parts that were different in a separate North American model section. However
as time went on and where it was deemed significant to include in the main catalogue sections (the lamp, chassis, body, trim and paint sections are fully world specification) but where it would have required a new section
(as in the case of carburettors and emission controls) or where room did not allow it was decided to include significant items on this page as a reference. Please use the information on these pages in conjunction with the
main body of the catalogue and if you require something for your North American model that has made it’s way
into Europe that we don’t list, please contact us.
External Engine
Some variations occur to North American cylinder blocks to make allowances for differences in the oil pump and
distributor drive assemblies.
517276
517276Z
520884
520884Z
516800R
517611R
520880R
UKC902R
145021
158942
137978
149776
101962
146200
157231
156274X
125631
UKC1110
121398
TT2998
159784
HEAD GASKET SET, ‘flat top’ block,
alternative
HEAD GASKET SET, ‘recessed’ top block
HEAD GASKET SET, ‘recessed’ top block,
alternative
CYLINDER BLOCK, ‘flat top’
CYLINDER BLOCK, un-reinforced ‘flat top’
CYLINDER BLOCK, reinforced ‘flat top’
CYLINDER BLOCK, reinforced ‘recessed‘
CYLINDER LINER
CYLINDER LINER
STUD, distributor pedestal
STUD, cylinder head
STUD, cylinder head
STUD, cylinder head
OIL SEAL, timing cover, single lip
OIL SEAL, timing cover, twin lip
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
uprated to 20 PSI.
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
with 3 terminals
1 {
1 | TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
}
1 {
1 | TR6 from (e) CC75001.
}
1 { TR250.
}
1 { TR6 to (e) CC50000.
}
1 { TR6 from (e) CC50001
} to CC75000.
1 { TR6 from (e) CC75001.
}
TR250; TR6 to (e) CF12500.
6
6
TR6 from (e) CF12500.
1
TR250.
1
TR6.
2
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
14
14
TR6 from (e) CC75001.
14
uprated.
1
TR250; TR6 to (e) CF3531.
1
1 {
1 | TR250; TR6 to (c) CF1.
1 }
1 { TR6 from (c) CF1.
1 }
For all other details please refer to the main Engine & Components sections.
Internal Engine
307546
307546R
307546TR
311322
311322K
311322R
311322TR
119389
035960
105131
042425
307621
307621R
311399
311399R
148041
148041R
CRANKSHAFT, new
CRANKSHAFT, recon’, exchange,
includes appropriate bearing sets
CRANKSHAFT, tuftrided,
Reconditioned, exchange
1 {
1 | TR250; TR6 to
| (e) CC50000
1 | (‘long backed crank’)*.
}
CRANKSHAFT, new
CRANKSHAFT, new with bearings
CRANKSHAFT, recon’, exchange,
includes appropriate bearing sets
CRANKSHAFT, tuftrided,
1 {
1 |
1 | TR6 from e) CC50001
| (‘short backed crank’)*.
1 |
}
TIMING GEAR, crankshaft (standard chain)
TIMING GEAR, camshaft (standard chain)
TIMING CHAIN, (standard 1 row)
TENSIONER, timing chain (std chain)
CAMSHAFT, new
CAMSHAFT, reconditioned, exchange
CAMSHAFT, new
CAMSHAFT, reconditioned exchange
FLYWHEEL, with ring gear, new
FLYWHEEL, with ring gear,
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
|
}
{
}
{
}
{
|
}
ill. Part Number
No
151214
151214E
Description
047246
151213
214479
217371
214239
217391
FLYWHEEL, with ring gear, new
FLYWHEEL, with ring gear,
SPIGOT BUSH, 1” x 1”, in crankshaft
SPIGOT BUSH, 1” x 1/2”, in flywheel
PULLEY & DAMPER, (3/8” groove)
PULLEY & DAMPER, (1/2” groove)
FAN BELT, (3/8” wide)
TKC2165
TKC2166
308353
311868
DRIVE BELT, air pump (3/8” wide)
312301
126786
DRIVE SHAFT & GEAR ASS’Y,
distributor & oil pump
GEAR, driving, meshing with camshaft,
slotted to accept distributor drive dog.
MILLS PIN, gear to drive shaft
DISTRIBUTOR PEDESTAL
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
126785
500974
126784
HU704
WL207
WP35
Qty.
Req.
Details
1 { TR6 from (e) CC50001;
1 | non recessed - fits
} ‘short backed’ crank.
1
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC50000.
1
1
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC80027.
1
1
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC80027.
1 { TR6 from (e) CC80028
} to (e) CF35000.
1 { TR6 from (e) CF35001.
1 }
1
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC50000.
1 { TR6 from (e) CC50001
} to CF1.
1
TR6 from (e) CF1.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cylinder Head
Due to increasingly strict environmental legislation, North American engines were altered to reduce exhaust
emissions and this included the use of decreased compression ratios. Cylinder heads listed here account for
these local variations.
516796
CYL’ HEAD ASS’Y, new
1 { TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000
516796R
520868
520868R
UKC1421
UKC1421R
CYL’ HEAD ASS’Y, recon, exchange
1
1
1
1
1
}
{
}
{
}
TR6 (e) CC75001 to
(e) CF12500.
TR6 (e) CF12501;
(EGR valve fitted).
All Moss cylinder heads are to unleaded specification. The information (below) relating to valves & seats may
vary according to the requirements of the head being rebuilt which may not be obvious until machining takes
place. Please refer to main text for options.
516797
520870
CYLINDER HEAD, bare
CYLINDER HEAD, bare
RTC1860
146496
146497
159903
159904
149658
159873
136487
157229
CYLINDER HEAD, bare
VALVE SPRING, (single)
VALVE SPRING, (single)
157229
157476
149513
TT1233
148916
TT10433
213641
AJM682
AJM346
AJM387
VALVE SPRING, outer
VALVE SPRING, inner
PUSH ROD, 8.11”, forged
PUSH ROD, 8.11”, tubular
PUSH ROD, 8.30”, forged
PUSH ROD, 8.25”, tubular
GASKET, inlet & exhaust manifold
GASKET, cylinder head to cyl block
GASKET, cylinder head to cyl block
1
1 {
}
1
6 {
6 }
6 {
6 }
6
6
12
12 {
}
12 {
12 }
12 {
12 }
12 {
12 }
1
1
1
1
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
TR6 (e) CC75001 to
(e) CF12500.
all (e) CC models.
all (e) CF models.
all (e) CC models.
all (e) CF models.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
to (e) CF1.
TR6 from CF models,
(twin fitment).
all (e) CC models.
all (e) CF models.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
early TR250.
Engine & Gearbox Mountings
for details please refer to page 14 to 15.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CF12500.
Oil Filtration & Cooling
for details please refer to page 16 to 17.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC50000;
recessed - fits
‘long backed’ crank.
North American Models 321
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Cooling System
312301
214405
214405SS
134681
156333
PIPE, heater return
UKC5342
GWP201
214239
217391
WATER PUMP & PULLEY ASS’Y
(3/8” single pulley)
(1/2” single pulley)
(1/2” dual pulley)
TKC2165
TKC2166
308850
308850R
312347
312347R
RKC1735
RKC1735R
GRC112
GRC114
145640
148996
FAN BELT, (1/2” wide) engines
DRIVE BELT, air pump (3/8” wide)
RADIATOR, new
RADIATOR, new
RADIATOR, new
TOP HOSE, black
TOP HOSE, black & gold
154148
TOP HOSE, green
GZA971X
GZA971Z
158289
158289Z
158289X
158290
158290Z
158290X
TOP HOSE, green, silicone
TOP HOSE, black, replacement
TOP HOSE, straight, green
TOP HOSE, straight, black
TOP HOSE, straight, green, silicone
TOP HOSE, curved, green
TOP HOSE, curved, black
TOP HOSE, curved, green, silicone
1
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 }
1
1
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 }
UKC5238
UKC5238Z
UKC5238X
145397
148993
TOP HOSE, curved, green
TOP HOSE, curved, black
TOP HOSE, curved, green, silicone
BOTTOM HOSE, curved, black
BOTTOM HOSE, curved, black & gold
1
1
1
1
1
TKC2106
154145
GRH393
GRH393BLK
GRH393Z
GRH393X
133309
148995
154147
GRH392
GRH392BLK
GRH392Z
GRH392X
158308
90/611428
037430
145398
158417
158417SS
137742
UKC5529
714536
910441
910441ABS
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Manifolds
308353
311868
GWP203
ill. Part Number
No
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC50000.
to CF1.
TR6 from (e) CF1.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC62887.
TR6 from (e) CC62888 to
(e) CF35000.
TR250; TR6 to
(e) CC80027.
TR6 from (e) CC80028 to
(e) CF35000.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC80027.
to (e) CF35000.
INLET MANIFOLD
INLET MANIFOLD
312187
INLET MANIFOLD
TKC1100
213641
AJM682
308290
308292
INLET MANIFOLD
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
RKC1729
GEG718
GEG724
214405
214405SS
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
GASKET, exhaust flange
GASKET, exhaust flange
PIPE, manifold to water pump
PIPE, manifold to water pump, stainless
1
1 {
}
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
123495
149439
154149
154149Z
HOSE, water inlet, black
HOSE, water inlet, black & gold
HOSE, water inlet, green
HOSE, water inlet, black, replacement
1
1
1
1
157688
GZA1002Z
HOSE, water inlet, green
HOSE, water inlet, black, replacement
1 { TR6 from (e) CC75001.
1 }
148474
148994
154146
154146Z
HOSE, water outlet, black
HOSE, water outlet, black & gold
HOSE, water outlet, green
HOSE, water outlet, black, replacement
1
1
1
1
157689
UKC5253
157689Z
HOSE, water outlet, black, replacement
1 {
}
1
1
ELEMENT, air filter
GASKET, air cleaner assembly to carb.
2
2
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC50000.
to CC75000.
to CF12500.
TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
to CF35000.
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
{
| TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
|
}
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
TR6 from (c) CP75001 to
to (c) CF35000.
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
early TR250.
late TR250; TR6 to
(e) CC50000.
to CC75000.
all models to CC75000.
{
| TR250; TR6 to (e) CC75000.
|
}
to CF35000.
Air Cleaners
GFE1020
BHH1992
to (c) CF35000.
Exhaust
{
| TR6 from (e) CF35001.
}
{
}
BOTTOM HOSE, curved, green
1 {
}
BOTTOM HOSE curved, green, original
1
BOTTOM HOSE curved, black, reinforced 1 {
BOTTOM HOSE curved, black, repro
1 |
BOTTOM HOSE curved, green, silicone
1 }
BOTTOM HOSE straight, black
1
BOTTOM HOSE straight, black & gold
1 {
}
BOTTOM HOSE, straight, green
1 {
}
BOTTOM HOSE straight, green, original
1
BOTTOM HOSE straight, black, reinforced 1 {
BOTTOM HOSE straight, black, repro
1 |
BOTTOM HOSE straight, green, silicone
1 }
‘T’ PIECE
1 {
SWITCH, thermostatic vacuum
1 |
SWITCH, thermostatic vacuum, alternative 1 }
PIPE, steel, water return
1
PIPE, steel, water return
1 {
PIPE, stainless steel, water return
1 }
PIPE, overflow
1
PIPE, overflow
1
VALANCE, wheel arch to radiator
2
AIR DUCT, radiator
1 {
AIR DUCT, radiator, plastic (alternative)
1 }
308088
311378
early TR250.
late TR250; TR6 to
(e) CC50000.
to CF12500.
for details please refer Exhaust Systems on pages 24 to 27.
Fuel System
(tank, pipes & pump)
308312
311401
312353
312359X
early TR250.
late TR250; TR6 to
(e) CC50000.
to CF12500.
TR6 (e) CF35001.
1
1
1
1
TR250; TR6 to (b) 55029CC.
TR6 (b) 55030CC to 75000CC.
TR6 from (b) 75000CC.
The replacement aluminium petrol tank is suitable for all TR250’s & TR6’s.
all models.
all models.
FUEL TANK, with drain plug
FUEL TANK, with drain plug
FUEL TANK, without drain plug
FUEL TANK, with drain plug, aluminium
19
613506
725117
725220
571086
GAC6001X
650247
650279
UKC9920Z
214465
213577
500524
213577Z
152961
FUEL CAP, fuel, bright finish
FUEL CAP, fuel, bright finish
SEAL, non vented (for 725117 cap)
FUEL CAP, locking, round
FUEL CAP, locking, lozenge shaped
GROMMET
HOSE, filler
HOSE, filler, replacement
SENDER UNIT, petrol gauge
FUEL PUMP ASS’Y, O.E. specification
REPAIR KIT, AC original fuel pump only
FUEL PUMP ASS’Y, reproduction
FUEL FILTER, in line
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TR250
{ TR6
}
{ alternatives
}
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
TR6 to (e) CF35000.
TR250.
TR6.
For all other details please refer to the main Cooling System section, pages 18 to 21.
322 North American Models
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
ill. Part Number
No
Details
Carburettors
RKC1799
RKC1798
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Emission Control
CARBURETTOR, front, new (C3771R)
CARBURETTOR, rear, new (C3771L)
1 { TR6 from (c) CF35001
1 }
If you require your existing carburettors to be rebuilt, please enquire.
While trying to keep up with the U.S. market emission requirements Triumph used three types of Zenith
Stromberg carburettors during the 1970 to 1972 models years. The chassis number change points sometimes
ran concurrently. The best method of determining which one is on your car is to refer to the brass tag secured
by the top cover screw on the top of each carburettor or by referring to the identification chart below:
Carburettor Identification
The table below is designed as a guide for identifying TR250 & TR6 carburettors. Although specific model years
are given, there may be some overlap in the applications given for some years. The carburettor reference numbers are found on the square brass tags under one of the carburettor top cover screws. These numbers are usually suffixed with L, LH, R, RH or F, indicating the position of the individual carburettor. Other numbers will usually be present as well. Should the identification tags be missing, carburettors may be identified by the recognition features listed below:
151444
517582
216355
PCV. Valve
‘Positive Crankcase Ventilation’
REPAIR KIT for PCV valve
CARBON CANISTER, 2 top tube type
FAM1388
158511
12H4295
TKC284
106108
RKC741
TKC2166
TKC1234
UKC2643
TKC2159
CARBON CANISTER, 3 top tube type
CANISTER, separator
ANTI RUN-ON VALVE
EGR VALVE
NUT, securing EGR
AIR PUMP ASSEMBLY
DRIVE BELT, air pump
DIVERTER VALVE
CHECK VALVE
AIR INJECTION MANIFOLD
1 {
|
1 }
1 {
}
1 {
1 }
1
1 {
1 }
1 {
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 }
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC50000.
TR6 (c) CC50001 to
CC75000.
TR6 from (c) CF1.
Engine Controls Carburettor Models
Model
Carb.
no.
Year
C3150
C3365
C3292
C3385
C3337
C3508
C3613
C3771
‘67-‘69
‘70
‘70
‘71
‘72
‘73
‘74
‘75-‘76
Brass-bushed
vent holefront face
Letters on
of carb
choke body
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
AB or B
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
A3
B4
Lever arm on
rear side of
carb body
Breather fittings
on carb body
rear side
of carb front
front side
of carb. rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
diecast
stamped
stamped
148497
148496
TT9941
TT9941Z
027645
060274
138490
214672
218301
CONTROL ROD, long, pedal to carbs.
CONTROL ROD, short, pedal to carbs.
ROD END & SPHERICAL JOINT
ROD END & SPHERICAL JOINT
SPRING, accelerator pedal return
SPRING, accelerator pedal return
BEARING, nylon, accelerator pedal
CHOKE CABLE, with flexible cables
CHOKE CABLE, with flexible cables
1
1
a/r
a/r
1
1
2
1
1 {
}
1
alternative.
TR250; TR6 to (c) CF1.
TR6 from (c) CF1.
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
TR6 (c) CC75001
to (c) CF12500.
UKC2121
CHOKE CABLE, with rigid cables
We recommend the stiff wire type choke cable (UKC2121) for all Stromberg applications.
Clutch & Clutch Hydraulics
for details please refer to pages 48 to 51.
CDRK16
CDSK6
012883
ZEB18844P
518432A
RTC1909
516946A
JS499A
516944
518581
520315
516968
GAC9200X
516979
520404
606819A
605833A
512285
517005
605800A
605801
517110
MM386-310
MM386-320
REBUILD KIT, carburettor
SERVICE KIT, carburettor
GASKET PACK, carburettor
DIAPHRAGM KIT, bypass valve
DAMPER ASSEMBLY
DAMPER ASSEMBLY
SPRING, air valve return
DIAPHRAGM
METERING NEEDLE, fixed (B2Y)
METERING NEEDLE, fixed (BIAF)
METERING NEEDLE, adj. (BIAF)
COVER, temperature compensator
NEEDLE VALVE, Grose Jet
PLUG, for jet assembly
PLUG, float chamber, nylon & brass
PIN, float hinge
FLOAT ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE SHAFT, front
THROTTLE SHAFT, rear
THROTTLE DISC
SCREW, throttle disc
CLIP, choke cable
NEEDLE ADJUSTMENT TOOL
CARBURETTOR SYNCHRONISER
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
4
2
1
1
for major rebuild
for general servicing
Gearbox & Overdrive
C3150 TO C3613
C3771
C3150
C3292
C3365 to C3771
Steering
Front Suspension
Rear Suspension
C3150 TO C3385
C3337 to C3771
Road Wheels/Tools
Rear Axle/Drive shaft/Propshaft
Suspension & Steering (Uprated)
Brakes
Petrol Pipes/Linkage
306570
519396
310222
120331
125170
PETROL PIPE, pump to carb
HOSE, petrol pipe to connector pipe
122796
120331
154124
120331
138386
217494
517006
RTC169
148036
148035
CONNECTOR, to front carb
CONNECTOR, to front carb
CONNECTOR, to rear carb
PIPE, carb. to carb.
PIPE, carb. to carb.
LINKAGE ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
INSULATOR
GASKET, carb. to manifold
1
1
1
1
1 {
}
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
TR6 (c) CC75001 to CF1.
TR6 from (c) CF1.
TR250; TR6 to mid 1971.
TR6 from mid 1971
to CC75000.
TR250; TR6 to (c) CC75000.
Alternators/Starters/Batteries
Distributors & Ignition
TR250; TR6 to mid 1971.
TR6 from mid 1971.
North American Models 323
ill. Part Number
No
Description
Qty.
Req.
Details
Miscellaneous Electrics
627748
627742
YKC940
YKC940Z
YKC932
YKC931
158534
LU33356
153966
SWITCH, interior light & warning buzzer,
LH door post
SWITCH, interior light, RH door post
1 { TR6 from (c) CC50001
| to CR12500.
1 }
SWITCH, interior light, 1 terminal
SWITCH, interior light, replacement
SWITCH, interior light, black plunger,
2 terminal, LH door post
SWITCH, interior light, red plunger,
2 terminal, LH door post, alternative
2 {
2 |
2 | TR6 from (c) CF12501.
|
2 |
}
SWITCH, seat sensor
RELAY, starter motor
BUZZER, ignition interlock/seat belts
a/r
1
1 {
}
BUZZER, ignition interlock/seat belts
1 {
}
CONTROL UNIT, ign, interlock/seat belts 1 {
}
CONTROL UNIT, ign, interlock/seat belts 1 {
}
CONTROL UNIT, ign, interlock/seat belts 1
ANTI RUN-ON VALVE, emission system
1
TR6 (c) CC50000
to CC75000.
158509
TR6 (c) CC75001
to CF12500.
TKC734
TR6 (c) CF12501
to CF36177.
TKC2693
TR6 (c) CF36178
to CF50000.
AAU110
12H4295
TR6 from (c) CF1.
For all other details please refer to the main Electrical System section, pages 126 to 129.
ill. Part Number
No
Description
158496
WARNING LAMP, ‘Fasten Belts’
UKC5814
UKC5813
UKC5812
13H7986
WARNING LAMP, ‘Wipe/Wash’
WARNING LAMP, ‘Hazard’
WARNING LAMP, ‘Brake’
WARNING LAMP, ‘Fasten Belts’
UKC4394
WARNING LAMP, ‘EGR’
13H9408
GLB281
WARNING LAMP, ‘EGR’
BULB, warning lights
219139
GLB286
LAMP, heater controls
BULB, warning lights
Qty.
Req.
Details
1 { TR6 (c) CF75001 to
} (b) 34067CF.
1 {
1 | TR6 from (b) 34068CF.
1 |
1 }
1 { TR6 (c) CF12501 to
} (b) 34067CF.
1
TR6 from (b) 34068CF.
1
1
TR6 from (c) CF1
Heating & Ventilation
for details please refer to page 158.
Chassis & Body Mountings
Body Panels & Fittings- TR250
Body Panels & Fittings-TR6
Harnesses & Fittings
To cater for differences specific to North American cars, such as those listed in the section above, the looms
incorporated a number of specific variations. The complexity of the interlock circuits, for example, make it difficult to adapt European looms and so we list these more complex looms and harnesses here:
for details please refer to pages 174 to 197 (including trunks).
Doors & Fittings
Main Harness
308276
308795
311261
312295
313183
RKC250
RKC351
RKC960
RKC1768
RKC2881
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TR250
TR6 to (c) CC50000
TR6 (c) CC50001 to CC75000
TR6 (c) CC75001 to CC85738
TR6 (c) CF991 to CF12500
TR6 (c) CF12501 to CF27000
TR6 (c) CF27001 to CF35000
TR6 (c) CF35001 to CF50000
Windscreen
Dash/Fascia
Hoods & Fittings
Tonneau/Stowage Covers & Fittings
Body Harness
214462
215412
218321
218950
TKC859
TKC2901
BODY HARNESS
BODY HARNESS
BODY HARNESS
BODY HARNESS
BODY HARNESS
BODY HARNESS
1
1
1
1
1
1
TR250
TR6 to (c) CC75000
TR6 (c) CC75001 to CC85738
TR6 (c) CF12501 to CF50000
Surrey/Hard Tops
TP61C
BODY & MAIN HARNESS
(replaces 308276 and 214462 above)
HARNESS, gearbox, reverse lamps
and seat belt interlock
HARNESS, gearbox, reverse lamps
and seat belt interlock
1 {
}
1 {
}
1 {
}
TR250
Seats & Fittings- TR250
158338
UKC7120
Interior Trim
TR6 (c) CC75001 to
CF50000.
Seats & Fittings- TR6
Carpets & Fittings
Lamps
Seat Belts & Fittings
Wipers/Washers
Commission Plates & Decals
Instruments & Switches
GSD169
UKC5364
UKC5369
159894
159907
159906
SPEEDO CABLE, 69”
SPEEDO CABLE, speedo to counter, 15”
SPEEDO CABLE, counter to gearbox, 52”
WARNING LAMP, ‘Wipe/Wash’
WARNING LAMP, ‘Hazard’
WARNING LAMP, ‘Brake’
Hardware
1
1
1
1
1
1
TR250; TR6 to (c) CF35000.
{ TR6 from (c) CF35001.
}
{
| TR6 to (b) 34067CF.
}
Paints
for details please refer to page 248.
324 Hardware
General Hardware & Fixings
Following is a listing of the common fasteners used on TR5, TR250 &
TR6 cars. These fasteners are for general use and are not intended to
replace those listed for specific applications elsewhere in this catalogue. To aid identification by terminology, a screw is threaded for its
full length. A bolt is only part threaded with a plain unthreaded shank
area between the head and the thread. The part number two letter prefix of SH means that the item is a Screw with a Hexagon head. The prefix BH means a Bolt with a Hexagon head. The first number defines the
thread type, UNF = 6, UNC = 5. The second and third numbers give the
thread diameter in increments of 1/16”, e.g. 04 = 1/4”, 05 = 5/16”, 10 =
5/8”. The fourth and fifth digits show the length in increments of 1/8”,
e.g. 04 = 1/2”, 16 = 2”, 23 = 2 7/8”. The last digit defines finish, 1 = zinc
plated. This coding system is only applicable to bolts and screws; nuts
& washers are coded by a similar system that follows some of the
above principles.
3 8
5 16
/ ” UNF continued
3 4
BH606081
BH606091
BH606101
BH606111
BH606121
BH606141
BH606161
BH606181
BH606201
BH606221
BH606241
BH606281
BH606321
/”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
2 3/4”
3”
3 1/2”
4”
/ ” UNC continued
SH606061
SH606071
SH606081
SH606091
SH606101
SH606111
SH606121
SH606141
SH606161
SH606181
SH606201
/ ” UNF
Hexagon Headed 5/8” A.F. Spanner Size
Bolt
3 16
/ ” UNF
Bolt
Length
Set Screw
3 8
HU503
HU504
HU505
HU506
HU507
HU508
/”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 4
/ ” UNF
Bolt
BH604081
BH604091
BH604101
BH604111
BH604121
BH604141
BH604161
BH604181
BH604201
BH604241
Length
Set Screw
3 8
SH604031
SH604041
SH604051
SH604061
SH604071
SH604081
SH604091
SH604101
SH604111
SH604121
SH604141
SH604161
/”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
3”
BH607121
BH607141
BH607161
BH607181
BH607201
BH607241
Bolt
BH608141
BH608161
BH608181
BH608201
BH608241
1 2
SH608041
SH608051
SH608081
SH608121
SH608141
/”
/”
1”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
3”
SH505121
SH505141
SH505201
/ ” UNC
Bolt
BH506111
BH506121
BH506141
BH506161
BH506181
BH506201
BH506241
Length
Set Screw
1 2
SH506041
SH506061
SH506071
SH506081
SH506091
SH506101
SH506111
SH506121
/”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
3”
SH506161
SH506241
Screws
Self Tapping Screws
Pan
Headed
Size
Length
Countersunk
Headed
AB604021
No. 4
1 4
AC604021
AB606021
AB606031
AB606041
AB606061
AB606081
AB608041
AB608061
AB608081
AB610041
AB610061
AB610081
No. 6
No. 6
No. 6
No. 6
No. 6
No. 8
No. 8
No. 8
No. 10
No. 10
No. 10
1 4
AB612041
AB612061
AB612081
No. 12
No. 12
No. 12
1 2
/”
/”
1”
AC612041
AB614061
AB614081
No. 14
No. 14
3 4
AC614061
AC614081
/”
/”
/”
1/2”
3/4”
1”
1/2”
3/4”
1”
1/2”
3/4”
1”
3 8
AC606041
AC606061
AC606081
AC608041
AC608061
AC610041
AC610061
AC610081
SH608201
/ ” UNC
3 4
AC612081
Length
Set Screw
3 8
SH605031
SH605041
SH605051
SH605061
SH605071
SH605081
SH605091
SH605101
SH605111
SH605121
SH605141
SH605151
SH605161
SH605181
SH605201
SH605221
SH605241
BH504091
BH504111
BH504121
BH504141
BH504161
BH504181
BH504201
Set Screw
SH606031
SH606041
SH606051
SH504031
SH504041
SH504051
SH504061
SH504071
SH504081
SH504091
SH504101
SH504111
SH504121
SH504141
Bolt
Length
Set Screw
3 8
SH505031
SH505041
SH505051
SH505061
SH505071
SH505081
SH505091
SH505101
SH505111
/”
/”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 2
BH505101
BH505111
/”
1”
B = Pan Head
C = Countersunk Head
1st digit = thread type (coarse or fine)
2nd/3rd digit = diameter
4th/5th = length in 1/8” increments
6th = finish (1 = zinc plated)
Screws (Cross Slot)
Pan
Headed
Size
Length
Countersunk
Headed
PMZ204
PMZ208
No. 6 UNC
No. 6 UNC
1 4
CMZ204
CMZ208
PMZ304
PMZ305
PMZ306
PMZ307
PMZ308
PMZ310
PMZ312
PMZ314
PMZ316
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
1 4
SH504181
/ ” UNC
/ ” UNF
3 8
Set Screw
/”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
Length
Length
3 8
5 16
3 8
/”
1/2”
5/8”
Set Screw
1 4
Bolt
Length
5 8
/ ” UNF
BH605091
BH605101
BH605111
BH605121
BH605141
BH605151
BH605161
BH605181
BH605201
BH605221
BH605241
SH607051
SH607061
SH607071
SH607081
SH607091
SH607101
SH607111
SH607121
SH607141
SH607161
SH607181
/”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
3”
/ ” UNF
Bolt
/”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
1 7/8”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
2 3/4”
3”
Set Screw
5 8
1 2
5 16
Bolt
Length
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
3”
3 8
BH506081
7 16
Bolts and Set Screws
BH505121
BH505141
BH505161
BH505181
BH505201
BH505241
/”
/”
1 2
/”
/ ”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
5 16
CMZ304
CMZ305
CMZ306
CMZ307
CMZ308
CMZ310
CMZ312
CMZ316
Hardware 325
Screws (Cross Slot) continued
SE604041
SE604051
SE604061
SE604071
SE604081
SE604121
SE605061
SE605081
1 4
/ ” UNF
1/4” UNF
1/4” UNF
1/4” UNF
1/4” UNF
1/4” UNF
1/4” UNF
5/16” UNF
5/16” UNF
1 2
/”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
3/4”
1”
Captive Nuts
SF604041
SF604051
SF604061
SF604071
SF604081
SF604121
CMZ428
SF605061
SF605081
Nuts
Nuts: Plain
Full Nut
HN2003
HN2005
GHF206
HN2007
HN2008
HN2009
HN2010
HN2011
HN2012
HN2013
HN2057
HN2058
HN2059
Thread
Size
Spanner
Size
No. 6 UNF
/ ” UNF
3/16” UNF
1/4” UNF
5/16” UNF
3/8” UNF
7/16” UNF
1/2” UNF
9/16” UNF
5/8” UNF
1/4” UNC
5/16” UNC
3/8” UNC
5 16
3 16
/ ”
/”
5/16”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
15/16”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
Half Nut
YN2905
YN2907
YN2908
YN2909
YN2910
YN2911
YN2912
YN2913
Thread
Size
Spanner
Size
3 16
5 16
1 4
7 16
/ ” UNF
/ ” UNF
5/16” UNF
3/8” UNF
7/16” UNF
1/2” UNF
9/16” UNF
5/8” UNF
Thread
Size
NQ2707
NQ2708
CN4
CN5
Nut, 7/16” AF
Nut, 5/8” AF
Nut, fits CN3 cage
Nut, /2” AF
1 4
Part
Number
Description
Spanner
(AF) Size
CN2
CN3
600032
Cage, square
Cage, oblong
Cage, square
7 16
/”
/ ”
/”
5/16”
5 16
1 4
/ ”
/ ”
1/2”
7 16
Shake-proof Washers
NJ2107
JN2108
JN2109
JN2110
JN2111
JN2112
JN2113
JN2157
JN2158
JN2159
/ ”
/ ”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
15/16”
Half Nut
GHF271
TN3208
TN3209
TN3210
TN3211
TN3212
TN3213
Full Nut
Thread
Size
Spanner
Size
AN3507
AN3508
AN3509
AN3510
AN3511
1 4
/ ” UNF
/ ” UNF
3/8” UNF
7/16” UNF
1/2” UNF
7 16
5 16
1 2
Half Nut
Full Nut
Thread
Size
Spanner
Size
Half Nut
ND606041
ND607041
ND608041
ND609041
ND610041
3 8
9 16
7 16
5 8
LN2209
NL607041
LN2211
LN2212
NL610041
/ ”
/”
9/16”
5/8”
3/4”
/ ”
/”
3/4”
7/8”
15/16”
Nuts: Plain Brass - Manifold
Full Nut
Thread
Size
Spanner
Size
GHF261
GHF262
GHF270
GHF269
5 16
1 2
3 8
9 16
/”
/ ”
1/2”
9/16”
Spring/Spire Nut
Flat
Type
Screw
Size
‘U’
Type
GHF700
GHF701
GHF702
GHF703
GHF704
No. 6
No. 8
No. 10
No. 12
No. 14
GHF711
GHF712
GHF713
GHF714
Internal
Star
WF704061
WF702101
WF600041
WF600051
WF600061
WF600071
WF600081
WF600091
WF600101
Hole
Size
External
Star
No. 6
/ ”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
WE704061
WE702101
WE600041
WE600051
WE600061
WE600071
WE600081
WE600091
WE600101
3 16
Locking Washers
Spring Type
Single
Coil
Hole
Size
WL700061
WL700081
WL700101
GHF331
GHF332
GHF333
GHF334
GHF335
GHF336
No. 6
No. 8
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
5/8”
Double
Coil
AJD7721
AJD7722
AJD7731
AJD7742
Plain Washers
Nuts: Slotted
/ ” UNF
/ ” UNF
5/16” UNC
3/8” UNC
Description
Washers
Nuts: Self Locking, ‘Aero’ or all metal, ‘Phillidas’
/ ” UNF
/ ” UNF
1/2” UNF
9/16” UNF
5/8” UNF
Part
Number
3 8
Nuts: Nyloc Self Locking
Full Nut
Studs
Captive nuts consist of a square nut & cage which we supply individually as required. Always match nut & cage A.F. sizes.
Standard
Type
Hole
Size
Repair
Type
GHF306
GHF300
GHF301
GHF302
GHF303
GHF304
No. 6
No. 8
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
WP3
WP4
WP5
WP120
WP105
WP130
WM69
WP12
PWZ110
Sealing Washers
Fibre
Washer
Hole
Size
WF505
GHF342
GHF343
GHF344
GHF345
GHF346
GHF347
GHF348
3 16
/ ”
/”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
1 4
Copper
Washer
GHF361
GHF362
GHF363
GHF364
GHF365
Studs- UNF
A stud is a length of round bar threaded at both ends. The length of
thread at each end of the stud may vary for specific applications.
The following list is of studs have fine (UNF) threads at both ends.
Part
Number
Diameter
Overall
length
TE604081
TE604091
TE604101
TE605101
TE605111
TE605121
TE605131
TE605141
TE605151
TE605181
TE605201
TE605221
TE605251
TE605291
TE606101
TE606111
TE606121
TE606141
TE606151
1 4
1”
1 1/8”
1 1/4”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 5/8”
1 3/4”
1 7/8”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
2 3/4”
3 1/8”
3 5/8”
1 1/4”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 3/4”
1 7/8”
/”
/”
1/4”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
1 4
Studs- UNF/UNC
Fine (UNF) threads at one end and course (UNC) at the other.
Part
Number
Diameter
Overall
length
TE504081
TE504131
TE505091
TE505111
TE505121
TE505131
TE505141
TE505151
TE505161
TE505181
TE505201
TE505221
TE505241
TE505261
TE505271
TE505281
TE505341
TE506101
TE506131
TE506141
TE506161
TE506201
TE506361
1 4
1”
1 5/8”
1 1/8”
1 3/8”
1 1/2”
1 5/8”
1 3/4”
1 7/8”
2”
2 1/4”
2 1/2”
2 3/4”
3”
3 1/4”
3 3/8”
3 1/2”
4 1/4”
1 5/16”
1 5/8”
1 3/4”
2”
2 1/2”
3 1/2”
/”
/”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
1 4
The following studs have course (UNC) threads at both ends.
Part
Number
101442
058688
115696
058917
102474
107055
Diameter
3 8
/”
/”
/”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
3 8
3 8
Overall
length
1 5/8”
1 11/16”
1 13/16”
1 15/16”
2 1/16”
2 3/8”
Dowels
Part
Number
Dia.
Overall
length
Part
Number
Dia.
Overall
length
DP204
DP205
DP306
DP407
DP408
DP410
DP411
1 8
1 4
7 8
5 16
DP414
DP508
DP514
DP608
DP610
DP610
1 4
1 8
/”
/”
3/16”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
/”
/ ”
3 / 8”
7/16”
1 / 2”
5 / 8”
11/16”
/”
/ ”
5/16”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
5 16
/”
/”
7/8”
1/2”
5/8”
1 3/16”
1 2
326 Hardware
Clevis Pins
Grease Nipples
(Measured from under head to end)
Part
Number
Thread
Size
Angle
UHN400
UHN445
LN30041
144825
056935
125361
056934
1 8
straight, short
450 angle
900 angle
straight, long
straight
450 angle
900 angle
Part
Number
Length
108326
PJ8504
CLZ307
CLZ308
CLZ309
CLZ310
CLZ311
CLZ312
CLZ313
CLZ314
CLZ315
CLZ316
CLZ317
1 2
CLZ408
CLZ409
CLZ410
CLZ411
/”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
11/16”
3/4”
13/16”
7/8”
15/16”
1”
1 1/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
11/16”
Dia.
1 8
/”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
Part
Number
Length
CLZ412
CLZ413
CLZ414
CLZ415
CLZ416
CLZ417
CLZ427
3 4
CLZ510
CLZ511
CLZ512
CLZ513
CLZ514
CLZ515
CLZ516
CLZ517
CLZ518
/”
13/16”
7/8”
15/16”
1”
1 1/16”
1 11/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
11/16”
3/4”
13/16”
7/8”
15/16”
1”
1 1/16”
1 1/18”
Dia.
1 4
/”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
/ ” BSP
1/8” BSP
1/8” BSP
1/8” BSP
1/4” BSP
1/4” BSP
1/4” BSP
‘P’ Clips
Imperial
Hose Clamps
Petrol Pipe Clips (Metric)
(‘Enots’ type)
Part Number
to suit diameter
Part Number
to suit diameter
GGT1108X
GGT1109X
GGT1110X
GGT1111X
GGT1112X
8mm
9mm
10mm
11mm
12mm
GGT1113X
GGT1114X
GGT1115X
GGT1116X
GGT1117X
13mm
14mm
15mm
16mm
17mm
Mild Steel (Imperial)
Part
Number
Length
GHF500
GHF501
GHF502
GHF503
1 1/2”
1 1/2”
1 1/2”
2 1/4”
Dia.
1 16
/ ”
5/64”
3/32”
7/64”
Part
Number
Length
GHF504
GHF505
GHF506
GHF513
2 1/4”
2 1/4”
2 1/4”
3”
Pipes, Hardware and Fittings
Dia.
1 8
/”
9/64”
5/32”
5/16”
Part Number
to suit diameter
Part Number
to suit diameter
GHC304
GHC405
GHC406
GHC507
GHC608
GHC709
GHC811
GHC913
3 8
GHC1015
GHC1217
GHC1622
GHC2228
GHC2632
GHC3036
GHC3340
1 3/8” - 2”
1 1/2” - 2 1/4”
2” - 2 3/4”
2 3/4” - 3 1/2”
3 1/4” - 4”
3 3/4” - 4 1/2”
4 1/8” - 5”
/ ” - 1/2”
7/16” - 5/8”
1/2” - 3/4”
5/8” - 7/8”
3/4” - 1”
5/8” - 1 1/8”
1” - 1 3/8”
1 1/8” - 1 5/8”
Cable
Dia.
Hole
size
Part
Number
Cable
Dia.
Hole
size
PCR207
PCR307
PCR309
PCR311
PCR407
PCR409
PCR411
PCR507
PCR509
PCR511
PCR607
PCR609
PCR611
PCR707
PCR709
PCR711
1 8
7 32
7 32
7 32
PCR807
PCR809
PCR811
PCR813
PCR1007
PCR1009
PCR1011
PCR1207
PCR1209
PCR1211
PCR1407
PCR1409
PCR1411
PCR1607
1 2
3 16
1 2
9 32
/”
/ ”
3/16”
3/16”
1/4”
1/4”
1/4”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
3/8”
3/8”
3/8”
7/16”
7/16”
7/16”
/ ”
/ ”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
/”
/”
1/2”
1/2”
5/8”
5/8”
5/8”
3/4”
3/4”
3/4”
7/8”
7/8”
7/8”
1”
/ ”
/ ”
11/32”
13/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
9/32”
11/32”
7/32”
Metric
Hose Clips (‘Jubilee’ type)
Split Pins
Part
Number
Part
Number
Cable
Diameter
Hole
size
CP105081
CP108101
CP108121
CP106161
CP108165
8mm
10mm
12mm
16mm
16mm
5mm
8mm
8mm
6mm
8mm
Brake & Fuel Pipe
Supplied in 25 foot rolls.
Part
Number
Material
MPKF125
MPKF225
MPKF325
EF125
EF225
EF325
Cupro-nickel
Cupro-nickel
Cupro-nickel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Stainless Steel (Metric)
Diameter
3 16
/ ”
/”
5/16”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
1 4
Male Pipe Nuts
to suit diameter
Part Number
to suit diameter
Part Number
Diameter
GHC10408
GHC10410
GHC10411
GHC10412
GHC10413
GHC10414
GHC10415
8 - 12 mm
12 - 18 mm
8 - 16 mm
12 - 20 mm
16 - 25 mm
20 - 32 mm
25 - 40 mm
GHC10416
GHC10417
GHC10418
GHC10419
GHC10420
GHC10421
32 - 50 mm
46 - 60 mm
50 - 70 mm
60 - 80 mm
70 - 90 mm
80 - 100 mm
BLS106
BLS108
BLS110
BLS112
BLS28
3 16
Steel
Part Number
Thread
Size
Pipe
Bore
AEHU1
AEHU2
AEHU3
TM606031
TM110051
LK21994
BCA4370
BHA4706
AUSU40A
3 8
/ ” UNF
10mm x 1mm
3/8” BSF
7/16” UNF
7/16” UNF
1/2” UNF
3 16
/ ”
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
Female Pipe Nuts
Brass Part
Number
Steel Part
Number
Thread
Size
Pipe
Bore
AEHU1A
AEHU2A
AEHU4A
TN606031
SU2A
SU4A
HU41A
3 8
3 16
/ ” UNF
10mm x 1mm
7/16” UNF
1/2” UNF
/ ”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
Part Number
to suit diameters
Part Number
to suit diameters
CS4009
CS4011
CS4012
CS4013
CS4014
CS4016
CS4017
CS4018
CS4020
CS4022
7 16
CS4023
CS4024
CS4025
CS4026
CS4028
CS4029
CS4030
CS4032
CS4034
CS4036
1 1/4” - 1 7/16”
1 5/16” - 1 1/2”
1 3/8” - 1 9/16”
1 7/16” - 1 5/8”
1 9/16” -1 3/4”
1 5/8” - 1 13/16”
1 11/16” - 1 7/8”
1 7/8” - 2”
1 15/16” - 2 1/8”
2 1/16” - 2 1/4”
Hose Clips (‘Supergrip’ type) continued
(with single slotted hexagon head)
Part Number to suit diameters
Bleed Screws
Part Number
Thread Size
556508A
608400A
27H7166
3 8
/ ” UNF
10mm metric
/ ” BSF
3 8
Pipe Clips
Part Number
Capacity
GHF1191
GHF1192
624155
SINGLE, 3/16”
SINGLE, 1/4”
DOUBLE, 3/16”
Open End Type
(with single slotted hexagon head)
/ ” - 9/16”
1/2” - 11/16”
9/16” - 3/4”
5/8” - 13/16”
11/16” - 7/8”
3/4” - 1”
13/16” - 1 1/16”
7/8” - 1 1/8”
1” - 1 1/4”
1 1/8” - 1 3/8”
CS4037
CS4038
CS4039
CS4040
2 1/8” - 2 5/16”
2 3/16” - 2 7/16”
2 1/4” - 2 7/16”
2 5/16” - 2 1/2”
/ ”
/”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1 4
Pop Rivets
Hose Clips (‘Supergrip’ type)
Brass
Part Number
AEHU7
Steel Balls
Part Number
Part Number to suit diameters
CS4041
CS4042
CS4048
CS4052
Closed End Type
Part Number
Diameter
Part Number
Diameter
RA607096
RA608126
RA608176
RA608236
RA608253
2.9 x 5mm
1/8” x 3/16”
1/8” x 1/4”
1/8” x 5/16”
1/8” x 3/8”
RU608123
RU608313
RU612123
1 8
/ ” x 3/8”
/ ” x 1/2”
3/16” x 5/16”
1 8
Cable Ties
Part Number
Length
GHF1265
GHF1266
RTC222A
GHF1267
GHF1268
3 1/2”
5 1/4”
6”
8 3/4”
11”
2 3/8” - 2 9/16”
2 7/16” - 2 5/8”
2 13/16” - 3”
3 1/16” - 3 1/4”
Original “Supergrip” clips were supplied with a with single slotted
round-head screw. The modern replacement comes with a hexagon
headed screw. For the authentic look we have resourced the original
type screw, (sold separately).
CS4099 (round-head screw)
Vehicle Dimensions 327
Dim.
Description
A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
Wheelbase
Front track: disc or wire wheels
Rear track: disc or wire wheels
Overall length
Overall length (1974 USA market)
Overall width
Height (unladen)
Soft top - hood erect
To top of windscreen
Hood folded and windscreen removed
Seat width
Width between seats
Seat height - floor to cushion
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
Seat depth
Headroom from seat cushion
Seat squab to clutch pedal:
Maximum
Minimum
Seat squab to steering wheel:
Maximum
Minimum
inches
mm
Dim.
Description
88.00
50.25
49.75
155.00
162.13
58.00
2240
1276
1264
3937
4118
1470
P
Q
Seat cushion to steering wheel
Length of luggage space behind seats:
Maximum
Minimum
Floor to luggage platform
50.00
46.00
40.00
19.00
6.00
7.50
1270
1170
1020
483
152
190
S
16.50
36.00
419
915
40.50
36.00
1030
915
18.50
14.00
470
355
R
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
Height - floor to top of seat squab
USA only - floor to top of seat restraint
Width between wheel arches
Maximum interior height
Maximum interior width
Luggage compartment height:
Maximum
Minimum
Luggage compartment depth
Luggage compartment width:
Maximum
Minimum
Luggage compartment effective opening width
inches
mm
6.50
165
21.50
17.00
9.00
546
432
229
22.50
30.00
33.50
40.50
50.00
572
762
850
1030
1282
13.50
9.50
20.00
343
242
508
46.00
44.00
43.00
1170
1117
1091

Parts Index - Nostalgic British Cars

Transcription

Similar documents

Installation Instructions For:

lavadora de uso comercial whirlpool

Doty`s Clothes Washer and Churn Power, 1865

Giggles and Good Times Pigeon Forge, Tennessee

Point-to-Point Antenna - Assembly Guide

Brake Kit Content Sheet

to assembly instructions.

cGMP Series Brochure - Hospital and Laboratory Equipment

MAMAC SYSTEMS® Convinced that all temp sensors are same?